This is a modern-English version of A Bible School Manual: Studies in the Book of Revelation: An introduction, analysis, and notes, containing a concise interpretation according to the symbolic view, numerous references to authorities, and general mention of other interpretations, with the text of the American revised version edited in paragraphs, for the use of Bible students, originally written by Hunter, Stephen Alexander. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.



A Bible School Manual

A Bible School Guide

Studies in the Book of Revelation

Studies in the Book of Revelation

An Introduction, Analysis, and Notes

An Intro, Analysis, and Notes

Containing a concise interpretation according to the symbolic view, numerous references to authorities, and general mention of other interpretations,

With a clear interpretation grounded in symbolism, numerous references to experts, and an overview of alternative interpretations,

With the Text of the American Revised Version Edited in Paragraphs, for the use of Bible Students.

The text of the American Revised Version is arranged in paragraphs for Bible students.

By

By

Stephen Alexander Hunter, Ph.D., LL.D.

Stephen Alexander Hunter, Ph.D., LL.D.

Pittsburgh Printing Company

Pittsburgh Printing Co.

Pittsburgh, Pa.

Pittsburgh, PA

1921

1921


Contents

Cover Page

Map of Proconsular Asia. Following Ramsay, in St. Paul the Traveler and Roman Citizen.
[pg 005]

Η ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ

The Revelation

The Text of Revelation given in this volume is that of the American Standard Edition of the Revised Bible, copyright 1901 by Thomas Nelson & Sons, and is used by permission of the publishers.

The text of Revelation included in this volume is from the American Standard Edition of the Revised Bible, copyrighted in 1901 by Thomas Nelson & Sons, and is used with the permission of the publishers.

TO
ALL MY CLASSMATES, FRIENDS,
AND
FELLOW PILGRIMS ON LIFE'S JOURNEY,

TO
ALL MY CLASSMATES, FRIENDS,
AND
FELLOW TRAVELERS ON LIFE'S JOURNEY,

FOR WHOM THE BOOK OF REVELATION,
TINGED THOUGH IT IS WITH MYSTERY,
CONTAINS A MANIFESTATION OF THE DIVINE PURPOSE
IN CREATION AND REDEMPTION,
AND A VISION OF THE FAR GLORY IN THE WORLD BEYOND,

FOR WHOM THE BOOK
OF REVELATION,
ALTHOUGH IT IS FILLED WITH MYSTERY,
PRESENTS A CLEAR DISPLAY OF THE DIVINE INTENT
IN CREATION AND REDEMPTION,
AND A VISION OF THE GREAT GLORY IN THE WORLD BEYOND,

THIS VOLUME—

THIS BOOK—

WRITTEN IN THE HOPE THAT THE INTERPRETATION OFFERED
MAY CONTRIBUTE IN SOME DEGREE TO A CLEARER APPREHENSION OF THE BOOK,
AND MAY HELP IN SOME MEASURE TO MAKE ITS MESSAGE RICH,
AND SWEET, AND ABIDING—

WRITTEN IN THE HOPE THAT THE INTERPRETATION PROVIDED
MAY HELP TO BETTER UNDERSTAND THE BOOK,
AND MAY ASSIST IN SOME WAY TO MAKE ITS MESSAGE RICH,
AND SWEET, AND LASTING—

IS RESPECTFULLY AND AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED

Respectfully and affectionately dedicated

BY THE AUTHOR.

BY THE AUTHOR.

[pg 009]

Foreword

The manuscript of this Commentary was completed several years ago, but its publication was unfortunately deferred until the author's health no longer permitted him to see it through the press or even to be consulted in regard to modifications. For this latter reason no change of any kind has been made either in the language or the arrangement of the material. In the bibliography we have added the two recent monumental contributions to the literature on the Book of Revelation, commentaries by I. T. Beckwith and R. H. Charles. Had the author possessed the physical strength after their appearance, we feel sure that he would have drawn upon these two extensive works which are intended for the use of technical scholars.

The manuscript of this Commentary was finished several years ago, but its publication was unfortunately delayed until the author's health no longer allowed him to oversee it or even to be consulted about any changes. For this reason, no changes have been made to the language or the organization of the material. In the bibliography, we have added two recent significant contributions to the literature on the Book of Revelation: commentaries by I. T. Beckwith and R. H. Charles. If the author had been physically able after their publication, we are sure he would have referenced these two comprehensive works aimed at technical scholars.

The significance of Dr. Hunter's “Studies in the Book of Revelation” lies in its clear and accurate presentation of the results of the investigation of modern scholars, in language which is comprehensible to the intelligent reader of the English Bible. The Revelation of St. John has been an enigma from the earliest Christian centuries. On the one hand, it has been shunned because of its mysteriousness; on the other, it has been discredited for sober-minded, intelligent Christians by the absurd vagaries of its interpreters. Too often the caprice or predilection of the commentator, rather than impartial study, has determined the meaning of the closing book of the New Testament canon. The removal of this reproach has been one of the signal achievements of the Biblical scholarship of the last twenty-five years. Such a notable result has been accomplished by the discovery and the interpretation of the Jewish Apocalyptic, a type of literature that flourished from 200 B. C. on for several centuries. The Revelation belongs to this type of literature. It is the expression of a Christian's faith in the triumph of his Lord's kingdom through the use of symbolism and imagery peculiar to Jewish Apocalyptic literature. Our author, in common with all modern scholars, has used this key for unlocking the mystery of the closing book of the Christian Scriptures. By its employment he has made clear the meaning of the Revelation to the open-minded reader of the English Bible. On every page the work gives evidence of scholarship, wide in [pg 010] its range, and thorough in its grasp, as well as of sanity of judgment in the discussion of controversial questions. Because of these qualities, Dr. Hunter's treatise is worthy of wide circulation. It meets a special need at this time as it is especially adapted to counteract fantastic theories of interpretation and theology which are based on a misunderstanding of both the purpose and the symbolism of a New Testament book that ranks as an equal of the greatest pieces of imaginative literature.

The significance of Dr. Hunter's “Studies in the Book of Revelation” lies in its straightforward and accurate presentation of modern scholars' findings, using language that is understandable for readers of the English Bible. The Revelation of St. John has been a mystery since the earliest Christian centuries. On one hand, it has been avoided because of its enigmatic nature; on the other, it has been dismissed by rational, intelligent Christians due to the bizarre interpretations of its commentators. Too often, the whims or biases of the commentator, rather than objective study, have shaped the understanding of the Bible's last book. Addressing this issue has been one of the major achievements of Biblical scholarship over the past twenty-five years. This significant progress has come from the discovery and interpretation of Jewish Apocalyptic literature, which thrived from 200 B.C. onwards for several centuries. The Revelation is part of this literary genre. It reflects a Christian's faith in the victory of his Lord's kingdom using symbols and imagery distinctive to Jewish Apocalyptic literature. Our author, like all modern scholars, has used this key to unlock the mystery of the last book of the Christian Scriptures. Through this approach, he has clarified the meaning of the Revelation for open-minded readers of the English Bible. Each page of the work demonstrates a broad and deep scholarship, along with sound judgment in discussing controversial issues. Because of these qualities, Dr. Hunter's work deserves widespread circulation. It addresses a specific need right now, as it is particularly suited to counteract the outlandish theories of interpretation and theology based on a misunderstanding of both the intent and symbolism of a New Testament book that stands alongside the greatest pieces of imaginative literature.

The proofs have been read by Mr. Walter H. Millinger, of the senior class of the Seminary, and the publication of the book has been made possible only by the painstaking effort of a devoted friend and fellow-worker of Dr. Hunter, Mr. W. H. Wicks of the Pittsburgh Printing Company to whom both the author and the reader are deeply indebted.

The proofs have been reviewed by Mr. Walter H. Millinger, a senior at the Seminary, and the publication of this book has only been made possible through the dedicated work of a committed friend and colleague of Dr. Hunter, Mr. W. H. Wicks from the Pittsburgh Printing Company, to whom both the author and the reader are greatly grateful.

James A. Kelso.

James A. Kelso.

The Western Theological Seminary,
Pittsburgh, Pa.

Western Theological Seminary,
Pittsburgh, PA.

[pg 011]

Master Thoughts on the Revelation1

I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end (Rev. 22.13):—“This is the unifying thought of the whole book: nay of the whole Bible. The Revelation of St. John is the meeting ground of the Old and New Testament: what binds the long succession of books—by so many authors, of so many different ages—into a unity is expressed by the saying that ‘the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.’ The whole of prophetic literature yields its imaginative figures to adorn this final Revelation; all history is made one by the central thought of the kingdom of the world becoming the kingdom of Christ.”Richard G. Moulton,—in Literature of the Bible.

I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end (Rev. 22.13):—“This captures the main idea of the entire book and, indeed, of the whole Bible. The Revelation of St. John serves as the link between the Old and New Testament: what ties together the long series of writings—by different authors from various times—into a unified whole is expressed by the statement that ‘the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.’ All prophetic literature adds vivid imagery to enrich this final Revelation; all history is connected by the central idea of the world’s kingdom becoming the kingdom of Christ.”Richard G. Moulton,—in Biblical Literature.

The Book of Revelation is the sum of all prophecy. It carries the devout reader to a height from which he can see the history of God's kingdom from its beginning to its consummation in glory. It is the sublimest book in the Bible, and its study awakens the profoundest worship.”J. M. Stifler,—in unpublished Classroom Lectures.

“The Book of Revelation is the heart of all prophecy. It elevates the dedicated reader to a perspective where they can observe the journey of God's kingdom from its beginning to its glorious completion. It is the most significant book in the Bible, and examining it fosters the deepest worship.”J. M. Stifler,—in unpublished Classroom Lectures.

The Apocalypse constitutes the meridian of Hebrew poetry and art, embracing in its individual forms the most diverse elements.... If the laws of its construction be but recognized, the obscure Book of Revelation will present itself to our eyes as a radiant constellation, a symmetrical cathedral built upon a plan of perfect clearness and transparency.”John Peter Lange,—in Commentary on the Revelation.

“The Apocalypse is the pinnacle of Hebrew poetry and art, incorporating a wide range of elements in its various forms.... Once you grasp the rules of its structure, the complex Book of Revelation will reveal itself to us like a bright constellation, a beautifully designed cathedral built on a foundation of perfect clarity and transparency.”John Peter Lange,—in Commentary on the Revelation.

The book has an imperishable religious worth because of the energy of faith that finds expression in it, and the splendid certainty of its conviction that God's cause remains always the best, and is one with the cause of Jesus Christ; but it is unreasonable to treat the detail of its phantasies as an authentic source for a history of the past or future.”A. Jülicher,—in Introduction to the New Testament.

“The book has timeless religious value because of the power of faith expressed in it and the strong belief that God's cause is always the greatest and in line with the mission of Jesus Christ; however, it doesn’t make sense to see the details of its fantasies as a legitimate source for understanding history, whether past or future.”A. Jülicher,—in Intro to the New Testament.

In the Apocalypse the emphasis placed upon the omnipotence of God rises to a climax. There only in the New Testament (except II Cor. 6.18) is the epithet Παντοκράτωρ [All-Ruler] ascribed to Him; and the [pg 012] whole purport of the book is the portrayal of the Divine guidance of history, and the very essence of its message that, despite all surface appearances, it is the hand of God that really directs all occurrences, and all things are hastening to the end of His determining.... It is the completeness of the Divine government to which the world is subject by the Lord of lords and King of kings, the Ruler of the earth and King of the nations, whose control of all the occurrences of time is in accordance with His holy purposes, that it is the supreme object of this book to portray.”B. B. Warfield,—in art. “Predestination”, Hastings' Dict. of the Bible.

“In the Apocalypse, the emphasis on God’s all-powerfulness reaches its highest point. Here, for the only time in the New Testament (except 2 Corinthians 6:18), He is referred to as Παντοκράτωρ [All-Ruler]; and the main message of the book is to demonstrate how God directs history. Its central theme is that, despite appearances, it is actually God’s hand that controls everything, and all events are moving toward the end He has set. It underscores the complete Divine governance that the Lord of lords and King of kings, the Ruler of the earth and King of the nations, exercises over world events, all in accordance with His holy purposes. This is the primary focus of this book.”B. B. Warfield,—in art. "Predestination", Hastings' Bible Dictionary.

The Apocalypse is doctrinally the connecting link between the Synoptists and the Fourth Gospel. It offers the characteristic thoughts of the Fourth Gospel in that form of development which belongs to the earliest apostolic age.... The points of connection between the Apocalypse and the Gospel of St. John are far more numerous than are suggested by a first general comparison. The main idea of both is the same. Both present a view of a supreme conflict between the powers of good and evil.... In both books alike Christ is the central figure. His victory is the end to which history and vision lead as their consummation. His Person and Work are the ground of triumph; and of triumph through apparent failure. Both present the abiding of God with man as the issue of Christ's work.”Bp. Westcott,—in Introduction to John's Gospel, Bible Commentary.

“The Apocalypse acts as a doctrinal link between the Synoptic Gospels and the Fourth Gospel. It presents the main ideas of the Fourth Gospel in a way that reflects the earliest apostolic age. There are many more connections between the Apocalypse and the Gospel of St. John than a simple initial comparison might suggest. The central idea of both is the same: both depict a major struggle between good and evil. In both works, Christ is the focal point. His victory is the ultimate goal that history and vision are leading toward. His identity and actions are the foundation for triumph, even when it may seem like there is failure. Both demonstrate that God’s presence with humanity is a result of Christ's work.”Bp. Westcott,—in Introduction to John's Gospel, Bible Commentary.

In Revelation, as in John's Gospel and First Epistle, the consciousness of a world-conflict, a world-process, and a world-triumph is manifest. The return of Jesus is contemplated in relation to the enlarged environment in which Christianity stood. Revelation testifies to the existence of the hope with which Christianity had begun; but also to the fact that into that hope had centered the fuller conception of Christ and His salvation which the apostles had taught, and the broadened vision of the purpose of God which history had made clear. Yet it was still the same hope, ‘Behold He cometh,’ and the prayer was still the same, ‘Come Lord Jesus’.”George T. Purves,—in The Apostolic Age.

“In Revelation, just like in John's Gospel and First Epistle, the awareness of a global conflict, a world process, and a world triumph is clear. The return of Jesus is viewed within the wider context of Christianity's existence. Revelation reflects the hope that Christianity began with, but it also shows how that hope has been deepened by the fuller understanding of Christ and His salvation that the apostles taught, along with the broader vision of God's purpose that history has unveiled. Yet it remained the same hope, ‘Behold He comes,’ and the prayer was still the same, ‘Come Lord Jesus.’”George T. Purves,—in The Apostolic Era.

The fundamental conception of the book is neither human weakness upon the one hand nor divine power [pg 013] upon the other, but divine power victorious through apparent human weakness, life triumphant over death.”William Milligan,—in Discussions on the Apocalypse.

“The main idea of the book is not about human weakness or divine power [pg 013] but rather divine power succeeding through apparent human weakness, with life overcoming death.”William Milligan,—in Talks about the Apocalypse.

“However long the conflict, this book assures us of the ultimate triumph of the Lamb. That figure suggests Incarnation in order to Redemption; and the description of the New Jerusalem shows us Light and Life reigning eternally because the Lamb is ‘the lamp thereof’.”Matthew B. Riddle,—in unpublished Classroom Lectures.

"No matter how long the struggle goes on, this book assures us that the Lamb will ultimately triumph. This idea symbolizes the Incarnation leading to Redemption, and the image of the New Jerusalem shows that Light and Life will rule forever because the Lamb is ‘the lamp of it’."Matthew B. Riddle,—in unpublished Class Lectures.

“St John knew himself to be a prophet, and his writing to be a prophecy; that he was commanded to consign his visions to a book was an assurance to him that their purpose would not be fulfilled in one generation or two. He sees the book going down to posterity, and like the Deuteronomist he endeavors to guard it against interpolation and excision. As he writes the last words upon the papyrus roll that lies upon his knee, the conviction dawns upon him that the Revelation of Jesus Christ was given for the warning and comfort of the whole church to the end of time.”Henry B. Swete,—in The Apocalypse of St. John.

St. John saw himself as a prophet and his writings as a prophecy; being told to record his visions in a book reassured him that their importance wouldn't be recognized in just a generation or two. He imagines the book being passed down through the ages, and like the Deuteronomist, he aims to keep it safe from changes and omissions. As he finishes writing the last words on the papyrus scroll resting on his knee, it hits him that the Revelation of Jesus Christ was meant to be a warning and comfort for the whole church until the end of time.Henry B. Swete,—in The Book of Revelation.

The author of this great book has bequeathed to mankind a κτῆμα ἐς αεί, an imperishable possession, the worth of which lies in the splendid energy of its faith, in the unfaltering certainty that God's own cause is at issue now and here and must ultimately prevail, and that the cause of Jesus Christ is inseparably linked therewith, and the main aim of which, as is clear from every page, is to emphasize the overwhelming worth of things spiritual as contrasted with things material, and in the next place to glorify martyrdom, to encourage the faithful to face death with constancy, nay more, with rapturous joy.”R. H. Charles,—in Studies in the Apocalypse.

“The author of this incredible book has given humanity a κτῆμα ἐς αεί, a timeless treasure, whose value lies in the powerful passion of its faith, in the unwavering belief that God's purpose is at stake right now and must ultimately succeed, and that the mission of Jesus Christ is closely tied to this. The main goal of this work, as is clear from every page, is to emphasize the immense value of spiritual matters over material ones, and secondly, to celebrate martyrdom, encouraging the faithful to face death with strength and even more, with ecstatic joy.”R. H. Charles,—in *Studies in the Apocalypse*.

The closing book of the New Testament with its prophetic outlook and divine forecast, leaves us in the attitude of expectancy:—Looking for that blessed hope and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Savior Jesus Christ.”The Epistle to Titus, Ch. 2:13.

The final book of the New Testament, with its prophetic vision and divine prediction, keeps us in a state of anticipation:—"Searching for that blessed hope and the glorious return of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ."The Letter to Titus, Ch. 2:13.

[pg 014]

Preface

The purpose of this volume is to present in concise form the general thought and meaning of the Book of Revelation, to give an analytic view of its contents, and to summarize the results of critical study. It is intended both as an aid to interpretation, and as a guide to the use of the many valuable commentaries which are now accessible to the English reader. It is specially designed to meet the needs of the student in the theological seminary or the modern Bible school, the busy pastor in his field, the teacher of adult Bible classes, the Christian Association worker, and the general reader of the Bible. With this object in view it essays to provide in a direct and helpful form (1) the essential points of Introduction; (2) an Analytic Study of the book which aims to discover its meaning as a whole rather than to deal with it text by text; and (3) a brief statement in a series of Appendices of some of the underlying conceptions which give color to its thought and enter into its literary structure.

The purpose of this book is to clearly explain the main ideas and meanings of the Book of Revelation, provide an analytical overview of its content, and summarize the findings of critical studies. It is meant to assist with interpretation and serve as a guide to the many valuable commentaries currently available to English readers. It's specifically designed to cater to the needs of students in theological seminaries or modern Bible schools, busy pastors in their ministries, teachers of adult Bible classes, Christian Association workers, and general Bible readers. With this goal in mind, it aims to present in a straightforward and helpful way (1) the essential introductory points; (2) an analytical study of the book that seeks to understand its overall meaning rather than addressing it text by text; and (3) a brief explanation in a series of appendices of some of the key concepts that influence its themes and contribute to its literary structure.

The increased impetus given to Biblical study by advanced scholarship in late years has created a demand for a class of works that give the results attained by the masters of exegesis and critical research, without attempting to give the various steps by which these results have been reached. And it is one primary aim of this work, while attempting to give a fresh statement of the teachings of the book, and to present such thoughts as have come to the Author in the course of extended study, at the same time to give due consideration to the varying opinions of others, and for the most part to reproduce in the form which these have taken in his own mind the best and most satisfactory explanations of the many difficulties in the book which have hitherto been given by leading scholars and commentators. For the book has proved a fertile field for expositors that has been widely even if not always well worked in the past, while in the last half-century really substantial progress has been made toward the general interpretation; and it may be confidently assumed that any one who ignores these results has almost certainly nothing to contribute to the solution of the real difficulties that confront us. In response to extended popular inquiry some excellent commentaries and expository works on the [pg 015] Revelation have been prepared in late years for the general reader. And it is in order to further meet this requirement of intelligent Bible study, and to contribute in some measure to what is believed to be one of the most common needs of the general student of Scripture, a comprehensive view of each book, that the publication of the present Studies in the Book of Revelation has been undertaken.

The increased interest in Biblical study driven by advanced scholarship in recent years has created a demand for works that present the outcomes achieved by experts in exegesis and critical research, without going into the various steps taken to reach those conclusions. One primary goal of this work is to provide a fresh interpretation of the book's teachings and to share the insights the Author has gained through extensive study, while also acknowledging the differing opinions of others. It aims to capture the best and most satisfying explanations provided by leading scholars and commentators for the numerous challenges in the book, as represented in the Author's own perspective. The book has proven to be a rich area for expositors—thoroughly explored, though not always effectively, in the past—while significant advancements in general interpretation have been made over the last fifty years. It’s reasonable to assume that anyone who overlooks these advancements likely has little to add to solving the real challenges we face. In response to a growing public interest, several excellent commentaries and expository works on the [pg 015] Revelation have been created for the general reader recently. This publication of the current Studies in the Book of Revelation aims to fulfill the need for thoughtful Bible study and to address what is considered one of the most common needs among general readers of Scripture: a complete overview of each book.

It is necessarily true that a work so largely poetical in its thought as the Apocalypse, and appealing so much to the imagination, does not lend itself easily to logical analysis. Every such division, if exhaustive, must be in a measure arbitrary. The main purpose in attempting it is to present the principal ideas of the book in what is conceived to be their proper relation. And in this we need not assume that the particular outline which we adopt was formally in the mind of the writer. It is quite enough if we can be assured that the formative ideas were conceived of in somewhat the same relation, and that the analysis we accept at least measurably represents the author's point of view. This form of statement enables us to grasp the contents of the book in their entirety and to retain them in memory.

It’s definitely true that a work as poetic in its ideas as the Apocalypse, which relies heavily on imagination, doesn’t lend itself easily to logical breakdown. Any division, if thorough, must be somewhat arbitrary. The main goal in trying to break it down is to present the key ideas of the book in what we believe to be their proper context. We don’t need to assume that the specific outline we choose was explicitly in the writer’s mind. It’s enough to know that the foundational ideas were thought of in a similar way, and that the analysis we use at least somewhat reflects the author's perspective. This approach allows us to understand the book’s content as a whole and to remember it better.

The view presented in the Analysis and Notes of this volume is not intended to be controversial but interpretative. Hence other views of particular passages have often not been stated, or are given only in foot-notes, and no special effort has been made to support the view given by any extended discussions, as that would lead us too far afield for the purpose in mind. For those who wish a wider view, references are given to well-known authorities. Much that might have been said has been left out for the sake of brevity; for in this busy age few find time for extended study, and the great works on the Revelation often lie unread on the shelves. To reach the man of this generation the message must be short, clear, and decisive. And with this in view the chief aim is to show that the general meaning of the Revelation can be clearly understood, whatever difference of opinion there may be concerning the more difficult portions; and as a contribution toward this end to give in a direct form what the Author of the present work regards as the correct method of interpreting it. Other interpretations have been introduced where they serve to illustrate this main purpose, or have special force and afford additional light, or have been widely accepted and have affected the course of opinion. The outline interpretation [pg 016] given in this work, while it does not follow without deviation any particular view throughout or in every respect—for a blind acceptance of any one method of interpretation would often block the path to better knowledge, and perhaps cause us to miss the real meaning—yet it accepts the principles of the Symbolical or Spiritual School as affording in the main the best solution of the problems of interpretation. The authorities cited in connection with any passage, when not quoted, though they may differ somewhat in statement, will be found to hold in some form the view given in the analysis.

The perspective presented in the Analysis and Notes of this volume isn't meant to be controversial but rather interpretative. Therefore, other interpretations of specific passages are often not included or are only mentioned in footnotes, and no extensive efforts have been made to back up the viewpoint with lengthy discussions, as that would stray too far from the intended purpose. For those who want a broader perspective, references to well-known authorities are provided. Much that could have been included has been omitted for the sake of brevity; in this busy age, few people find the time for in-depth study, and the significant works on Revelation often gather dust on shelves. To connect with today's audience, the message must be short, clear, and direct. The main goal is to show that the overall meaning of Revelation can be easily understood, regardless of differing opinions on the more challenging sections, and to provide in a straightforward manner what the Author of this work believes is the correct method of interpretation. Other interpretations have been included when they help illustrate this main purpose, carry special weight, provide additional insight, or have gained wide acceptance and influenced the course of opinion. The outline interpretation [pg 016] presented in this work does not strictly adhere to any specific view in every aspect—blindly accepting a single interpretation method can often hinder deeper understanding and may lead us to overlook the true meaning—yet it embraces the principles of the Symbolical or Spiritual School as generally providing the best approach to interpretation challenges. The authorities referenced for any passage, when not directly quoted, may differ in wording but largely support the viewpoint expressed in the analysis.

It is not without considerable hesitation, and a personal sense of the shortcomings of the present work, that it is now given to the public. It necessarily contains much that is already familiar to the reader, and it should be regarded as an effort to present in concise form and in one's own way what has been gathered through many years of patient study, and by constant comparison with the works of the best commentators, together with such thoughts as have come to the Author in the course of his inquiry. And if thereby the reader should be in any measure led to a clearer understanding or a more careful study of this marvellously beautiful and strangely eloquent message of Christ to his church which is contained in the Book of Revelation—the meaning of which has been too often misunderstood by the Christian reader, or passed by as an insoluble mystery,—it will be to the Author an abundant reward for his effort and a cause for personal gratitude to Almighty God.

It is with a lot of hesitation and a personal awareness of the shortcomings of this work that it is now shared with the public. It inevitably includes much that will be familiar to the reader, and it should be seen as an attempt to present in a concise way what has been collected over many years of dedicated study, along with constant comparison with the best commentators' works, and the insights that have come to me during my research. If this helps the reader gain a clearer understanding or encourages a more careful study of the incredibly beautiful and uniquely powerful message of Christ to his church found in the Book of Revelation—whose meaning has often been misunderstood by Christian readers or dismissed as an unsolvable mystery—it will be a great reward for me and a reason for deep gratitude to Almighty God.

Stephen A. Hunter,

Stephen A. Hunter

Pittsburgh, Pa.

Pittsburgh, PA

[pg 017]

Intro

1. Overview.

The Revelation is the most difficult book to interpret of any in the New Testament canon. Its meaning is often involved in much obscurity, and the interpretation of eminent scholars has differed so widely in the past that we cannot always be sure, especially in the more difficult portions, that the particular view which appears to us the more satisfactory or convincing is certainly the correct one. This divergence of opinion has had the unfortunate effect of disparaging the worth of the Apocalypse as a part of the Word of God in the mind of many earnest students, who have come to regard its meaning as so obscure, and hidden in such hopeless perplexity, that any further attempt to interpret it is entirely fruitless. So much, too, has been written about the book which abounds in manifest vagaries that men of sober mind have often been thereby deterred from forming or expressing any definite opinion concerning its teaching. Indeed it is difficult to say whether the Revelation has suffered more in the hands of expositors by means of fanciful and mistaken interpretation of its true contents, or by the interpolation of ideas wholly foreign to its thought. But, however brought about, we have reached this strangely incongruous result, that what was originally designed to be the revelation of mystery has become instead the mystery of Revelation.

The Revelation is the most challenging book to interpret in the New Testament canon. Its meaning is often shrouded in ambiguity, and the interpretations of prominent scholars have varied so much in the past that we can't always be certain, especially in the more difficult parts, that the particular view that seems most satisfactory or convincing is definitely the correct one. This difference of opinion has sadly led many earnest students to undervalue the Apocalypse as part of the Word of God, considering its meaning so obscure and trapped in hopeless confusion that any further attempts to interpret it seem completely pointless. A lot has also been written about the book filled with obvious quirks that sensible individuals have often been discouraged from forming or expressing any clear opinion about its teachings. In fact, it’s hard to determine whether the Revelation has been more harmed by interpreters through fanciful and incorrect interpretations of its true contents or by the introduction of ideas completely unrelated to its message. However it came to be, we have arrived at this oddly contradictory outcome: what was originally meant to be the revelation of mystery has instead turned into the mystery of Revelation.

There is evident necessity, therefore, of particular care in forming our views with regard to the meaning of many portions of the book, and also of often holding our opinions tentatively and subject to review, especially in our earlier studies, as probable rather than positive interpretations. We should avoid alike the mistake of dogmatically asserting that the Apocalypse cannot be understood at all, or of affirming that it can be fully understood.2 And yet with this reservation in mind the book is still a rich mine of spiritual wealth, much of which lies upon the surface, while even its deeper mysteries abundantly reward our careful search. For we are not justified [pg 018] in casting aside any part of divine revelation upon the plea of apparent obscurity; and to do so is practically to deny that it is a revelation. On the contrary we are under manifest obligation to interpret the message of the Apocalypse so far as we can, for to fail of this is to neglect the sure word of prophecy. And even though the original meaning of the visions to John's mind, and the interpretation given them by those to whom they were first made known, oftentimes cannot now be definitely determined,3 yet the value of the book does not depend solely upon that, however helpful it would be. The matter of supreme importance for us is to apprehend aright the far-seeing and ulterior purpose in the mind of the Spirit in giving the Revelation. And in search for this we should not allow our zeal for the original interpretation to lead us to forget the significant lesson of the Old Testament, that the primary teaching of prophecy has often not voiced its deeper message, that God's thought has mostly proved wider than man's first apprehension; so that in our reading of the prophets we are not limited to the primary application, however important it may be, but should strive rather to grasp the broader sweep and deeper thought made plain by the fuller development of the divine purpose—the general meaning for the whole church in all time rather than the particular meaning for one age or generation. This consideration we will find of great value in dealing with the generic and flexile forms of imagery contained in the symbols of the Apocalypse, where in attending to a multiplicity of detail the deeper and broader thought may so easily be misapprehended or even entirely escape our notice.

There's a clear need to be careful in how we interpret many parts of this book. We should often hold our opinions lightly and be open to revising them, especially in our early studies, treating our interpretations as likely rather than definite. We should avoid the mistake of insisting that the Apocalypse can't be understood at all or claiming that it can be completely understood. And yet, even with this caution, the book is still full of spiritual richness, much of which is easy to find, while its deeper mysteries reward our careful exploration. We can’t just dismiss any part of divine revelation because it seems unclear; to do so is almost to deny that it is a revelation at all. On the contrary, we have a clear obligation to interpret the message of the Apocalypse as best we can, because failing to do so means neglecting the reliable word of prophecy. Even if we can’t always pin down the original meaning of the visions in John's mind or how they were interpreted by those who first received them, the value of the book doesn’t depend entirely on that, no matter how useful it would be. What matters most for us is to understand the broader and deeper purpose that the Spirit had in mind when giving the Revelation. In this search, we should remember the important lesson from the Old Testament: that the main teaching of prophecy often doesn’t express its deeper message, and God’s thoughts are usually broader than what humans first understand. Therefore, in reading the prophets, we should not be confined to the primary application, no matter how significant it may be, but rather aim to grasp the wider implications and deeper insights revealed through the fuller development of God's purpose—the overall meaning for the whole church across all time, rather than just the specific meaning for one age or generation. This perspective will be invaluable as we navigate the varied and flexible imagery found in the symbols of the Apocalypse, where focusing too much on details can lead us to miss the deeper and broader themes altogether.

The visions of the Apocalypse are generally conceded to belong to the latter part of the first century, and manifestly relate in main portion to the then future, whether near or far, of the church of Christ in the world, for they pertain to a profoundly impressive prophetic experience. The divine path of God's people among the nations is beheld in symbol, type, and figure, ever leading on to victory through Jesus Christ his Son and our Lord; the church and the world are seen engaged in a multiform [pg 019] and deadly conflict, while the consummation is depicted in the fall of evil and the ruin of nature wrought by sin; and the triumph of the holy is set forth in a vision of complete restoration to the divine presence amid the beauty of a new world and the glories of the New Jerusalem—an outcome never once in doubt, for God rules through all and wins. And though in this ever changing picture the conditions of the early church and of the first century are constantly reflected in every part, yet the representative character of the whole may be clearly seen. Indeed one cannot but be impressed with the fine insight and spirit of reserve which is manifested by John throughout the book, in avoiding such explanations as might serve to narrow the visions to a purely local and temporary perspective, thereby evidencing that he had risen to a truly prophetic view, and that to his mind the visions belonged to a wider horizon as well as to the nearer limit of his own day. For whatever application or fulfilment these may have had, and surely did have, in the period in which they were given, has not exhausted their meaning. To the ear that is open to God's voice they have a lesson and significance that belong alike to the past, the present, and the future, a perennial freshness that time can neither fade nor destroy, for they manifest the principles of the divine government which abide for all the ages.

The visions of the Apocalypse are generally agreed to be from the latter part of the first century and primarily relate to the future of Christ's church in the world, whether that future is near or far, as they involve a deeply impactful prophetic experience. The divine journey of God's people among the nations is represented through symbols, types, and figures, always moving toward victory through Jesus Christ, his Son, and our Lord; the church and the world are shown in a complex and deadly struggle, while the conclusion is illustrated by the defeat of evil and the destruction of nature caused by sin; and the triumph of the holy is depicted in a vision of complete restoration to God's presence amidst the beauty of a new world and the glories of the New Jerusalem—an outcome that is never in doubt, as God rules over everything and prevails. Although the conditions of the early church and the first century are consistently mirrored throughout, the overall representative nature of these visions is clear. One cannot help but appreciate the keen insight and spirit of restraint that John demonstrates throughout the book, avoiding explanations that would limit the visions to a purely local and temporary scope, thus showing that he had attained a truly prophetic view, believing that the visions had relevance beyond his own time. Whatever application or fulfillment they may have had, and certainly did have, during the period they were given, does not exhaust their meaning. To those who are open to God's voice, they carry lessons and significance that resonate across the past, present, and future—an enduring freshness that time cannot diminish or destroy, for they reveal the principles of divine governance that remain for all ages.

In the light of modern criticism the primary question to be decided is whether we are dealing with an ordinary Jewish-Christian apocalypse of similar value with a multitude of others in the past, and with no essentially deeper meaning or diviner message; or whether we have not in the Apocalypse of John a true revelation, given in this literary form because of its particular suitability to the condition of the time, and its fitness for the needs of the generation that first received it. And the answer to this question must be sought in the contents of the book itself as vindicated by the Christian conscience—an answer that the church has never been slow to make, and that never can be changed so long as the needs of the human heart remain the same. We must therefore regard the fundamental question which lies back of that of interpretation, viz. the inspiration of the book itself, which alone can give it permanent value to the Christian mind, as definitely settled by the clear message which it contains for life, by the multitudinous voices [pg 020] of God which reverberate within it, and by the heaven-born solace which it ever affords to tried and tempted men in the midst of the conflict of life. And we shall find that the general meaning, so far from being hopelessly obscure, may be fairly understood by the attentive student and devout reader.

In light of modern criticism, the main question to consider is whether we are looking at an ordinary Jewish-Christian apocalypse, similar in value to many others from the past, with no deeper meaning or divine message; or whether the Apocalypse of John presents a true revelation, crafted in this literary form because it was particularly suited to the conditions of its time and the needs of the generation that first received it. The answer to this question must be found within the book itself, validated by Christian conscience—an answer that the church has always been quick to provide and that can never change as long as human needs remain the same. Therefore, we must address the fundamental question underlying interpretation, namely the inspiration of the book itself, which alone gives it lasting significance to the Christian mind, as confirmed by the clear message it offers for life, the countless voices of God that echo within it, and the heavenly comfort it consistently brings to those facing trials and temptations in life's struggles. We will discover that the overall meaning, far from being hopelessly unclear, can be reasonably grasped by an attentive student and a devoted reader.

The obscurity of the Revelation arises both from its literary form and from the mystical character of its contents. The Apocalyptic form is so foreign to our way of thinking, and the mysticism is so peculiarly Oriental and Jewish, that these are apt to perplex rather than enlighten us. The Apocalyptist, deeply absorbed in the later prophecies of the Old Testament, especially those of Daniel and Ezekiel, and his mind steeped in the dreams and images of current Jewish apocalypses, found under the influence of the Spirit a fitting sphere for his prophetic fervor in a series of strange symbolic visions such as belonged to the fashion of his time. The chief symbolism throughout is that of the Old Testament, quickened and vivified by the thought of the New,—for it is everywhere assumed that the mysteries of the former dispensation find their only adequate solution in the supreme and final testimony of Jesus the Christ,4—but the atmosphere of the visions is that of Apocalyptic, which curiously enough has contrived to cast its own peculiar glow upon all the Old Testament teachings and thus create a new symbolism out of the old. And even when many of the symbols are assumed to be drawn in their present form from apocalypses then current in the Jewish world but which are no longer extant, and these to be derived in part from Babylonian and Persian sources, as held by one class of interpreters, they are yet found to have become so assimilated by the Jewish mind that they reflect the later development of Old Testament thought. These visions of the seer, like shadows cast upon the foreground of the future, depict in outline great fundamental truths or pervasive principles of the divine government that are, and are to be, manifested in multiple facts in the progress of the ages. It is not the purpose of the visions to disclose the facts themselves, for that belongs to the development of history, but rather to furnish the means for interpreting the facts, when once they appear, by the exalted standard of the divine ideals. There are, [pg 021] indeed, a few cardinal facts of the future that are kept well in the foreground, such as the second coming of Christ, the triumph of God's kingdom, and the end of the present world; but these belong to the content of previous revelation as well, and are not new or peculiar to this book. The content of the visions is generic and not specific, and whenever we depart from broad generalization and attempt to enter into detail in our interpretation, we destroy the beauty and force of the lesson conveyed, and wander into the field of speculation concerning things that were never intended to be revealed, if the analogy of all other prophecy can be relied upon as a guide.5 For though the Apocalypse undoubtedly contains an element of predictive prophecy, yet such prophecy is not history written before its time, but a divinely inspired and profoundly discriminative pre-view of certain dominant issues in the future that belong to the purpose of God, and are the resultant of well established principles of the divine government—issues that stand out to the prophet's illumined eye in bold relief against the sky-line like the headlands of a continent amid the surrounding mists which envelop them.

The obscurity of the Revelation stems from both its literary style and the mystical nature of its content. The Apocalyptic style is so different from how we think today, and the mysticism is distinctly Oriental and Jewish, making it more confusing than enlightening. The writer, deeply engaged with the later prophecies in the Old Testament, particularly those of Daniel and Ezekiel, and influenced by the dreams and images of contemporary Jewish apocalypses, was inspired by the Spirit to express his prophetic fervor through a series of strange symbolic visions typical of his time. The main symbols used are from the Old Testament, brought to life by the New Testament's concepts—because it is assumed that the mysteries of the Old Testament can only be fully understood in light of Jesus the Christ's ultimate testimony. The atmosphere of these visions is distinctly Apocalyptic, which interestingly has cast a unique light on all the teachings of the Old Testament, creating a new symbolism from the old. Even though many symbols seem to come from Jewish apocalypses that were popular at the time but are no longer available, and were partially derived from Babylonian and Persian sources, they are so woven into Jewish thought that they reflect the later evolution of Old Testament ideas. These visions, like shadows projected onto the future, outline significant fundamental truths or universal principles of divine governance that are, and will be, revealed in numerous events throughout history. The purpose of these visions is not to reveal the events themselves, as that is the role of historical development, but to provide a way to interpret those events when they occur, based on elevated divine ideals. There are, indeed, a few key future events that are clearly highlighted, such as the second coming of Christ, the victory of God's kingdom, and the end of the current world; however, these themes are also present in earlier revelations and are not exclusive to this book. The visions contain general themes rather than specific details, and any attempt to go into detail risks losing the beauty and impact of the intended message, straying into speculation about matters that were never meant to be disclosed, based on the guidance of other prophecies. For although the Apocalypse clearly includes elements of predictive prophecy, such prophecy is not history written ahead of time, but rather a divinely inspired and insightful preview of certain key future issues aligned with God’s purpose, arising from well-established principles of divine governance—issues that stand out vividly to the prophet's enlightened vision against the background, much like the cliffs of a continent emerging from the fog that surrounds them.

Prophecy in this view is looked upon as much broader in its scope than the foretelling of things that are future. This element should be regarded as subordinate to the general purpose of prophecy, which is the forthtelling of the mind of God.6 And we should avoid that “dwarfed sense of the word prophecy in modern speech” which leads most readers (and even interpreters) to fasten upon a revelation of the secrets of the future. For it is evident that “Old Testament history and prophecy make prominent another kind of revelation—the unveiling of the ideal, as when the pattern of things sacred was unfolded to Moses in the mount”.7 In the true sense of prophecy it manifestly contains both these conceptions, viz. the Prophetico-predictive, and the Prophetico-ideal, which enter in varying proportion into the great messages of old. But it is believed by many of our best authorities, and it will be found in a careful study of the [pg 022] book of Revelation, that the prophetic element is not chiefly predictive in the strict sense, and can for the most part be best interpreted as the unveiling of the divine ideal which is being inwrought in the sphere of human life, or the manifestation of the divine purpose which is discovered as interpenetrating all the moral struggle and apparent contradictions of earthly experience, and which is leading up to the final victory; and only such glimpses of the future are given as serve to assure a better comprehension of this main idea.8

Prophecy, in this context, is seen as much broader in scope than just predicting future events. This aspect should be considered secondary to the overall purpose of prophecy, which is to communicate the mind of God. And we should avoid the narrow understanding of the word "prophecy" in modern language that causes most readers (and even interpreters) to focus solely on revealing future secrets. It's clear that "Old Testament history and prophecy highlight another type of revelation—the revealing of the ideal, as when the sacred pattern was shown to Moses on the mountain." In the true sense of prophecy, it clearly encompasses both concepts: the predictive aspect and the ideal aspect, which appear in varying degrees in the significant messages of the past. However, many respected authorities believe, and a careful study of the book of Revelation shows, that the prophetic aspect is not primarily predictive in the strict sense. Instead, it is best understood as the unveiling of the divine ideal that is unfolding in human life, or the revelation of the divine purpose that is intertwined with all moral struggles and apparent contradictions of earthly experiences, ultimately leading to a final victory. Only glimpses of the future are provided to enhance the understanding of this main idea.

The two most obvious principles that pervade the book of Revelation and underlie its ever changing scenes, are, first, God's method of government in the world by the trial of his people and the judgment of the wicked; and, second, God's method of developing character in moral agents by moral conflict. Accepting these as in a measure interpretative of the ways of God with men, the Apocalypse approaches the standpoint of the divine perspective, and traces the great lines of the divine purpose as they traverse the entire field of human history. It makes Christ's relation to his people both in time and in eternity the ground of an exhaustive inquiry into the mysteries of earthly life, which aims not only to discover God in the trend of history but also to interpret God through history wrought out to its end. It affords glimpses of God's far reaching plan in the process of redemption, leading up to the final salvation of unnumbered multitudes; it finds the key to earth's long-drawn-out story of sin and suffering, of conflict and of death, in wider victory at larger cost; and it teaches us to look calmly out beyond the ebb and flow of tides and noons to the shoreless, timeless life that ever abides in the presence of God. To the heart of faith it speaks of an unwavering trust when days are dark and storms fill the sky; like a clear voice out of the night it tells of the coming day; and with persuasive force its visions bring man face to face with God, his Creator, Redeemer, and Eternal Friend.

The two most obvious principles that run throughout the book of Revelation and underlie its constantly changing scenes are, first, God's way of governing the world by testing His people and judging the wicked; and, second, God's method of shaping character in moral beings through moral conflict. By accepting these as somewhat interpretive of God's dealings with humanity, the Apocalypse aligns itself with the divine perspective and outlines the key aspects of God's purpose as they span the whole of human history. It explores Christ's relationship with His people both in this life and the next, forming the basis for a deep dive into the mysteries of earthly existence, with the aim of not only recognizing God in the currents of history but also interpreting God through history as it unfolds to its conclusion. It provides insights into God's far-reaching plan for redemption, leading to the ultimate salvation of countless multitudes; it reveals the key to earth's lengthy saga of sin and suffering, conflict and death, in broader victory at greater cost; and it encourages us to look calmly beyond the ups and downs of life to the infinite, timeless existence that is always present in God’s presence. To those with faith, it speaks of unwavering trust when times are tough and storms cloud the sky; like a clear voice in the darkness, it promises the coming day; and with compelling urgency, its visions confront humanity with God, our Creator, Redeemer, and Eternal Friend.

2. The Title.

The Title used in the Authorized Version of our English Scriptures, and retained by the English Revisers, [pg 023] is “The Revelation of St. John the Divine,” a name given to the book by the early church, though many of the older manuscripts omit “the Divine”. Our American Revisers read, “The Revelation of John;” but the more correct title is the one that is commonly used, and that is printed in the upper margin of the text, simply “The Revelation,” i. e. the unveiling, or uncovering [viz. of the mystery of the divine purpose and method in human life and history]—the opening words of the book itself—or, if preferred, the original Greek name, “The Apocalypse”,9 which perhaps should have been retained without translation as in the Douay Version, but of which “The Revelation” is the exact equivalent. The phrase “of St. John”, or “of John”, may properly be omitted because of its ambiguity; for the book is declared in its opening sentence to be “the Revelation of Jesus Christ”, i. e. a revelation of or from Jesus Christ, and it is only in a secondary sense “the Revelation of John”, i. e. a revelation made to and recorded by John. The occasion for the use of this title, “The Revelation of St. John”, in the first centuries was in order to distinguish the canonical Apocalypse from many others then in circulation, but this necessity has long since ceased to exist. For us it stands alone, it is the Apocalypse, the Revelation.

The title used in the Authorized Version of our English Scriptures, and kept by the English Revisers, [pg 023] is "The Revelation of St. John the Divine," a name given to the book by the early church, although many of the older manuscripts leave out "the Divine Being". Our American Revisers read "The Book of Revelation" but the more accurate title is the one commonly used and printed in the upper margin of the text, simply “Revelation,” meaning the unveiling or uncovering [specifically of the mystery of the divine purpose and method in human life and history]—the opening words of the book itself—or, if preferred, the original Greek name, "The End of the World,"9 which perhaps should have been kept untranslated as in the Douay Version, but "The Revelation" is its exact equivalent. The phrase “of St. John”, or “John's”, can be omitted because it is ambiguous; the book states in its opening sentence that it is “the Revelation of Jesus Christ,” meaning a revelation from or about Jesus Christ, and it is only in a secondary sense "the Book of Revelation," meaning a revelation made to and recorded by John. The reason for using the title “Book of Revelation” in the early centuries was to distinguish the canonical Apocalypse from many others then in circulation, but that need has long passed. For us, it stands alone; it is the Apocalypse, the Revelation.

3. The Writer.

That the Author of the Revelation was named John we have no reason to doubt, if we believe the statements of the book itself, for this is distinctly affirmed three different times.10 He is also further described in one form of the title as “the Divine,” i. e. the one who discoursed about God, or the theologian. This latter designation, though of uncertain origin and date, and omitted by the American Revisers as without sufficient support, is yet undoubtedly as old as the latter part of the third century11 while it may be much older, and has therefore some [pg 024] claim to traditional authority. The title, however, in any form is subsequent to the book itself. The statements of the Author concerning himself and his relations to the church in Asia, appear to the general reader to be decisive, and to indicate with sufficient clearness that the writer was none other than John the son of Zebedee, the apostle whom Jesus loved, though this is not the view of the majority of the later critics. Some consider it to be the work of another John known to tradition as the Presbyter;12 others attribute it to an unknown author of that name, or to some one writing under that name. But notwithstanding the frequency and positiveness with which the Apostolic Authorship and the Unity of the Book have been called in question during the last half century, the entire results of critical research may with some confidence be said not to have discredited either of them.13

That the author of the Revelation was named John is something we have no reason to doubt if we take the book's own claims into account, as this is clearly stated three different times.10 He is also described in one version of the title as “the Divine,” meaning the one who spoke about God, or the theologian. This title, although its origin and date are uncertain and was left out by the American Revisers due to lack of strong support, is likely as old as the late third century11 and may even be much older, thus holding some [pg 024] claim to traditional authority. However, this title in any form came after the book itself. The claims made by the author regarding himself and his relationship with the church in Asia seem decisive to the average reader, clearly indicating that the writer was none other than John, the son of Zebedee, the apostle whom Jesus loved, although this is not the perspective of most later critics. Some believe it to be the work of another John known in tradition as the Presbyter;12 others assign it to an unknown author using that name, or to someone writing under that name. Yet despite the frequent challenges to the Apostolic Authorship and the Unity of the Book over the last fifty years, overall critical research can still confidently assert that neither claim has been discredited.13

The considerations which support the Apostolic Authorship are chiefly the following:—(1) the evidence of early Christian tradition imbedded in history is practically unanimous in its favor, and the book was accepted as the Apostle's without question by the church in Asia where it originated: (2) the internal evidence is to most minds convincing and even decisive, viz. (a) the Author declares himself to be John, and addresses the churches in Asia as their “brother, and partaker in tribulation,” and there is no satisfactory historical evidence of any other John in Asia, except the Apostle, of sufficient standing and influence to have spoken to the churches with the authority of a prophet;14 (b) there is a deep and essential similarity of thought, diction, and doctrine in the Apocalypse and in John's Gospel and Epistles which outweighs all differences of language, grammar, and style that appear upon the surface; (c) there is an undercurrent [pg 025] “tragic tone” found in the Apocalypse, such as is manifest in all of John's writings, especially when he deals with the sad and terrible phases of human life and character, and this serves to point toward the Apostle as the author.

The considerations that support the idea of Apostolic Authorship are mainly these: (1) the evidence from early Christian tradition embedded in history is overwhelmingly in favor, and the book was accepted as belonging to the Apostle without question by the church in Asia where it was written; (2) the internal evidence is, for most people, convincing and even conclusive, namely: (a) the Author identifies himself as John and addresses the churches in Asia as their “brother and partaker in tribulation,” and there is no credible historical evidence of any other John in Asia, besides the Apostle, who had enough standing and influence to speak to the churches with the authority of a prophet; (b) there is a deep and essential similarity in thought, language, and doctrine between the Apocalypse and John's Gospel and Epistles that outweighs any of the differences in language, grammar, and style that may appear on the surface; (c) there is a “tragic tone” present in the Apocalypse, similar to what is found in all of John's writings, especially when he addresses the sad and terrible aspects of human life and character, which points towards the Apostle as the author.

The grounds upon which the Apostolic Authorship is denied are:—(1) the general inconclusiveness of tradition, even though in this case the evidence is admitted to be particularly strong: (2) the pseudonymity of all other apocalypses, with the apparent exception of “The Shepherd of Hermas”, and hence the probability that this in a similar way may have been written under the assumed name of John in order to give it acceptance:15 (3) the marked differences observable between the Apocalypse and John's Gospel and Epistles, viz. (a) the Greek of the Apocalypse is full of striking peculiarities, of solecisms, and of Hebraisms, quite at variance with the purer style of the other Johannine writings;16 (b) the spirit of the Apocalypse as revealed in its ideas, terms, tone, and temper, differs widely from that of the Gospel and Epistles. These differences, however, it should be noted, were recognized and their force as objections to a common authorship was felt as early as the time of Dionysius (circ. A. D. 260), for they are apparent to every careful student of the Greek text; but they may be accounted for in a good degree by the difference of occasion, purpose, and theme, as well as of form and structure incident to the choice of a literary style that has definite and necessary limitations. The differences have also been further accounted for on the part of some by accepting the earlier date of the Apocalypse, which in that case is assigned to the period just preceding the fall of Jerusalem. The peculiarities of language are in this view attributable to an imperfect knowledge of Greek, which was later overcome by John's long residence in Ephesus, while the apocalyptic form and general contents are held to indicate an earlier stage of Christian thought.17 On the other hand [pg 026] it has been efficiently maintained, favoring the later date, that the differences are mainly due to psychological effects wrought by old age in the mind of John, whose mental activities reverted to the familiar thought-forms and apocalyptic conceptions of his youth, the Greek he used being simply a modified translation of Hebrew thought, while the Christological conceptions of the Apocalypse are manifestly among the most advanced in the New Testament.18 In any case it will be seen that the reasons given under (1) and (2) have little force apart from the question of internal evidence, and are at most only inferences, while upon the other hand the divergent qualities given under (3), forceful as they are, cannot be assumed as without parallel in the history of literature. It has been pointed out that the difference in style between Carlyle's earlier and later productions, as well as those found in the works of Milton, Watts, Burke, and Wordsworth, written at different periods in their lives, is quite as marked as that of the writings in question.19 And we must not leave out of view the possibility that John, if at an advanced age, may have used one of his disciples as a collaborator, which would necessarily modify both the language and style of the work produced. So that after all has been said, it may be accepted as the concurrent judgment of the majority of interpreters,—the advanced critics being excepted,—that as great or greater difficulties are met in denying the Apostolic Authorship as in accepting it. For notwithstanding the confident assertion of most of the later critics that the Apocalypse was not written by the Apostle, yet indications are not lacking in some quarters now, influenced perhaps by the really cogent arguments so well stated by the decadent school of Baur, of a return in opinion to the recognition of the Johannine authorship as in some sense at least undeniable, though foreign elements are conceived to enter into it.20 It has indeed, not infrequently been held, among those who deny that the Apostle was the author of the Fourth Gospel, that he wrote the Apocalypse; but still more commonly it is accepted that the work belongs to the “so-called Johannine writings”, and originated in the same circle at Ephesus to which these [pg 027] writings are now attributed by advanced critics,21 leaving the personal authorship more or less indefinite. The question of authorship, however, is a subordinate one, for the book maintains its own message, and it should be dealt with purely as a subject of historical inquiry and not one of dogmatic importance, in the interest of correctness rather than of traditional opinion.

The reasons that people deny Apostolic Authorship are:—(1) the general inconclusiveness of tradition, even though in this case the evidence is acknowledged to be particularly strong; (2) the fact that all other apocalypses are considered pseudonymous, with the apparent exception of "The Shepherd of Hermas", leading to the likelihood that this one may have been written under the assumed name of John to gain acceptance;15 (3) the notable differences between the Apocalypse and John's Gospel and Epistles, specifically: (a) the Greek in the Apocalypse contains many distinctive peculiarities, solecisms, and Hebraisms that contrast sharply with the purer style of the other Johannine writings;16 (b) the spirit of the Apocalypse, as seen in its ideas, terminology, tone, and mood, significantly differs from that of the Gospel and Epistles. However, it should be noted that these differences were recognized and felt as objections to common authorship as early as Dionysius's time (around A.D. 260), as they are obvious to any careful reader of the Greek text; but they can largely be explained by the differences in occasion, purpose, theme, and the form and structure inherent in the choice of a literary style that has specific and necessary limitations. Some have also accounted for the differences by considering that the Apocalypse was written earlier, just before the fall of Jerusalem. In this view, the peculiarities of language are seen as stemming from an imperfect knowledge of Greek, which John later overcame through his long experience in Ephesus, while the apocalyptic format and general content suggest an earlier stage of Christian thought.17 On the other hand, [pg 026] it has been effectively argued, supporting the later date, that the differences are primarily due to psychological effects of old age on John, whose mental processes reverted to the familiar thought patterns and apocalyptic views of his youth, using Greek that was simply a modified translation of Hebrew thought, while the Christological views in the Apocalypse are clearly some of the most advanced in the New Testament.18 In any case, it will be seen that the reasons stated in (1) and (2) have little strength apart from the question of internal evidence and are at best only inferences, whereas on the other hand, the divergent qualities mentioned in (3), as compelling as they are, cannot be assumed to be without precedent in literary history. It has been pointed out that the difference in style between Carlyle's earlier and later works, as well as those of Milton, Watts, Burke, and Wordsworth, written at various times in their lives, is quite as pronounced as that of the writings in question.19 Moreover, we shouldn't ignore the possibility that John, if he was quite old, might have worked with one of his disciples, which would likely modify both the language and style of the resulting work. Therefore, after everything has been considered, it is generally accepted by most interpreters—except for the leading critics—that there are significant challenges in denying Apostolic Authorship as there are in affirming it. Despite the confident claims of many recent critics that the Apocalypse was not authored by the Apostle, there are indications from some sources, perhaps influenced by the compelling arguments articulated by the declining school of Baur, suggesting a return to recognizing Johannine authorship as at least partly undeniable, although it's thought that foreign elements may be present.20 Indeed, it has often been claimed that among those who reject the idea that the Apostle wrote the Fourth Gospel, some believe he did write the Apocalypse; however, it is more commonly accepted that the work belongs to the "so-called John writings" and originated from the same circle in Ephesus to which these [pg 027] writings are currently attributed by advanced critics,21 leaving the question of personal authorship somewhat ambiguous. However, the question of authorship is secondary because the book stands on its own message, and it should be treated purely as a subject of historical inquiry rather than one of dogmatic significance, in the interest of accuracy rather than tradition.

The Unity.

The question of Unity is one of modern literary criticism. The view now generally accepted that Jewish apocalypses, as we find them, are often of composite origin, representing an original writing to which various additions have been subsequently made by editors and redactors,22 has had its influence upon the judgment formed by critics concerning the Apocalypse of John. The present tendency of critical investigation is to consider the book as a composite structure, and to direct its effort toward searching out the various sources from which it is supposed to be derived, and determining what parts of the book are original, as well as in pointing out various minor passages that are regarded as drawn from other sources, or are the work of a later hand. This tendency has been carried to such an extreme that the results are largely theoretical and inconclusive, depending upon the personal taste of the critic and having little force for other minds. The grounds upon which the unity of the book has been disputed are:—(1) Frequent breaks in continuity which make it difficult or impossible to trace the connection of thought: (2) a lack of harmony in its various conceptions that is more or less incongruous, and that is apparently inconsistent with its being the work of one author: (3) an apparent indication in various parts of the book of different dates of writing—see remarks in the section on Date. All of these reasons, however, if taken together, and it be granted that they are well-founded, are yet insufficient to establish a diversity of authorship. The most that can be said is that they suggest it. For it should be remembered that logical sequence is not a quality of Apocalyptic thought; and also that there is not even an approximate agreement, as yet, among advanced scholars as to the character or extent of the material regarded as drawn from other sources.

The question of unity is a significant topic in modern literary criticism. It's now widely accepted that Jewish apocalypses, as we have them, often come from multiple sources, reflecting an original text that has been added to by various editors and revisers, 22. This understanding has influenced how critics view the Apocalypse of John. Currently, critical investigation tends to treat the book as a composite work, focusing on identifying the different sources it’s believed to derive from and figuring out which parts are original. It also aims to highlight various minor sections that are thought to come from other works or are the product of later authors. This approach has reached such an extent that the conclusions drawn are mostly theoretical and inconclusive, relying on the critic's preferences and lacking strong appeal to others. The reasons given for disputing the book's unity include: (1) Frequent breaks in continuity that make it hard or impossible to follow the train of thought; (2) a lack of consistency in its various ideas, which may seem contradictory to it being written by a single author; (3) signs in different sections of the book suggesting varied dates of writing—see comments in the section on Date. However, when these reasons are considered together, even if they are well-founded, they still do not sufficiently prove that multiple authors were involved. At most, they only suggest this possibility. It's important to remember that logical coherence is not a characteristic of Apocalyptic thought, and there is currently no consensus among scholars regarding the nature or scope of the material considered to be sourced from elsewhere.

[pg 028]

In favor of its Unity we find:—(1) a uniformity of style throughout which is scarcely possible in the combined product of different authors without such redaction as is equivalent to authorship: (2) an elaborate literary structure quite incompatible with the existence of more than one author—see section on Structure: (3) an essential Unity, whatever the extent to which elements of Jewish apocalyptic may have been made use of in its composition, which appeals to the literary judgment in a way that is both forcible and convincing, for the personality of the author is interwoven in every fibre of its frame. Though the present trend of critical opinion is largely against the Unity of the book in the general sense of the term, yet its essential unity is so manifest that it is commonly conceded—“its inner unity is the foundation of all more recent works on the Apocalypse”.23 This is accounted for on the part of those who accept a composite origin by attributing its unification to the final editor, redactor, or author, a judgment that fails to carry conviction with it for those who approach the question from the broader standpoint of literary composition in general, instead of the narrower one of the apocalyptic writings. The later critical views have, however, not yet reached a conclusive stage, and indeed in the face of so great diversity of judgment, can scarcely be said to have assumed a consistent form; though it may be confidently predicated that no hypothesis of composite origin is ever likely to command general assent in the case of a book marked by such a definite unity of style and plan. The effort to discover in it an original Jewish apocalypse which has been wrought over by Christian editors into its present form,24 or to reconstruct the various sources, Jewish or Christian, from which it has been derived,25 may well be said to have been “thoroughly worked out”, and to have apparently failed, though the labors of the critics have added largely to our knowledge of Apocalyptic, and contributed not a little to a better understanding of the book. The view now in the ascendant admits one author, but attributes various portions of greater or less extent to a common stock of Jewish, or Jewish-Christian, apocalyptic fragments, current [pg 029] at that time, which have been appropriated from and used in its composition.26 This, to the more conservative Christian mind, involves an apparent denial of its true unity, and proceeds upon a theory of its origin that is scarcely consistent with its effective inspiration. But it fails to be conclusive on other grounds, for upon careful examination it must become more and more apparent to the thoughtful student of Scripture and apocalyptic that this view does not accord with the author's use of his materials, so far as we have any knowledge of their source. For although he draws largely from the thought and figures of the prophets, and uses freely the general form of imagery found in extant Jewish apocalypses, yet everything has been transmuted in the crucible of his own vivid imagination into new combinations, and there is not a single instance in which he interpolates an entire passage from any known author—indeed there are no quotations at all, in the strict sense, found in the Apocalypse, but only allusions, reminiscences, and echoes, literary devices which reflect the thought without reproducing the form—and it is certainly an exceptional assumption that he interpolates only from authors whose works are now lost, or from sources furnished solely by tradition.27 The impressions of unity are entirely too strong to be dissipated by visionary and purely theoretical views.

In support of its Unity, we observe:—(1) a consistent style throughout that is hardly achievable in a combined work of different authors without an amount of editing equivalent to authorship; (2) a complex literary structure that is incompatible with having more than one author—see section on Structure; (3) a fundamental Unity, regardless of how much elements of Jewish apocalyptic may have been incorporated in its creation, that appeals to literary judgment in a way that is both powerful and convincing because the author's personality is interwoven into every aspect of its composition. Although the current trend in critical opinion largely opposes the Unity of the book in a general sense, its essential unity is so evident that it is widely acknowledged—"Its inner unity is the basis for all the more recent works on the Apocalypse.".23 Those who support a composite origin attribute this unification to the final editor, redactor, or author, a view that lacks conviction for those who approach the question from a broader perspective on literary composition rather than the narrower focus on apocalyptic writings. However, later critical views have not yet reached a definitive conclusion and, given the great diversity of opinions, cannot be said to have formed a consistent stance; although it is reasonable to predict that no hypothesis of composite origin is likely to gain widespread agreement for a book characterized by such a clear unity of style and structure. The attempt to identify an original Jewish apocalypse that has been revised by Christian editors into its current form,24 or to reconstruct the various sources, Jewish or Christian, from which it has been derived,25 can be said to have been “fully worked out” and seemingly unsuccessful, though the efforts of critics have greatly increased our knowledge of Apocalyptic and contributed to a better understanding of the book. The prevailing view now acknowledges one author but attributes different portions, varying in length, to a common collection of Jewish or Jewish-Christian apocalyptic fragments that were popular [pg 029] at that time, which have been incorporated into its composition.26 This approach, from a more conservative Christian perspective, appears to deny its true unity and is based on an origin theory that is hardly consistent with its effective inspiration. Additionally, this view is unconvincing for other reasons, as a careful examination will reveal to the thoughtful student of Scripture and apocalyptic that it does not align with the author's use of his materials, based on what we know of their source. Although he heavily draws from the thoughts and images of the prophets and freely uses the general form of imagery found in known Jewish apocalypses, everything has been transformed by his own vivid imagination into new combinations, and there is not a single instance where he quotes an entire passage from any known author—in fact, there are no direct quotations in the strict sense found in the Apocalypse, only allusions, reminiscences, and echoes, literary devices that reflect the thoughts without reproducing the forms—and it is certainly an unusual assumption that he only interpolates from authors whose works are now lost or from sources known solely through tradition.27 The impressions of unity are simply too strong to be diminished by fanciful and purely theoretical views.

A modified form of the Apocalyptic-Traditional view, advanced by some late writers,28 indicates a healthful reaction from the piecemeal theories of the earlier source-criticism, and affords valuable suggestion for further study—whether, indeed, we can follow them or not in finding evidence of the introduction of a limited number of fragments of earlier origin,—viz. that the author drew freely from a mass of apocalyptic ideas and forms, or “apocalyptic conventions” as they have been called, which were widely current in Jewish circles, and with which his own mind was richly stored; and that this suggestive material was wrought over in his mental processes and used like that from the Old Testament, with which it was closely allied, as a framework for expressing the new and higher Christian thought peculiar to his message, the old form [pg 030] being constantly adapted to new meanings. The origin or source of these forms is chiefly a matter of theory; but the probability of their use is the more practical side of the problem. It will be seen that this view would account for all that the theory of diverse origin does without doing violence to the real unity of the book;29 and it does not affect the question of the inspiration or reality of the visions, for the thought of the seer necessarily took form from his own mental furnishing, and his imagination, though quickened by the prophetic ecstasy, was not essentially altered in its mode of operation. But, with it all, let us not fail to apprehend that these questions pertaining to the method used in the composition of the Apocalypse, and to the introduction of foreign elements into its literary structure, which so largely occupy the minds of critical scholars in the present day, are, after all, mainly secondary to the larger question. In it has God spoken? And if so, what are the spiritual lessons of the book for the devout Christian mind and heart?

A revised version of the Apocalyptic-Traditional view, proposed by some later writers,28 suggests a constructive response to the fragmented theories of earlier source criticism, and provides valuable insights for further study—whether we can actually track down evidence of a limited number of fragments from earlier sources or not. It suggests that the author drew extensively from a wealth of apocalyptic ideas and forms, or "apocalypse themes" as they have been termed, which were widely recognized in Jewish circles and with which he was well-acquainted. This formative material was then processed through his own thoughts and used similarly to the Old Testament, with which it shared a close relationship, as a foundation for articulating the new and elevated Christian ideas specific to his message, constantly adapting the old form [pg 030] to convey new meanings. The origin or source of these forms is primarily a theoretical issue; however, the likelihood of their usage is the more practical dimension of the problem. This perspective accounts for everything the theory of diverse origins does without undermining the true unity of the book;29 and it does not influence the question of the inspiration or authenticity of the visions, as the seer's thoughts were inevitably shaped by his own mental background, and his imagination, although sparked by prophetic ecstasy, did not fundamentally change its functioning. Nevertheless, we must remember that the questions surrounding the method of composing the Apocalypse and the integration of foreign elements into its literary structure, which occupy a lot of attention among contemporary scholars, are ultimately secondary to the greater question: Has God spoken through it? And if so, what spiritual lessons does the book hold for the faithful Christian mind and heart?

5. The Date.

Two different Dates of authorship have been commonly maintained by different authorities, viz. either about A. D. 69 under one of Nero's immediate successors, Galba or Vespasian; or about A. D. 96 under Domitian. Many modern critics have accepted the earlier date, though the majority of commentators favor the later and traditional one. The evidence cannot be considered as decisive for either, but the preponderance seems to be in favor of the later date.30 The earlier date, though accepted by the majority of critics a score and more years ago, is not now in such favor. The influence of present criticism, which is chiefly taken up with discussion of the sources from which the book is assumed to be derived, has produced a marked drift in opinion toward the acceptance of a date near the close of the first century (the traditional view) as the time of composition, or at least the period of final editing.31 This view, though accepting in a sense one author, yet holds that the contents of the book indicate different dates of writing, and that it is made up of [pg 031] visions of different origin, and composed at different times, which have been subsequently formed into one consistent whole32—a conclusion that would require something more than a theory to sustain it. The exact date, however, is not of any great importance, as the difference does not materially affect the interpretation, especially if we accept the symbolic view of the purpose and teaching of the book; for though the date fixed upon does affect somewhat the historical situation, and hence the immediate reference, it does not affect the larger meaning which belongs to all time.

Two different dates of authorship have often been cited by various authorities: either around A.D. 69 during the reign of one of Nero's immediate successors, Galba or Vespasian; or around A.D. 96 under Domitian. Many modern critics support the earlier date, while most commentators lean towards the later and traditional date. The evidence doesn't decisively favor either option, but it seems to lean more towards the later date. The earlier date, once favored by the majority of critics more than twenty years ago, is now less popular. The current wave of criticism, which mainly focuses on the sources that the book is believed to be derived from, has led to a significant shift in opinion towards accepting a date close to the end of the first century (the traditional view) as the time of composition, or at least the period of final editing. This view, while acknowledging the idea of a single author, argues that the contents of the book suggest different dates of writing and comprise visions of various origins, created at different times that have been later combined into one coherent whole—a conclusion that would need more than just a theory to support it. However, the exact date is not particularly significant, as the difference does not greatly impact interpretation, especially if we embrace the symbolic perspective of the book's purpose and teachings; although the chosen date may slightly influence the historical context and its immediate relevance, it does not change the broader meaning that is timeless.

The indications of the Earlier Date that usually obtain are:—(1) the linguistic peculiarities already referred to under the head of Unity, which are considered by many to indicate an earlier period in John's life and thought when he was still Hebraistic in method: (2) the historical allusions in the book that seem to favor the earlier date, and which some have thought are even decisive, viz. (a) the condition of the churches in Asia as set forth in the Seven Epistles, which fairly accords with what is known of the period of Nero's reign and shortly thereafter; (b) the references to persecution, war, earthquake, famine, and pestilence, which find a ready explanation in current events of the earlier date;33 (c) the measurement of the temple directed in ch. 11:1f., which appears to indicate that it was still standing; (d) the apparently veiled allusions to Nero found in the description of the Wild Beast in chs. 13 and 17, which, according to a widely accepted interpretation, point to a period shortly after his death, when he was still a prominent figure in the public mind.

The signs of an Earlier Date that are commonly noted are:—(1) the language characteristics previously mentioned under the topic of Unity, which many believe indicate a time in John's life and thinking when he was still Hebraistic in style; (2) the historical references in the text that seem to support the earlier date, and which some argue are even conclusive, namely: (a) the state of the churches in Asia as described in the Seven Epistles, which aligns well with what is known about the time of Nero's reign and shortly thereafter; (b) the mentions of persecution, war, earthquakes, famine, and plague, which can be easily explained by the current events of the earlier date; 33 (c) the measurement of the temple instructed in ch. 11:1f., which suggests that it was still standing; (d) the seemingly indirect references to Nero found in the depiction of the Wild Beast in chs. 13 and 17, which, according to a widely accepted interpretation, hint at a period shortly after his death, when he was still a significant figure in the public's mind.

For the Later Date the chief considerations are:—(1) the early and uniform tradition concerning the origin of the book, viz. that it was written by the Apostle John near the end of the reign of Domitian (see the section on Canonicity): (2) the historical situation described and implied, which as a whole is considered by most authorities as more suitable to and more fully met by the later than the earlier date, viz. (a) the churches in Asia, as indicated in the Seven Epistles, are in a more highly developed condition than is likely to have been attained at so early a period as the close of the sixth decade of the [pg 032] Christian era, and the omission of any reference to the Apostle Paul as their founder within a quarter-century of their establishment would be entirely unaccountable; (b) the indications of persecution are better suited to the time of Domitian than that of Nero,34 while the references to war, famine, and pestilence are equally applicable to all the latter part of the first century; (c) the advanced stage of the conflict between Christianity and the state religion of Rome, shown in the worship of the Beast and the antagonism of Babylon, is a strong indication of the later date;35 (d) the assumed allusions to Nero, and to the temple as still standing, depend in each case upon a particular interpretation, and rest upon no certain foundation,—or admitting an earlier date for this section, it is regarded as having been inserted later,36 which is a critical guess of uncertain value. This seems to leave the balance of evidence upon the side of the later date, though the best authorities have formerly been nearly equally divided.

For the Later Date, the main points are:—(1) the consistent early tradition about the book's origin, which states that it was written by the Apostle John towards the end of Domitian's reign (see the section on Canonicity); (2) the historical context described and implied, which most experts believe aligns more closely with a later date than an earlier one, specifically: (a) the churches in Asia, as indicated in the Seven Epistles, are in a more developed state than would likely have been achieved by the end of the sixth decade of the Christian era, and it would be completely unexplainable to omit any mention of the Apostle Paul as their founder within just twenty-five years of their establishment; (b) the signs of persecution fit better with Domitian's time than with Nero's, while references to war, famine, and disease can apply to the latter part of the first century; (c) the heightened tension between Christianity and the Roman state religion, illustrated in the worship of the Beast and the conflict with Babylon, strongly supports a later date; (d) the assumed references to Nero and the temple still being standing rely on specific interpretations and lack a solid basis — or if an earlier date is accepted for this section, it is seen as added later, which is an uncertain critical assumption. This suggests that the evidence leans toward a later date, although the best scholars have historically been roughly evenly split.

6. The Location.

The Revelation was given in Patmos, one of the group of the Sporades, a small, rocky, and irregularly shaped island, some ten miles long by five miles wide, lying in the Ægean Sea, off the coast of Asia Minor, about sixty miles from Ephesus and thirty-five miles from Miletus,37 to which John was banished “for the Word of God and the testimony of Jesus”. According to tradition offenders of rank were banished to this island under the Roman Empire to work in the mines and marble quarries; and the Apostle John perhaps shared in this harsh lot during his imprisonment, as asserted by Victorinus in his commentary, the earliest work on the Apocalypse, written [pg 033] toward the close of the third century. The chief feature of the modern island is the Monastery of St. John, founded in A. D. 1088, which lies a mile and a half south of La Scala, the landing place; while halfway up the hillside a grotto, known as the cave of the Apocalypse, is pointed out as the traditional place where the visions of the book were seen. The natural scenery of the island is rugged and the view of the sea and of the neighboring islands very fine, which may have contributed somewhat to the imagery of the book, as has been suggested by different travelers.38 The content of the visions was doubtless committed to writing soon afterward, and probably while John was still a prisoner in Patmos, though the general work of authorship may have been done later at Ephesus.39

The Revelation was given on Patmos, one of the Sporades islands, a small, rocky, irregularly shaped island about ten miles long and five miles wide, located in the Aegean Sea, off the coast of Asia Minor, roughly sixty miles from Ephesus and thirty-five miles from Miletus, to which John was exiled “for the Word of God and the testimony of Jesus.” According to tradition, high-ranking offenders were sent to this island during the Roman Empire to work in the mines and marble quarries; the Apostle John likely endured this harsh fate during his imprisonment, as stated by Victorinus in his commentary, the earliest work on the Apocalypse, written toward the end of the third century. The main feature of the modern island is the Monastery of St. John, established in A.D. 1088, which is located a mile and a half south of La Scala, the landing point; while halfway up the hillside, there’s a grotto known as the cave of the Apocalypse, recognized as the traditional site where the book's visions were revealed. The island's natural scenery is rugged, and the views of the sea and nearby islands are stunning, which may have influenced the imagery in the book, as suggested by various travelers. The content of the visions was surely written down soon afterward and likely while John was still a prisoner in Patmos, although the main authorship process may have taken place later in Ephesus.

7. The Canon.

The right of the Book of Revelation to a place in the New Testament Canon is well attested both historically and by internal evidence. The historical evidence is especially complete, and is regarded by some as stronger than that of any other book in the New Testament:40 the objections have all arisen from the internal evidence, which has been differently estimated by different minds.

The right of the Book of Revelation to a place in the New Testament Canon is well supported both historically and by internal evidence. The historical evidence is particularly thorough and is considered by some to be stronger than that of any other book in the New Testament:40 the objections have all come from the internal evidence, which has been interpreted differently by various people.

The Historical Evidence covers the question both of authorship and of canonicity,—for these cannot well be separated, since the apostolic authorship carried with it for the early church the canonicity also—and it may be briefly stated as follows, viz:—

The Historical Evidence addresses both authorship and canonicity, as these two aspects are closely linked; apostolic authorship implied canonicity for the early church. This can be summed up briefly as follows:—

(1) Papias (circ. A. D. 130). Bishop of Hierapolis, “the hearer of John”, and “the companion of Polycarp”, regarded it as authoritative, and is the first to attest it, though he does not affirm its apostolicity. We are indebted for his testimony to Andreas of Cappadocia (about the end of the fifth century), who refers to Papias along with Irenæus and others, and quotes from a work by Papias his comment on Rev. 12:7-9. In this early witness of its canonicity we can scarcely conceive of [pg 034] Papias being mistaken, and his testimony is of great value.

(1) Papias (around A.D. 130). Bishop of Hierapolis, "the listener of John", and “Polycarp's companion”, considered it authoritative and is the first to confirm it, though he does not claim it's from the apostles. We owe his testimony to Andreas of Cappadocia (around the end of the fifth century), who mentions Papias along with Irenæus and others, and cites a work by Papias where he comments on Rev. 12:7-9. In this early reference to its canonicity, it’s hard to imagine [pg 034] Papias being wrong, and his testimony is highly valuable.

(2) Justin Martyr (circ. A. D. 140) says it was written by “a certain man whose name was John, one of the apostles of Christ”. This testimony is within fifty years of the later date assigned to the book, and seventy-five years of the earlier one, and is therefore of special importance; and there is no hesitancy in affirming that the author was “one of the apostles of Christ”.

(2) Justin Martyr (around A.D. 140) says it was written by "a man named John, one of Christ's apostles". This testimony is within fifty years of the later date given to the book, and seventy-five years of the earlier one, making it particularly important; and there is no doubt in asserting that the author was "one of Christ's apostles".

(3) According to Eusebius, Melito, Bp. of Sardis (circ. A. D. 170), wrote a lost work on “the Revelation of John”; also two other bishops, Theophilus of Antioch, and Appolonius of Ephesus (both before the close of the second century), cited from it in their writings.

(3) According to Eusebius, Melito, Bishop of Sardis (around A.D. 170), wrote a now-lost work on “the Book of Revelation”; additionally, two other bishops, Theophilus of Antioch and Appolonius of Ephesus (both before the end of the second century), referenced it in their writings.

(4) In a letter from the churches of Lyons and Vienne (circ. A. D. 177) the Revelation is cited, and is described as “sacred Scripture”.

(4) In a letter from the churches of Lyons and Vienne (around A.D. 177), the Revelation is referenced and described as "holy scripture".

(5) Irenæus (circ. A. D. 180) defends its apostolic authority, and asserts frequently and positively that the Apocalypse was written by “John, a disciple of the Lord”.

(5) Irenæus (around A.D. 180) defends its apostolic authority and states often and clearly that the Apocalypse was written by “John, a follower of the Lord”.

(6) Clement of Alexandria (circ. A. D. 200) refers to the four and twenty elders with an explanatory clause, “as John says in the Apocalypse”.

(6) Clement of Alexandria (around A.D. 200) mentions the twenty-four elders with a clarifying note, "as John mentions in the Apocalypse".

(7) Tertullian (circ. A. D. 200) cites it frequently, ascribing it to John the Apostle, and attests its recognition in Africa.

(7) Tertullian (around A.D. 200) refers to it often, attributing it to John the Apostle, and confirms its acceptance in Africa.

(8) The Canon of Muratori (circ. 200) includes it without question, and says, “John in the Apocalypse, though he writes to the Seven Churches, yet says to all, &c,” and the context shows that the reference is to the Apostle.

(8) The Canon of Muratori (around 200 AD) includes it without doubt, stating, “John in the Apocalypse, while writing to the Seven Churches, also addresses everyone, etc.” and the context clearly indicates that this refers to the Apostle.

(9) Hippolytus (circ. A. D. 210) wrote on “the Gospel and Apocalypse of John”; and he also cites the Apocalypse as a Scripture authority against Caius. After this time its canonicity was regarded as established by the Western Church.

(9) Hippolytus (around A.D. 210) wrote on “the Gospel and Apocalypse of John”; he also references the Apocalypse as a scriptural authority against Caius. After this period, the Western Church considered its canonicity to be established.

(10) Origen (circ. A. D. 250), the pupil of Clement of Alexandria, and the first textual critic of the New Testament, whose knowledge of the opinion and usage in different parts of the church was very wide, knows of no doubts concerning the Apocalypse, but quotes it as the recognized composition of the Apostle and Evangelist.

(10) Origen (circa A.D. 250), who was a student of Clement of Alexandria and the first textual critic of the New Testament, had extensive knowledge of opinions and practices in various parts of the church. He had no doubts about the Apocalypse and quoted it as a recognized work of the Apostle and Evangelist.

[pg 035]

The authority of the Apocalypse was not, however, destined to remain unquestioned, though its apostolic authorship and canonical right were practically unchallenged until toward the end of the second century—and in fact it was generally received by the church until the middle of the third century—but subsequently both of these were questioned, viz:—

The authority of the Apocalypse was not meant to go unquestioned, even though its authorship by the apostles and its right to be included in the canon faced little challenge until the late second century. In fact, it was widely accepted by the church until the middle of the third century. However, after that, both of these aspects were called into question, namely:—

(1) Marcion, the so-called “Heretic” (circ. A. D. 150), rejected it in forming his Canon because of its apparently Jewish character, and not because he did not regard it as genuine. This, however, did not represent a church view, and had little influence on opinion outside of his own sect.

(1) Marcion, the so-called "Nonconformist" (around A.D. 150), dismissed it while creating his Canon due to its clearly Jewish character, not because he doubted its authenticity. However, this perspective did not reflect the church's stance and had minimal impact on views beyond his own group.

(2) Dionysius of Alexandria (circ. A. D. 247) argues that it is not by the Apostle, though he does not reject the book. With him the question is mainly one of authorship, and not of canonicity.

(2) Dionysius of Alexandria (around A.D. 247) argues that it wasn’t written by the Apostle, though he doesn’t dismiss the book. For him, the main issue is about authorship, not about canonicity.

(3) Eusebius (circ. A. D. 270) follows the opinion of Dionysius and may be regarded as “wavering”, for he cites much in its favor. After Eusebius, however, opposition to it became general in the Syro-Palestinian Church, and it does not appear in the Peshito Version, though St Ephraim Syrus, the chief father of the Syrian Church, cites it and ascribes it to the Apostle John.

(3) Eusebius (around A.D. 270) aligns with Dionysius's view and can be considered “uncertain”, as he supports it with numerous references. However, after Eusebius, opposition to this view became widespread in the Syro-Palestinian Church, and it is absent from the Peshito Version, although St. Ephraim Syrus, the leading figure of the Syrian Church, mentions it and attributes it to the Apostle John.

(4) Cyril of Jerusalem (circ. A. D. 386) omits the Apocalypse from his list of the canonical books of the New Testament.

(4) Cyril of Jerusalem (around A.D. 386) leaves out the Apocalypse from his list of the accepted books of the New Testament.

(5) In the Eastern Church the book was questioned on dogmatic grounds connected with the Millenarian controversy, and it was omitted from the Canon by the Council of Laodicea (circ. A. D. 360).

(5) In the Eastern Church, the book was debated on dogmatic issues related to the Millenarian controversy, and it was excluded from the Canon by the Council of Laodicea (around A.D. 360).

(6) Finally, however, in deference to the strong testimony of the Western Church, and influenced somewhat, no doubt, by the internal evidence of the book itself, it was authoritatively accepted and universally recognized by the church at large.

(6) Finally, however, in respect to the strong testimony of the Western Church, and influenced somewhat, no doubt, by the internal evidence of the book itself, it was officially accepted and widely recognized by the church as a whole.

The Internal Evidence for the canonicity of the book, apart from the difficulties discussed under the head of Unity, is quite clear and satisfying and is practically irrefutable, for the disputed questions of authorship and date are not of such character as to affect its canonicity. This evidence may be briefly stated as follows, viz:—

The Internal Evidence for the canonicity of the book, aside from the issues discussed regarding Unity, is clear, convincing, and nearly impossible to dispute, as the debated questions of authorship and date do not significantly impact its canonicity. This evidence can be summarized as follows:—

(1) The historical situation and references correspond to the time in which the book claims to have been [pg 036] written, the latter half of the first century, and are fully sustained by contemporaneous history.

(1) The historical context and references reflect the period during which the book states it was [pg 036] written, the latter half of the first century, and are completely supported by contemporary history.

(2) The literary form and diction are each suitable to the period and authorship to which the book is ascribed.

(2) The writing style and language are both appropriate for the time and the authorship that the book is attributed to.

(3) The doctrinal teachings are fully and distinctively Christian, and are such as we would expect in a work of the period, written by inspiration for the whole church, viz:—(a) the Christianity it bears witness to has escaped from the particularism of Jewish thought into the broad catholicity of the Pauline Epistles; (b) Christ is presented as the divine atoning Lamb seated in the midst of the throne, co-equal with the Father; (c) the personality of the Holy Spirit is recognized, and his illuminative work illustrated; (d) the chief duties of the Christian life are those presented in the Gospels, faith, witness, and purity, while the reward of overcoming is set forth in terms of apostolic hope; and (e) the entire contents of the book, so widely different from the non-canonical literature, appeal to the instincts of the Christian heart now as in the first generation, and verify themselves afresh to the Christian consciousness in such a forceful and convincing way that this goes far to overcome any apparent objections to its canonical authority based upon subjective judgments of another class. In fact the impartial verdict of careful investigation serves to confirm the opinion that the Apocalypse is rightfully received on ample and concurrent testimony both of Historical and Internal Evidence as a part of sacred Scripture by the whole church throughout the world.

(3) The doctrinal teachings are completely and uniquely Christian, reflecting what we would expect from a work of this time, inspired for the entire church, namely: (a) the Christianity it promotes has moved beyond the specific focus of Jewish thought into the broad inclusiveness of the Pauline Epistles; (b) Christ is depicted as the divine atoning Lamb positioned at the center of the throne, equal with the Father; (c) the personality of the Holy Spirit is acknowledged and his enlightening work is demonstrated; (d) the main duties of the Christian life are those outlined in the Gospels—faith, witness, and purity—while the reward for overcoming is expressed in terms of apostolic hope; and (e) the entire content of the book, which is so different from non-canonical literature, resonates with the instincts of the Christian heart just as it did in the first generation, and proves itself anew to the Christian consciousness in such a powerful and convincing way that it largely overcomes any apparent challenges to its canonical authority based on subjective judgments from a different perspective. In fact, the impartial findings of careful investigation support the view that the Apocalypse is rightly accepted as part of sacred Scripture by the entire church around the world, based on abundant and consistent evidence from both historical and internal sources.

8. The Form.

The Book consists of a series of strange and impressive symbolic visions which contrast present and historic conditions of trial and suffering in the church and in the world with future and prophetic conditions of triumph and reward for the holy and of wrath and punishment for the sinful. It is an interpretative view of the divine path and plan of the centuries that is evidently given for the comfort and help of God's children in the midst of trial and distress. Its Literary Form is marked and significant, and belongs to that highly figurative style of late Jewish and early Christian writings which is known [pg 037] as the Apocalyptic Literature.41 And though John must often have felt himself hampered and impeded by the fanciful and more or less unreal character of this literary form, yet it doubtless met more fully than any other the conditions of the time, and afforded an adequate method of reaching the devout Christian mind of that generation. This literature is distinguished both by its peculiar style and by the exceptional range of its thought, and may be described as consisting of all of that particular class of the Apocryphal writings which are couched in mystic symbols and figures, and which attempt to give an account of hidden things miraculously disclosed, especially those pertaining to the other world and to the closing events of human history. The word Apocalyptic in its present sense belongs to recent usage, being introduced by the modern critical school as a generic term to designate these writings as a distinct department of the Apocryphal books, and also to denote the literary style or art-form in which they are cast. The use of the word Apocalypse to designate the writings or books now known by that name (as the Apocalypse of Baruch, and others) is undoubtedly very old, though it did not apparently begin before the end of the first century, and seems to have taken rise from the common use of the title “The Apocalypse of John” in Christian circles to designate the Revelation, from which the word came to be applied to all writings of a similar class. Every Apocalypse is thus an example of Apocalyptic; but, owing to the late introduction of the latter term as now used, most dictionaries do not give an adequate definition.42

The Book consists of a series of strange and impressive symbolic visions that compare current and historical situations of trial and suffering in the church and in the world with future and prophetic conditions of triumph and reward for the righteous, and of wrath and punishment for the sinful. It offers an interpretative view of the divine path and plan over the centuries, clearly intended for the comfort and support of God's children during times of trial and distress. Its literary form is distinctive and significant, belonging to the highly figurative style found in late Jewish and early Christian writings, known as Apocalyptic Literature. And although John often felt restricted by the fanciful and somewhat unreal nature of this literary form, it likely suited the conditions of the time better than any other and provided an effective way to connect with the devout Christian minds of that generation. This literature is characterized by its unique style and exceptional range of thought and can be described as encompassing a specific class of Apocryphal writings expressed in mystic symbols and figures, which aim to reveal hidden truths, especially those related to the afterlife and the final events of human history. The term Apocalyptic in its current sense is a modern development, introduced by contemporary scholars as a generic term to categorize these writings as a distinct group of Apocryphal books and to describe the literary style or art form in which they are presented. The term Apocalypse used to refer to the writings or books we now know by that name (such as the Apocalypse of Baruch and others) is undoubtedly quite old, though it seems to have emerged only after the end of the first century, likely stemming from the common use of the title “The Apocalypse of John” in Christian communities to refer to the Revelation, which led to the term being applied to all similar writings. Therefore, every Apocalypse serves as an example of Apocalyptic; however, due to the recent introduction of the latter term, most dictionaries do not provide a sufficient definition.

The unique symbolism of these writings constitutes their most striking and characteristic feature; and it is this uniform use of cryptic symbols instead of ordinary figures of speech that invests the Apocalypse of John with its peculiar charm, and at the same time creates the special problems of its interpretation. A symbol may be defined as a conventional objective form chosen to represent something else, often not otherwise capable of portraiture, because of some real or fancied resemblance [pg 038] that appeals to the mind; an ideal representation couched in sensuous form that embodies one or more of the prominent features of its subject, and that comes to represent a fixed conception in the world of fancy, a lower and material sign being used to represent a higher and abstract idea. The use of symbols of some sort is instinctive and universal, and grows out of a natural effort of the mind to clothe its ideas in forms that give free scope to the imagination. But the peculiar nature of the symbols and the profusion of their use in the Apocalyptic literature, serve to mark it as separate from all other literary forms. Oriental symbols, too, are so unfamiliar and oftentimes so incongruous to our minds, such as the Dragon, the Scarlet Beast, the Two-horned Beast, and even the Cherubim, that we perhaps fail to realize how much they meant to people of a primitive civilization who were possessed of a vivid imagination without scientific precision of thought. This difference in the instinctive appreciation of the nature and value of symbols, together with the wide possibilities of meaning that are apparently inherent in the symbols used in the Apocalypse, has always given room for the fertile fancy of interpreters. But the later study of the Apocalyptic writings as a class has made it plain that this effort was largely misspent, and has led to more discriminating views of the meaning and use of symbols as there found, and to their limitation by established usage, where such is known to have existed. For while the growth of recognized symbols is necessarily slow, and their origin often impossible to trace yet when they have once been formed, and have come to possess an established meaning in the public mind, they exhibit a remarkable persistence; and though their meaning may be somewhat modified by subsequent use and by particular application, yet it can scarcely suffer sudden and radical change. And let us remember that the symbols, metaphors, and other figures found in the Revelation are not purely literary: they have had a history and have acquired a recognized and conventional meaning. We have, therefore, an available guide to the interpretation of the symbols in the book furnished by their use not only in the Old Testament, in which by former interpreters they were mainly sought, but especially in Jewish apocalypses, which give the current meaning of many of them at the time when this book was written, a sense which [pg 039] could not well have been departed from to any great extent without making their meaning wholly unintelligible. And the more clearly we apprehend this fact, the more constantly we apply it in our interpretation, the more likely are we to arrive at the meaning intended.43 For while the Western mind revolts against the oftime obscurity of Apocalyptic symbols, yet we not infrequently recur to the same method of illustration. For instance, a good example of the present day use of symbols, aided by illustrative skill, is found in such a cartoon as “The Modern Juggernaut” that appeared a few years ago, in which the wheeled car of India was transformed into a huge wine bottle full of intoxicating drink that rolls along its way, crushing out the lives of thousands of miserable victims, while the fierce dogs of War, Famine, and Pestilence have under its malign influence slipped their leash and go forth to prey upon men.44 This symbolism in some measure parallels that of the Scarlet Beast in the Revelation, and shows how a great destructive force operating in the world may be presented to many minds in an objective form much more effectively than by any abstract verbal statement. Like a parable an apocalypse flings a great truth across our path, instinct with the touch of spiritual life.

The unique symbolism in these writings is their most notable and distinctive feature; it’s this consistent use of cryptic symbols instead of ordinary language that gives the Apocalypse of John its special allure and creates challenges for its interpretation. A symbol can be defined as a conventional form chosen to represent something else, often something that cannot be easily depicted otherwise, due to some real or imagined resemblance that appeals to the mind; it's an ideal representation conveyed in sensory form that captures one or more significant aspects of its subject and comes to symbolize a fixed idea in the imaginative realm, where a tangible sign represents a higher, abstract concept. The instinctive and universal use of symbols arises from the mind's natural effort to express ideas in ways that unleash creativity. However, the distinct nature of the symbols and their abundant use in Apocalyptic literature set it apart from all other literary forms. Some Oriental symbols, like the Dragon, the Scarlet Beast, the Two-horned Beast, and even the Cherubim, can seem unfamiliar and often confusing to us, but they likely held deep meaning for people in primitive societies who had vivid imaginations without precise scientific thinking. This difference in intuitive understanding of symbols’ nature and value, along with the broad range of meanings inherent in the symbols used in the Apocalypse, has always left room for the imaginative interpretations of readers. However, recent studies of Apocalyptic writings as a whole have shown that much of this interpretive effort was largely wasted, leading to more nuanced views of the meaning and use of symbols as found in the text, and to their limitations by established usage, where that is known to exist. While the development of recognized symbols is slow, and their origins often difficult to trace, once they are formed and acquire a recognized meaning in the public mind, they tend to be remarkably persistent; even though their meanings can be somewhat modified over time and through specific applications, they are unlikely to undergo sudden and radical changes. It’s important to remember that the symbols, metaphors, and other figures found in Revelation are not just literary devices: they have a history and have developed recognized and conventional meanings. Therefore, we have a valuable guide to interpret the symbols in the book based on their usage, not only in the Old Testament, where earlier interpreters mainly searched for them, but especially in Jewish apocalypses, which convey the meanings of many symbols at the time this book was written—a meaning that could not have strayed too far without rendering them completely unintelligible. The more clearly we grasp this fact and consistently apply it in our interpretation, the more likely we are to understand the intended meaning. While the Western mind often struggles with the obscurity of Apocalyptic symbols, we sometimes resort to similar methods of illustration. A good example of contemporary symbol use, enhanced by illustration, can be found in the cartoon “The Modern Juggernaut,” which appeared a few years ago, where the wheeled vehicle from India was transformed into a massive wine bottle filled with intoxicating drink that rolls along, crushing the lives of countless victims, while the fierce dogs of War, Famine, and Pestilence, unleashed by its malevolent influence, go forth to prey on humanity. This symbolism somewhat parallels that of the Scarlet Beast in Revelation, showing how a significant destructive force in the world can be represented to many people in a concrete form far more effectively than through any abstract verbal description. Like a parable, an apocalypse presents profound truths, charged with spiritual life.

The revelation made to John doubtless took the Apocalyptic form because it was the prevailing literary method of that time for the treatment of the theme dealt with by his prophecy, and its constructive symbolism already filled and colored his thought. But notwithstanding that it is cast in a Jewish mould, the Christian thought everywhere triumphs over the Jewish form. The line of thought is limited to the peculiar range of Apocalyptic subjects, and is found to be closely related to that of our Lord's discourse upon the last things (the so-called “little apocalypse” of our Lord in Mat. 24), though it should not be regarded as formally an amplification of that discourse, or as chiefly or wholly determined in content by [pg 040] it.45 The prophetic mood is manifest in every part of the book, and the exalted mental state of the writer is sustained throughout after the manner of a rhapsody, in the structure and movement of which all literary forms are in a measure fused together.46 Indeed by a deeper study of this unique work we come to feel as though in it “we touch the living soul of Asiatic Christendom”.

The revelation made to John undoubtedly took on an Apocalyptic style because it was the common literary method of that time for addressing the theme of his prophecy, and its symbolic framework already shaped his thoughts. However, even though it has a Jewish framework, Christian ideas consistently prevail over the Jewish format. The line of thought focuses on the specific range of Apocalyptic topics and is closely linked to our Lord's teachings on the end times (the so-called "mini apocalypse" of our Lord in Mat. 24), although it shouldn’t be seen as a formal expansion of that teaching or entirely based on it. The prophetic tone is evident throughout the book, and the writer's heightened mental state is maintained in a way that resembles a rhapsody, where various literary forms blend together. Indeed, through a deeper exploration of this unique work, we start to feel as though in it "we connect with the vibrant spirit of Asian Christianity".

It remains to be said that while we class the Apocalypse of John with Jewish apocalypses as to literary form, yet it so manifestly rises above its class both in method and content that it is universally accorded the first place among Apocalyptic writings, and fully establishes its claim to a place among the inspired books of Scripture by reason of the penetrative prophetic insight which it everywhere displays in dealing with the greatest, the most central, and the most mysterious theme in the whole sphere of Christian thought.

It should be noted that while we categorize the Apocalypse of John alongside Jewish apocalypses in terms of literary style, it clearly stands out from its peers in both method and content. As a result, it is widely regarded as the foremost work among Apocalyptic writings and confidently claims its status among the inspired texts of Scripture due to the deep prophetic insight it consistently demonstrates while addressing the most significant, central, and mysterious themes in Christian thought.

9. The Theme.

The Theme of the Revelation, stated in its broadest terms, is Christ and the Church through Time to Eternity; the mystery of God in human life and history made manifest through the disclosure of the divine redemptive plan becoming effective and triumphant.47 The theme we assign to the Revelation will, of course, be determined largely by our view of its contents. Many interpret it to be Jerusalem, Rome, and the End, limiting its outlook to the horizon of the early church; others make it the Course of History, or the Future Path of the Church in the World; still others affirm it to be the Last Things, or the Second Coming of Christ. But the wider view is the truer one, which includes many phases of the kingdom, and the theme is properly interpreted as Christ and the Church here and hereafter, or Redemption in its present and future relation to Human Life. This theme is wrought out in prophetic vision by an evolving drama that moves forward in multiple and progressive cycles of trial and triumph, of conflict and victory, ever advancing toward the [pg 041] complete and final consummation, when righteousness shall win, sin be punished, and the redeemed be restored to the immediate presence of God; and whereby the divine plan shall be abundantly vindicated notwithstanding all apparent anomalies, and seeming contradictions, and temporary reverses, for it is confidently affirmed that the night of sin shall ultimately pass away, and the day dawn at last in which “the glory of God and of the Lamb shall be the light thereof”; and “He that sitteth on the throne shall spread his tabernacle over them ... that come out of great tribulation”. Thus the book gives answer to the deep call of the soul for some sign concerning the future that shall point the path of faith and cheer the heart for service; and the answer is abundantly satisfying, for those who interpret the theme aright. Occupied with such a subject of thought it finds its proper place at the end of the inspired volume; it forms a fitting close for the entire line of prophetic voices; and it binds the long succession of books into an unbroken unity.48 With illimitable sweep its visions look backward through time and forward into eternity, downward on earth's struggles and upward upon heaven's victory, inward to the soul's conflicts and outward to God's eternal peace, while through it all there rings out the one transcendent note, Christ reigns but to triumph.

The Theme of the Revelation, expressed in its broadest sense, is about Christ and the Church through Time to Eternity; it reveals the mystery of God in human life and history, made clear through the unveiling of the divine redemptive plan that becomes effective and victorious.47 The theme we attribute to the Revelation will largely depend on our perspective of its content. Many see it as focusing on Jerusalem, Rome, and the End, limiting its view to the early church; others view it as the Course of History or the Future Path of the Church in the World; still others see it as the Last Things or the Second Coming of Christ. However, the broader perspective is the more accurate one, which encompasses many aspects of the kingdom, and the theme is best interpreted as Christ and the Church in the present and beyond, or Redemption in its current and future relation to Human Life. This theme unfolds in prophetic vision through an evolving drama that progresses through various cycles of trials and triumphs, conflict and victory, always moving toward the [pg 041] complete and final fulfillment, when righteousness will prevail, sin will be punished, and the redeemed will be restored to the immediate presence of God; and in doing so, the divine plan will be fully justified despite all apparent anomalies, seeming contradictions, and temporary setbacks, for it is firmly believed that the night of sin will ultimately pass, and the day will finally break when “the glory of God and the Lamb will be its light.”; and “Whoever sits on the throne will shelter them … those who come out of great tribulation.”. Thus, the book answers the deep longing of the soul for some sign regarding the future that will guide faith and encourage the heart for service; and the answer is more than satisfying for those who interpret the theme correctly. Engaged with such an important topic, it finds its rightful place at the end of the inspired text; it serves as a fitting conclusion for the entire line of prophetic messages; and it connects the long succession of books into a seamless unity.48 With limitless scope, its visions look back through history and forward into eternity, down to earth's struggles and up to heaven's victory, inward to the soul's conflicts and outward to God's eternal peace, while throughout it all, the singular, resounding message rings out: Christ reigns only to triumph.

The Event.

The conditions which gave Occasion for this sole Apocalyptic book of the New Testament have left their impress on its form and thought, viz. persecution from without, and trial and distress within the church. These conditions which are subsumed throughout must be clearly recognized in order to interpret the message aright, and to estimate its proper value for the age which first received it. For, whether we accept the earlier or later date of writing, the deadly power of the Roman Empire was being put forth to repress and destroy the church. At the later date the worship of the Emperor was being made the test of obedience to law, and at either time many Christians in the face of persecution were weak and wavering. The immediate outlook was increasingly dark, and the future prospect full of gloom. The failure of the Messiah to reappear and of the church to triumph; the [pg 042] bitter experience of persecution already endured, and the certainty of greater suffering yet to follow; in a word, the apparent reversal of the brightest hopes of early Christianity, all of these called for some divine message of cheer that would inspirit the discouraged, throw light upon the path of sorrow and shame, and make their lot endurable because of the assuredly glorious outcome of the future. And there was no kind of message so well suited to meet such a crisis as the form of Apocalyptic, which grew out of similar conditions, and had a tone and temper peculiarly adapted to infuse a triumphant hope in the midst of growing religious despair.49 But let us not fail to perceive that though the Apocalypse was specially designed to meet a great crisis in the life of the early church, its effectiveness does not end there. Its lessons are for us and for all time; it has the course and end of world-history in view, and this is an ever-living theme for the church of Christ in every age.

The conditions that led to the creation of this unique Apocalyptic book in the New Testament have clearly influenced its structure and message: external persecution and internal struggles within the church. Understanding these conditions is essential for accurately interpreting the message and assessing its significance for the audience that first received it. Whether we consider an earlier or later date of writing, the oppressive power of the Roman Empire was actively trying to suppress and destroy the church. By the later date, worship of the Emperor was becoming a benchmark for legal obedience, and at both times, many Christians felt weak and uncertain in the face of persecution. The immediate outlook was increasingly bleak, and the future seemed grim. The failure of the Messiah to return and the church to prevail; the harsh experiences of persecution already faced, along with the certainty of even greater suffering ahead; in short, the apparent undoing of the early Christian hopes—all of this necessitated a divine message of encouragement that would uplift the discouraged, illuminate the path through pain and shame, and make their struggles bearable due to the guaranteed glorious outcome awaiting them. There was no type of message better suited to address such a crisis than the form of Apocalyptic writing, which emerged from similar situations and possessed a tone and spirit uniquely crafted to instill a triumphant hope in the midst of escalating religious despair. But we must also recognize that while the Apocalypse was specifically created to address a significant crisis in the early church’s history, its relevance does not stop there. Its teachings are for us and for all time; it encompasses the trajectory and conclusion of world history, an ever-relevant theme for the church of Christ in every era.

The Goal.

The Purpose of the Apocalypse, as indicated by its introductory words “The Revelation”, is the revealing or unveiling of mystery. In the Christian sense a mystery is a former secret of divine truth that has now been at least partially revealed (Eph. 3:1-11), while an apocalypse is the process of revealing it, and also the revelation itself containing the truth made known. The comprehensive design of the book is to unfold and interpret the divine purpose and method in human history, especially in relation to the redemptive process, by portraying in scenic outline the present and future course of the church of Christ through conflict to victory, for the vindication of God's righteousness in the final issue, and for the comfort and encouragement of tried and persecuted Christians in the midst of the pathway of life.50 The more immediate purpose was to strengthen the church in the strain of present distress, while the ultimate aim is to be found not in the disclosure of history itself, but in the establishment of the moral order of the world, in illustrating the fact that history is a divinely guided “moral process toward a goal”, as the substantial ground of a true philosophy of life, and [pg 043] as a permanent defense against false and partial views. And this purpose is so wrought out by the portrayal of the world as an ideal battlefield full of opposing forces, with alternating scenes of triumph and danger, that the whole becomes a fervent and powerful appeal to the heroic in Christian life and character, and a clear call to new faith and courage. For whatever else may be its lessons, we must not leave out of view this practical purpose of divine monition to the world of men, which has so deeply impressed itself upon every generation of Christians. Its message of warning is inwrought with and reënforced by its prophetic scenes of terror and reward: for the Apocalypse is the book of the future as well as of the past and present, and that future is ever near in prophetic vision, however far it may be in historic relation, and to John's eye is always filled with the figure of the returning Christ who comes to judgment and to victory. The message, however, viewed in its entirety, while it contains a sympathetic element of encouragement for the saints, and a monitory element of exhortation and warning for all men, is yet fundamentally a philosophic interpretation of the divine method in history for all who would see God in the story of man's life on the earth—a theodicy based upon prophecy. And any view which assumes for the author a narrow field of vision, such as that he merely grouped together the current apocalyptic conceptions of his time in order to fling them in fierce polemic against the Roman Empire and to foreshadow its defeat and fall,51 rests upon a manifestly imperfect judgment that fails in religious depth, missing the spiritual significance of the message, and lacks in literary insight, denying the evident marks of originality, genius, and inspiration in the most wonderful and unique composition of its kind that has ever been produced.

The Purpose of the Apocalypse, as shown in its opening words "Revelation", is to reveal or uncover mystery. In Christianity, a mystery is a previously hidden truth that has now been partly disclosed (Eph. 3:1-11), while an apocalypse is the act of revealing it and also the revelation itself that presents the truth. The main goal of the book is to explain and interpret God's purpose and plan in human history, especially regarding the redemption process, by illustrating in a dramatic way the present and future journey of the church of Christ through struggles to victory, in order to uphold God's righteousness in the end, and to provide comfort and encouragement to suffering and persecuted Christians along life's path.50 The more immediate purpose was to bolster the church during current troubles, while the ultimate goal lies not in just revealing history, but in establishing the world's moral order, showcasing the idea that history is a divinely led “ethical journey toward a goal”, forming the foundation of a true philosophy of life, and [pg 043] providing a lasting defense against incorrect and partial viewpoints. This goal is achieved by depicting the world as an ideal battleground full of conflicting forces, with fluctuating scenes of victory and danger, making the whole a passionate and powerful appeal to bravery in Christian life and character, and a clear call for renewed faith and courage. Regardless of its other teachings, we must not overlook this practical purpose of divine communication to humanity, which has profoundly impacted every generation of Christians. Its warning message is interwoven with and reinforced by its prophetic depictions of fear and reward: the Apocalypse speaks of the future as well as the past and present, with that future always present in prophetic vision, no matter how distant it may be in history, constantly filled with the image of the returning Christ who comes for judgment and victory. Overall, the message, while it provides encouragement for the faithful and a warning for everyone, is fundamentally a philosophical perspective on God's method in history for those who seek to see God in the narrative of human existence on Earth—a theodicy based on prophecy. Any interpretation that suggests the author had a limited view, simply gathering the apocalyptic ideas of his time to launch a fierce attack against the Roman Empire and predict its downfall,51 rests on clearly flawed judgment that lacks depth in religious insight, overlooks the spiritual significance of the message, and misses the literary brilliance, originality, and inspiration present in this remarkable and unique work.

12. The Interpretation.

There are two essentially different methods of Interpretation that have been followed in attempting to arrive at the meaning of this manifestly difficult book, which are founded upon different conceptions of its didactic purpose, and proceed upon different lines of inquiry, viz. the Historical, and the Symbolical.

There are two fundamentally different methods of interpretation that have been used in trying to understand the meaning of this obviously challenging book, based on different views of its teaching purpose, and following different lines of inquiry: the Historical and the Symbolical.

The Historical Interpretation regards the book as a prophetic review and forecast of history veiled in symbol, [pg 044] and seeks the meaning and fulfilment of the visions in certain specific historical events which either have occurred, are occurring, or will occur within the sphere of human life and experience. There are three different forms of this method of interpretation, all of which specialize the prophecy but differ as to the time and nature of the fulfilment, viz. (1) the Preterist view (also called the Contemporaneous-Historical), which regards that the visions relate mainly to events in the history of the early church, and that they have been already fulfilled in the far past; (2) the Futurist view (also called the Future-Historical), that the visions relate mainly to events which shall occur in the last days, and that the fulfilment is to be looked for chiefly in the more or less remote future; and (3) the Progressivist view (also called the Continuous- or Church-Historical), that the several visions constitute a continuous and progressive series, covering the whole period of the church's history from the time of John to the last judgment, and that their fulfilment is therefore to be found in a successive line of historical events, part of which lie in the past and part in the future.

The Historical Interpretation views the book as a prophetic overview and prediction of history cloaked in symbols, [pg 044] and aims to uncover the meaning and realization of the visions in specific historical events that have happened, are happening, or will happen in human life and experience. There are three distinct forms of this interpretation method, each specifying the prophecy but differing in the timing and nature of the fulfillment, namely: (1) the Preterist view (also known as the Contemporaneous-Historical), which holds that the visions mainly pertain to events in the early church's history, and that they were already fulfilled in the distant past; (2) the Futurist view (also known as the Future-Historical), which asserts that the visions focus primarily on events that will take place in the last days, and that the fulfillment is expected mainly in the near or far future; and (3) the Progressive view (also called the Continuous- or Church-Historical), which argues that the various visions represent a continuous and progressive series, covering the entire span of church history from John's time to the final judgment, and that their fulfillment is therefore found in a succession of historical events, some of which are in the past and some in the future.

The Symbolical Interpretation, upon the other hand, regards the book as a prophetic idealization of history, dealing with the general course and outcome of man's life upon the earth, and disclosing under the form of symbols the spiritual and moral forces which give to history its deeper meaning; and seeks the significance and fulfilment of the visions not, therefore, in particular events, but rather in classes of events, not solely at one definite time, but at many different times, finding the revelation mainly illustrative of general principles of the divine government rather than predictive of particular facts of history, a view of various phases rather than of historic stages of the church's experience,52 and interpreting its symbols in the genuine spirit of Apocalyptic as pictorial representations of the prevailing fortunes of the church in the world as she moves forward to the final consummation.53 This method of interpretation, which is commonly known as [pg 045] the Symbolist view (also called the Spiritual), presents no such marked difference of form as the Historical, but with a wider outlook regards that the visions relate to all such like events in every age as specially manifest God's rule in the world sending forth judgment unto victory, and such as particularly exhibit the progressive development of good and evil in human life, together with their constant conflict and their final reward and punishment.

The Symbolical Interpretation, on the other hand, sees the book as a visionary view of history, focusing on the overall journey and outcome of human life on earth, and revealing through symbols the spiritual and moral forces that add deeper meaning to history. It looks for the significance and fulfillment of the visions not in specific events but in categories of events, not just at one particular time but across various moments, finding the revelation mainly as an illustration of general principles of divine governance rather than predictions of specific historical facts. This perspective emphasizes different aspects rather than historical stages of the church's experience,52 interpreting its symbols in the authentic spirit of Apocalyptic as visual representations of the church's prevailing circumstances in the world as it progresses toward its ultimate fulfillment.53 This method of interpretation, commonly known as [pg 045] the Symbolist view (also called the Spiritual), does not present such a distinct difference in form as the Historical interpretation, but instead offers a broader perspective that sees the visions as relating to similar events throughout all ages that clearly demonstrate God's rule in the world, bringing judgment to victory, and highlighting the ongoing struggle between good and evil in human life along with their ultimate rewards and punishments.

All the current interpretations may be classified under one or other of the above heads, yet in the hands of individual interpreters they are often modified and blend into each other in their application—a manifest recognition of the fact that there is an element of truth underlying each view, which we may perhaps say has been unduly emphasized, for all agree that the interpretation is somehow and somewhere to be found in human life and history.

All the current interpretations can be categorized under one or the other of the above headings, but in the hands of individual interpreters, they often get modified and blend into each other in their application—clearly recognizing that there's a truth behind each view, which we might say has been overly emphasized, since everyone agrees that the interpretation is somehow and somewhere present in human life and history.

What might be called still another method of interpretation is the Apocalyptic-Traditional (or Tradition-Historical) view of late critical writers on the Apocalypse already referred to, which approaches the question from the viewpoint of literary origin, and attributes certain portions of the book to the introduction of traditional Jewish or Jewish-Christian Apocalyptic fragments that have been utilized by the author and applied to the historical conditions of his time, adapting them to a new meaning. This, however, is not so much a separate method of interpretation as it is a corollary of the present Literary-Critical method of dealing with the book, which regards it as an early Christian work in successive editions that has taken into itself certain Jewish elements. With this origin assumed the interpretation does not differ materially from the Preterist view except, perhaps, that it is less rigorous in its application to current events, and recognizes more fully the idealism of the author; for the historical outlook has measurably lost its value except as an indication of the date of writing, and for most who hold this view the book has no longer any distinctive prophetic message for the church; it has become chiefly a fantastic dream, a pious dream it is true, but only a dream of the far past.

What could be called yet another method of interpretation is the Apocalyptic-Traditional (or Tradition-Historical) perspective of recent critical writers on the Apocalypse mentioned before. This view looks at the question from the angle of literary origins, suggesting that certain parts of the book come from traditional Jewish or Jewish-Christian Apocalyptic fragments that the author used and adapted to fit the historical conditions of his time, giving them a new meaning. However, this isn't so much a standalone method of interpretation as it is a byproduct of the current Literary-Critical approach to the book, which sees it as an early Christian work developed in stages, incorporating elements from Judaism. With this premise, the interpretation doesn't differ significantly from the Preterist view, except that it might be less strict regarding current events and acknowledges more of the author's idealism; the historical perspective has largely lost its relevance except as an indicator of when it was written. For many who hold this view, the book no longer carries a unique prophetic message for the church; it has mostly become a fantastic vision, a pious dream, it's true, but just a dream of the distant past.

The principal question of interpretation, as will be seen by a consideration of the current views, relates not only to the view-point, but also to the aim or design of the [pg 046] Revelation. The Historical method centers the chief aim of the book in a predictive-prophetic element which it finds throughout and regards as pointing to specific events in particular periods of history that are designed to teach important spiritual lessons. With this idea of the didactic purpose, it yet presents the widest variation of opinion concerning the viewpoint of the book, and includes upon the one hand the extreme rationalist who considers it a purely human writing, a Jewish apocalypse that has been revamped to include Christian ideas, which blends history with prediction and reflects only the horizon of the first century; and on the other hand the devout mystic who accepts its message as chiefly predictive prophecy of the far future, and interprets it well nigh literally as a prophetic account of the world's ending amid terror and blood. The Symbolist method, with a quite different conception, centers the aim of the book in an interpretative-prophetic element which it finds in every part, and regards as setting forth the principles of the divine government, and pointing to their exemplification in multiple events occurring in different periods of history that are working together toward the final consummation. According to this method of interpretation the viewpoint is idealistic, universal, and timeless, and the scope of the visions correspondingly wide.

The main question of interpretation, as we will see by looking at current opinions, concerns not just the perspective but also the purpose or intention of the [pg 046] Revelation. The Historical method focuses the primary aim of the book on a predictive-prophetic element that it identifies throughout, viewing it as pointing to specific events in certain historical periods meant to convey important spiritual lessons. This notion of a teaching purpose presents a wide range of opinions about the book's perspective. On one side, there's the extreme rationalist who sees it as a purely human text, a Jewish apocalypse modified to include Christian ideas, blending history with prophecy and reflecting only the context of the first century. On the other side, the devoted mystic interprets its message mainly as a predictive prophecy about the distant future, taking it almost literally as a prophetic description of the world's end amidst chaos and bloodshed. The Symbolist method, with a completely different view, centers the book's aim on an interpretive-prophetic element found throughout, which it sees as outlining the principles of divine governance and indicating their manifestation through various events in different historical periods working together toward the ultimate conclusion. According to this interpretation method, the perspective is idealistic, universal, and timeless, with correspondingly broad visions.

The latter view, which is the one presented in the following outline, affords a fairly satisfactory interpretation that has been steadily gaining ground during the last half-century, and to the present author seems destined in some form to attain general though perhaps not universal acceptance. The views of the leaders in the symbolical school present no material divergence in general interpretation,54 and the principles of this interpretation seem likely to prevail throughout the Christian church of the future, though the form and application may be somewhat modified. The objection that “this system of interpretation is out of keeping with the general purpose of Apocalyptic literature”,55 loses its force if we grant that the book is inspired, and realize that the literary form was chosen because of its adaptability for the treatment of the topics dealt with in the Apocalypse; for once, the Apocalyptic form becomes the vehicle of a divine revelation, it thereby escapes some of the main limitations of its class, one [pg 047] of which was “the consciousness of no new message from God for the generation to which it was addressed”; and accordingly it should here be regarded as only the literary setting in which the message continually overtops the form, the art-form in which the art is lost sight of through the beauty and power of the truth which it presents. This view, although not without difficulties, is yet believed by a good proportion of eminent scholars to be based upon sound and temperate exegesis, to be best suited to the character of the book, and to give relative value to all the elements of truth contained in other views. The importance of the historical situation of John's time and of the lessons for that age is fully recognized, the eschatological element throughout is given due consideration, and the application of the prophecy to the entire trend and events of history is made apparent, while the precise time-relation of the visions is for the most part eliminated, and thus the field of prophetic prospective is maintained in its true breadth, and not narrowed as in the historical interpretation to a particular age or series of events. And the interpretation as a whole rests for its validity upon the scope and tenor of the book throughout, and can therefore be maintained without determining the full or specific meaning of every part. The Revelation thus understood ceases to be either a political diatribe of the first century, or the terrored story of the End; it rises above an epitome of history whether near or far, and takes rank as a true prophetic book in Apocalyptic form, dealing with the all-embracing plan of God for the ages, and the munificent purpose of redemption; and it is thereby rescued from many conjectural and contradictory interpretations which have obscured its meaning, and becomes a living prophecy of value to the church in every age.

The latter view, which is the one presented in the following outline, offers a pretty satisfactory interpretation that has been steadily gaining traction over the last fifty years. The author thinks it’s likely to be generally accepted, though perhaps not universally. The perspectives of the leaders in the symbolic school don’t show much difference in overall interpretation, and the principles of this interpretation seem likely to be adopted throughout the Christian church in the future, even though their form and application may be somewhat altered. The objection that "This way of interpreting doesn't align with the overall intent of Apocalyptic literature.", loses its impact if we accept that the book is inspired and understand that the literary form was chosen because it’s well-suited for addressing the topics in the Apocalypse. Once the Apocalyptic form serves as a vehicle for divine revelation, it overcomes many limitations typical to its genre, one of which was "the awareness of no new message from God for the generation it was meant for"; therefore, we should view it as merely the literary backdrop for a message that continually transcends the form, the art-form in which the art is overshadowed by the beauty and power of the truth it conveys. This view, although not without challenges, is believed by a significant number of respected scholars to be rooted in sound and balanced interpretation, best suited to the book's character and providing relative value to all the truths found in other views. The significance of the historical context of John's time and the lessons for that era is fully acknowledged, the eschatological aspect is appropriately considered, and the prophecy's application to the overall trends and events of history is made clear, while the specific timing of the visions is mostly disregarded. This allows for a broader understanding of prophetic anticipation, rather than narrowing it down to a specific time or series of events as seen in historical interpretations. The overall interpretation is valid based on the scope and theme of the book, so it can stand without needing to pin down the exact meaning of every part. The Revelation, understood this way, is no longer merely a political critique of the first century or a fearful tale of the End; instead, it transcends being just a summary of history, whether recent or distant. It holds its place as a true prophetic book in Apocalyptic form, discussing God's all-encompassing plan for the ages and the generous purpose of redemption. Thus, it is freed from many speculative and conflicting interpretations that have obscured its meaning, becoming a living prophecy of value to the church in every age.

The tendency toward wiser methods in the interpretation of the Apocalypse, and the growing spirit of unanimity concerning its larger lessons, provide good ground for encouragement to the troubled reader. And while, no doubt, the influence of the individual type of mind will continue to be felt in the interpretation, the rationalistic emphasizing the preterist application, the mystic the futurist, and the practical mind the symbolic and universal reference, yet it should always be kept in view that the chief importance of the book for the church at large [pg 048] transcends any question of theoretical interpretation, and lies in its practical worth in providing a rich source of religious inspiration, an invigorating aid to imperfect faith, and an abiding stimulus to the Christian imagination, in enabling the ordinary mind to realize the spiritual in the midst of and transcending the natural, and in making the deep conflict of life with its divine superintendence an ever present fact to the human soul. Indeed the book was evidently written for common use in the early church in public worship (ch. 1:3), which indicates an appreciation of its value in striking contrast with the modern indifference that passes it by as unintelligible. The Apocalypse has also a historical value, quite apart from its general meaning and use, that we should not overlook, for it throws important light upon the political and social conditions as well as the inner thought and development of the Christian church in the latter part of the first century. It reflects throughout the faith and temper in which the early church faced its growing conflict with the world. And it serves to show that at the close of the apostolic age there was a Christianity which was free from the law and universal, and yet continued to adhere to Jewish modes of expression.56

The shift towards more insightful approaches in understanding the Apocalypse, along with a growing consensus on its broader messages, offers hopeful reassurance to anxious readers. While it's true that individual perspectives will continue to shape interpretations—rationalists focusing on the preterist view, mystics on the futurist, and practical thinkers on the symbolic and universal meanings—it's essential to remember that the primary significance of this book for the church overall transcends any theoretical debate. Its real value lies in being a rich source of spiritual inspiration, a supportive tool for imperfect faith, and a constant spark for the Christian imagination. It helps everyday minds see the spiritual beyond the natural and reminds the human soul of the deep struggle of life under divine oversight. Clearly, this book was meant for regular use in early church worship (ch. 1:3), highlighting its value, especially when contrasted with today’s widespread apathy towards it as something incomprehensible. Moreover, the Apocalypse has historical significance beyond its general interpretations that we should acknowledge. It sheds light on the political and social conditions, as well as the evolving thoughts within the Christian church during the late first century. It reveals the faith and attitude with which the early church confronted its growing challenges from the outside world. Ultimately, it illustrates that by the end of the apostolic era, there existed a form of Christianity that was free from the law and universal but still maintained connections to Jewish expressions.

Outline Analysis.

I the prologue (or intro): Ch. 1:1-3:22
1 The Superscription: Ch. 1:1-3
2 The Salutation: Ch. 1:4-8
3 The Introductory Vision: Ch. 1:9-20
4 The Seven Epistles: Ch. 2:1-3:22
II the main apocalypse (or actual revelation): Ch. 4:1-22:5
1 The Vision of God on the Throne: Ch. 4:1-5:14
2 The Vision of the Seven Seals: Ch. 6:1-17, and 8:1
2b The Episode of the Sealed Ones: Ch. 7:1-17
3 The Vision of the Seven Trumpets: Ch. 8:2-9:21, and 11:14-19
3b The Episode of the Angel with the Book, and of the Two Witnesses: Ch. 10:1-11:13
4 The Vision of Conflict: Ch. 12:1-14:20
[pg 049]
5 The Vision of the Seven Vials: Ch. 15:1-16:12, and 16:17-21
5b The Episode of the Frog-like Spirits: Ch. 16:13-16
6 The Vision of Victory: Ch. 17:1-20:15
7 The Vision of the New Jerusalem: Ch. 21:1-22:5
III the epilogue (or conclusion): Ch. 22:6-21
1 The Final Words of the Angel, with the Promise of Christ: Ch. 22:6-16
2 The Closing Testimony of John: Ch. 22:17-20
3 The Author's Benediction: Ch. 22:21

14. The Literary Structure.

The elaborate and artistic Literary Structure of the Apocalypse, the numerical symmetry of its parts, the parallelism of its visions, and the recurrent climaxes in its development, together unite to give it a unique place among the writings of Scripture; and a clear perception of these relations becomes a distinct aid to the better understanding of its message, for these belong to it as the outer robes which enfold its inner thought. The predominance of the number seven in the arrangement of its subject-matter throughout, especially the recurrence of formal series of sevens in the Epistles, Seals, Trumpets, and Vials, has commonly led to the conclusion that the book is somehow capable of division into seven parts fundamental to its structure. And although the failure of commentators to agree generally upon any lines of division yet proposed scarcely seems to support this opinion, yet the possible correctness and the general helpfulness of such a division is fully recognized. Any such division which we may make, however, is chiefly one of analysis, for the visions are continuous and develop without any distinctive break of prophetic view. The outline analysis given above divides the Visions, or main portion of the book, into seven parts, the Episodes being made parenthetical and subordinate, as their contents and connection serve to indicate; while the four subdivisions of the Introduction and three of the Conclusion taken together, form another seven. This general division, which is not an uncommon one, agrees in the main, though not in statement or in full detail, with that in the Pulpit Commentary,57 and is one of [pg 050] the most natural as well as the most helpful in bringing out the chief thought of the book. The carefully wrought out and remarkably suggestive division and subdivision into complete series of sevens, given in the Modern Reader's Bible,58 after the same manner as the Prophecy of Ezekiel, and the Rhapsody of Joel, is worthy of attentive consideration, though it may well be doubted whether such an extensive subdivision found place in the Apocalyptist's thought.59 With discriminative literary insight the author of that work says, concerning the general outline of the book, “The seven visions of St. John's Revelation seem in the line of their succession to trace the figure of an arch, the keystone of the arch being the master-thought of the prophecy;... On either side of it [in the arrangement of the visions] III is closely parallel with V, and II with VI ... while I and VII are separate from the rest.... As always, literary form is here pointing to the deepest spiritual meaning”. The theme of the central vision according to this view, is “Salvation: the Kingdom of this World becoming the Kingdom of Christ”, which puts the purpose of the Christian warfare to the front, and has much to commend it; for the warfare is in order that the redemptive purpose of God may become effective and triumphant. There are reasons, however, in the scheme of the book which seem to place the main emphasis upon the warfare itself as leading to salvation, and that view has been accepted in this work. Following the fertile suggestion given above, though with a somewhat different conception of the theme of the several visions, we arrive at the following outline of the thought and plan of the chief part of the book,60 viz:—

The detailed and artistic structure of the Apocalypse, the numerical arrangement of its sections, the parallels in its visions, and the recurring climaxes throughout its development come together to give it a special place among the writings of Scripture. Understanding these relationships helps clarify its message, which can be seen as the outer garments wrapping its inner ideas. The prominence of the number seven in its subject matter, especially the repeated series of sevens in the Epistles, Seals, Trumpets, and Vials, has led many to conclude that the book can be divided into seven key parts. Although commentators generally have not agreed on any proposed lines of division, the potential validity and usefulness of such a division is widely acknowledged. Any division we make is primarily analytical, as the visions flow continuously without any clear breaks in their prophetic outlook. The outline analysis presented earlier divides the main part of the book into seven sections, with the Episodes being treated as parenthetical and subordinate, based on their content and context. Additionally, the four parts of the Introduction and three parts of the Conclusion together create another set of seven. This overall division, which is fairly common, aligns mostly, though not perfectly in wording or detail, with what is found in the Pulpit Commentary,57 and is one of [pg 050] the most natural and helpful for highlighting the main ideas of the book. The carefully constructed and thought-provoking division and subdivision into complete series of sevens presented in the Contemporary Reader's Bible,58 following the same method as the Prophecy of Ezekiel and the Rhapsody of Joel, is deserving of attention, although it may be questionable whether such an intricate subdivision was part of the Apocalypse writer's intention.59 With keen literary insight, the author of that work states regarding the general outline of the book, “The seven visions in St. John's Revelation appear to outline an arch, with the central idea of the prophecy serving as the keystone;... Visions III and V are closely related, as are II and VI ... while I and VII stand apart from the others.... As always, the literary structure highlights the profound spiritual significance.”. According to this perspective, the theme of the central vision is "Salvation: the Kingdom of this World turning into the Kingdom of Christ.", which emphasizes the purpose of the Christian struggle, and has much merit; as the struggle aims for the fulfillment and triumph of God's redemptive purpose. However, there are elements within the book's scheme that seem to focus more on the struggle itself as a pathway to salvation, and this viewpoint has been embraced in this work. Building on the productive suggestion mentioned earlier, although with a slightly different interpretation of the themes in the various visions, we arrive at this outline of the main ideas and structure of the key section of the book,60 viz:—

IV
III V
II VI
I VII

[Transcriber's Note: In the book, the above table had the following text for each of the seven sections; they are laid out here to make it look correct with modern readers.]

[Transcriber's Note: In the book, the above table had the following text for each of the seven sections; they are laid out here to make it look correct for modern readers.]

IV—A Vision of Warfare—the Church-Historic World-Conflict of the Evil against the Just. (Ch. 12:1-14:20)

IV—A Vision of Warfare—the Church-Historic World-Conflict of the Evil against the Just. (Ch. 12:1-14:20)

III—A Vision of Threatening—the World's Punishment Threatened. (Ch. 8:2-9:21, and 11:14-19)

III—A Vision of Threatening—the World's Punishment Threatened. (Ch. 8:2-9:21, and 11:14-19)

V—A Vision of Judgment—the World's Judgment Executed. (Ch. 15:1-16:12, and 16:17-21)

V—A Vision of Judgment—the World's Judgment Carried Out. (Ch. 15:1-16:12, and 16:17-21)

II—A Vision of Trial—the Church's Trial Foreshown. (Ch. 6:1-17, and 8:1)

II—A Vision of Trial—the Church's Trial Foreshown. (Ch. 6:1-17, and 8:1)

VI—A Vision of Vindication—the Church's Vindication Manifested. (Ch. 17:1-20:15)

VI—A Vision of Justification—the Church's Justification Revealed. (Ch. 17:1-20:15)

I—A Vision of Sovereignty—the Throne during Conflict. (Ch. 4:1-5:14)

I—A Vision of Sovereignty—the Throne during Conflict. (Ch. 4:1-5:14)

VII—A Vision of Triumph—the Throne after Victory. (Ch. 21:1-22:5)

VII—A Vision of Triumph—the Throne after Victory. (Ch. 21:1-22:5)

[pg 051]

If we follow the natural order of the visions from I to VII, we find it to be one of progression, viz. from Sovereignty to Trial, then to Threatening, and on through Warfare, Judgment, and Vindication to Triumph, each being a separate step in advance: if we compare I with VII, II with VI, and III with V, we find the order to be marked by parallelism, viz. Sovereignty corresponding to Triumph, Trial to Vindication, and Threatening to Judgment, vision IV, that of Warfare, holding the balance between them: while if we regard the central vision in relation to the rest, we find the arrangement to be one of climax, vision IV forming the connecting link between I and VII, II and VI, and III and V, the visions preceding and following it forming an ascending and descending scale to and from the center, viz. that of Sovereignty leading through Warfare to Triumph, that of Trial through Warfare to Vindication, and that of Threatening through Warfare to Judgment. The movement of thought is thereby indicated to be from the throne challenged to the throne triumphant, from the church tried to the church vindicated, from the world threatened to the world judged, through a world-conflict which forms the acme of the dramatic purpose, and discloses the entire sweep of redemptive history as buttressed upon the eternal throne. The seven visions, according to this view, are not bound together by any temporal succession, but each displays a world-process complete in itself, and they are so arranged that the climax is reached at the center instead of the end, after the analogy of Hebrew poetry, the central vision furnishing the key to the interpretation of the whole.61 The value of such an analytic interpretation, when sustained by the contents of the book, lies not alone in the help which it affords in penetrating the deeper purpose of the writer, and of the revelation made through him, but in the illuminative effect which, in a case like this, it throws upon the disputed question of unity; for if any such clearly marked and continuous current of thought can be shown to thread its way throughout the entire book, despite all by-currents and eddies, then the various theories of diverse or composite authorship cease to be credible except to pure theorists.

If we follow the natural order of the visions from I to VII, we see it as a progression, moving from Sovereignty to Trial, then to Threatening, and continuing through Warfare, Judgment, and Vindication to Triumph, each being a distinct step forward. If we compare I with VII, II with VI, and III with V, we observe the order marked by parallelism: Sovereignty corresponds to Triumph, Trial relates to Vindication, and Threatening aligns with Judgment, with vision IV, that of Warfare, acting as the balance between them. When we view the central vision in relation to the others, we find the arrangement to be one of climax, with vision IV linking I and VII, II and VI, and III and V; the visions before and after it forming an ascending and descending scale to and from the center, namely, that of Sovereignty leading through Warfare to Triumph, Trial through Warfare to Vindication, and Threatening through Warfare to Judgment. This indicates a movement of thought from the throne being challenged to the throne being triumphant, from the church being tried to the church being vindicated, from the world being threatened to the world being judged, through a world-conflict that represents the peak of the dramatic purpose and reveals the entire scope of redemptive history supported by the eternal throne. According to this perspective, the seven visions are not connected by any chronological succession but instead each presents a complete world process on its own, arranged so that the climax occurs in the center rather than at the end, following the structure of Hebrew poetry, with the central vision providing the key to interpreting the whole. The value of such an analytical interpretation, supported by the book's content, lies not just in helping us understand the deeper purpose of the writer and the revelation made through him, but also in shedding light on the debated question of unity; if a clearly defined and continuous line of thought can be shown to run through the entire book, despite all the variations and deviations, then the various theories of different or composite authorship lose credibility, except to pure theorists.

[pg 052]

15. The Literature.

The Literature relating to this difficult book is very extensive, more works, strange to say, having been written on the Apocalypse which has been so imperfectly understood than upon any other part of Scripture, though many of them are now rightly regarded as of little value. A careful study of one or more of the leading authorities representing each of the current methods of interpretation will give a fair view of the whole field, and will serve to show that in many points there is essential agreement among all schools of thought, though for advanced work one's reading must necessarily cover a wider range, for the student should then know all the best that has been said upon the problems of the book. The most important qualification, however, for this difficult study is to approach the whole subject with an open mind and a fresh spirit of inquiry, resolved to be quite untrammelled by traditional interpretations, to investigate with scrupulous care the various points of view, and to apply with fearless courage all the well-established results of investigation, especially those of the later fruitful studies in Apocalyptic literature, which enable us to approach more nearly the viewpoint of the earliest readers of the book, but which yet remain to be duly correlated with our previous knowledge, being confidently assured that there is “light yet to break” for the earnest soul upon the deep things of the Apocalypse.

The Literature related to this challenging book is quite extensive; surprisingly, more pieces have been written on the Apocalypse, which has been so poorly understood, than on any other part of Scripture, although many of these are now rightly seen as having little value. A careful study of one or more of the main authorities representing each of the current methods of interpretation will provide a decent overview of the entire field and show that there is significant agreement on many points among all schools of thought. However, for advanced study, one's reading should cover a broader range, as students should be familiar with all the best insights on the book's issues. The most important qualification for this challenging study, though, is to approach the topic with an open mind and a fresh spirit of inquiry, determined to be unbound by traditional interpretations. One should investigate various perspectives with careful attention and apply all the well-established findings, especially those from recent productive studies in Apocalyptic literature. These insights allow us to get closer to the viewpoint of the book's earliest readers, but they still need to be properly correlated with our prior knowledge, confident that there is “daylight has not broken” for the sincere seeker on the profound themes of the Apocalypse.

It is not likely that any one commentary will prove entirely satisfactory to the thoughtful reader, owing to the wide variation of opinion upon many minor points among those holding the same general view. Milligan is very suggestive though not always convincing, for he is oftentimes too indefinite in interpretation to be satisfying to the reader, telling us that “no detail of historic events need be looked for”. His discussion of principles, however, is always illuminative, even when his application is not quite so clear; and not infrequently his work is of more value in showing the inconclusiveness of other views than in establishing his own. We are indebted to him, through the general circulation of his works, perhaps more than to any other writer, for the present prevalence of the symbolic view in the English speaking world, and his Lectures, and one or other of his Commentaries, should be read by every student. Plummer, in the Pulpit [pg 053]Commentary, will be found more satisfactory by the general reader, especially if he inclines to the symbolic interpretation, and there is, in fact, no better commentary for common use, though we may not agree with all his conclusions. To his wise and discriminative judgment the present author wishes to express a deep indebtedness. The short introduction to that volume, with its scholarly notes on manuscripts, versions, &c, will also be found very helpful to the busy student. Farrar, supporting the preterist view, gives the historical conditions of the Neronic period in a striking way, many of which are equally applicable to the whole latter part of the first century. Lee is especially valuable for the condensed résumé of opinions concerning many obscure passages throughout the book, though the great diversity of views at times presented is apt to be confusing. Faussett is excellent from his point of view, ranking among the best premillennial interpreters. Seiss is also a popular authority with those who share the premillennial expectation, but his exegesis is often faulty, and his interpretation fanciful. Moulton's Modern Reader's Bible vol. John, is indispensable for its literary analysis and aid in gaining the general perspective, and should be in the library of every student. The Introduction to Revelation in the New Century Bible, by C. A. Scott, gives an admirable and concise statement of the present status of opinion concerning the problems of the book, and the notes of the same volume are especially valuable for their references to Jewish Apocalyptic. This is the best small book for the use of the student who wishes to get an outline of the modern view concerning the incorporation of Jewish apocalypses. For those who are acquainted with the Greek text, Alford, Stuart, and Düsterdieck will be found quite helpful, even though they belong to a former generation, for each has a special excellency; but the late work of Swete, the Apocalypse of St. John (1906), which is both thorough and scholarly, is indispensable for the critical use of the student in that it meets more fully the questions of modern inquiry and present discussion, and maintains a moderate view of the opinions now to the fore concerning the origin of the book. On the other hand Briggs' Messiah of the Gospels, and Moffatt's Historical New Testament give a good account of late theories of composite authorship and deserve attention. Also the able work of Moffatt on Revelation in the final volume of the Expositor's Greek Testament [pg 054] has been issued (1910), and deserves careful notice. The author adopts the modern critical view, that portions of the book have been incorporated from current apocalypses, and devotes considerable attention to source-criticism as an aid to interpretation, but too much time is given to pointing out what he regards as parallel thought in Greek, Roman, and Jewish writings, and this often has little interpretative value. The work is adapted to the ripe scholar rather than the earlier student, and though rejecting extreme views, it will not be found altogether satisfying to those of more conservative mind who believe that the Apocalypse is entitled to a primary rather than a secondary place among the books of Scripture. Another work awaited with much interest is the volume on Revelation in the International Critical Commentary which is in course of preparation by Charles, the eminent authority upon Apocalyptic.62 This volume when issued will no doubt add much of value to the modern point of view, and serve to throw additional light upon the relations of Apocalyptic literature to this its greatest masterpiece. His Studies in the Apocalypse (1913) serves to indicate the general line of interpretation to be expected, and it must be said that this is somewhat disappointing to the conservative reader, for it is highly critical. One naturally hesitates to disagree so widely with such an eminent scholar and distinguished apocalyptist as has been found necessary to do in the following pages; but it should be remembered that all Scripture is written for the world of men, and that the opinion of no one scholar or number of scholars can authoritatively determine the meaning of any part of it, but that rather the interpretation must be arrived at by a general consensus of opinion among men of learning and piety throughout the world. That this opinion, though now veering toward the critical view, will not be eventually sustained by more thorough research is the confirmed judgment of many scholars. But with it all there are many points of interpretation formerly in dispute that may now be regarded as already settled, their essential meaning in any case being substantially the same, and thus the book so long aglow with mysteries has virtually become every man's book in the light of intelligent interpretation.

It’s unlikely that any single commentary will be completely satisfying to the thoughtful reader, due to the wide range of opinions on many minor points among those who share the same general view. Milligan is quite thought-provoking, though he's not always convincing, as he often lacks clarity in interpretation, telling us that "there's no need to search for details of historical events". However, his discussions on principles are always enlightening, even when his applications are less clear; often his work is more valuable for demonstrating the inconclusiveness of other perspectives than for establishing his own. We owe him a great deal, through the widespread distribution of his works, perhaps more than to any other writer, for the current dominance of the symbolic view in the English-speaking world, and his Classes, and one of his Commentaries, should be read by every student. Plummer’s work in the Pulpit [pg 053]Commentary will likely be more satisfying to the general reader, especially if they lean towards the symbolic interpretation; in fact, there’s no better commentary for regular use, even if we may not agree with all his conclusions. The current author wants to express deep gratitude for his wise and discerning judgment. The brief introduction to that volume, with its scholarly notes on manuscripts, versions, etc., will also be very helpful to busy students. Farrar, who supports the preterist view, strikingly presents the historical conditions of the Neronic period, many of which are applicable to the latter part of the first century. Lee provides especially valuable condensed resumes of opinions regarding many obscure passages throughout the book, though the wide variety of views can sometimes be confusing. Faussett is excellent from his perspective, ranking among the best premillennial interpreters. Seiss is also a popular authority among those who share the premillennial expectation, but his exegesis can be faulty, and his interpretations are often fanciful. Moulton's *Modern Reader's Bible* vol. John is essential for its literary analysis and for helping to gain a general perspective, and every student should have it in their library. C. A. Scott’s Introduction to Revelation in the New Century Version offers a concise and excellent statement of the current status of opinion on the book’s problems, and the notes in that volume are particularly valuable for their references to Jewish Apocalyptic. This is the best small book for students seeking an outline of the modern view regarding the inclusion of Jewish apocalypses. Those familiar with the Greek text will find Alford, Stuart, and Düsterdieck quite helpful, even though they are from a previous generation, as each has special strengths; however, the recent work of Swete, the Book of Revelation (1906), which is both thorough and scholarly, is crucial for critical use by students, as it addresses modern inquiries and discussions comprehensively, presenting a moderate perspective on current opinions regarding the book's origin. On the other hand, Briggs' Gospel Messiah, and Moffatt's New Testament History provide good overviews of recent theories of composite authorship and deserve attention. Also, Moffatt's capable work on Revelation in the final volume of the *Expositor's Greek Testament* [pg 054] has been published (1910) and merits careful consideration. The author adopts the modern critical viewpoint that parts of the book have been incorporated from contemporary apocalypses and pays considerable attention to source criticism as a means of interpretation; however, he spends too much time pointing out what he sees as parallel thoughts in Greek, Roman, and Jewish writings, which often provides little interpretive value. This work is aimed at advanced scholars rather than beginning students, and although it rejects extreme views, it may not be fully satisfying to those with a more conservative perspective who believe that the Apocalypse deserves a primary rather than secondary place among Scripture. Another eagerly awaited work is the upcoming volume on Revelation in the Global Critical Commentary being prepared by Charles, a leading authority on Apocalyptic. This volume, when released, will undoubtedly add significant value to the modern perspective and provide additional insights into the relationships between Apocalyptic literature and its greatest masterpiece. His *Studies in the Apocalypse* (1913) indicates the expected general line of interpretation, which may be somewhat disappointing to conservative readers as it is highly critical. One naturally hesitates to differ so greatly with such a prominent scholar and distinguished apocalyptist, but it should be remembered that all Scripture is meant for humanity, and the opinion of any single scholar or group of scholars cannot definitively determine the meaning of any part of it; instead, interpretation must be reached through a general consensus of knowledgeable and devout individuals worldwide. Many scholars believe this opinion, while currently shifting towards a critical perspective, will not be upheld by more thorough research in the future. Nevertheless, many interpretative issues once debated can now be considered settled, with their fundamental meanings essentially unchanged, and thus the book that has long been surrounded by mysteries has effectively become accessible to everyone through intelligent interpretation.

Finally, with special emphasis it should be said, that it is of prime importance for those who would understand [pg 055] the Apocalypse in its proper relations to Biblical thought, that a careful study should be made of the prophecies of Daniel, Ezekiel, Zechariah, Isaiah, Amos, Joel, and Habakkuk, together with the Book of Psalms, in connection with the Revelation, in order to catch the inner thought of the book; also of some portion of the Apocalyptic literature, particularly the Book of Enoch,63 the Apocalypse of Baruch, and the Fourth Book of Ezra, for these will furnish the atmosphere of Jewish thought in which the Apocalypse was conceived, and will provide substantial aid in understanding the peculiarities of its literary form and the general spirit of the work, as well as in freeing the mind from the trammels of traditional interpretation. But, above all, we should not forget that the book of Revelation is a properly recognized part of canonical Scripture in practically the universal judgment of the entire Christian world, and that notwithstanding its many and persistent difficulties of interpretation, it is yet entitled to our earnest study and attentive thought as containing a living and abiding message from Almighty God, through his Son Jesus Christ our Lord to John the last of the apostles, and through him to the sin-burdened souls of men the world over.

Finally, it's important to highlight that for anyone wanting to understand [pg 055] the Apocalypse in relation to Biblical thought, a careful study of the prophecies of Daniel, Ezekiel, Zechariah, Isaiah, Amos, Joel, and Habakkuk, along with the Book of Psalms, should be made in connection with the Revelation to grasp the deeper meaning of the book. Additionally, examining some parts of Apocalyptic literature, especially the Enoch's Book, the Baruch's Apocalypse, and the 4 Ezra, will help provide the context of Jewish thought in which the Apocalypse was created and will significantly aid in understanding its unique literary style and overall spirit, as well as help free us from the constraints of traditional interpretation. Most importantly, we should remember that the book of Revelation is recognized as a legitimate part of canonical Scripture by nearly the entire Christian world, and despite its many and ongoing interpretative challenges, it deserves our serious study and reflection as it conveys a vibrant and enduring message from Almighty God, through His Son Jesus Christ our Lord, to John, the last of the apostles, and through him to the burdened souls of humanity everywhere.

A few authorities are named below, which will be found sufficient to give most that is of value in interpretation for the general reader; others are referred to in the foot-notes. For a fuller list, especially of the older books, consult the Schaff-Herzog Encyclopaedia, or Smith's Dictionary of the Bible, art. “Revelation”; while for the later literature see Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, and the Encyclopaedia Biblica.

A few authorities are listed below, which should be enough to provide most of the valuable insights for the general reader; additional sources are mentioned in the footnotes. For a more comprehensive list, especially of older texts, refer to the Schaff-Herzog Encyclopedia or Smith's *Bible Dictionary*, article "Revelation"; for later works, check out Hastings' Bible Dictionary and the Biblical Encyclopedia.

For the English Reader.

For the English reader.

Preterist View:—

Preterist View:—

Farrar, Early Days of Christianity;

Farrar, *Early Days of Christianity*;

Maurice, Lectures on the Apocalypse.

Maurice, Lectures on the Apocalypse.

Futurist View:—

Futurist Perspective:—

Faussett, in Jamieson, Faussett, and Brown's Commentary.

Faussett, in Commentary by Jamieson, Faussett, and Brown.

Seiss, Lectures on the Apocalypse.

Seiss, Lectures on the Apocalypse.

[pg 056]

Progressivist View:—

Progressive View:—

Wordsworth, Lectures on the Apocalypse;

Wordsworth, Lectures on the Apocalypse;

Barnes, Notes on the Book of Revelation.

Barnes, Notes on the Book of Revelation.

Symbolist View:—

Symbolist Perspective:—

Milligan, in Expositor's Bible, and in Popular (International) Commentary;

Milligan, in Expositor's Bible, and in Trending (Global) Commentary;

Plummer, in Pulpit Commentary;

Plummer, in Pulpit Commentary;

Lee, in Bible (Speakers') Commentary.

Lee, in Bible (Speakers') Commentary.

For Critical Study.

For Critical Study.

Preterist View:—

Preterist View:—

Düsterdieck, in Meyer's Commentary;

Düsterdieck, in Meyer's Commentary;

Stuart, in Commentary on the Apocalypse.

Stuart, in Commentary on the Apocalypse.

Preterist View—Modern Critical:—

Preterist View—Modern Critique:—

Moffatt, in Expositor's Greek Testament;

Moffatt, in Expositor's Greek Testament;

Swete, Apocalypse of St. John.

Sweet, Apocalypse of St. John.

Progressivist View—Modified Historical:—

Progressive View—Updated Historical:—

Simcox, in Cambridge Greek Testament.

Simcox, in Cambridge Greek Testament.

Futurist View—Modified Historical:—

Futurist View—Updated Historical:—

Alford, in Greek Testament.

Alford, in Greek Testament.

For Recent Critical Views.

For Recent Critical Views.

Moffatt's Historical New Testament;

Moffatt's Historical New Testament;

Scott's “Revelation”, in New Century Bible;

Scott's “Revelation,” in New Century Bible;

Dean's Book of Revelation;

Dean's Book of Revelation;

Alexander Ramsay's “Revelation and Johannine Epistles”, in Westminister New Test.;

Alexander Ramsay's “Revelation and John’s Letters”, in Westminster New Testament.;

Briggs' Messiah of the Apostles;

Briggs' Messiah of the Apostles;

Barton, art. “The Apocalypse and Recent Criticism”, in Amer. Journ. of Theol., Apr. 1884;

Barton, art. “The Apocalypse and Recent Critique”, in American Journal of Theology, Apr. 1884;

Porter, art. “Revelation”, in Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible;

Porter, art. "Revelation", in Hastings' Bible Dictionary;

Bousset, art. “Apocalypse”, in the Encyclopaedia Biblica.

Bousset, art. “Apocalypse”, in the Encyclopaedia Biblica.

Moffatt, art. “Wellhausen and Others on the Apocalypse”, in the Expositor, Mar. 1909;

Moffatt, art. “Wellhausen and Others on the Apocalypse”, in the Expositor, Mar. 1909;

Charles, Studies in the Apocalypse;

Charles, Studies in the Apocalypse;

Charles, Revelation of St. John (I. C. C.);

Charles, Revelation of St. John (I. C. C.);

Beckwith, Apocalypse of John.

Beckwith, Book of Revelation.

[pg 057]

For General Discussion.

For General Discussion.

Fairbairn, On Prophecy;

Fairbairn, On Prophecy;

Bleek, Lectures on the Apocalypse;

Bleak, Lectures on the Apocalypse;

Vaughan, Lectures on the Revelation of St. John;

Vaughan, Lectures on the Revelation of John;

Milligan, Lectures on the Apocalypse; and Discussions on the Apocalypse;

Milligan, Talks on the Apocalypse; and Talks about the Apocalypse;

Scott, “Book of Revelation”, in the Practical Commentary;

Scott, "Book of Revelation", in the Practical Insights;

Stevens, Theology of the New Testament, Part VI;

Stevens, New Testament Theology, Part VI;

Ramsay, Letters to the Seven Churches;

Ramsay, Letters to the Seven Churches;

Introductions to the New Testament by Salmon, Dods, Bacon, Jülicher, and others;

Intro to the New Testament by Salmon, Dods, Bacon, Jülicher, and others;

Introductions to Revelation in the leading Commentaries, and in the Modern Reader's Bible, the New Century Bible, the Temple Bible, and the Modern American Bible; and the text of Revelation in the New Translation of the New Testament, by Moffatt.

Intro to Revelation in the leading Commentaries, and in the Current Reader's Bible, the New Century Bible, the Temple Bible, and the Modern American Bible; and the text of Revelation in the New Translation of the New Testament, by Moffatt.

[pg 058]

The Text here given is that of the American Standard Edition of the Revised Bible, copyright 1901 by Thomas Nelson & Sons, which is used by permission of the publishers.

The text here provided is from the American Standard Edition of the Revised Bible, copyright 1901 by Thomas Nelson & Sons, used with permission from the publishers.

The arrangement of the text belongs to the present volume, and is offered as a contribution to the correct interpretation. This in itself is of the nature of a commentary, though no changes have been introduced into the body of the text. The paragraphs, however, have been changed, and many new paragraphs made, in order to emphasize the thought of the text.

The layout of the text in this volume is meant to help with accurate interpretation. This serves as a form of commentary, although no changes have been made to the actual text. However, the paragraphs have been adjusted, and several new paragraphs have been added to highlight the ideas in the text.

[pg 059]

Bible Verse

[pg 060]

THE REVELATION
[OF JOHN]

THE REVELATION
[OF JOHN]

I The Intro

1 The Heading

Chapter 1.

Chapter 1.

The Book Explained

1 The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave64 him to show unto his servants65, even the things which must shortly come to pass: and he sent and signified it66 by his angel unto his servant John; 2 who bare witness of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, even of all things that he saw.

1 The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave64 him to show to his servants65, even the things that must soon happen: and he sent and communicated it66 through his angel to his servant John; 2 who testified about the word of God, and the testimony of Jesus Christ, even everything he saw.

A Blessing Given

3 Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of the prophecy, and keep the things that are written therein: for the time is at hand.

3 Blessed is he who reads, and those who hear the words of the prophecy, and keep the things that are written in it: for the time is near.

2 The Greeting

The Address and Greeting

4 John to the seven churches that are in Asia: Grace to you and peace, from him who is and who was and who is to come67; and from the seven Spirits that are before his throne; 5 and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, the firstborn of the dead, and the ruler of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loveth us, and loosed68 us from our sins by69 his blood; 6 and he made us to be a kingdom, to be priests unto his God and Father70; to him be the glory and the dominion for ever and ever71. Amen.

4 John to the seven churches in Asia: Grace and peace to you from him who is, who was, and who is to come67; and from the seven Spirits before his throne; 5 and from Jesus Christ, who's the faithful witness, the firstborn of the dead, and the ruler of the kings of the earth. He loves us and has freed68 us from our sins by69 his blood; 6 and he made us to exist a kingdom, to be priests to his God and Father70; to him be the glory and dominion forever and ever71. Amen.

The Christ to Come

(7 Behold, he cometh with the clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they that pierced him; and all the tribes of the earth shall mourn over him. Even so, Amen.

(7 Look, he is coming with the clouds; and every eye will see him, including those who pierced him; and all the nations of the earth will mourn because of him. So be it, Amen.

The Feedback Message

8 I am the Alpha and the Omega, saith the Lord God, who72 is and who was and who is to come, the Almighty.)

8 I am the beginning and the end, says the Lord God, who is and who was and who is to come, the Almighty.)

3 The Introductory Vision

The Trumpet Voice

9 I John, your brother and partaker with you in the tribulation and kingdom and patience73 which are in Jesus, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the [pg 061] word of God and the testimony of Jesus. 10 I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and I heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet 11 saying, What thou seest, write in a book and send it to the seven churches: unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamum, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.

9 I, John, your brother and companion in the suffering, kingdom, and endurance that are in Jesus, was on the island called Patmos because of the word of God and the testimony of Jesus. 10 I was in the Spirit on the Lord's Day, and I heard a loud voice behind me, like a trumpet 11 saying, "Write down what you see in a book and send it to the seven churches: to Ephesus, to Smyrna, to Pergamum, to Thyatira, to Sardis, to Philadelphia, and to Laodicea."

The Amazing King-Priest

12 And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And having turned I saw seven golden candlesticks74; 13 and in the midst of the candlesticks75 one like unto a son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about at the breasts with a golden girdle. 14 And his head and his hair were white as white wool, white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire; 15 and his feet like unto burnished brass, as if it had been refined in a furnace; and his voice as the voice of many waters. 16 And he had in his right hand seven stars: and out of his mouth proceeded a sharp two-edged sword: and his countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength.

12 And I turned to see the voice that was speaking to me. When I turned, I saw seven golden lampstands74; 13 and in the middle of the lampstands75 was someone resembling a son of man, wearing a long robe and a golden sash around his chest. 14 His head and hair were white like wool, white as snow; his eyes were like a blazing fire; 15 his feet were like polished bronze, refined in a furnace; and his voice was like the sound of rushing waters. 16 In his right hand, he held seven stars, and a sharp two-edged sword came out of his mouth; his face was like the sun shining at its brightest.

A Note of Comfort

17 And when I saw him, I fell at his feet as one dead. And he laid his right hand upon me, saying, Fear not; I am the first and the last, 18 and the Living one; and I was76 dead, and behold, I am alive for evermore77, and I have the keys of death and of Hades. 19 Write therefore the things which thou sawest, and the things which are, and the things which shall come to pass hereafter; 20 the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in78 my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks79. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches and the seven candlesticks80 are seven churches:—

17 And when I saw him, I fell at his feet like I was dead. He put his right hand on me and said, “Don’t be afraid; I am the first and the last, 18 and the Living one; I was dead, and look, I am alive forevermore, and I have the keys of death and Hades. 19 So write down what you’ve seen, what is now, and what will happen later; 20 the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches, and the seven lampstands are the seven churches:—

The Seven Letters

Chapter 2.

Chapter 2.

1 To the angel of the church in Ephesus write:

1 To the angel of the church in Ephesus, write:

The Letter to Ephesus

These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, he that walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks81: 2 I know thy works, and thy toil and patience82, and that thou canst not bear evil men, and didst try them that call themselves apostles, and they are not, and didst find them false; 3 and thou hast patience83 and didst bear for my name's sake, and hast not grown weary. 4 But I have this against thee, that thou didst leave thy first love. 5 Remember therefore whence thou art fallen, and repent and do the first works; or else I come to thee, and will move thy candlestick84 out of its place, except thou repent. 6 But [pg 062] this thou hast, that thou hatest the works of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate. 7 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches. To him that overcometh, to him will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the Paradise85 of God.

These things are said by the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, the one who walks among the seven golden lampstands. 2 I know your actions, your hard work, and your perseverance. I know that you can’t stand wicked people and that you tested those who claim to be apostles, but aren’t, and found them to be false. 3 You have shown endurance and have endured for my name’s sake, and you haven’t become tired. 4 But I have this against you: you have abandoned your first love. 5 So remember where you have fallen from, and repent and do the works you did at first; otherwise, I will come to you and remove your lampstand from its place, unless you repent. 6 But you do have this: you hate the works of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate. 7 Let anyone who has an ear listen to what the Spirit says to the churches. To the one who overcomes, I will grant the privilege to eat from the tree of life, which is in the Paradise of God.

8 And to the angel of the church in Smyrna write:

8 And to the messenger of the church in Smyrna write:

The Letter to Smyrna

These things saith the first and the last, who was86 dead, and lived again: 9 I know thy tribulation, and thy poverty (but thou art rich), and the blasphemy87 of them that say they are Jews, and they are not, but are a synagogue of Satan. 10 Fear not the things which thou art about to suffer: behold, the devil is about to cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have88 tribulation ten days89. Be thou faithful until death, and I will give thee the crown of life. 11 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches. He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death.

These things says the first and the last, who was dead and came back to life: 9 I know your struggles and your poverty (but you are rich), and the blasphemy of those who claim to be Jews but are not; they are a synagogue of Satan. 10 Don’t be afraid of what you are about to suffer: look, the devil is going to throw some of you into prison so that you can be tested, and you will experience tribulation for ten days. Be faithful even to the point of death, and I will give you the crown of life. 11 Whoever has ears, let them hear what the Spirit says to the churches. The one who overcomes will not be harmed by the second death.

12 And to the angel of the church in Pergamum write:

12 Write to the angel of the church in Pergamum:

The Letter to Pergamum

These things saith he that hath the sharp two-edged sword: 13 I know where thou dwellest, even where Satan's throne is; and thou holdest fast my name, and didst not deny my faith, even in the days of Antipas my witness90, my faithful one, who was killed among you, where Satan dwelleth. 14 But I have a few things against thee, because thou hast there some that hold the teaching of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit fornication. 15 So hast thou also some that hold the teaching of the Nicolaitans in like manner. 16 Repent therefore; or else I come to thee quickly, and I will make war against them with the sword of my mouth. 17 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches. To him that overcometh, to him will I give of the hidden manna, and I will give him a white stone, and upon the stone a new name written, which no one knoweth but he that receiveth it.

These things are said by the one who has the sharp two-edged sword: I know where you live, even where Satan’s throne is; and you hold fast to my name and did not deny my faith, even during the days of Antipas, my faithful witness, who was killed among you, where Satan dwells. But I have a few things against you because there are some among you who hold to the teaching of Balaam, who taught Balak to put a stumbling block before the people of Israel, encouraging them to eat food offered to idols and to engage in sexual immorality. So you also have some who hold to the teaching of the Nicolaitans in the same way. Therefore, repent; otherwise, I will come to you quickly and make war against them with the sword of my mouth. He who has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. To the one who conquers, I will give some of the hidden manna, and I will give him a white stone, and on the stone, a new name written, which no one knows except the one who receives it.

18 And to the angel of the church in Thyatira write:

18 Write to the angel of the church in Thyatira:

The Letter to Thyatira

These things saith the Son of God, who hath his eyes like a flame of fire, and his feet are like unto burnished brass: 19 I know thy works, and thy love and faith and ministry and patience91, and that thy last [pg 063] works are more than the first. 20 But I have this against thee, that thou sufferest the woman Jezebel92, who calleth herself a prophetess; and she teacheth and seduceth my servants93 to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed to idols. 21 And I gave her time that she should repent; and she willeth not to repent of her fornication. 22 Behold, I cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of her94 works. 23 And I will kill her children with death95; and all the churches shall know that I am he that searcheth the reins and hearts: and I will give unto each one of you according to your works. 24 But to you I say, to the rest that are in Thyatira, as many as have not this teaching, who know not the deep things of Satan, as they are wont to say; I cast upon you none other burden. 25 Nevertheless that which ye have, hold fast till I come. 26 And he that overcometh, and he that keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give authority over the nations96: 27 and he shall rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of the potter are broken97 to shivers; as I also have received of my Father: 28 and I will give him the morning star. 29 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches.

These things say the Son of God, whose eyes are like flames of fire and whose feet are like polished brass: 19 I know your works, your love, faith, ministry, and patience91, and that your last works are greater than the first. 20 But I have this against you, that you tolerate the woman Jezebel92, who claims to be a prophetess; she teaches and misleads my servants93 to commit sexual immorality and eat food sacrificed to idols. 21 I gave her time to repent, but she is unwilling to repent of her sexual immorality. 22 Look, I will throw her onto a bed of suffering, and those who commit adultery with her will face severe suffering, unless they repent of her94 works. 23 I will kill her children with death95; and all the churches will know that I am the one who searches hearts and minds, and I will repay each of you according to your works. 24 But to the rest of you in Thyatira, to those who do not hold to this teaching and have not experienced the deep things of Satan, as they claim, I will not place any other burden on you. 25 Nevertheless, hold on to what you have until I come. 26 To the one who is victorious and keeps my works until the end, I will give authority over the nations96: 27 and he will rule them with an iron scepter, shattering them like pottery97; just as I have received from my Father: 28 and I will give him the morning star. 29 Let anyone who has an ear listen to what the Spirit says to the churches.

Chapter 3.

Chapter 3.

And to the angel of the church in Sardis write:

And to the angel of the church in Sardis, write:

The Letter to Sardis

1 These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and thou art dead. 2 Be thou watchful, and establish the things that remain, which were ready to die: for I have found no works of thine98 perfected before my God. 3 Remember therefore how thou hast received and didst hear; and keep it, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. 4 But thou hast a few names in Sardis that did not defile their garments: and they shall walk with me in white; for they are worthy. 5 He that overcometh shall thus be arrayed in white garments; and I will in no wise blot his name out of the book of life, and I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels. 6 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches.

1 These things says the one who has the seven Spirits of God and the seven stars: I know your actions; you have a reputation for being alive, but you are dead. 2 Wake up and strengthen what is still alive, which is about to die, because I have found your works incomplete before my God. 3 Therefore, remember how you received and heard; hold onto it and repent. If you don’t stay alert, I will come like a thief, and you won’t know at what hour I will come to you. 4 Yet, you have a few names in Sardis who have not stained their clothes; they will walk with me in white, for they are worthy. 5 The one who is victorious will be dressed like this, in white clothing, and I will never erase their name from the book of life, but I will acknowledge their name before my Father and his angels. 6 The one who has ears, let them hear what the Spirit says to the churches.

7 And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write:

7 Write to the angel of the church in Philadelphia:

[pg 064]

The Letter to Philadelphia

These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth and none shall shut, and that shutteth and none openeth: 8 I know thy works (behold, I have set99 before thee a door opened, which none can shut), that thou hast a little power, and didst keep my word, and didst not deny my name. 9 Behold, I give of the synagogue of Satan, of them that say they are Jews, and they are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship100 before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. 10 Because thou didst keep the word of my patience101, I also will keep thee from the hour of trial102, that hour which is to come upon the whole world103, to try104 them that dwell upon the earth. 11 I come quickly: hold fast that which thou hast, that no one take thy crown. 12 He that overcometh, I will make him a pillar in the temple105 of my God, and he shall go out thence no more: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, the new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God, and mine own new name. 13 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches.

These are the words of the one who is holy, who is true, who holds the key of David. He opens doors that no one can close, and closes doors that no one can open: 8 I know your works (look, I have placed before you an open door that no one can close), and you have a little strength, yet you have kept my word and have not denied my name. 9 Look, I will make those from the synagogue of Satan who claim to be Jews but are not, instead, they are liars; I will make them come and worship100 at your feet and acknowledge that I have loved you. 10 Because you have kept my command to endure patiently101, I will also keep you safe from the hour of trial102 that is coming to test those who live on the earth. 11 I am coming soon: hold on to what you have, so that no one takes your crown. 12 To the one who is victorious, I will make them a pillar in the temple105 of my God, and they will never leave it again. I will write on them the name of my God and the name of the city of my God, the new Jerusalem, which comes down out of heaven from my God, along with my new name. 13 Whoever has ears, let them hear what the Spirit says to the churches.

14 And to the angel of the church in Laodicea write:

14 To the angel of the church in Laodicea, write:

The Letter to Laodicea

These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God: 15 I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. 16 So because thou art lukewarm, and neither hot nor cold, I will spew thee out of my mouth. 17 Because thou sayest, I am rich, and have gotten riches, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art the wretched one and miserable and poor and blind and naked: 18 I counsel thee to buy of me gold refined by fire, that thou mayest become rich; and white garments, that thou mayest clothe thyself, and that the shame of thy nakedness be not made manifest; and eye-salve to anoint thine eyes, that thou mayest see. 19 As many as I love, I reprove and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. 20 Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear my voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. 21 He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with me in my throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my Father in his throne. 22 He that hath [pg 065] an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches.

These things says the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of God’s creation: 15 I know your works; you are neither cold nor hot. I wish you were either cold or hot. 16 So, because you are lukewarm, neither hot nor cold, I will spit you out of my mouth. 17 You say, “I am rich, I have acquired wealth and do not need a thing,” but you do not realize that you are wretched, pitiful, poor, blind, and naked. 18 I advise you to buy from me gold refined by fire so you can become rich; and white clothes to wear so you can cover your shameful nakedness; and salve to put on your eyes so you can see. 19 Those whom I love I rebuke and discipline. So be earnest and repent. 20 Here I am! I stand at the door and knock. If anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come in and eat with that person, and they with me. 21 To the one who is victorious, I will give the right to sit with me on my throne, just as I was victorious and sat down with my Father on his throne. 22 Whoever has ears, let them hear what the Spirit says to the churches.

II The Main Apocalypse

1 The Vision of God on the Throne (The Throne During Conflict)

Chapter 4.

Chapter 4.

A Door Opened in Heaven

1 After these things I saw, and behold, a door opened in heaven, and the first voice that I heard, a voice as of a trumpet speaking with me, one saying, Come up hither, and I will show thee the things which must come to pass106 hereafter.

1 After these things, I looked and saw a door opened in heaven, and the first voice I heard, a voice like a trumpet speaking to me, said, "Come up here, and I will show you the things that must happen in the future106."

The Throne and the King

2 Straightway I was in the Spirit: and behold, there was a throne set in heaven, and one sitting upon the throne; 3 and he that sat was to look upon like a jasper stone and a sardius: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, like an emerald to look upon.

2 Immediately, I was in the Spirit, and I saw a throne set in heaven, with someone sitting on it; 3 and the one sitting looked like a jasper stone and a sardius. There was a rainbow around the throne that looked like an emerald.

The 24 Elders

4 And round about the throne were four and twenty thrones: and upon the thrones I saw four and twenty elders sitting, arrayed in white garments; and on their heads crowns of gold.

4 And around the throne were twenty-four thrones; and on the thrones I saw twenty-four elders sitting, dressed in white clothes; and on their heads were crowns of gold.

The Seven Lamps of Fire

5 And out of the throne proceed lightnings and voices and thunders. And there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God;

5 And from the throne came flashes of lightning, sounds, and thunder. And there were seven blazing lamps in front of the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God;

The Four Living Beings

6 And before the throne, as it were a sea of glass107 like unto crystal; and in the midst108 of the throne, and round about the throne, four living creatures full of eyes before and behind. 7 And the first creature was like a lion, and the second creature like a calf, and the third creature had a face as of a man, and the fourth creature was like a flying eagle. 8 And the four living creatures, having each one of them six wings, are full of eyes round about and within: and they have no rest day and night, saying,

6 And before the throne was something like a sea of glass, clear as crystal; and in the center of the throne and around it were four living creatures covered with eyes in front and back. 7 The first creature was like a lion, the second like a calf, the third had a face like a human, and the fourth creature was like a flying eagle. 8 Each of the four living creatures had six wings and was covered with eyes all around and inside. They never stop day or night, saying,

Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord God, the Almighty, who was and who is and who is to come109.

Holy, holy, holy is the Lord God, the Almighty, who was, who is, and who is to come109.

The Creation Choir

9 And when the living creatures shall give glory and honor and thanks to him that sitteth on the throne, to him that liveth for ever and ever110, 10 the four and twenty elders shall fall down before him that sitteth on the throne, and shall worship111 him that liveth for ever and ever112, and shall cast their crowns before the throne, saying,

9 And when the living beings give glory, honor, and thanks to the one sitting on the throne, to the one who lives forever and ever110, 10 the twenty-four elders will fall down before the one who sits on the throne and will worship111 the one who lives forever and ever112, and will throw their crowns before the throne, saying,

11 Worthy art thou, our Lord and our God, to receive the glory and the honor and the power: for thou didst create all things, and because of thy will they were, and were created.

You are worthy, our Lord and God, to receive glory, honor, and power; for you created everything, and by your will they came into existence and were made.

[pg 066]

Chapter 5.

Chapter 5.

The Locked Book

1 And I saw in113 the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the back, close sealed with seven seals. 2 And I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a great voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? 3 And no one in the heaven, or on the earth, or under the earth, was able to open the book, or to look thereon. 4 And I wept much, because no one was found worthy to open the book, or to look thereon: 5 and one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not; behold, the Lion that is of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, hath overcome to open the book and the seven seals thereof.

1 And I saw in113 the right hand of the one who sat on the throne a book written on the inside and the back, tightly sealed with seven seals. 2 And I saw a powerful angel proclaiming in a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book and break its seals? 3 And no one in heaven, on earth, or under the earth was able to open the book or even look at it. 4 And I wept a lot, because no one was found worthy to open the book or look at it: 5 and one of the elders said to me, Don't weep; look, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, has triumphed to open the book and the seven seals of it.

The Lamb

6 And I saw in the midst of the throne and of the four living creatures, and in the midst of the elders114, a Lamb standing, as though it had been slain, having seven horns, and seven eyes, which are the seven115 Spirits of God, sent forth into all the earth.

6 And I saw in the middle of the throne and the four living creatures, and in the middle of the elders114, a Lamb standing, as if it had been killed, with seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven115 Spirits of God, sent out into all the earth.

The Book Taken and Worship Presented

7 And he came, and he taketh116 it out of the right hand of him that sat on the throne. 8 And when he had taken the book, the four living creatures and the four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having each one a harp, and golden bowls full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints.

7 And he came and took116it from the right hand of the one sitting on the throne. 8 When he had taken the book, the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders fell down before the Lamb, each one holding a harp and golden bowls filled with incense, which are the prayers of the saints.

9 And they sing a new song, saying,

9 And they sing a new song, saying,

Worthy art thou to take the book, and to open the seals thereof: for thou wast slain, and didst purchase unto God with thy blood men of every tribe, and tongue, and people, and nation, 10 and madest them to be unto our God a kingdom and priests; and they reign upon the earth.

You are worthy to take the book and open its seals because you were killed and bought for God with your blood. people from every tribe, language, people, and nation, and made them to be a kingdom and priests for our God; and they will rule on the earth.

The Redemption Choir

11 And I saw, and I heard a voice of many angels round about the throne and the living creatures and the elders; and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands; 12 saying with a great voice,

11 And I saw, and I heard the voices of countless angels gathered around the throne and the living creatures and the elders; their number was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands upon thousands; 12 saying with a loud voice,

Worthy is the Lamb that hath been slain to receive the power, and riches, and wisdom, and might, and honor, and glory, and blessing.

Worthy is the Lamb who was sacrificed to receive power, riches, wisdom, strength, honor, glory, and blessing.

13 And every created thing which is in the heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and on the sea, and all things that are in them, heard I saying,

13 And every created thing that is in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth, and in the sea, and all things that are in them, I heard saying,

Unto him that sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb, be the blessing, and the honor, and the glory, and the dominion, for ever and ever117.

To the one who sits on the throne and to the Lamb, be the blessing, the honor, the glory, and the power, forever and ever117.

14 And the four living creatures said, Amen. And the elders fell down and worshipped118.

14 And the four living creatures said, Amen. And the elders fell down and worshipped118.

[pg 067]

2 The Vision of the Seven Seals (The Church's Trial Foreshown)

Chapter 6.

Chapter 6.

The First Seal

1 And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures saying as with a voice of thunder, Come119. 2 And I saw, and behold, a white horse, and he that sat thereon had a bow; and there was given unto him a crown: and he came forth conquering, and to conquer.

1 And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures say in a voice like thunder, "Come119." 2 And I looked, and there was a white horse, and the rider had a bow; he was given a crown, and he went out conquering and to conquer.

The Second Seal

3 And when he opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature saying, Come. 4 And another horse came forth, a red horse: and to him that sat thereon it was given to take peace from the earth120, and that they should slay one another: and there was given unto him a great sword.

3 And when he opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature say, "Come." 4 And another horse came out, a red horse; and to the one sitting on it was granted the power to take peace from the earth120, causing people to kill each other; and he was given a great sword.

The Third Seal

5 And when he opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature saying, Come. And I saw, and behold, a black horse; and he that sat thereon had a balance in his hand. 6 And I heard as it were a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying, A measure of wheat121 for a shilling122, and three measures of barley for a shilling; and the oil and the wine hurt thou not.

5 And when he opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, "Come." I looked, and there was a black horse; the rider had a balance in his hand. 6 I then heard what sounded like a voice among the four living creatures say, "A measure of wheat for a shilling, and three measures of barley for a shilling; but don’t harm the oil and the wine."

The Fourth Seal

7 And when he opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature saying, Come. 8 And I saw, and behold, a pale horse: and he that sat upon him, his name was Death; and Hades followed with him. And there was given unto them authority over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with famine, and with death123, and by the wild beasts of the earth.

7 And when he opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature say, "Come." 8 And I looked, and there was a pale horse; and its rider’s name was Death, and Hades followed close behind him. They were given authority over a quarter of the earth to kill with the sword, with famine, with death123, and by the wild beasts of the earth.

The Fifth Seal

9 And when he opened the fifth seal, I saw underneath the altar the souls of them that had been slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: 10 and they cried with a great voice, saying, How long, O Master, the holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? 11 And there was given them to each one a white robe; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little time, until their fellow-servants also and their brethren, who should be killed even as they were, should have fulfilled124 their course.

9 And when he opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been killed for the word of God and for the testimony they held. 10 They cried out loudly, saying, "How long, O Master, the holy and true, will you not judge and take vengeance for our blood on those who live on the earth?" 11 And each one was given a white robe, and they were told to rest for a little while longer, until their fellow servants and their brothers, who were to be killed just as they were, had completed their course124their class.

The Sixth Seal

12 And I saw when he opened the sixth seal, and there was a great earthquake; and the sun became [pg 068] black as sackcloth of hair, and the whole moon became as blood; 13 and the stars of the heaven fell unto the earth, as a fig tree casteth her unripe figs when she is shaken of a great wind. 14 And the heaven was removed as a scroll when it is rolled up; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. 15 And the kings of the earth, and the princes, and the chief captains125, and the rich, and the strong, and every bondman and freeman, hid themselves in the caves and in the rocks of the mountains; 16 and they say to the mountains and to the rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: 17 for the great day of their wrath is come; and who is able to stand?

12 And I saw when he opened the sixth seal, and there was a huge earthquake; the sun turned black like coarse sackcloth, and the entire moon looked like blood; 13 and the stars from the sky fell to the earth, like unripe figs dropping from a fig tree when it gets shaken by a strong wind. 14 And the sky rolled up like a scroll, and every mountain and island was moved out of its place. 15 Then the kings of the earth, the rulers, the military commanders, the wealthy, the powerful, and everyone—both slave and free—hid in the caves and among the rocks of the mountains; 16 and they said to the mountains and rocks, “Fall on us and hide us from the face of the one who sits on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb; 17 for the great day of their wrath has come, and who can withstand it?”

2b The Episode of the Sealed Ones (An Intervening Vision of Salvation Assured)
(A) The Sealed of Israel

Chapter 7.

Chapter 7.

The Angels With the Winds

1 After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that no wind should blow on the earth, or on the sea, or upon any tree. 2 And I saw another angel ascend from the sunrising, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a great voice to the four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, 3 saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we shall have sealed the servants126 of our God on their foreheads.

1 After this, I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds so no wind would blow on the earth, the sea, or any trees. 2 I also saw another angel coming up from the east, carrying the seal of the living God. He shouted loudly to the four angels who had been given the power to harm the earth and the sea, 3 saying, “Do not harm the earth, the sea, or the trees until we have sealed the servants of our God on their foreheads.”

4 And I heard the number of them that were sealed, a hundred and forty and four thousand, sealed out of every tribe of the children of Israel:

4 And I heard the number of those who were sealed, one hundred and forty-four thousand, sealed from every tribe of the children of Israel:

The Sealed Number from the Tribes
5 From the tribe of Judah were sealed 12,000;
From the tribe of Reuben, there were twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Gad, there were twelve thousand;
6 From the tribe of Asher, twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Naphtali, there were twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Manasseh, there were twelve thousand.
7 From the tribe of Simeon, twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Levi, there were twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Issachar, there were twelve thousand.
8 From the tribe of Zebulun, there were twelve thousand;
From the tribe of Joseph, there were twelve thousand.
Of the Benjamin tribe were sealed 12,000.
[pg 069]
(B) The Redeemed Out of All Nations

The Countless Multitude

9 After these things I saw, and behold, a great multitude, which no man could number, out of every nation and of all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, arrayed in white robes, and palms in their hands;

9 After these things, I looked, and there was a huge crowd that no one could count, from every nation, all tribes, peoples, and languages, standing before the throne and the Lamb, dressed in white robes and holding palm branches in their hands;

10 And they cry with a great voice, saying,

10 And they shout with a loud voice, saying,

Salvation unto our God who sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb.

Salvation belongs to our God who is seated on the throne, and to the Lamb.

The Salvation Chorus

11 And all the angels were standing round about the throne, and about the elders and the four living creatures; and they fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped127 God, 12 saying,

11 And all the angels were standing around the throne, and around the elders and the four living creatures; and they fell before the throne on their faces and worshipped127 God, 12 saying,

Amen: Blessing, and glory128, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, beunto our God for ever and ever129. Amen.

Amen: Blessings and glory128, and wisdom, and thanks, and honor, and power, and strength, beto our God forever and ever129. Amen.

The Big Reward

13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, These that are arrayed in the white robes, who are they, and whence came they? 14 And I say130 unto him, My lord, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they that come out of the great tribulation, and they washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. 15 Therefore are they before the throne of God; and they serve him day and night in his temple131: and he that sitteth on the throne shall spread his tabernacle over them. 16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun strike upon them, nor any heat: 17 for the Lamb that is in the midst of132 the throne shall be their shepherd, and shall guide them unto fountains of waters of life: and God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes.

13 And one of the elders answered me, asking, "Who are these people dressed in white robes, and where did they come from?" 14 I replied, "My lord, you know." And he said to me, "These are the ones who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. 15 Because of this, they are before the throne of God and serve him day and night in his temple: and he who sits on the throne will cover them with his presence. 16 They will no longer hunger or thirst; the sun will not beat down on them, nor any scorching heat. 17 For the Lamb who is in the center of the throne will be their shepherd, guiding them to the springs of the water of life, and God will wipe away every tear from their eyes.

Chapter 8.

Chapter 8.

The Seventh Seal

1 And when he opened the seventh seal, there followed a silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.

1 And when he opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven for about half an hour.

3 The Vision of the Seven Trumpets (The World's Judgment Proclaimed)
(A) The Preparation for the Trumpets

Seven Angels with Seven Trumpets

2 And I saw the seven angels that stand before God; and there were given unto them seven trumpets.

2 And I saw the seven angels who stand in front of God; and they were given seven trumpets.

The Angel with the Incense

3 And another angel came and stood over133 the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should add134 it unto the prayers of all the saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. 4 And the smoke of the incense, with135 the prayers of the saints, went up before God [pg 070] out of the angel's hand. 5 And the angel taketh136 the censer; and he filled it with the fire of the altar, and cast it upon137 the earth: and there followed thunders, and voices, and lightnings, and an earthquake.

3 Then another angel came and stood over133 the altar, holding a golden censer; and he was given a lot of incense to add134 to the prayers of all the saints on the golden altar that was before the throne. 4 The smoke of the incense, along with135 the prayers of the saints, rose up before God [pg 070] from the angel's hand. 5 The angel took136 the censer, filled it with the fire from the altar, and threw it down137 to the earth: and there were thunderclaps, voices, lightning, and an earthquake.

The Trumpets Got Ready to Sound

6 And the seven angels that had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.

6 And the seven angels who had the seven trumpets got ready to blow them.

(B) The Trumpets Sounded

The First Trumpet

7 And the first sounded, and there followed hail and fire, mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of the earth was burnt up, and the third part of the trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

7 And the first trumpet sounded, and there was hail and fire mixed with blood, and they were thrown down to the earth: and a third of the earth was burned up, a third of the trees was burned up, and all the green grass was burned up.

The Second Trumpet

8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; 9 and there died the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, even they that had life; and the third part of the ships was destroyed.

8 And the second angel blew his trumpet, and it looked like a huge mountain burning with fire was thrown into the sea, turning a third of the sea into blood. 9 A third of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third of the ships were destroyed.

The Third Trumpet

10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell from heaven a great star, burning as a torch, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of the waters; 11 and the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

10 And the third angel blew his trumpet, and a huge star fell from heaven, blazing like a torch. It fell on a third of the rivers and on the springs of water. 11 The name of the star is Wormwood, and a third of the waters turned bitter, and many people died from the waters because they were made toxic.

The Fourth Trumpet

12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; that the third part of them should be darkened, and the day should not shine for the third part of it, and the night in like manner.

12 And the fourth angel blew his trumpet, and a third of the sun was struck, and a third of the moon, and a third of the stars; so that a third of them was darkened, and the day didn't shine for a third of it, and the night was the same.

The Eagle's Call

(13 And I saw, and I heard an eagle138, flying in mid heaven, saying with a great voice, Woe, woe, woe, for them that dwell on the earth, by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, who are yet to sound.)

(13 And I saw, and I heard an eagle138, flying high in the sky, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to those who live on the earth, because of the other voices of the trumpets of the three angels who are yet to sound.)

Chapter 9.

Chapter 9.

The Fifth Trumpet

1 And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star from heaven fallen unto the earth: and there was given to him the key of the pit of the abyss. 2 And he opened the pit of the abyss; and there went up a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And out of the smoke came forth locusts upon the earth; and power was given them, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And [pg 071] it was said unto them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree, but only such men as have not the seal of God on their foreheads. 5 And it was given them that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when it striketh a man. 6 And in those days men shall seek death, and shall in no wise find it; and they shall desire to die, and death fleeth from them. 7 And the shapes139 of the locusts were like unto horses prepared for war; and upon their heads as it were crowns like unto gold, and their faces were as men's faces. 8 And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions. 9 And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots, of many horses rushing to war. 10 And they have tails like unto scorpions, and stings; and in their tails is their power to hurt men five months. 11 They have over them as king the angel of the abyss: his name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in the Greek tongue he hath the name Apollyon140.

1 And the fifth angel sounded the trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen from heaven to the earth; and he was given the key to the bottomless pit. 2 He opened the pit of the abyss, and smoke rose from it like the smoke of a huge furnace; the sun and the sky were darkened by the smoke from the pit. 3 Out of the smoke came locusts onto the earth, and they were given power like that of the scorpions on the earth. 4 And it was instructed to them that they should not harm the grass of the earth, or any green plant, or any tree, but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads. 5 They were not allowed to kill them, but they would be tormented for five months, and their torment was like the sting of a scorpion when it strikes a person. 6 During those days, people will seek death but will not find it; they will long to die, but death will elude them. 7 The appearance of the locusts was like horses prepared for battle; on their heads were what looked like golden crowns, and their faces were like human faces. 8 They had hair like that of women, and their teeth were like the teeth of lions. 9 They had armor like iron breastplates, and the sound of their wings was like the roar of chariots pulled by many horses rushing into battle. 10 They had tails like scorpions and stingers; in their tails was their power to harm people for five months. 11 They had a king over them, the angel of the abyss; his name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek, he is called Apollyon.

The First Woe Is Over

(12 The first Woe is past: behold there come yet two Woes hereafter.)

(12 The first Woe is over: look, there are still two more Woes to come.)

The Sixth Trumpet

13 And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice141 from the horns of the golden altar which is before God, 14 one saying to the sixth angel that had the trumpet, Loose the four angels that are bound at the great river Euphrates. 15 And the four angels were loosed, that had been prepared for the hour and day and month and year, that they should kill the third part of men. 16 And the number of the armies of the horsemen was twice ten thousand times ten thousand: I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates as of fire and of hyacinth and of brimstone: and the heads of the horses are as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths proceedeth fire and smoke and brimstone. 18 By these three plagues was the third part of men killed, by the fire and the smoke and the brimstone, which proceeded out of their mouths. 19 For the power of the horses is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails are like unto serpents, and have heads; and with them they hurt. 20 And the rest of mankind, who were not killed with these plagues, repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship demons142, and the idols [pg 072] of gold, and of silver, and of brass, and of stone, and of wood; which can neither see, nor hear, nor walk: 21 and they repented not of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.

13 Then the sixth angel blew his trumpet, and I heard a voice from the horns of the golden altar in front of God. 14 It said to the sixth angel who had the trumpet, "Release the four angels who are bound at the great river Euphrates." 15 The four angels were released, who had been prepared for the hour, day, month, and year, to kill a third of humanity. 16 The number of the armies of horsemen was twice ten thousand times ten thousand; I heard their number. 17 In my vision, I saw the horses and their riders, wearing breastplates that looked like fire, hyacinth, and brimstone; the heads of the horses resembled lion heads, and from their mouths came fire, smoke, and brimstone. 18 It was by these three plagues that a third of humanity was killed, by the fire, smoke, and brimstone that came from their mouths. 19 For the power of the horses lies in their mouths and in their tails; their tails are like snakes with heads, and they use them to hurt. 20 The rest of humanity who were not killed by these plagues did not repent of the works of their hands, so they would not worship demons, 21 and the idols of gold, silver, brass, stone, and wood, which cannot see, hear, or walk; nor did they repent of their murders, their sorceries, their fornications, or their thefts.

3b The Episode of the Angel with the Book and of the Two Witnesses (An Intervening Vision of Divine Help Attained)
(A) The Angel with the Little Open Book

Chapter 10.

Chapter 10.

The Angel Descending From Heaven

1 And I saw another strong angel coming down out of heaven, arrayed with a cloud; and the rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire; 2 and he had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left upon the earth; 3 and he cried with a great voice, as a lion roareth:

1 And I saw another powerful angel coming down from heaven, dressed in a cloud; and the rainbow was on his head, his face was like the sun, and his feet were like pillars of fire; 2 and he held in his hand an open little book: and he set his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the earth; 3 and he shouted with a loud voice, like a roaring lion:

The Thunder Voices

And when he cried, the seven thunders uttered their voices. 4 And when the seven thunders uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying, Seal up the things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.

And when he cried, the seven thunders spoke. 4 And when the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write it down; then I heard a voice from heaven saying, Keep secret what the seven thunders said, and don’t write it down.

The Mystery of God to Conclusion

5 And the angel that I saw standing upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his right hand to heaven, 6 and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever143, who created the heaven and the things that are therein, and the earth and the things that are therein, and the sea and the things that are therein144, that there shall be delay145 no longer: 7 but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he is about to sound, then is finished the mystery of God, according to the good tidings which he declared to his servants146 the prophets.

5 And the angel I saw standing on the sea and the land raised his right hand to heaven, 6 and swore by the one who lives forever and ever143, who created the heavens and everything in them, and the earth and everything in it, and the sea and everything in it144, that there will be no more delay145 but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he is about to blow the trumpet, the mystery of God will be completed, as he announced to his servants146 the prophets.

The Book Devoured

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven, I heard it again speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the book which is open in the hand of the angel that standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. 9 And I went unto the angel, saying unto him that he should give me the little book. And he saith unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. 10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and when I had eaten it, my belly was made bitter. 11 And they say unto me, Thou must prophesy again over147 many peoples and nations and tongues and kings.

8 And the voice I heard from heaven spoke to me again, saying, "Go, take the book that's open in the hand of the angel standing on the sea and on the earth." 9 So I went to the angel and asked him to give me the little book. He said to me, "Take it and eat it; it will be bitter in your stomach, but in your mouth, it will be as sweet as honey." 10 I took the little book from the angel's hand and ate it; it was sweet as honey in my mouth, but once I had eaten it, my stomach became bitter. 11 Then they told me, "You must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages, and kings."

[pg 073]
(B) The Two Witnesses

Chapter 11.

Chapter 11.

The Temple Measured

1 And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and one said148, Rise, and measure the temple149 of God, and the altar, and them that worship150 therein. 2 And the court which is without the temple151 leave without152, and measure it not; for it hath been given unto the nations153: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.

1 And there was given to me a rod that looked like a measuring stick: and someone said, 148, Rise, and measure the temple 149 of God, the altar, and those who worship 150 there. 2 But leave out the courtyard outside the temple 151, and do not measure it; for it has been given to the nations 153: and they will trample the holy city for forty-two months.

The Two Witnesses with Power

3 And I will give unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive trees and the two candlesticks154, standing before the Lord of the earth. 5 And if any man desireth to hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth and devoureth their enemies; and if any man shall desire to hurt them, in this manner must he be killed. 6 These have the power to shut the heaven, that it rain not during the days of their prophecy: and they have power over the waters to turn them into blood, and to smite the earth with every plague, as often as they shall desire.

3 And I will give my two witnesses the authority to prophesy for one thousand two hundred and sixty days, dressed in sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive trees and the two lampstands154, standing before the Lord of the earth. 5 And if anyone wants to harm them, fire will come out of their mouths and consume their enemies; if anyone tries to hurt them, that person must be killed in this way. 6 They have the power to shut up the sky so that it doesn’t rain during the days of their prophecy; they also have the power to turn waters into blood and to strike the earth with every kind of plague, as often as they want.

Their Testimony Complete

7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that cometh up out of the abyss shall make war with them, and overcome them, and kill them. 8 And their dead bodies155 lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also their Lord was crucified. 9 And from among the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations do men look upon their dead bodies three days and a half, and suffer not their dead bodies to be laid in a tomb. 10 And they that dwell on the earth rejoice over them, and make merry; and they shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwell on the earth.

7 And when they have completed their testimony, the beast that comes up from the abyss will wage war against them, defeat them, and kill them. 8 Their dead bodies 155 lie in the street of the great city, which is spiritually called Sodom and Egypt, where their Lord was also crucified. 9 People from various nations, tribes, languages, and cultures will look at their dead bodies for three and a half days and will not allow them to be buried. 10 Those who live on the earth will rejoice over them and celebrate; they will exchange gifts with one another because these two prophets had tormented those living on the earth.

Their Resurrection and Ascension

11 And after the three days and a half the breath of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them that beheld them. 12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they went up into heaven in the cloud; and their enemies beheld them. 13 And in that hour there was a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell; and there were killed in the earthquake seven thousand persons156: and the rest were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.

11 And after three and a half days, the breath of life from God entered them, and they stood up on their feet; and great fear fell upon those who saw them. 12 They heard a loud voice from heaven saying to them, "Come up here." And they went up to heaven in a cloud, while their enemies watched them. 13 At that moment, there was a huge earthquake, and a tenth of the city collapsed; seven thousand people were killed in the earthquake. The rest were terrified and gave glory to the God of heaven.

The Second Woe Ended

(14 The second Woe is past: behold, the third Woe cometh quickly.)

(14 The second Woe has passed: look, the third Woe is coming quickly.)

[pg 074]

The 7th Trumpet

15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there followed great voices in heaven, and they said,

15 And the seventh angel blew his trumpet; and there were loud voices in heaven, and they said,

The kingdom of the world is become the kingdomof our Lord, and of his Christ: and he shall reign for ever and ever157.

The kingdom of the world has become the kingdomof our Lord and His Christ, and He will rule forever and ever157.

The Victory Chorus

16 And the four and twenty elders, who sit before God on their thrones, fell upon their faces and worshipped158 God, 17 saying,

16 And the twenty-four elders, who sit before God on their thrones, fell on their faces and worshipped God, 17 saying,

We give thee thanks, O Lord God, the Almighty, who art and who wast; because thou hast taken thy great power, and didst reign. 18 And the nations were wroth, and thy wrath came, and the time of the dead to be judged, and the time to give their reward to thy servants159 the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, the small and the great; and to destroy them that destroy the earth.

We thank you, Lord God Almighty, who is and who was; for you have taken your great power and reign. 18 And the nations were angry, and your wrath came, and it was time for the dead to be judged, and the moment to reward your staff159the prophets, the saints, and those who respect your name, both the small and the great; and to eliminate those who harm the earth.

Tokens of Judgment

19 And there was opened the temple160 of God that is in heaven; and there was seen in his temple161 the ark of his covenant; and there followed lightnings, and voices, and thunders, and an earthquake, and great hail.

19 And there was opened the temple160 of God in heaven; and in his temple161 the ark of his covenant was seen; and there were lightnings, voices, thunders, an earthquake, and huge hail.

4 The Vision of Conflict (The Church-Historic World-Conflict of the Evil against the Just)
(A) The Woman and the Dragon

Chapter 12.

Chapter 12.

The Woman's Glory and the Dragon's Power

1 And a great sign was seen in heaven: a woman arrayed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars; 2 and she was with child; and she crieth out, travailing in birth, and in pain to be delivered. 3 And there was seen another sign in heaven: and behold, a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his heads seven diadems. 4 And his tail draweth the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon standeth before the woman that is about to be delivered, that when she is delivered he may devour her child.

1 And a great sign appeared in heaven: a woman dressed with the sun, the moon beneath her feet, and a crown of twelve stars on her head; 2 and she was pregnant; and she cried out in labor, in pain to give birth. 3 And another sign appeared in heaven: a huge red dragon, with seven heads and ten horns, and on his heads were seven crowns. 4 His tail swept away a third of the stars in heaven and threw them to the earth; and the dragon stood before the woman who was about to give birth, so that when she gave birth he might devour her child.

The All-Powerful Man-Child

5 And she was delivered of a son, a man child, who is to rule all the nations162 with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and unto his throne.

5 And she gave birth to a son, a boy who is meant to rule all the nations162 with a rod of iron: and her child was taken up to God and to His throne.

The Woman's Escape

6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that there they may nourish her a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

6 And the woman ran away into the wilderness, where she has a place prepared by God, so that they can take care of her for one thousand two hundred and sixty days.

[pg 075]
(B) War in Heaven

Michael Warring with the Dragon

7 And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels going forth to war with the dragon; and the dragon warred and his angels; 8 and they prevailed not, neither was their place found any more in heaven. 9 And the great dragon was cast down, the old serpent, he that is called the Devil and Satan, the deceiver of the whole world163; he was cast down to the earth, and his angels were cast down with him.

7 And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels went out to fight against the dragon; and the dragon fought with his angels. 8 But they did not win, nor was there any place found for them in heaven anymore. 9 And the great dragon was thrown down, the ancient serpent, who is called the Devil and Satan, the deceiver of the entire world163; he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him.

Satan's Downfall Declared

10 And I heard a great voice in heaven, saying, Now is come the salvation, and the power, and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ164: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, who accuseth them before our God day and night. 11 And they overcame him because of the blood of the Lamb, and because of the word of their testimony; and they loved not their life even unto death. 12 Therefore rejoice, O heavens, and ye that dwell165 in them. Woe for the earth and for the sea: because the devil is gone down unto you, having great wrath, knowing that he hath but a short time.

10 And I heard a loud voice in heaven, saying, Now has come the salvation, power, and kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ: for the accuser of our brothers and sisters is thrown down, who accuses them before our God day and night. 11 And they defeated him because of the blood of the Lamb and because of the word of their testimony; and they did not love their lives even to death. 12 Therefore rejoice, O heavens, and you who dwell in them. Woe to the earth and the sea: because the devil has come down to you, filled with great anger, knowing that he has only a short time.

Persecution of the Woman and Her Offspring

13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast down to the earth, he persecuted the woman that brought forth the man child. 14 And there were given to the woman the two wings of the great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness unto her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth after the woman water as a river, that he might cause her to be carried away by the stream. 16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth and swallowed up the river which the dragon cast out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon waxed wroth with the woman, and went away to make war with the rest of her seed, that keep the commandments of God, and hold the testimony of Jesus:

13 And when the dragon realized that he had been thrown down to earth, he persecuted the woman who gave birth to the man kid. 14 The woman was given the two wings of a great eagle so she could fly into the wilderness to her place, where she would be cared for for a time, times, and half a time, away from the serpent's presence. 15 The serpent spewed water out of his mouth after the woman like a river to sweep her away. 16 But the earth helped the woman; it opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon had poured out. 17 The dragon became furious with the woman and went off to make war against the rest of her descendants, who keep God's commandments and hold on to the testimony of Jesus.

Chapter 13.

Chapter 13.

1 and he stood166 upon the sand of the sea.

1 and he stood166 on the beach.

(C) The Two Beasts

First Beast—the Beast from the Sea

And I saw a beast coming up out of the sea, having ten horns and seven heads, and on his horns ten diadems, and upon his heads names of blasphemy. 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his throne, and great authority. 3 And [pg 076] I saw one of his heads as though it had been smitten167 unto death; and his death-stroke was healed: and the whole earth wondered after the beast; 4 and they worshipped168 the dragon, because he gave his authority unto the beast; and they worshipped169 the beast saying, Who is like unto the beast? and who is able to war with him? 5 and there was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and there was given to him authority to continue170 forty and two months. 6 And he opened his mouth for blasphemies against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, even them that dwell171 in the heaven. 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints172, and to overcome them: and there was given to him authority over every tribe and people and tongue and nation. 8 And all that dwell on the earth shall worship173 him, every one whose name hath not been written from the foundation of the world in the book of life of the Lamb that hath been slain174.

And I saw a beast rising up out of the sea, with ten horns and seven heads. On its horns were ten crowns, and on its heads were names of disrespect toward God. 2 The beast I saw looked like a leopard, its feet were like those of a bear, and its mouth was like that of a lion. The dragon gave it its power, its throne, and great authority. 3 I saw one of its heads appear to have been fatally wounded, but its deadly wound was healed. The whole earth was amazed and followed the beast; 4 they worshipped the dragon because he had given authority to the beast; and they worshipped the beast, saying, "Who is like the beast? Who can fight against it?" 5 The beast was given a mouth to speak proud and blasphemous things, and it was given authority to act for forty-two months. 6 It opened its mouth to speak blasphemies against God, to insult His name and His dwelling, and those who live in heaven. 7 It was allowed to wage war against the saints and to defeat them. It was granted authority over every tribe, people, language, and nation. 8 All the inhabitants of the earth will worship it, everyone whose name has not been written from the foundation of the world in the book of life of the Lamb that was slain.

A Reminder to Be Patient

(9 If any man hath an ear, let him hear. 10 If any man175 is for captivity176, into captivity he goeth: if any man shall kill with the sword, with the sword must he be killed. Here is the patience177 and the faith of the saints.)

(9 If anyone has an ear, let him hear. 10 If anyone175 is meant for captivity176, he will go into captivity; if anyone kills with the sword, by the sword he must be killed. This is the patience177 and the faith of the saints.)

The Second Beast—the Beast from the Land

11 And I saw another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like unto a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. 12 And he exerciseth all the authority of the first beast in his sight. And he maketh the earth and them that dwell therein to worship178 the first beast, whose death-stroke was healed. 13 And he doeth great signs, that he should even make fire to come down out of heaven upon the earth in the sight of men. 14 And he deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by reason of the signs which it was given him to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast who hath the stroke of the sword and lived. 15 And it was given unto him to give breath to it, even to the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as should not179 worship180 the image of the beast should be killed. 16 And he causeth all, the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free and the bond, that there be given them a mark on their right [pg 077] hand, or upon their forehead; 17 and that no man should be able to buy or to sell, save he that hath the mark, even the name of the beast or the number of his name.

11 And I saw another beast coming up out of the earth; he had two horns like a lamb, but he spoke like a dragon. 12 He exercised all the authority of the first beast in front of him. He made the earth and its inhabitants worship178 the first beast, whose fatal wound had been healed. 13 He performed great signs, even making fire come down from heaven to earth in front of people. 14 He deceived the people living on the earth with the signs he was allowed to perform in the sight of the beast, telling them to make an image of the beast who had the sword wound and yet lived. 15 It was granted to him to give breath to the image of the beast so that the image of the beast could both speak and ensure that anyone who would not179 worship180 the image of the beast would be killed. 16 He required everyone, both small and great, rich and poor, free and enslaved, to receive a mark on their right [pg 077] hand or on their forehead; 17 and no one could buy or sell unless they had the mark, even the name of the beast or the number of his name.

A Warning to Wisdom

(18 Here is wisdom. He that hath understanding, let him count the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man: and his number is Six hundred and sixty and six181.)

(18 Here is wisdom. Let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man: his number is six hundred and sixty-six 181.)

(D) The Lamb on Mount Zion

Chapter 14.

Chapter 14.

The Lamb and His Crew

1 And I saw, and behold, the Lamb standing on the mount Zion, and with him a hundred and forty and four thousand, having his name, and the name of his Father, written on their foreheads.

1 And I saw, and look, the Lamb standing on Mount Zion, and with him one hundred and forty-four thousand, having his name and the name of his Father written on their foreheads.

The Incommunicable Chorus

2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and the voice which I heard was as the voice of harpers harping with their harps: 3 and they sing as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four living creatures and the elders: and no man could learn the song save the hundred and forty and four thousand, even they that had been purchased out of the earth.

2 And I heard a voice from heaven, like the sound of many waters and like the sound of a great thunder; and the voice I heard was like the sound of harpists playing their harps. 3 They sang what seemed to be a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders; and no one could learn the song except for the hundred and forty-four thousand, who had been purchased from the earth.

The Purity of the Redeemed

4 These are they that were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they that follow the Lamb withersoever he goeth. These were purchased from among men, to be the firstfruits unto God and unto the Lamb. 5 And in their mouth was found no lie: they are without blemish.

4 These are the ones who haven't been corrupted by women; they are virgins. These are the ones who follow the Lamb wherever He goes. They were bought from among people, to be the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb. 5 And no lies were found in their mouths; they are without defect.

The Message of the Everlasting Gospel

6 And I saw another angel flying in mid heaven, having eternal good tidings182 to proclaim unto them that dwell183 on the earth, and unto every nation and tribe and tongue and people; 7 and he saith with a great voice, Fear God, and give him glory; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship184 him that made the heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.

6 And I saw another angel flying in the middle of heaven, carrying eternal good news182 to announce to those living183 on earth, and to every nation, tribe, language, and people; 7 and he said with a loud voice, Fear God, and give him glory; for the time of his judgment has come: and worship184 him who created the heavens, the earth, the sea, and the springs of water.

The Message of Babylon's Fall

8 And another, a second angel, followed, saying, Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great, that hath made all the nations to drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.

8 And another angel, a second one, followed, saying, "Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great, which has made all the nations drink the wine of the wrath of her immorality."

The Warning of Destruction for the Beast and His Followers

9 And another angel, a third, followed them, saying with a great voice, If any man worshippeth185 the beast and his image, and receiveth a mark on his forehead, or upon his hand, 10 he also shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is prepared186 unmixed in the cup of his anger; and he shall be tormented [pg 078] with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: 11 and the smoke of their torment goeth up for ever and ever187; and they have no rest day and night, they that worship188 the beast and his image, and whoso receiveth the mark of his name.

9 And another angel, a third, followed them, saying loudly, "If anyone worships the beast and his image, and receives a mark on his forehead or on his hand, 10 he will also drink the wine of God's wrath, which is prepared unmixed in the cup of his anger; and he will be tormented [pg 078] with fire and sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb. 11 The smoke of their torment goes up forever and ever; and they have no rest day or night, those who worship the beast and his image, and whoever receives the mark of his name.

The Patience Test

(12 Here is the patience189 of the saints, they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.)

(12 Here is the patience189 of the saints, those who keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.)

The Blessing of the Holy Dead

13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying, Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from henceforth190: yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; for their works follow with them.

13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying, Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on190: yes, says the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; for their works follow them.

The Harvest of the Chosen

14 And I saw, and behold, a white cloud; and on the cloud I saw one sitting like unto a son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. 15 And another angel came out from the temple191, crying with a great voice to him that sat on the cloud, Send forth thy sickle, and reap: for the hour to reap is come; for the harvest of the earth is ripe192. 16 And he that sat on the cloud cast his sickle upon the earth; and the earth was reaped.

14 And I saw, and look, a white cloud; and on the cloud I saw someone sitting like a son of man, with a golden crown on his head, and a sharp sickle in his hand. 15 Then another angel came out from the temple191, shouting loudly to the one sitting on the cloud, “Use your sickle and reap, because it's time to harvest; the earth’s harvest is ripe192.” 16 And the one sitting on the cloud swung his sickle over the earth, and the earth was harvested.

The Era of Wrath

17 And another angel came out from the temple193 which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. 18 And another angel came out from the altar, he that hath power over fire; and he called with a great voice to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Send forth thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe. 19 And the angel cast his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vintage194 of the earth, and cast it into the winepress, the great winepress, of the wrath of God. 20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and there came out blood from the winepress, even unto the bridles of the horses, as far as a thousand and six hundred furlongs.

17 And another angel came out from the temple in heaven, also holding a sharp sickle. 18 Another angel came out from the altar, the one with power over fire; and he shouted with a loud voice to the one with the sharp sickle, saying, "Use your sharp sickle and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth, because her grapes are fully ripe." 19 The angel swung his sickle over the earth, gathering the harvest of the earth, and threw it into the great winepress of the wrath of God. 20 The winepress was trampled just outside the city, and blood flowed from the winepress, reaching as high as the bridles of the horses, for a distance of about one thousand six hundred furlongs.

5 The Vision of the Seven Vials (The World's Judgment Executed)
(A) The Preparation for the Vials

Chapter 15.

Chapter 15.

The Angels with the Plagues

1 And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvellous, seven angels having seven plagues, which are the last, for in them is finished the wrath of God.

1 And I saw another sign in heaven, something great and amazing: seven angels who had seven plagues, which are the last, because in them is completed the wrath of God.

The Winners by the Sea

2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass195 mingled with fire; and them that come off victorious from the [pg 079] beast, and from his image, and from the number of his name, standing by196 the sea of glass197, having harps of God.

2 And I saw what looked like a sea of glass195 mingled with fire; and those who had won victory over the [pg 079] beast, and his image, and the number of his name, were standing by196 the sea of glass197, holding harps of God.

The Chorus of Moses and the Lamb

3 And they sing the song of Moses the servant198 of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying,

3 And they sing the song of Moses, the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying,

Great and marvellous are thy works, O Lord God, the Almighty; righteous and true are thy ways, thou King of the ages199. 4 Who shall not fear, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy; for all the nations shall come and worship200 before thee; for thy righteous acts have been made manifest.

Your works are great and wonderful, Lord God, the Almighty; your ways are fair and true, you King of the ages.199Who wouldn't be afraid of you, Lord, and honor your name? For you alone are holy; all the nations will come and worship.200before you; for your good actions have been made known.

The Temple in Heaven Opened

5 And after these things I saw, and the temple201 of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened: 6 and there came out from the temple202 the seven angels that had the seven plagues, arrayed with precious stone203, pure and bright, and girt about their breasts with golden girdles. 7 And one of the four living creatures gave unto the seven angels seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God, who liveth for ever and ever204. 8 And the temple205 was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and none was able to enter into the temple206, till the seven plagues of the seven angels should be finished.

5 After these things, I saw that the temple201 of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened. 6 Then, seven angels came out from the temple202, each carrying the seven plagues, dressed in valuable stones203, pure and bright, wearing golden girdles around their chests. 7 One of the four living creatures gave the seven angels seven golden bowls filled with the wrath of God, who lives forever and ever204. 8 The temple205 was filled with smoke from the glory of God and His power; and no one was able to enter the temple206 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed.

(B) The Vials Poured Out

Chapter 16.

Chapter 16.

The Order to Empty the Vials

1 And I heard a great voice out of the temple207, saying to the seven angels, Go ye, and pour out the seven bowls of the wrath of God into the earth.

1 And I heard a loud voice coming from the temple207, saying to the seven angels, “Go and pour out the seven bowls of God’s wrath on the earth.”

The First Syringe

2 And the first went, and poured out his bowl into the earth; and it became208 a noisome and grievous sore upon the men that had the mark of the beast, and that worshipped209 his image.

2 And the first went and poured out his bowl onto the earth; and it became208 a painful and terrible sore on the men who had the mark of the beast and worshipped209 his image.

The Second Vial

3 And the second poured out his bowl into the sea; and it became blood as of a dead man; and every living soul210 died, even the things that were in the sea.

3 And the second poured out his bowl into the sea, and it turned into blood like that of a dead man; and every living soul died, even the creatures in the sea.

The Third Vial

4 And the third poured out his bowl into the rivers and the fountains of the waters; and it became211 blood. 5 And I heard the angel of the waters saying, Righteous art thou, who art and who wast, thou Holy One, because thou didst thus judge: 6 for they poured out the blood of saints and prophets212, and blood hast thou given them to drink: they are worthy. 7 And I heard the altar saying, Yea, O Lord God, the Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments.

4 And the third angel poured out his bowl into the rivers and the springs of water, and it became211 blood. 5 I heard the angel of the waters say, "You are righteous, who is and who was, you Holy One, because you judged this way: 6 they poured out the blood of saints and prophets212, and you gave them blood to drink; they are deserving. 7 I heard the altar say, "Yes, Lord God, the Almighty, your judgments are true and righteous."

[pg 080]

The Fourth Bowl

8 And the fourth poured out his bowl upon the sun; and it was given unto it213 to scorch men with fire. 9 And men were scorched with great heat: and they blasphemed the name of God who hath the power over these plagues; and they repented not to give him glory.

8 And the fourth poured out his bowl on the sun; and it was given to it 213 to scorch people with fire. 9 And people were scorched with intense heat; and they cursed the name of God who has power over these plagues; and they did not repent to give Him glory.

The Fifth Vial

10 And the fifth poured out his bowl upon the throne of the beast; and his kingdom was darkened; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, 11 and they blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores; and they repented not of their works.

10 And the fifth poured out his bowl onto the throne of the beast; and his kingdom was plunged into darkness; and they bit their tongues in pain, 11 and they cursed the God of heaven because of their suffering and their sores; and they didn’t change their ways.

The Sixth Vial

12 And the sixth poured out his bowl upon the great river, the river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way might be made ready for the kings that come from the sunrising.

12 And the sixth poured out his bowl onto the great river, the river Euphrates; and its water was dried up, so that the path could be prepared for the kings who come from the east.

5b The Episode of the Frog-like Spirits (An Intervening Vision of Warning to the Redeemed)

The Three Unclean Spirits

13 And I saw coming out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet, three unclean spirits, as it were frogs: 14 for they are spirits of demons, working signs; which go forth unto214 the kings of the whole world215, to gather them together unto the war of the great day of God, the Almighty.

13 And I saw coming out of the mouths of the dragon, the beast, and the false prophet, three unclean spirits that looked like frogs: 14 for they are spirits of demons performing signs; they go out to214 the kings of the whole world215, to gather them together for the battle of the great day of God, the Almighty.

The Warning Voice

15 (Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame).

15 (Look, I come like a thief. Blessed is the one who stays alert and keeps their clothes on, so they don't walk around naked and expose their shame).

The Gathering at Har-Magedon 16 And they gathered them together into the place which is called in Hebrew Har-Magedon216.

The Gathering at Har-Magedon 16 And they brought everyone together to the place known in Hebrew as Har-Magedon216.

The Seventh Vial

17 And the seventh poured out his bowl upon the air; and there came forth a great voice out of the temple217, from the throne, saying, It is done: 18 and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunders; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since there were men218 upon the earth, so great an earthquake, so mighty. 19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations219 fell: and Babylon the great was remembered in the sight of God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. 20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21 And great hail, every stone about the weight of a talent, cometh down out of heaven upon men: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof is exceeding great.

17 And the seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air; and a loud voice came from the temple217, from the throne, saying, It is finished: 18 and there were flashes of lightning, voices, and thunders; and there was a massive earthquake, like nothing that has happened since people have been on the earth, such a great earthquake, so powerful. 19 And the great city was split into three parts, and the cities of the nations219 fell: and Babylon the great was remembered in the sight of God, to give her the cup of the wine of his fierce anger. 20 And every island disappeared, and the mountains could not be found. 21 And huge hailstones, each weighing about a talent, fell from heaven upon people; and they cursed God because of the hailstorm; for the plague was extremely severe.

[pg 081]

6 The Vision of Victory (The Church's Vindication Manifested)

(A) The Mystical Babylon and Her Fall

Chapter 17.

Chapter 17.

The Judgment of the Great Harlot

1 And there came one of the seven angels that had the seven bowls, and spake with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the judgment of the great harlot that sitteth upon many waters; 2 with whom the kings of the earth committed fornication, and they that dwell in the earth were made drunken with the wine of her fornication.

1 And there came one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls, and spoke to me, saying, "Come here, I will show you the judgment of the great harlot who sits on many waters; 2 with whom the kings of the earth committed fornication, and those who dwell on the earth were made drunk with the wine of her fornication."

Babylon the Harlot City

3 And he carried me away in the Spirit into a wilderness: and I saw a woman sitting upon a scarlet-colored beast, full of names of blasphemy220, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet, and decked221 with gold and precious stone and pearls, having in her hand a golden cup full of abominations, even the unclean things222 of her fornication, 5 and upon her forehead a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT223, THE MOTHER OF THE HARLOTS AND OF THE ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. 6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs224 of Jesus. And when I saw her, I wondered with a great wonder.

3 And he took me away in the Spirit to a wilderness: and I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast, covered with names of blasphemy220, with seven heads and ten horns. 4 The woman was dressed in purple and scarlet and was adorned221 with gold, precious stones, and pearls, holding a golden cup full of disgusting things, even the unclean things222 of her sexual immoralities, 5 and on her forehead was written a name, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT223, THE MOTHER OF PROSTITUTES AND OF THE ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. 6 And I saw the woman intoxicated with the blood of the saints and with the blood of the martyrs224 of Jesus. And when I saw her, I was greatly astonished.

The Story of the Woman and the Beast is Unraveled

7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou wonder? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and the ten horns. 8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and is about to come up out of the abyss, and to go225 into perdition. And they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, they whose name hath not been written in226 the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast, how that he was, and is not, and shall come227.

7 And the angel said to me, “Why are you astonished? I will explain to you the mystery of the woman and the beast that carries her, which has seven heads and ten horns. 8 The beast you saw was, and is not; and is about to come out of the abyss and head into destruction. Those who live on the earth will be amazed, they whose names have not been written in 226 the book of life since the foundation of the world, when they see the beast, how it was, is not, and will come 227.

The Kings that fight against the Lamb

9 Here is the mind228 that hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth: 10 and they are229 seven kings; the five are fallen, the one is, the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a little while. 11 And the beast that was, and is not, is himself also an eighth, and is of the seven; and he goeth into perdition. 12 And the ten horns that thou sawest are ten kings, who have received no kingdom as yet; but [pg 082] they receive authority as kings, with the beast, for one hour. 13 These have one mind, and they give their power and authority unto the beast. 14 These shall war against the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them, for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings; and they also shall overcome that are with him, called and chosen and faithful.

9 Here is the mind228 that has wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sits: 10 and they are229 seven kings; five have fallen, one is, and the other has not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue for a little while. 11 And the beast that was, and is not, is also an eighth, and is one of the seven; and he goes into perdition. 12 The ten horns that you saw are ten kings, who have not received a kingdom yet; but [pg 082] they will receive authority as kings, with the beast, for one hour. 13 These have one mind, and they give their power and authority to the beast. 14 These will wage war against the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them, for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings; and those who are with him, called and chosen and faithful, will also overcome.

The Whore Became Alone

15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. 16 And the ten horns which thou sawest, and the beast, these shall hate the harlot, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and shall burn her utterly with fire. 17 For God did put in their hearts to do his mind, and to come to one mind, and to give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God should be accomplished. 18 And the woman whom thou sawest is the great city, which reigneth over the kings230 of the earth.

15 And he said to me, The waters you saw, where the prostitute sits, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages. 16 The ten horns you saw, and the beast, will hate the prostitute; they will make her desolate and naked, eat her flesh, and completely burn her with fire. 17 For God put it in their hearts to carry out his purpose, to agree to give their kingdom to the beast, until God's words are fulfilled. 18 And the woman you saw is the great city that rules over the kings of the earth.230

Chapter 18.

Chapter 18.

The Downfall of the Great City Announced

1 After these things I saw another angel coming down out of heaven, having great authority; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 2 And he cried with a mighty voice, saying, Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great, and is become a habitation of demons, and a hold231 of every unclean spirit, and a hold of every unclean and hateful bird. 3 For by the wine232 of233 the wrath of her fornication all the nations are fallen; and the kings of the earth committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth waxed rich by the power of her wantonness234.

1 After these things, I saw another angel coming down from heaven with great authority, and the earth was illuminated by his glory. 2 He shouted with a loud voice, declaring, "Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great! It has become a home for demons and a hideout for every unclean spirit, and a refuge for every unclean and detestable bird. 3 For all the nations have fallen due to the wine of the wrath of her sexual immorality; and the kings of the earth engaged in sexual immorality with her, and the merchants of the earth grew rich from the extravagance of her indulgence."

God's People Called Out of Her

4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come forth, my people, out of her, that ye have no fellowship with her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues: 5 for her sins have reached235 even unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. 6 Render unto her even as she rendered, and double unto her the double according to her works: in the cup which she mingled, mingle unto her double. 7 How much soever she glorified herself, and waxed wanton236, so much give her of torment and mourning: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall in no wise see mourning. 8 Therefore in one day shall her plagues come, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord237 God who judged her.

4 And I heard another voice from heaven saying, "Come out, my people, so that you don't share in her sins and don't receive any of her plagues. 5 Her sins have piled up all the way to heaven, and God has remembered her wrongs. 6 Pay her back as she has paid, and give her double for what she has done: in the cup she mixed, mix her a double portion. 7 As much as she glorified herself and indulged, give her that much torment and sorrow; for she says in her heart, 'I sit as a queen, and I am no widow, and I will never see sorrow.' 8 Therefore, in one day her plagues will come: death, mourning, and famine; and she will be completely burned with fire, for mighty is the Lord God who has judged her."

[pg 083]

The Kings of the Earth Mourn Her Downfall

9 And the kings of the earth, who committed fornication and lived wantonly238 with her, shall weep and wail over her, when they look upon the smoke of her burning, 10 standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Woe, woe, the great city, Babylon, the strong city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.

9 And the kings of the earth, who engaged in sexual immorality and lived indulgently with her, will weep and mourn for her when they see the smoke of her destruction, 10 standing at a distance in fear of her suffering, saying, “Woe, woe, the great city, Babylon, the mighty city! For in one hour, your judgment has come.”

The Merchants' Lament of the Earth

11 And the merchants of the earth weep and mourn over her, for no man buyeth their merchandise239 any more; 12 merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet; and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble; 13 and cinnamon, and spice240, and incense, and ointment, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and cattle, and sheep; and merchandise of horses and chariots and slaves241; and souls242 of men. 14 And the fruits which thy soul lusted after are gone from thee, and all things that were dainty and sumptuous are perished from thee, and men shall find them no more at all. 15 The merchants of these things, who were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and mourning; 16 saying, Woe, woe, the great city, she that was arrayed in fine linen and purple and scarlet, and decked243 with gold and precious stone and pearl! 17 for in one hour so great riches is made desolate.

11 The merchants of the earth weep and mourn over her, because no one buys their goods anymore; 12 goods of gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, fine linen, purple fabric, silk, and scarlet; and all kinds of wood, every vessel made of ivory, and every container made of the most precious wood, brass, iron, and marble; 13 and cinnamon, spices, incense, ointment, frankincense, wine, oil, fine flour, wheat, cattle, and sheep; and merchandise of horses and chariots and slaves; and souls of men. 14 The fruits that your soul craved are gone from you, and everything that was luxurious and extravagant has vanished from you, and people will never find them again. 15 The merchants of these things, who grew rich from her, will stand far away in fear of her torment, weeping and mourning; 16 saying, Woe, woe, the great city, she who was dressed in fine linen and purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold, precious stones, and pearls! 17 Because in just one hour, such immense wealth has been brought to ruin.

The Lament of the Seamen from Afar

And every shipmaster, and every one that saileth any whither, and mariners, and as many as gain their living by sea244, stood afar off, 18 and cried out as they looked upon the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like the great city? 19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the great city, wherein all that had their ships in the sea were made rich by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.

And every ship captain, anyone sailing anywhere, and sailors, as well as anyone who makes their living at sea244, stood at a distance, 18 and shouted as they watched the smoke from her fire, saying, What city is like this great city? 19 They threw dust on their heads and cried, weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the great city, where all who had ships at sea became rich because of her luxury! For in just one hour, she has been brought to ruin.

The Holy Called to Rejoice

20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye saints, and ye apostles, and ye prophets; for God hath judged your judgment on her.

20 Rejoice over her, you heavens, and you saints, and you apostles, and you prophets; for God has upheld your judgment against her.

The Ruin Finished

21 And a245 strong angel took up a stone as it were a great millstone and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with a mighty fall shall Babylon, the great city, be cast down, and shall be found no more at all. 22 And the voice of harpers and minstrels and flute-players and trumpeters shall be heard no more at all in thee; and [pg 084] no craftsman, of whatsoever craft246, shall be found any more at all in thee; and the voice of a mill shall be heard no more at all in thee; 23 and the light of a lamp shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the princes of the earth; for with thy sorcery were all the nations deceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of prophets and of saints, and of all that have been slain upon the earth.

21 And a strong angel picked up a stone, like a huge millstone, and threw it into the sea, saying, “Just like this, Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with a mighty crash and will never be found again.” 22 The sound of harpers, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will no longer be heard in you; and [pg 084] no craftsman of any kind will be found in you anymore; and the sound of a mill will no longer be heard in you; 23 and the light of a lamp will shine no more in you; and the voice of the bridegroom and the bride will never be heard in you again: for your merchants were the rulers of the earth; for with your sorcery, all the nations were deceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of prophets and saints, and all those who have been killed on the earth.

(B) The Triumph of the Redeemed

Chapter 19.

Chapter 19.

The Voice of a Large Group

1 After these things I heard as it were a great voice of a great multitude in heaven, saying,

1 After these things, I heard what sounded like a huge crowd in heaven, saying,

Hallelujah; Salvation, and glory, and power, belong to our God: 2 for true and righteous are his judgments; for he hath judged the great harlot, her that corrupted the earth with her fornication, and he hath avenged the blood of his servants247 at her hand.

Hallelujah! Salvation, glory, and power belong to our God: 2 for his judgments are true and just; he has judged the great whore who polluted the earth with her sexual immorality, and he has avenged the blood of his servants.247in her hands.

The Hallelujah Chorus

3 And a second time they say248, Hallelujah. And her smoke goeth up for ever and ever249. 4 And the four and twenty elders and the four living creatures fell down and worshipped250 God that sitteth on the throne, saying, Amen; Hallelujah. 5 And a voice came forth from the throne, saying,

3 And a second time they say, Hallelujah. And her smoke rises forever and ever. 4 And the twenty-four elders and the four living creatures fell down and worshipped God who sits on the throne, saying, Amen; Hallelujah. 5 And a voice came out from the throne, saying,

Give praise to our God, all ye his servants, ye that fear him, the small and the great.

Praise our God, all you who serve Him, you who fear Him, both young and old.

6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunders, saying,

6 And I heard what sounded like the voice of a huge crowd, like the sound of rushing waters, and like the sound of powerful thunder, saying,

Hallelujah: for the Lord our God, the Almighty, reigneth. 7 Let us rejoice and be exceeding glad, and let us give the glory unto him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.

Hallelujah: for our God, the Almighty, rules. 7 Let's celebrate and be very happy, and let’s give him glory: for the wedding of the Lamb has arrived, and his bride has prepared herself.

The Bride's Array

8 And it was given unto her that she should array herself in fine linen, bright and pure: for the fine linen is the righteous acts of the saints.

8 And she was allowed to dress in fine linen, bright and pure: for the fine linen represents the righteous actions of the saints.

The Joy of the Marriage Supper

9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they that are bidden to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are true words of God.

9 And he said to me, Write, Blessed are those who are invited to the marriage feast of the Lamb. And he said to me, These are the true words of God.

Worship Denied by the Angel

10 And I fell down before his feet to worship251 him. And he saith unto me, See thou do it not: I am a fellow-servant with thee and with thy brethren that hold the testimony of Jesus: worship252 God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

10 And I fell down at his feet to worship him. But he said to me, "Don’t do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your brothers who hold to the testimony of Jesus. Worship God! For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."

[pg 085]
(C) The Last Things

The Conqueror on the White Horse (The Start of the End)

11 And I saw the heaven opened; and behold, a white horse, and he that sat thereon called253 Faithful and True; and in righteousness he doth judge and make war. 12 And his eyes are a flame of fire, and upon his head are many diadems; and he hath a name written which no one knoweth but he himself. 13 And he is arrayed in a garment sprinkled with254 blood: and his name is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies which are in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and pure. 15 And out of his mouth proceedeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness255 of the wrath of God, the Almighty. 16 And he hath on his garment and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

11 And I saw heaven open up; and look, a white horse, and the one sitting on it is called Faithful and True; and he judges and makes war righteously. 12 His eyes are like a flame of fire, and on his head are many crowns; he has a name written that no one knows except himself. 13 He is dressed in a garment soaked with blood: and his name is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies in heaven followed him on white horses, dressed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 Out of his mouth comes a sharp sword, with which he will strike down the nations: and he will rule them with an iron scepter: and he treads the winepress of the fierce wrath of God, the Almighty. 16 And he has a name written on his garment and on his thigh, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

The Call to the Birds of Mid Heaven

17 And I saw an256 angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the birds that fly in mid heaven, Come and be gathered together unto the great supper of God; 18 that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains257, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses and of them that sit thereon, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, and small and great.

17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun, and he shouted with a loud voice, saying to all the birds that fly in the sky, "Come and gather for the great supper of God; 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, both free and slave, and small and great."

The Beast and the False Prophet Captured

19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat upon the horse, and against his army. 20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought the signs in his sight, wherewith he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast and them that worshipped258 his image: they two were cast alive into the lake of fire that burneth with brimstone: 21 and the rest were killed with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, even the sword which came forth out of his mouth: and all the birds were filled with their flesh.

19 And I saw the beast, along with the kings of the earth and their armies, gathered together to fight against the one riding the horse and his army. 20 The beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who performed signs in his presence, deceiving those who had received the mark of the beast and those who worshipped his image: both of them were thrown alive into the lake of fire that burns with sulfur. 21 The rest were killed by the sword of the one sitting on the horse, the sword that came out of his mouth, and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh.

Chapter 20.

Chapter 20.

Satan Captured

1 And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, having the key of the abyss and a great chain in259 his hand. 2 And he laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent, which is the Devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years, 3 and cast him into the abyss, and shut it, and sealed it over him, that he should deceive the nations no more, until the thousand years [pg 086] should be finished: after this he must be loosed for a little time.

1 And I saw an angel coming down from heaven, holding the key to the abyss and a big chain in his hand. 2 He seized the dragon, the ancient serpent, who is the Devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years, 3 and threw him into the abyss, shut it, and sealed it over him so that he could no longer deceive the nations until the thousand years were over: after that, he must be released for a short time.

The First Resurrection and the Thousand-Year Reign

4 And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, and for the word of God, and such as worshipped260 not the beast, neither his image, and received not the mark upon their forehead and upon their hand; and they lived, and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5 The rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years should be finished. This is the first resurrection.

4 And I saw thrones, and those who sat on them were given authority to judge. I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded for their testimony about Jesus and for the word of God, as well as those who did not worship the beast or his image and did not receive the mark on their foreheads or hands; they came to life and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were complete. This is the first resurrection.

The Blessings of the Millennial Period

(6 Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: over these the second death hath no power261; but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a262 thousand years.)

(6 Blessed and holy is anyone who takes part in the first resurrection; the second death has no power over them. They will be priests of God and of Christ and will reign with him for a thousand years.)

Satan Released Again and Overthrown (The War of Gog and Magog)

7 And when the thousand years are finished, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, 8 and shall come forth to deceive the nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to the war: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea. 9 And they went up over the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down out263 of heaven, and devoured them. 10 And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where are also the beast and the false prophet; and they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever264.

7 And when the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison, 8 and will come out to mislead the nations across the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle: their numbers are like the sand on the seashore. 9 And they spread across the earth, surrounding the camp of the saints and the beloved city; then fire came down from heaven and consumed them. 10 And the devil who deceived them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet also are; and they will be tormented day and night forever and ever.

The Second Resurrection and the Final Judgment

11 And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat upon it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne; and books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of the things which were written in the books, according to their works. 13 And the sea gave up the dead that were in it; and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. 14 And death and Hades were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death, even the lake of fire. 15 And if any was not found written in the book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire.

11 And I saw a huge white throne, and the one who sat on it, from whose presence the earth and the sky fled away; and there was no place found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, both great and small, standing before the throne; and books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged according to what was written in the books, based on their actions. 13 And the sea gave up the dead that were in it; and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them: and they were judged, each one according to their actions. 14 And death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death, that's the lake of fire. 15 And if anyone's name was not found written in the book of life, they were thrown into the lake of fire.

[pg 087]

7 The Vision of the New Jerusalem (The Throne after Victory)

Chapter 21.

Chapter 21.

The New Creation

1 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth are passed away; and the sea is no more.

1 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth had disappeared, and the sea was gone.

The Holy City

2 And I saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven265 from God, made ready as a bride adorned for her husband.

2 And I saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven265 from God, prepared like a bride beautifully dressed for her husband.

A Powerful Voice from the Throne

3 And I heard a great voice out of the throne saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he shall dwell266 with them, and they shall be his peoples, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God267: 4 and he shall wipe away every tear from their eyes; and death shall be no more; neither shall there be mourning, nor crying, nor pain, any more: the first things are passed away.

3 And I heard a loud voice coming from the throne saying, "Look, the home of God is with people, and he will live with them, and they will be his people, and God himself will be with them, and be their God267: 4 he will wipe away every tear from their eyes; and there will be no more death; nor will there be mourning, crying, or pain anymore: the old things have gone away."

Everything Renewed

5 And he that sitteth on the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he saith, Write: for these words are faithful and true268. 6 And he said unto me, They are come to pass. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. 7 He that overcometh shall inherit these things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son. 8 But for the fearful, and unbelieving, and abominable, and murderers, and fornicators, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, their part shall be in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone; which is the second death.

5 And the one sitting on the throne said, "Look, I am making everything new." And he said, "Write this down, because these words are trustworthy and true268." 6 He also said to me, "It has happened. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end. I will freely give water from the fountain of life to anyone who is thirsty. 7 Those who overcome will inherit these things; I will be their God, and they will be my children. 8 But for the cowardly, the unbelieving, the detestable, murderers, sexually immoral, sorcerers, idolaters, and all liars, their portion will be in the lake that burns with fire and sulfur; this is the second death.

The City, the Bride of Christ

9 And there came one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls, who were laden with the seven last plagues; and he spake with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the wife of the Lamb.

9 And one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls filled with the seven final plagues came to me and said, "Come here, I will show you the bride, the wife of the Lamb."

The Glory of the New Jerusalem from Afar

10 And he carried me away in the Spirit to a mountain great and high, and showed me the holy city Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, 11 having the glory of God: her light269 was like unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper stone, clear as crystal: 12 having a wall great and high; having twelve gates270, and at the gates twelve angels; and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel: 13 on the east were three gates; and on the north three gates; and [pg 088] on the south three gates271; and on the west three gates. 14 And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and on them twelve names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

10 And he took me in the Spirit to a high and impressive mountain and showed me the holy city, Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, 11 shining with the glory of God. Its light was like a precious stone, as clear as crystal, like a jasper stone: 12 it had a massive, high wall with twelve gates, and at the gates were twelve angels, and names written on them, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel. 13 There were three gates on the east, three gates on the north, and [pg 088] three gates on the south; and three gates on the west. 14 The city wall had twelve foundations, and on them were the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

The City's Measurement

15 And he that spake with me had for a measure a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof. 16 And the city lieth foursquare, and the length thereof is as great as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs: the length and the breadth and the height thereof are equal. 17 And he measured the wall thereof, a hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of an angel.

15 The person who spoke to me had a golden measuring rod to measure the city, its gates, and its wall. 16 The city is laid out in a square, with its length equal to its width. He measured the city with the rod, and it was twelve thousand furlongs long, wide, and high. 17 He measured the wall, and it was one hundred and forty-four cubits high, as per the measurement of a man, which is also the measurement of an angel.

Her Materials for Building

18 And the building of the wall thereof was jasper: and the city was pure gold, like unto pure glass. 19 The foundations of the wall of the city were adorned with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire272; the third, chalcedony; the fourth, emerald; 20 the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, topaz; the tenth, chrysoprase; the eleventh, jacinth273; the twelfth, amethyst. 21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; each one of the several gates was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass274.

18 The walls of the city were made of jasper, and it was pure gold, like clear glass. 19 The foundations of the city's wall were decorated with all kinds of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire272; the third, chalcedony; the fourth, emerald; 20 the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, topaz; the tenth, chrysoprase; the eleventh, jacinth273; the twelfth, amethyst. 21 The twelve gates were twelve pearls, with each gate made from a single pearl. The city street was pure gold, like transparent glass274.

The Greatness Inside

22 And I saw no temple275 therein: for the Lord God the Almighty, and the Lamb, are the temple276 thereof. 23 And the city hath no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine upon it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the lamp thereof is the Lamb277. 24 And the nations shall walk amidst278 the light thereof: and the kings of the earth bring their glory into it. 25 And the gates thereof shall in no wise be shut by day (for there shall be no night there): 26 and they shall bring the glory and the honor of the nations into it: 27 and there shall in no wise enter into it anything unclean279, or he that maketh280 an abomination and a lie: but only they that are written in the Lamb's book of life.

22 And I saw no temple there, because the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are its temple. 23 The city doesn’t need the sun or the moon to shine on it, for the glory of God gives it light, and the lamp is the Lamb. 24 The nations will walk in its light, and the kings of the earth will bring their glory into it. 25 The gates will never be shut during the day (because there won’t be any night there): 26 and they will bring the glory and honor of the nations into it. 27 Nothing unclean will ever enter it, nor anyone who does anything detestable or tells lies, but only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life.

Chapter 22.

Chapter 22.

The River and Tree of Life

1 And he showed me a river of water of life, bright as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb, 2 in the midst of the street thereof281. And on this side of the river and on that was the tree282 of life, bearing twelve manner of fruits283, yielding [pg 089] its fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.

1 And he showed me a river of the water of life, shining like crystal, flowing from the throne of God and the Lamb, 2 in the middle of the street. 281. And on either side of the river was the tree 282 of life, which produced twelve different kinds of fruits 283, bearing its fruit each month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.

The Blessed Vision

3 And there shall be no curse284 any more: and the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be therein: and his servants285 shall serve him; 4 and they shall see his face; and his name shall be on their foreheads. 5 And there shall be night no more; and they need no light of lamp, neither light of sun; for the Lord God shall give them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever286.

3 And there will be no more curse284. The throne of God and the Lamb will be there, and his servants285 will serve him; 4 they will see his face, and his name will be on their foreheads. 5 There will be no more night, and they won’t need the light of a lamp or the sunlight; for the Lord God will give them light, and they will reign forever and ever286.

III The Epilogue

1 The Final Words of the Angel with the Promise of Christ

The Message Confirmed

6 And he said unto me, These words are faithful and true: and the Lord, the God of the spirits of the prophets, sent his angel to show unto his servants the things which must shortly come to pass. 7 And behold, I come quickly. Blessed is he that keepeth the words of the prophecy of this book.

6 He said to me, "These words are trustworthy and true: the Lord, the God of the spirits of the prophets, sent His angel to reveal to His servants the things that will soon happen. 7 And look, I am coming soon. Blessed is the one who keeps the words of the prophecy in this book."

Worship Still Denied by the Angel

8 And I John am he that heard and saw these things. And when I heard and saw, I fell down to worship287 before the feet of the angel that showed me these things. 9 And he saith unto me, See thou do it not: I am a fellow-servant with thee and with thy brethren the prophets, and with them that keep the words of this book: worship288 God.

8 And I, John, am the one who heard and saw these things. When I heard and saw, I fell down to worship287 at the feet of the angel who showed me these things. 9 And he said to me, "Don’t do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your fellow prophets, and with those who keep the words of this book: worship288 God."

The Book That Shouldn't Be Sealed

10 And he saith unto me, Seal not up the words of the prophecy of this book; for the time is at hand. 11 He that is unrighteous, let him do unrighteousness still289: and he that is filthy, let him be made filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him do righteousness still: and he that is holy, let him be made holy still.

10 And he said to me, "Don't seal up the words of the prophecy of this book, because the time is near. 11 Let the one who is unjust continue to be unjust; and let the one who is filthy continue to be filthy; and let the one who is righteous continue to do righteousness; and let the one who is holy continue to be holy."

Christ's Promise to the Winners

12 Behold, I come quickly; and my reward290 is with me, to render to each man according as his work is. 13 I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end. 14 Blessed are they that wash their robes, that they may have the right291 to come to the tree of life, and may enter in by the gates292 into the city. 15 Without are the dogs, and the sorcerers, and the fornicators, and the murderers, and the idolators, and every one that loveth and maketh293 a lie.

12 Look, I am coming soon; and my reward290 is with me to give to each person according to their deeds. 13 I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end. 14 Blessed are those who wash their robes so they can have the right291 to arrive to the tree of life, and can enter through the gates292 into the city. 15 Outside are the dogs, the sorcerers, the sexually immoral, the murderers, the idolaters, and everyone who loves and makes293 a lie.

[pg 090]

Christ the Morning Star

16 I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things for294 the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, the bright, the morning star.

16 I Jesus have sent my angel to tell you these things for294 the churches. I am the root and the descendant of David, the bright morning star.

2 The Closing Testimony of John

A Global Invitation

17 And295 the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And he that heareth, let him say, Come. And he that is athirst, let him come: he that will, let him take the water of life freely.

17 And295 the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And whoever hears, let them say, Come. And anyone who is thirsty, let them come: whoever wants to, let them take the water of life for free.

John's Testimony and Warning

18 I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto296 them, God shall add unto him the plagues which are written in this book: 19 and if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part from the tree of life, and out of the holy city, which are written297 in this book.

18 I testify to everyone who hears the words of the prophecy in this book: If anyone adds to them, God will add to him the plagues written in this book; 19 and if anyone takes away from the words of this prophecy, God will take away his share from the tree of life and from the holy city, which are written in this book.

A Final Promise of Hope and Prayer of Longing

20 He who testifieth these things saith, Yea: I come quickly. Amen: come, Lord Jesus.

20 He who testifies about these things says, "Yes, I am coming soon." Amen. Come, Lord Jesus.

3 The Author's Benediction

The Blessing on the Saints

21 The grace of the Lord Jesus298 be with the299 saints. Amen.

21 May the grace of the Lord Jesus be with the saints. Amen.

[pg 091]

Analysis and Notes

The Book of Revelation bears the inherent marks of a thoroughly wrought out and carefully finished literary production, showing evident traces of design and arrangement throughout, which constitute a studied setting for the remarkable series of visions that contain its chief message to the church. Behind the outer form lies the deep experience of the author who received a fresh revelation of divine truth. To him God spoke in strange visions and in a marvellous way about the divine purpose concerning his people and the great world of men: for couched though it is in the strange figures of Apocalyptic, a method of religious thought belonging to that time, it yet bears to the Christian mind indisputable marks of divine inspiration. Moved by the visions which it records, John wrote to the churches in Asia a message not only for them but for all believers in all time; for its lessons lie not alone in the events of that age, but in the wider and permanent relations of the church and the world throughout the centuries, and they appeal to us with new force as the varying conditions continue to change with the revolving years. The lessons of the book are for us in our day no less than they have been for others in the past, and as they will be for still others in the advancing future; and though these lessons are not always easy to grasp or lightly to be understood, they are yet eminently worthy of our attentive study and patient consideration. The synthetic analysis which is here given, attempts to set forth the main thought of the Revelation as it has been interpreted by many eminent commentators, and it is presented in as concise a form as is consistent with clearness for the benefit of the general reader, for the chief purpose of the present work is to make plain the symbolic view as it has taken form in the mind of the writer. No extended discussion of the more difficult portions of the book has been attempted, for a satisfactory conclusion is more often reached by careful thought than by elaborate argument, though it has seemed best to reinforce the view presented by constant reference to well-known authorities, and also to provide a brief comparison of different opinions on the main points of disagreement for those who desire further study.

The Book of Revelation shows clear signs of being a well-crafted and carefully thought-out literary work, demonstrating an obvious design and structure that set the stage for the remarkable series of visions that convey its main message to the church. Behind its surface, there is the deep experience of the author who received a fresh revelation of divine truth. God communicated to him through strange visions and in a remarkable manner about the divine purpose concerning His people and the vast world of humanity. Although it is expressed in the unusual imagery of Apocalyptic literature typical of that time, it still shows clear signs of divine inspiration to the Christian mind. Inspired by the visions it contains, John wrote a message to the churches in Asia that is relevant not just for them but for all believers across all time; its lessons extend beyond the events of that particular era to encompass the broader and lasting relationship between the church and the world throughout the centuries. These lessons resonate with us even more powerfully as circumstances continue to shift with the passing years. The lessons in this book are important for us today just as they have been for others in the past and will be for future generations. Though these lessons are not always easy to understand, they are definitely worth our careful study and reflection. The analysis provided here aims to present the main idea of Revelation as interpreted by various prominent commentators, and it's offered in a concise manner that remains clear for general readers. The main goal of this work is to clarify the symbolic interpretation as it has developed in the author's mind. No extensive discussion of the more challenging sections of the book has been attempted, as a satisfying understanding is often achieved through careful contemplation rather than complex argumentation. However, it seems beneficial to support the perspectives presented by referencing well-known authorities and also to include a brief comparison of different views on key points of disagreement for those interested in further exploration.

[pg 092]

The book is found upon examination to consist of three principal parts, which are those common to every finished composition, viz:—

The book, upon checking, is found to have three main parts, which are common to every completed work, namely:—

I The Prologue, or Introduction, Ch. 1:1-3:23;
II The Main Apocalypse, or Revelation Proper, Ch. 4:1-22:5; and
III The Epilogue or Conclusion, Ch. 22:6-21.

This division is one generally accepted by those who have studied the book, for it is to most minds both natural and obvious, though some make the Introduction end with the first chapter, and include the Epistles to the Churches in the second part. As these, however, are not so markedly Apocalyptic in form as the chapters that follow, and do not enter into the chief message of the book, but rather serve to prepare the way for it, they are more properly regarded as part of the Introduction.

This division is one that most people who have studied the book agree with, as it's both natural and obvious to many. However, some consider the Introduction to end with the first chapter and include the Epistles to the Churches in the second part. Since these Epistles aren't as clearly Apocalyptic in form as the following chapters and don't address the main message of the book but instead help set the stage for it, they are better viewed as part of the Introduction.

I The Prologue, Ch. 1:1-3:22

The introductory and epistolary portions of the book which occupy the first three chapters, consist of four parts, viz. the superscription, the salutation, a vision of the exalted Redeemer, and messages to the seven churches in Asia. These give the source and authority of the Revelation, convey a greeting to the seven churches that are named, set forth the present activity of Christ in his redemptive work with the certainty of his personal return, and then present particular messages to each of the churches in Asia, which through their general condition afford a perspective view of the continuous and varied experience of the whole church in the process of redemption. These preliminary parts of the book, also, serve to introduce the great theme which is to occupy the subsequent revelation, viz. Christ and the Church through Time to Eternity. The style is at once that of Apocalyptic, though the form is less characteristic in the second and third chapters than in the first and subsequent ones; the literary construction is marked by obvious and sustained artistic skill; and the subject-matter shows a profound inner connection of thought with the visions that follow, affording a clear indication of the unity of the whole work that should not be overlooked in our study of the book.300

The introductory and letter sections of the book, which make up the first three chapters, consist of four parts: the title, the greeting, a vision of the exalted Redeemer, and messages to the seven churches in Asia. These parts provide the source and authority of the Revelation, offer a greeting to the seven named churches, highlight Christ's ongoing role in his redemptive work along with the certainty of his personal return, and then deliver specific messages to each church in Asia. These messages reflect the overall condition of the church throughout the redemption process. Additionally, these initial sections set up the main theme that will be explored in the rest of the Revelation: Christ and the Church through Time to Eternity. The style is distinctly Apocalyptic, although the form is less typical in the second and third chapters compared to the first and later ones; the literary construction displays clear and sustained artistic talent, and the content shows a deep and connected thought process with the following visions, providing a clear indication of the unity of the entire work that should not be missed in our study of the book.300

[pg 093]

The Superscription, Ch. 1:1-3

In the superscription the book is described, its history and contents are given (v. 1-2), and a blessing is pronounced (v. 3) upon those who read it, i. e. aloud before the congregation (ἀναγινώσκων), and those who hear and keep the things written therein, an indication that they were expected to be understood. This blessing is the first of seven beatitudes found in the book (see App'x C), and serves to show that the office of public reader in the primitive church was established in the first century, evidently because of a general lack of education among the early converts. The book is declared to be the Revelation or Apocalypse of things about to happen,—not a revelation which has Jesus Christ for its subject,301 but “the things which must shortly come to pass”, a phrase that is best interpreted as a prophetic formula for the uncertain future which is always near with God (cf. Lu. 18:8), and not to be taken in the stricter sense of limiting the prophecy to the immediate future,302—to have been given of God (v. 1), and to have been made of, i. e. through or by, Jesus Christ as the communicating witness,303 to have been sent by the instrument of an angel, and to have been testified to by John, who witnessed concerning the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ304 which he received through the visions that are herein recorded. These introductory verses (v. 1-3) are usually regarded as an integral part of the book, though they are thought by some to have been added afterward as an introduction and authorization by the church, probably by the elders at Ephesus.305

In the superscription, the book is described, its history and contents are presented (v. 1-2), and a blessing is given (v. 3) to those who read it, meaning aloud in front of the congregation (ἀναγινώσκων), and to those who hear and follow what’s written in it, indicating that it was meant to be understood. This blessing is the first of seven beatitudes found in the book (see App'x C), showing that the role of public reader in the early church was established in the first century, likely due to a general lack of education among the early converts. The book is stated to be the Revelation or Apocalypse of things that are about to happen—not a revelation focused on Jesus Christ, 301 but "the things that will happen soon", a phrase best understood as a prophetic declaration of the uncertain future that is always close with God (cf. Lu. 18:8), and not meant to strictly limit the prophecy to the immediate future, 302—to have been given by God (v. 1), and to have been conveyed through or by Jesus Christ as the communicating witness, 303 sent by the instrument of an angel, and testified to by John, who witnessed about the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ 304 that he received through the visions recorded here. These introductory verses (v. 1-3) are typically seen as an integral part of the book, although some believe they were later added as an introduction and authorization by the church, likely by the elders at Ephesus. 305

2 The Greeting, Ch. 1:4-8

The salutation is an address and greeting of grace and peace to the seven churches in Asia from John, in the [pg 094] name of each person of the triune God, viz:—(1) in the name of the Father, who is designated as “him who is and who was and who is to come”,306 i. e. whose existence is alike present, past, and future, the Eternal One, and expansion of the sacred name Jehovah, the I AM, or the I WILL BE, of Hebrew historic faith (cf. Ex. 3:14, Am. R. V., marg.); (2) in the name of the Holy Spirit, who is typified by “the seven Spirits that are before his throne” as being seven-fold in his operation, i. e. complete and perfect (cf. Isa. 11:2);307 and (3) in the name of Jesus Christ, who is presented as “the faithful witness, the firstborn of the dead, and the ruler of the kings of the earth”, whose redemptive work is declared in a doxology of praise (v. 5b and 6) which is rendered unto him as the one “that loveth us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood”,308 and whose coming again is notably heralded—a pivotal thought throughout the book.309 The descriptive phrase “the firstborn of the dead” is an evident recognition of Christ as the first to conquer death by resurrection. The closing part of the salutation (v. 7-8) is exclamatory and parenthetical, and forms a kind of prelude to all that follows, affirming the certainty of the second advent as if already present, and introducing at this point the divine witness, which is generally attributed to Christ who speaks as God, affirming himself to be the source and end of all things, the Eternal and All-Ruler, whose word stands as surety for the fulfilment of the visions. The fact of God as All-Ruler (Παντοκράτωρ, “the Almighty”),310 and the realization of that fact in history, “constitutes the deep undertone which pervades every part of the Apocalypse, and rises here and there into its loftiest [pg 095] strains”. Terms like this, never applied to any but God in the Old Testament, and well understood as belonging only to the Divine Being, are freely used of Christ in the Revelation, showing how fully his divine nature was realized in that stage of the church's experience. The connection of the eighth verse may properly be considered as the answering voice of Christ to the cry of John in the seventh, “Behold he cometh”!

The salutation is a greeting of grace and peace to the seven churches in Asia from John, in the [pg 094] name of each person of the triune God, namely: (1) in the name of the Father, who is described as "him who is, who was, and who is to come", meaning whose existence is present, past, and future, the Eternal One, and an expansion of the sacred name Jehovah, the I AM, or the I WILL BE, of Hebrew historic faith (cf. Ex. 3:14, Am. R. V., marg.); (2) in the name of the Holy Spirit, who is symbolized by "the seven Spirits that are in front of his throne" as being complete and perfect in his operation (cf. Isa. 11:2); and (3) in the name of Jesus Christ, who is presented as "the faithful witness, the firstborn from the dead, and the leader of the kings of the earth", whose redemptive work is celebrated in a doxology of praise (v. 5b and 6) that is offered to him as the one "that loves us and cleansed us from our sins with his own blood", and whose second coming is notably announced—a central theme throughout the book. The phrase “the firstborn among the dead” clearly acknowledges Christ as the first to conquer death through resurrection. The concluding part of the salutation (v. 7-8) is exclamatory and parenthetical, serving as a prelude to everything that follows, affirming the certainty of the second coming as if it were already happening, and introducing the divine witness, which is generally attributed to Christ who speaks as God, asserting himself to be the source and end of all things, the Eternal and All-Ruler, whose word guarantees the fulfillment of the visions. The idea of God as All-Ruler (Παντοκράτωρ, “God”), and the acknowledgment of that fact in history, "represents the underlying theme that permeates every aspect of the Apocalypse, occasionally rising to its highest [pg 095] expressions.". Terms like this, which are only applied to God in the Old Testament, and are well understood to belong only to the Divine Being, are used freely of Christ in the Revelation, showing how fully his divine nature was recognized during that stage of the church's experience. The connection of the eighth verse can be seen as Christ’s response to John’s cry in the seventh, "Look, he's coming"!

3 The Introductory Vision (The Glorified Son of Man), Ch. 1:9-20

This vision presents a transcendent Christophany, unfolding the source of the Revelation, and introductory to all that follows throughout the book; a view of the glorified Son of Man in his exalted relation to the church as King-Priest, manifesting his dignity and authority in bold and striking imagery through a seven-fold vision.

This vision presents a powerful appearance of Christ, revealing the source of the Revelation and setting the stage for everything that comes after in the book; it shows the glorified Son of Man in his elevated role as King-Priest, displaying his dignity and authority through vivid and striking imagery in a seven-part vision.

(1) The Trumpet Voice, Ch. 1:9-11

A great voice is heard, making a special revelation to John as he partook with the saints in the tribulation of Jesus311 in the isle of Patmos, off the coast of Asia Minor,312 where he was banished for the word of God and the testimony of Jesus, when he was in the Spirit, i. e. in the ecstatic state peculiar to the prophets, on the Lord's day;313 speaking behind him, i. e. while the speaker was yet unseen, in a voice as of a trumpet, commanding him to write the things which he saw in a book (v. 11), and to send it to the seven churches which are then named, the chief churches in Asia, to whom the message of the Revelation is addressed as the typical representatives of all the churches throughout the world. The human name Jesus is here found twice in one verse (v. 9), and occurs in the Revelation nine (or ten) times, whereas it is seldom used by Paul and never by Peter in the Epistles. This seems to point toward the Johannine authorship, for the name that belonged to the earthly life of our Lord was not likely to be used by one who had not known Jesus in familiar fellowship.314

A loud voice is heard, revealing something special to John as he joined the saints in the suffering of Jesus on the island of Patmos, off the coast of Asia Minor, where he was exiled for sharing the word of God and the testimony of Jesus. While he was in the Spirit, that is, in the ecstatic state typical of prophets, on the Lord's day, he heard a voice speaking behind him, meaning the speaker was not yet visible, like the sound of a trumpet, commanding him to write down what he saw in a book and send it to the seven churches that are listed, the main churches in Asia, which symbolize all the churches around the world. The name Jesus is mentioned twice in one verse and appears in Revelation nine (or ten) times, while it's rarely mentioned by Paul and never by Peter in the Epistles. This suggests it was written by John, as someone who had a close relationship with Jesus would likely use the name that was part of His earthly life.

[pg 096]

(2) The Triumphant Son of Man, Ch. 1:12-13a

The divine Savior at this point appears in the vision as “one like unto a son of man”, i. e. human though transfigured, standing in the midst of seven golden candlesticks, or lampstands, which represent in symbol the seven churches of Asia bearing light on the earth, and in a wider sense the whole church in its completeness witnessing for the truth, for seven is the number of universality—a scene recalling the temple, and indicating Christ's triumphant and continual presence in the midst of his people.315

The divine Savior appears in the vision as "one like a son of man", meaning He’s human yet transformed, standing among seven golden candlesticks or lampstands, symbolizing the seven churches of Asia that bring light to the earth, and more broadly, the entire church as a whole bearing witness to the truth. Since seven signifies universality, this scene evokes the temple and shows Christ’s triumphant and ongoing presence among His people.315

(3) The Gracious Apparel, Ch. 1:13b

The Divine One is clothed with a garment down to the foot, the mark of dignity, and is girded about with a golden girdle at the breasts as for reigning or priestly intercession, not about the loins as for toil or conflict, indicating the nature of Christ's present and continuous work on behalf of his church.

The Divine One is dressed in a full-length robe, a symbol of dignity, and is tied with a golden sash across the chest, signifying authority or priestly intercession, not around the waist for hard work or battle, highlighting the nature of Christ's ongoing work for his church.

(4) The Glorious Appearance, Ch. 1:14-15, and 16c

The revealed Son of Man is majestic in form and mien, and wondrous in appearance, like the Ancient of Days in Daniel's vision (Dan. 7.9f), his head and hair like wool in purity and majesty, his eyes penetrating and enkindling as a flame of fire, his feet awe-striking and destructive like molten brass glowing in a furnace, his voice sounding like the roar of cataracts, and his countenance like to the unclouded sun—symbols all of these of his exalted state, and perhaps intended to present a reminiscence of the transfiguration. The Greek word Χαλκολίβανος (v. 15), translated “burnished brass” by the Revisers, is of unknown origin, and occurs only here and in ch. 2:18. It is thought to have been a technical term in local use among the metal workers of Ephesus, and to apply to some alloy of copper or brass.316 The literal interpretation of the word is “incense-brass”, which suggests a metal used for making utensils in which to burn incense, evidently precious, and having a glow in the furnace, or like a furnace.

The revealed Son of Man is majestic in form and appearance, and stunning to look at, like the Ancient of Days in Daniel's vision (Dan. 7.9f). His head and hair are pure and majestic like wool, his eyes piercing and igniting like a flame of fire, his feet awe-inspiring and destructive like molten brass glowing in a furnace, his voice sounds like the roar of waterfalls, and his face shines like the unclouded sun—each of these symbols representing his exalted state, and perhaps meant to evoke the memory of the transfiguration. The Greek word Χαλκολίβανος (v. 15), translated “burnished brass” by the Revisers, has an unknown origin and appears only here and in ch. 2:18. It’s believed to have been a specialized term used among the metal workers of Ephesus, likely referring to some alloy of copper or brass. The literal meaning of the word is “incense-brass,” which indicates a metal used for crafting utensils for burning incense, clearly precious and glowing like a furnace.

(5) The Seven Stars, Ch. 1:16a

The Glorious One has in his right hand seven stars, which, we are told (v. 20), are the angels, or heavenly [pg 097] representatives of the seven churches, i. e. Christ holds the churches in his right hand, for the stars and the angels are declared to be identical.317 It will be seen that the seven angels, which stand as the ideal representatives of the churches throughout the first part of the Revelation, are here presented under another symbol, as seven stars which are upheld in the hand of Christ “like a chain of glittering jewels”, thereby showing his sustaining care of the churches. The angels of the churches that are symbolized by the stars, are not to be regarded as true angelic beings any more than the stars are real stars, but are the churches themselves personified by angelic forms after the manner of the Apocalyptic. The figure is not properly applicable to the bishops, pastors, or leaders of the churches, though often so interpreted, for these are leaders upon earth, whereas the angels like the stars belong in heaven.318

The Glorious One holds seven stars in his right hand, which, as we learn (v. 20), represent the angels or heavenly representatives of the seven churches. In other words, Christ holds the churches in his right hand, because the stars and the angels are said to be the same. It’s clear that the seven angels, who serve as the ideal representatives of the churches throughout the first part of Revelation, are symbolized here as seven stars held in Christ's hand “like a chain of glittering jewels,” demonstrating his ongoing care for the churches. The angels of the churches symbolized by the stars should not be seen as actual angelic beings any more than the stars are real stars; they represent the churches themselves personified in angelic forms, as is typical in Apocalyptic literature. This imagery doesn’t accurately apply to the bishops, pastors, or leaders of the churches, though it’s often interpreted that way, since these leaders exist on earth, while the angels, like the stars, are part of heaven.

(6) The Two-Edged Sword, Ch. 1:16b

Out of the mouth of the Conquering Christ proceeds a sharp two-edged sword,319 the emblem of the Word of God in its penetrating power (cf. Eph. 6:17b, and Heb. 4:12) which is designed both to reprove and punish, and which serves to show that the divine Christ speaks with supreme authority.

Out of the mouth of the Conquering Christ comes a sharp two-edged sword, 319 the symbol of the Word of God in its powerful impact (cf. Eph. 6:17b, and Heb. 4:12) meant to correct and punish, demonstrating that the divine Christ speaks with ultimate authority.

(7) The Assuring Message, Ch. 1:17-20

The Gracious Savior reassures John, who fell at his feet as one who was dead, both by his touch and by his words as of old on the holy mount (Mat. 17:7); declaring that he, the Son of Man, is the first cause, and final arbiter of destiny, the ever living one though once dead; affirming that he has the keys of death and of Hades,320 i. e. through his own resurrection has forever gained the power over death, holding the key of its control, and has also the key of Hades, the invisible spirit-world, which is commonly associated with death in the New Testament [pg 098] as the general habitation of the dead during the intermediate state (not “hell”, as in the Authorized Version); and reaffirming the command to John to write therefore the things which he saw in a book, viz. “the things which are”, i. e. which now exist, looked at from the divine point of view as beheld in the vision, and “the things which shall come to pass hereafter”, i. e. which shall be made manifest in history, those things that belong to the mystery321 of the seven stars and the seven golden candlesticks, or to the mysterious and hidden future of the church of Christ in the world which the seven churches represent in its ideal unity.

The Gracious Savior reassures John, who fell at his feet like he was dead, both by his touch and by his words, just like He did before on the holy mountain (Mat. 17:7). He declares that He, the Son of Man, is the first cause and final judge of destiny, the ever-living one who was once dead; affirming that He has the keys of death and Hades, meaning that through His own resurrection, He has gained power over death, holding the key to its control, and also possesses the key to Hades, the invisible spirit world, which is commonly associated with death in the New Testament as the general dwelling place of the dead during the intermediate state (not “hell,” as in the Authorized Version). He reaffirms the command to John to write what he saw in a book, specifically “the things which are,” meaning those things that currently exist, viewed from the divine perspective as seen in the vision, and “the things which shall come to pass hereafter,” meaning those that will be revealed in history, relating to the mystery of the seven stars and the seven golden candlesticks, or the mysterious and hidden future of the church of Christ in the world, which the seven churches represent in their ideal unity.

The change of symbols in this vision is apt to be confusing unless we catch the distinctive meaning of each. Three different symbols are here used to represent the churches, each presenting a different point of view, viz:—(1) the angels, who represent the churches in their individual and organic life, engaged in active service for God; (2) the stars, which represent the churches in their relation to Christ, receiving and reflecting light from him and upheld by his hand; and (3) the candlesticks, which represent the churches in their relation to the world, bearing light to men upon the earth. If these distinctions are kept in mind the interpretation will be greatly simplified. At this point it may also be well to note that the view which regards the visions in the Revelation as purely literary in origin, fails to satisfy the circumstantial account of John. On the contrary we find it is more in accord with the spirit of the record to regard them not as literary inventions in which the message is clothed, but as true visions divinely given which were, nevertheless, essentially adapted to and conditioned by the previous mental training and habits of the writer—the product of an ethical and not a magical inspiration. In fact the reality of the visions is in some sense coming now to be recognized upon psychological grounds as the natural view.322 And it should also be seen that the studied literary setting of the visions, indicating arrangement and design upon [pg 099] the part of the seer in his record of them, does not militate against the view that the visions were real and the experience recorded an actual one. But, “even were the supposition correct that the seer had only certain truths divinely impressed upon his mind, which his poetic fancy led him to clothe in the shapes before us, it would in no degree modify either the extent of his inspiration or the value of his teaching”.323

The change of symbols in this vision can be confusing unless we understand the unique meaning of each one. Three different symbols are used to represent the churches, each highlighting a different perspective: (1) the angels, who represent the churches in their individual and collective life, actively serving God; (2) the stars, which represent the churches in their relationship with Christ, receiving and reflecting light from Him and supported by His hand; and (3) the candlesticks, which represent the churches in their relation to the world, shining light to people on earth. Keeping these distinctions in mind will simplify the interpretation. At this point, it's also important to note that viewing the visions in Revelation as purely literary fails to match John's detailed account. On the contrary, it's more in line with the spirit of the record to see them not as literary creations wrapping a message but as genuine visions divinely given, yet shaped by the mental training and habits of the writer—the result of ethical rather than magical inspiration. In fact, the reality of the visions is increasingly being acknowledged from a psychological standpoint as the natural view. And it should also be noted that the deliberate literary setting of the visions, showing arrangement and design on the part of the seer in recording them, does not go against the idea that the visions were real and that the experience recorded was actual. However, “even if we assume that the seer had only certain truths divinely impressed upon his mind, which his poetic imagination led him to express in the shapes before us, it would in no way change the extent of his inspiration or the value of his teaching.”

4 The Seven Letters, Ch. 2:1-3:22

The seven epistles are Christ's messages of encouragement and warning, of praise and blame, which were given to John in vision, and which are addressed to the seven churches of proconsular Asia,324 the scene of John's later ministry, and through them to the church at large, for each epistle contains not only a message to the particular church, but “what the Spirit saith to [all] the churches”. The form of epistles or letters in an apocalypse was foreign to the Jewish method of writing, but was doubtless introduced by John because the use of such letters or epistles had already become established in the church as a characteristic expression of the Christian mind.325 These seven churches were not the only ones then existing in Asia,326 but were evidently chosen to represent them all, and were intended through their individual experience “to exemplify the experience of the whole church in the field of history”; not, however, in numerically successive and historic stages, but the general experience of the church universal throughout all time, for seven is the symbol of universality, and the seven churches are here intended to symbolize the universal church. Each of the seven churches named occupied a strategic point of special opportunity for gospel dispersion, and they were doubtless addressed for that reason, though the message imparted was divinely intended for the whole church in all the ages. The number seven occurs so often in the Revelation that it necessarily attracts our attention, and the book itself has not inaptly been styled “the Book of Sevens”. [pg 100] In each case, too, as here, the number has a symbolic reference, a fact that should not escape our observation, for it points the way to a general principle of interpretation, viz. that every number used throughout the book, without exception, has an acquired symbolical meaning,327 i. e. its ordinary arithmetical value is ignored, or becomes subordinate, and it represents a different idea that has in some way become associated with it as a number; and this important consideration often furnishes a key to the correct interpretation. The origin of this symbolism is very early, antedating history—seven, for example, was a sacred number with the Accadian predecessors of the Semites in the remote dawn of Babylonian civilization.328 This use probably had its rise from observations of the heavenly bodies, such as the phases of the moon lasting seven days, the seven planets of ancient astronomy, and the Pleiades, together with the occurrence of seven as a factor in gestation and in other well known phenomena, all of which served to impress upon the Eastern mind that the number was somehow inwrought in the order of nature and must therefore have a special significance. In a similar way the number ten probably had its origin as a symbol in the fact that it represented the complete number of digits on a man's hands, and formed the norm of mathematical reckoning. Other numbers, also, from some real or fancied relation to things, became ready symbols for the Oriental mind. In the Apocalypse numbers are often introduced first in their ordinary significance, as the seven churches, and then pass easily and naturally to their symbolic meaning which is usually apparent. But it should be seen that a number does not thereby cease to have a quantitative value when it becomes symbolical, e. g. the seven churches represent a number still, though it is the number of all the churches, the whole church, and not seven units as before. It is the definite numerical value only that is lost in the symbolism, and not the entire idea of number or quantity; and the failure to recognize this fact may lead us astray in the interpretation, as for instance, in that of the thousand years in chapter twenty, where a great and complete number of years seems to be meant, and not the completeness of Satan's [pg 101] binding apart from any period of time, as held by some commentators.329

The seven epistles are Christ's messages of encouragement and warning, praise and criticism, received by John in a vision, directed to the seven churches of proconsular Asia, the place of John's later ministry, and through them to the broader church. Each epistle not only addresses a specific church but also conveys “what the Spirit says to [all] the churches.” The format of letters in an apocalypse was unfamiliar to Jewish writing methods, but John likely adopted it since such letters were already a common expression in the church. These seven churches weren't the only ones in Asia, but they were selected to represent all of them and were meant to illustrate the experience of the entire church throughout history, not in strictly successive or historic phases, but reflecting the universal experience of the church across all time. Seven symbolizes universality, and these seven churches symbolize the universal church. Each of the seven churches held a crucial position for spreading the gospel, which is likely why they were addressed, although the divine message was intended for the whole church across the ages. The number seven appears repeatedly in Revelation, drawing attention, and the book has aptly been called “the Book of Sevens.” In each instance, the number has a symbolic reference, which should not be overlooked, as it points to a general principle of interpretation: that “every number used throughout the book, without exception, has an acquired symbolic meaning." That is, its usual numerical value is set aside or becomes secondary, representing a different idea that has become connected to it as a number, an important factor that often serves as a key to correct interpretation. The origin of this symbolism is ancient, predating recorded history—seven was a sacred number for the Akkadian predecessors of the Semites in the early days of Babylonian civilization. This usage likely arose from observations of celestial bodies, such as the moon phases lasting seven days, the seven planets of ancient astronomy, and the Pleiades, along with the occurrence of seven in gestation and other well-known phenomena. All of these impressed upon the Eastern mind that the number had some intrinsic relationship to the natural order and thus held special significance. Similarly, the number ten probably originated as a symbol representing the total number of fingers on a person's hands, forming the basis of mathematical counting. Other numbers also became symbols in the Oriental mind due to some real or perceived connection to things. In Revelation, numbers are often introduced first in their ordinary significance, like the seven churches, and then transition naturally to their symbolic meaning, which is usually clear. However, it should be noted that a number doesn't lose its quantitative value when it becomes symbolic; for instance, the seven churches still represent a quantity, but it's the number of all the churches, the whole church, and not just seven individual units as before. The specific numerical value is what's diminished in the symbolism, not the overall concept of number or quantity; failing to recognize this can lead to misinterpretations, such as in the case of the thousand years in chapter twenty, where a significant and complete number of years seems intended, rather than just the completeness of Satan's binding independent of any time period, as some commentators have suggested.

Each epistle is addressed to the angel of the individual church which is named, i. e. to its heavenly representative, the church personified in the form of an angel according to the prevailing symbolism of the book, a poetic form of addressing the church itself; and the message is given by authority of Christ himself,330 who is described in veiled terms that are drawn mainly from the imagery of the preceding vision, where the exalted Redeemer is so vividly set forth; and the terms are aptly chosen to suit the particular needs of the church to which it is sent. It has been suggested, also, that these epistles to the churches contain numerous historical allusions to events connected with the cities in which the churches were located, as for example Sardis, whose fortress had been twice captured while its people slept, is exhorted to be watchful.331 The epistles are addressed first to the individual and historic churches named, and then through them are addressed to the whole church throughout the world, of which the number seven is representative. Each of the epistles contains seven component parts, viz:—(1) the address to the individual church, i. e. to the angel of the church who represents the church itself; (2) the command of Christ to the seer to write; (3) the title of Christ, usually taken from the vision of the glorified Redeemer in the opening chapter; (4) the praise or blame for good or ill, given to the church for the conduct of the past; (5) the divine charge or warning against special forms of sin; (6) the promise of blessing to the victors; and (7) the call to each individual Christian to hear and heed. The order in which the churches are addressed is that of a geographical circuit beginning at Ephesus, the first city of Asia, and going northward, which seems also to have been the order of their importance from the chief city downward. The literary form of this section may be regarded as a reflection or echo of the manner of the opening [pg 102] part of the rhapsody of Amos where recurrent formulæ of doom on seven nations are given (Amos ch. 1-2).332

Each letter is addressed to the angel of the specific church named, meaning its heavenly representative, the church personified as an angel according to the symbolism used in the book, serving as a poetic way to address the church itself. The message comes with the authority of Christ, who is described in veiled terms primarily drawn from the imagery of the earlier vision, where the exalted Redeemer is portrayed vividly. The choice of words is fitting to meet the needs of the specific church it is directed to. It has also been suggested that these letters to the churches include many historical references to events related to the cities where the churches were situated. For example, Sardis, whose fortress had been captured twice while its people slept, is urged to stay alert. The letters are first aimed at the individual and historical churches mentioned and then extend to the entire church worldwide, represented by the number seven. Each letter consists of seven parts: (1) the address to the individual church, meaning the angel of the church who represents it; (2) Christ's command to the seer to write; (3) the title of Christ, usually taken from the vision of the glorified Redeemer in the first chapter; (4) praise or criticism based on the church's previous conduct; (5) the divine warning against specific forms of sin; (6) the promise of blessings for those who overcome; and (7) the call for each Christian to listen and respond. The order in which the churches are addressed follows a geographical route starting at Ephesus, the first city of Asia, and moving north, which also seems to reflect their order of significance from the main city down. The literary form of this section can be seen as a reflection of the style in the opening part of the rhapsody of Amos, where repeated formulas of doom are given for seven nations (Amos ch. 1-2).

(1) The Epistle to the Church in Ephesus, Ch. 2:1-7

The epistle to the church in Ephesus is Christ's message to a declining church, a church which had left its first love:—“Remember ... and repent”. In this epistle Christ is “he that walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks”, and “he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand”, i. e. he who is continually present among the churches, and who upholds them by his power. The candlesticks are objective representations of the seven churches bearing light upon the earth, as in the prophecy of Zechariah (ch. 4:1-10) a seven-branched candlestick stands for the Jewish nation as the representative of the kingdom of God; while the seven stars, the counterpart of the candlesticks, represent the churches held in the hand of Christ shining in heaven. In this symbolism it will be seen that the stars represent the churches in their relation to Christ, while the candlesticks are intended to exhibit their relation to the world. To move the “candlestick out of its place” is a threatening of extinction to the particular church unless it repent. Those “who call themselves apostles and they are not”, were probably well known pretenders of the closing part of the first century. The Nicolaitans here condemned, were an early obscure sect concerning which little is known, but who are reputed to have been libertines and seem to have denied the obligation of the moral law. The epistle is declared to contain, as we find the other epistles are also, “what the Spirit saith to the churches”, a clear indication of a wider message than to the individual community of the separate church.333 “To eat of the tree of life” as the reward of overcoming, is a reference to the story of Eden (Gen. 3:22), and then by anticipation to the joys of the New Jerusalem which are the inheritance of the redeemed soul (cf. ch. 22:2; and Bk. of Enoch, 25:4-5). Paradise, a word rarely used in the New Testament and probably of Persian origin, is here employed to describe the future abiding place of the redeemed.334 The church of Ephesus, to which [pg 103] this epistle is addressed, is the chief of the seven churches to whom John was instructed to write, though it has long since ceased to exist. The city of Ephesus, which was some sixty miles northeast of Patmos and was then a large and wealthy metropolis, has experienced more vicissitudes in its history than any other city of the Roman province of Asia. At that time it ranked first among all the cities of the province, and shortly after it became the capital; but it subsequently fell into decay, and it is now only a squalid heap of ruins.

The letter to the church in Ephesus is Christ's message to a dropping church, a church that has lost its first love:—"Reflect ... and change". In this letter, Christ is "the one who walks among the seven golden lampstands", and "the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand", meaning he is always present among the churches and supports them with his power. The lampstands represent the seven churches that bring light to the world, just as in the prophecy of Zechariah (ch. 4:1-10) where a seven-branched lampstand symbolizes the Jewish nation as the representative of the kingdom of God. The seven stars, which correspond to the lampstands, represent the churches held in Christ's hand shining in heaven. In this symbolism, the stars signify the churches' relationship to Christ, while the lampstands show their relationship to the world. To move the “lampstand out of position” threatens the existence of that particular church unless it repents. Those "who claim to be apostles but aren't" were likely well-known pretenders from the late first century. The Nicolaitans mentioned here, who are condemned, were an early obscure sect about which little is known, but were thought to be libertines who denied the obligation of moral law. The letter is stated to contain, as are the other letters, "what the Spirit says to the churches", indicating a broader message than just for the individual community of that church.333 "To eat from the tree of life." as the reward for overcoming refers back to the story of Eden (Gen. 3:22), and anticipates the joys of the New Jerusalem which belong to the redeemed soul (cf. ch. 22:2; and Enoch's Book, 25:4-5). Paradise, a term rarely used in the New Testament and likely of Persian origin, is used here to describe the future home of the redeemed.334 The church of Ephesus, to which [pg 103] this letter is addressed, is the foremost of the seven churches John was instructed to write to, though it has long since ceased to exist. The city of Ephesus, located about sixty miles northeast of Patmos and at that time a large and wealthy metropolis, has gone through more changes in its history than any other city in the Roman province of Asia. At that time it was the leading city in the province and soon became the capital; however, it later declined and is now just a rundown pile of ruins.

(2) The Epistle to the Church in Smyrna, Ch. 2:8-11

The epistle to the church in Smyrna is Christ's message to a suffering church, a church which had endured tribulation, poverty, and the blasphemy of the Jews:—“Fear not.... Be thou faithful”. Christ is here described as “the first and the last, who was dead and lived again”, a thought of special consolation for those who were about to be cast into prison in the coming persecution, and many of whom would suffer death—like Christ they would live again. There is, also, a possible allusion in this to the popular myth concerning the death and resurrection of Dionysius, the favorite deity of Smyrna,335 with which the death and resurrection of Christ, the notable facts of the gospel, are placed in marked contrast. The recognized poverty of the church in such a rich city is remarkable, and it has been suggested that it may have been partly at least the result of pillage by a mob;336 though more likely the feeling against the gospel in the midst of wealth like that of Smyrna was so strong as to make its message unacceptable to any but the very poor. It will be seen that the church receives no blame in this epistle, but only counsel and encouragement. The ten days of tribulation represent a period that is short but complete in itself, i. e. it has a fixed limit, for ten is the number of completeness. The crown of life promised to the victors is not the royal diadem but the victor's crown, which is the symbol of life eternal, and is the antithesis of the second death, i. e. of the soul in hell (cf. ch. 20:14; and 21:8). John may have here had in mind the crown often laid upon the head of the dead body of an earthly victor in his funeral procession—a crown of death with which the crown of life is placed in apposition. The second death by which “he [pg 104] that overcometh shall not be hurt”, is the death of the soul—not ceasing to be, but dying to the best in life—the final condemnation which sinners undergo at the judgment. Smyrna is located some forty miles north, and somewhat west, of Ephesus, and was one of the most wealthy, important, and beautiful cities of Asia Minor. It has an unbroken record from the dawn of history to the present day, and now has a population of some two hundred and fifty thousand, and is both rich and prosperous.

The letter to the church in Smyrna is Christ's message to a suffering church, a church that has faced hardship, poverty, and insults from the Jews:—"Don't be afraid... Stay loyal.". Here, Christ is referred to as "the first and the last, who was dead and returned to life", offering special comfort for those who are about to be imprisoned in the upcoming persecution, many of whom would face death—like Christ, they would live again. There's also a possible reference to the popular myth about the death and resurrection of Dionysius, the favored god of Smyrna, which stands in stark contrast to the death and resurrection of Christ, the key events of the gospel. It’s noteworthy that the church's recognized poverty exists in such a wealthy city, and it has been suggested that this was at least partly due to plundering by a mob;336 but it’s more likely that the strong opposition to the gospel amid Smyrna’s wealth made its message acceptable only to the very poor. The church is not criticized in this letter, but instead receives guidance and encouragement. The ten days of suffering indicate a period that is brief yet complete, meaning it has a specific limit, as ten represents completeness. The crown of life promised to the victors is not a royal crown but the victor's wreath, symbolizing eternal life and standing in opposition to the second death, which refers to the soul in hell (see ch. 20:14; and 21:8). John may have been thinking of the crown often placed on the head of a deceased earthly victor during a funeral procession—a crown of death that contrasts with the crown of life. The second death, from which “whoever overcomes will not be harmed”, is the death of the soul—not an end of existence, but a loss of the best in life—the final judgment faced by sinners. Smyrna is located about forty miles north and slightly west of Ephesus, and was one of the wealthiest, most significant, and beautiful cities in Asia Minor. It has an unbroken history from ancient times to today, now boasting a population of around two hundred and fifty thousand, and is both rich and thriving.

(3) The Epistle to the Church in Pergamus337, Ch. 2:12-17

The epistle to the church in Pergamus is Christ's message to an impure church, a church which had some that held the teaching of Balaam, and others the teaching of the Nicolaitans:—“Repent ... or else I come with the sword”. To this church Christ is “he that hath the sharp two-edged sword”, i. e. who wields the instrument of rebuke and punishment. The location of Satan's throne in Pergamus denotes that the city was under his dominion, and may refer to the newly introduced worship of the Emperor in which that city was recognized as an important center;338 while the death of Antipas, an otherwise unknown martyr, called “my witness, my faithful one”, and also the presence of those holding the teaching of Balaam,339 the symbolic name for a doctrine akin to the Nicolaitans, serve to show that it was truly a place “where Satan dwelleth”. The aptness of the name lies in the similarity of Balaam's method of seducing the Israelites by licentiousness, and that of the false teachers who were introducing Antinomianism (cf. Num. 25:1-2; and 31:16). The hidden manna represents the true bread of life, and is doubtless an allusion to the pot of manna laid up before the Lord in the hidden recesses of the holy place in the tabernacle (Ex. 16:33f.). There may also be a reference to the Jewish tradition that Jeremiah [pg 105] had hidden the ark with its contents in a cave of Sinai until the advent of the Messiah (II Macc. 2.1), when it was be restored. The white stone is probably the jade, which has been held in high esteem in the East from the earliest times,340 although some think it refers to the diamond. White stands as the emblem of purity, but the exact symbolism of the stone in this connection is obscure, though clear enough to the first readers of the epistle. The figure may possibly have been drawn from the Jewish sacred use of precious stones, especially of the mysterious Urim and Thummim kept in the pouch of the breastplate of the high priest, which according to Jewish tradition were inscribed with a name known only to the priest himself.341 The gift would then imply the conferring of high-priestly privileges on those who overcome. Some, however, find in it a reference to the white pebble of acquittal used in courts of justice, or in casting the lot; others a reference to the tessera, or ticket, which admitted the victor in the Olympic games to the public tables, and entitled him to the awards of his city; still others a reference to the common use of amulets and charms with a secret name or pass-word on them, in that case the white stone conferring the real power which the charm was assumed to have.342 But more probably the reference is to a stone engraved as a seal, with the name of Christ upon it, the gift of which like the signet of a king (Gen. 41:42 and Est. 8:2f.) is regarded as bestowing something of the royal authority of Christ upon the recipient. Precious stones of different shapes were commonly used for seals, and were often unmounted and hung by a cord about the neck; and the name of the owner and of the deity whom he specially worshipped were engraved upon them.343 Every man of rank and wealth in the East from time immemorial [pg 106] had his own seal; and among the Babylonians so constant and imperative were its uses that it was generally placed with his body in his coffin.344 In all these interpretations the gift carries with it special privilege or advantage, though the chief virtue of the stone apparently lies in the name written upon it. The “new name” is not probably a new designation for the believer, but the new name of Christ (ch. 3:12) which is expressive of the new and more perfect revelation of him in heaven that only the redeemed can know (ch. 14:1). Many, however, regard the new name as the heavenly name of the individual Christian,345 and this would be quite as appropriate for a seal as the name of Christ. Pergamus was about a hundred miles north of Ephesus, and less than fifteen from the sea. It was at that time the official capital of the Province of Asia, and the seat of official authority. It ranked with Ephesus and Smyrna as one of the great cities of proconsular Asia, and though it is now chiefly “a city of magnificent ruins”, it still continues to exist under the name of Bergama at the present day.

The letter to the church in Pergamus is Christ's message to an unclean church, one that included some who followed the teachings of Balaam and others who embraced the teachings of the Nicolaitans:—"Change your ways... or I will come with the sword.". To this church, Christ is "the one with the sharp double-edged sword", meaning he wields the tool of rebuke and punishment. The presence of Satan's throne in Pergamus suggests that the city was under his control and may refer to the newly established worship of the Emperor, where that city was recognized as a significant center;338 while the death of Antipas, an otherwise unknown martyr, called "my witness, my loyal one", alongside those who held the teaching of Balaam,339 which symbolizes a doctrine similar to the Nicolaitans, shows that it truly was a place “where Satan lives”. The relevance of the name lies in the similarity between Balaam's method of seducing the Israelites through sexual immorality and that of the false teachers introducing Antinomianism (cf. Num. 25:1-2; and 31:16). The hidden manna represents the true bread of life and likely alludes to the pot of manna stored before the Lord in the hidden areas of the holy place in the tabernacle (Ex. 16:33f.). There may also be a nod to the Jewish tradition that Jeremiah [pg 105] hid the ark with its contents in a cave in Sinai until the arrival of the Messiah (2 Macc. 2.1), when it would be restored. The white stone is likely jade, which has been esteemed in the East since ancient times,340 although some believe it refers to diamond. White symbolizes purity, but the exact meaning of the stone here is unclear, though it was evident to the original readers of the letter. The imagery could possibly originate from the Jewish sacred practice of using precious stones, especially the mysterious Urim and Thummim kept in the high priest's breastplate pouch, which according to Jewish tradition were inscribed with a name known only to the priest himself.341 The gift would imply the granting of high-priestly privileges to those who overcome. Some, however, interpret it as a reference to the white pebble of acquittal used in courts or for casting lots; others see it as referring to the tessera, or ticket, which admitted the victor in the Olympic games to the public tables and entitled him to the awards from his city; still others think it relates to the common use of amulets and charms with a secret name or password on them, where the white stone bestows the real power that the charm was thought to have.342 But it's more likely that the reference is to a stone engraved as a seal, with Christ's name on it, and giving it, like the signet of a king (Gen. 41:42 and Est. 8:2f.), is seen as conferring some royal authority of Christ upon the recipient. Precious stones of various shapes were often used for seals and were frequently unmounted and worn around the neck; the name of the owner and the deity he worshipped would be engraved on them.343 Every man of rank and wealth in the East has had his own seal for ages, and in Babylon, it was so essential that it was typically placed with his body in his coffin.344 In all these interpretations, the gift carries special privilege or advantage, though the main significance of the stone seems to lie in the name written on it. The "new name" likely doesn’t refer to a new identity for the believer, but to Christ's new name (ch. 3:12) that expresses a new and more perfect revelation of him in heaven that only the redeemed can know (ch. 14:1). Many, however, see the new name as the heavenly name of the individual Christian,345 which would be just as fitting for a seal as the name of Christ. Pergamus was about a hundred miles north of Ephesus and less than fifteen from the sea. At that time, it served as the official capital of the Province of Asia and the center of official authority. It ranked with Ephesus and Smyrna as one of the major cities of proconsular Asia, and although it is now primarily "a city of stunning ruins", it still exists today under the name of Bergama.

(4) The Epistle to the Church in Thyatira, Ch. 2:18-29

The epistle to the church in Thyatira is Christ's message to a struggling church, a church which had shown love and faith, ministry and patience:—“Hold fast till I come”. Christ is called “the Son of God, who hath his eyes like a flame of fire, and his feet are like unto burnished [or molten] brass”, i. e. he who is divine, and whose all-searching sight and destroying footstep will surely recompense the evil (cf. Dan. 10:6). It is interesting to note that the title “Son of God” which is here used is not found elsewhere in the book, though the divine personality of Christ is so evident throughout. Jezebel, the self-styled prophetess that the church had tolerated, but who with her children is about to be punished with death, is probably the symbolic name of a class or leader in the church, [pg 107] seducing it to sin.346 The angel of the church is regarded as the weak Ahab who allows himself to be the tool of this new Jezebel.347 “The deep things of Satan” designate the mysteries of the false doctrine here condemned.348 “The morning star” to be given to those who overcome,349 is such a revelation of Christ himself (ch. 22:16b) made to the redeemed when the night of earth is over as will usher in the morning of eternal day—the beginning of the future and ever progressive revelation of God. The titles applied to Christ in this epistle, “Son of God”, and “morning star”, have suggested a possible contrast in thought with Apollo, the sun-god worshipped at Thyatira, though such an allusion is quite uncertain. The epistle to this church is the central one of the seven, and is the longest as well as in some respects the most solemn of all the epistles. Thyatira lay about forty miles southeast from Pergamus, and was an important and wealthy city in the northern part of Lydia, though it never became a leading city of Asia. The modern name of the town is Ak-Hissar, “the white castle”.

The letter to the church in Thyatira is Christ's message to a struggling church, a church that has shown love and faith, service and patience:—“Hang tight until I arrive”. Christ is referred to as “the Son of God, whose eyes shine like blazing fire, and whose feet are like shiny bronze”, indicating that he is divine, and his all-seeing gaze and powerful presence will certainly address the wrongdoings (cf. Dan. 10:6). It's interesting to point out that the title “Son of God” used here isn't found elsewhere in the book, even though Christ's divine nature is evident throughout. Jezebel, the self-proclaimed prophetess that the church tolerated, but who, along with her followers, is about to face punishment with death, is likely a symbolic name for a group or leader within the church, [pg 107] leading it into sin.346 The angel of the church is seen as the weak Ahab who allows himself to be manipulated by this new Jezebel.347 “The hidden things of Satan” refer to the mysteries of the false teachings that are condemned here.348 "Morning star" promised to those who overcome,349 is a revelation of Christ himself (ch. 22:16b) given to the redeemed when the night of earth is over, ushering in the morning of eternal day—the start of a future and ever-expanding revelation of God. The titles applied to Christ in this letter, “Son of God” and "morning star", suggest a possible contrast with Apollo, the sun-god worshipped at Thyatira, though this connection is uncertain. This letter to the church is the central one of the seven, and it is the longest as well as, in some ways, the most serious of all the letters. Thyatira was located about forty miles southeast of Pergamus and was an important and wealthy city in the northern part of Lydia, although it never became a leading city of Asia. The modern name of the town is Ak-Hissar, "the white castle".

(5) The Epistle to the Church in Sardis, Ch. 3:1-6

The epistle to the church in Sardis is Christ's message to a dying church, a church which had a name as living and yet in a sense was dead:—“Establish the things that remain”. Christ is designated as “he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars”, i. e. he that hath the Holy Spirit, whom the seven Spirits represent in his sevenfold or multiple activity, and—as seems to be implied by connecting the seven Spirits with the seven stars or angels of the churches—imparts the Spirit to the churches, upon which their life so fully depends. This church receives only rebuke, but the rebuke given is for [pg 108] lack of spiritual life rather than for any special form of sin. It is declared to have no works fulfilled before God—“before my God”, a Johannean phrase—and is exhorted to “remember ... and repent”, for Christ “will come as a thief”;350 but the “few names [or persons] in Sardis that did not defile their garments” are promised that they shall walk with Christ “in white”. The white garments here promised to the victors are emblems of the perfect purity and heavenly state of the glorified (cf. Bk. of Enoch, 90:31);351 while to blot one's name out of the book of life,352 a fate from which those who overcome are declared to be exempt, is to cease to have any part in the life eternal—a figure drawn from the custom of striking out the names of the dead from the list of citizens. Not only shall the name of him that overcometh be found in the register of the living, but it shall also be acknowledged before God and the angels. The command to “Watch” was a fitting exhortation for a city that was a well-nigh impregnable fortress, and yet had twice been seized by its enemies because of neglect within its walls.353 The exhortation to “hear what the Spirit saith to the churches”, in the last four of the epistles, it will be seen, follows instead of precedes the promise to the victors. This does not, however, imply that a distinction is thereby intended between the churches, dividing them into two groups, the first consisting of three and the second of four, the former faithful and the latter faithless, a view held by some.354 The difference is conceded to be chiefly one of “tone ... which it is easier to feel than to describe”,355 and it must be said that for most minds it does not exist. The church in Philadelphia, among the last four, is a steadfast church, while the church at Pergamus, among the first three, is an impure church in the view of many careful interpreters; and Ephesus has evidently gone back, while Thyatira has gone forward. The city of Sardis, to which this letter was addressed, lay about thirty miles south-east of Thyatira, and was anciently one of the most [pg 109] famous cities of Asia; but even in John's time it was “a town of the past ... decayed from its former estate ... and it is now only a ruin, with a tiny village called Sart, while the town is Saliki, about five miles east”.356

The letter to the church in Sardis is Christ's message to a dying church, one that had a reputation for being alive but was essentially dead:—"Identify the things that matter". Christ is described as "he who has the seven Spirits of God and the seven stars", meaning he possesses the Holy Spirit, represented by the seven Spirits in their multifaceted activity, and—as suggested by the connection between the seven Spirits and the seven stars or angels of the churches—supplies the Spirit to the churches, which is vital for their existence. This church faces only criticism, and the criticism is directed at its [pg 108] lack of spiritual life rather than any specific sin. It is said to have no works approved by God—“before my God”, a phrase typical of John—and is urged to "Reflect ... and repent", for Christ “will come like a thief”;350 but the "few names [or persons] in Sardis that didn't stain their garments" are promised that they will walk with Christ “in white color”. The white garments promised to the victors symbolize perfect purity and a heavenly state of those glorified (cf. Book of Enoch, 90:31);351 while having one’s name removed from the book of life,352 a fate from which overcomers are said to be spared, means losing any share in eternal life—a concept drawn from the practice of deleting the names of the deceased from the citizen registry. Not only will the name of the overcomer be listed among the living, but it will also be recognized before God and the angels. The command to "Look" was especially relevant for a city that was nearly an unassailable fortress but had been captured twice by enemies due to internal negligence.353 The encouragement to "Listen to what the Spirit says to the churches." appears after rather than before the promise to the victors in the last four letters. However, this doesn't suggest a distinction between the churches, dividing them into two groups, one faithful and the other unfaithful, which some people believe.354 The difference is acknowledged to be primarily one of “tone ... which is easier to sense than to explain”,355 and it must be noted that for most people, it doesn’t exist. The church in Philadelphia, among the last four, remains steadfast, while many careful interpreters view the church in Pergamus, in the first three, as impure; Ephesus clearly has declined, while Thyatira has progressed. The city of Sardis, to which this letter was sent, was located about thirty miles southeast of Thyatira and was once one of the most [pg 109] renowned cities in Asia; but even in John's time, it was "a town from the past ... deteriorated from its previous state ... and now it's just a ruin, with a small village called Sart, while the town is Saliki, about five miles to the east".356

(6) The Epistle to the Church in Philadelphia, Ch. 3:7-13

The epistle to the church in Philadelphia is Christ's message to a steadfast church, a church which had kept his word and had not denied his name:—“Hold fast ... that no one take thy crown”. Christ is set forth as “he that is holy, he that is true”, i. e. he who possesses these attributes which are recognized as divine; and “he that hath the key of David”, i. e. he who has full control in the kingdom of God, of which the kingdom of David was the enduring type (cf. Isa. 22:22), he who grants or withholds according to his will. These titles of Christ, it will be seen, are not taken from the introductory vision, like most of those in the seven epistles, but from the Old Testament, probably, as has been suggested, because of the number of Jewish Christians in the Philadelphian church. The “door opened” is one of opportunity for service afforded by the position of Philadelphia on the borders of Mysia, Lydia, and Phrygia.357 Those “that say they are Jews and they are not”, are men untrue to their Judaism in rejecting the promised Messiah; for to John's mind it was evident that only such Jews as believe in Jesus could belong to the real people of God. “The hour of trial” (Gr. τοῦ πειρασμοῦ—of the trial), “that hour which is to come upon the whole world”, seems to be here equivalent to “the great tribulation” spoken of by our Lord (Matt. 24:21), and serves to introduce that element of shadow which ever hung in the background of Apocalyptic perspective. But the crisis at hand is not necessarily the end; the general tenor of the Revelation would rather show that it is only one of many crises that constantly progress toward the end.358 The reward of overcoming is to be made “a pillar in the temple of God”, i. e. in the ναὸς or inner sanctuary of [pg 110] the heavenly temple where God dwells, not so much for support as for glory and for beauty, like the pillars of brass in Solomon's temple (I K. 7:15f.), though perhaps with the additional idea of permanence and strength (cf. II Esdra. 2.15).

The letter to the church in Philadelphia is Jesus' message to a unwavering church, a church that has kept His word and has not denied His name:—"Hold on tightly ... so that nobody takes your crown.". Jesus is presented as "the one who is holy, the one who is true", meaning He embodies the divine attributes; and "he who holds the key of David", or He who has complete authority in God's kingdom, of which David's kingdom was a lasting example (cf. Isa. 22:22), granting or withholding according to His will. These titles of Jesus aren’t drawn from the opening vision like most found in the seven letters, but from the Old Testament, likely due to the significant number of Jewish Christians in the Philadelphian church. The "door opened" symbolizes the opportunity for service presented by Philadelphia’s location at the borders of Mysia, Lydia, and Phrygia.357 Those “who claim to be Jews but aren’t” are people unfaithful to their Judaism by rejecting the promised Messiah; in John's view, it was clear that only Jews who believe in Jesus can truly belong to the people of God. “The time of testing” (Gr. τοῦ πειρασμοῦ—of the trial), "the hour that is coming for the entire world", seems to correspond here to "the Great Tribulation" mentioned by our Lord (Matt. 24:21), introducing an element of foreboding that is always present in the Apocalyptic view. However, the crisis we face is not necessarily the end; the overall message of the Revelation suggests that it is simply one of many crises leading up to the end.358 The reward for overcoming is to be made "a pillar in God's temple", in the ναὸς or inner sanctuary of [pg 110] the heavenly temple where God resides, intended more for glory and beauty than for support, similar to the brass pillars in Solomon's temple (I K. 7:15f.), though possibly also suggesting permanence and strength (cf. 2 Esdras. 2.15).

The pillar was not only a prominent part of ancient temples, but was often sculptured in human shape359—a beautiful conception of man's relation to religion. Also the name of God, of the city of God, and of the Son of God, Christ's own new name known only to himself, are to be written upon the victors in token of absolute divine ownership—three, the sign of the spiritual, being perhaps also in mind in the use of three names. Philadelphia, which lay about twenty-eight miles southeast from Sardis, receives unmixed praise, and the city remains almost unchanged unto this day, though it has been transformed into the Mohammedan town of Ala-Sheker, “the reddish city”, a name derived from the speckled, red brown hills around. It is renowned as having had the most glorious history of all the cities of Asia Minor in the long struggle against the Turks;360 and it is a remarkable fact that the churches of Philadelphia and Smyrna, the two which receive no censure in these epistles, both continue to exist unto the present time.

The pillar wasn't just a key part of ancient temples; it was often carved in the shape of a human—an elegant representation of how humans relate to religion. The names of God, the city of God, and Christ's unique name, known only to him, were to be inscribed on the victors as a sign of absolute divine ownership—three being a symbol of the spiritual, which might also explain the use of three names. Philadelphia, located about twenty-eight miles southeast of Sardis, is praised without reservation, and the city remains largely unchanged to this day, though it has been transformed into the Muslim town of Ala-Sheker, "the red city", a name taken from the spotted, reddish-brown hills surrounding it. It is famous for having the most glorious history among the cities of Asia Minor in the long fight against the Turks;360 and it’s noteworthy that the churches of Philadelphia and Smyrna, the two mentioned in these letters that receive no censure, still exist today.

(7) The Epistle to the Church in Laodicea, Ch. 3:14-22

The epistle to the church in Laodicea is Christ's message to a self-deceived church, a church which had grown lukewarm and was neither cold nor hot:—“Be zealous ... and repent”. In this final letter Christ is called “the Amen [cf. Isa. 65:16, R. V. marg.], the faithful and true witness”,361 as a sure guaranty of the fulfilment of the promises; and he is also declared to be “the beginning of the creation of God”, i. e. not, indeed, the first whom God created, for Christ is not a creature, but rather he is the primal source and causative agent in divine creation,362 the One who began the creation of God, whether the material creation that waxeth old or the new creation that endureth [pg 111] forever. The church is openly rebuked for a tepid Christianity that is nauseous to Christ, a religion that is “neither cold nor hot”. Laodicea was a city of trade and enterprise, but John regarded the church as “devoid of initiative” in Christian work. The phrase “thou sayest I am rich ... and have need of nothing”, perhaps reflects the boast of the city which, proud of its wealth, had lately refused help from the liberality of the Emperor after being destroyed by an earthquake (A. D. 60); and the exhortation “I counsel thee to buy of me gold”, is perhaps a reference to the heavenly riches as far surpassing the earthly which the people of the city possessed. The “white garments”, the type of a pure life, may be here intended to be put in contrast with those produced from the glossy black wool of the sheep for which the place was noted; and the “eye-salve” to be contrasted with the noted eye-powder of the neighboring temple of Asklepios, as the restorer of spiritual vision.363 Laodicea during the Roman period attained great prosperity, and was the meeting place of the Council of Laodicea in A. D. 361, but has long since been ruined and deserted. It lay some sixty miles southeast of Philadelphia, and east of Ephesus, in the valley of the Lycus, and was the leading bishopric of Phrygia throughout the Christian period.364 In this closing epistle of the seven the climax of promise is reached in the assurance that “he that overcometh” shall sit with Christ in his Messiah throne (v. 21), i. e. shall share with him in the glory and rule of the church triumphant. This promise seems to take a forward glance to the vision of the next two chapters, especially to the view of the Lamb in the midst of the throne. A preparation is thus made for the sudden transition from the introduction and epistles to the chief visions of the book, after the closing words of this epistle have been written. “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith to the churches,” is a final voice of admonition and warning to the church in Laodicea, to each of the seven churches in Asia, and then through them to the whole church throughout the world in all time, exhorting them to hear and obey the message given in each and all of the seven epistles.

The letter to the church in Laodicea conveys Christ's message to a self-deceived congregation that has become lukewarm and is neither cold nor hot:—“Be passionate ... and repent”. In this last letter, Christ is referred to as “the Amen [cf. Isa. 65:16, R. V. marg.], the reliable and honest witness”,361 which serves as a guaranteed assurance of the fulfillment of the promises; He is also identified as "the start of God's creation", meaning He is not the first creation of God, as Christ is not a creature, but He is the original source and driving force behind divine creation,362 the One who initiated God's creation, whether the aging material creation or the new creation that lasts [pg 111] forever. The church receives a clear rebuke for its lukewarm faith that disgusts Christ, a religion that is “neither cold nor hot”. Laodicea was a bustling city of commerce, but John saw the church as “lacking initiative” in Christian mission. The words "You say I am rich ... and have everything I need." likely echo the city’s pride in its wealth, especially since it had recently turned down aid from the Emperor after being devastated by an earthquake (A.D. 60); and the call "I advise you to buy gold from me." may suggest that the heavenly riches far exceed the earthly wealth the city held. The “white clothes”, symbolizing a pure life, might contrast with the shiny black wool the region was known for, while the "eye cream" contrasts with the famous eye powder from the nearby temple of Asklepios, serving as a symbol of restored spiritual vision.363 During the Roman era, Laodicea experienced significant prosperity and hosted the Council of Laodicea in A.D. 361, but has long been in ruins and abandoned. It was located about sixty miles southeast of Philadelphia and east of Ephesus in the valley of the Lycus, and it was the leading bishopric of Phrygia throughout the Christian period.364 In this final letter of the seven, the peak promise is reached with the assurance that “the one who overcomes” shall sit with Christ on His Messiah throne (v. 21), meaning they will share in His glory and authority over the triumphant church. This promise seems to point forward to the vision of the next two chapters, especially the depiction of the Lamb in the center of the throne. A transition is thus prepared for the shift from the introductions and letters to the main visions of the book, following the concluding words of this letter. "Everyone who can hear, listen to what the Spirit is saying to the churches." serves as a final admonition and warning to the church in Laodicea, to each of the seven churches in Asia, and then through them to the entire church across time and space, urging them to listen to and act on the messages found in all seven letters.

[pg 112]

II THE MAIN APOCALYPSE, Ch. 4:1-22:5

The Revelation Proper, which occupies the chief portion of the book, is a symbolic view of the great spiritual conflict of the ages, reviewing the whole course and outcome of the far-reaching struggle between the church and the world, with the multiple and diverse forces that are engaged in it, and setting forth the absolute decisiveness of the final issue. It consists of a series of seven visions which undertake to solve the apparent anomalies of God's present rule among men by affording recurrent glimpses of the working out of a great, comprehensive, underlying plan,—a providential and moral order in the world that is divine and sovereign, interpenetrated with a concurrent redemptive purpose that is gracious and elective,—which leads on through progressive stages of trial and warfare, of threatening and judgment, to the complete and final overthrow and punishment of all the wicked and to the full and glorious vindication and triumph of all the holy. The seven visions, when carefully examined, will be seen to be progressive in their revelation; for while they do not follow any line of temporal succession, they yet show a progress of thought and movement throughout. Beginning with the vision of God on the throne, a vision of sovereignty, they advance in manifest order through the vision of the seven seals, a vision of trial, and the vision of the seven trumpets, a vision of threatening, to the vision of conflict, a vision of warfare, which is central to all and furnishes a key to the general interpretation of the book. Then by a scale of descending climax they pass on to the vision of the seven vials, a vision of judgment, followed by the vision of victory, a vision of vindication, and this again by the vision of the New Jerusalem, a vision of triumph, which reveals the final goal of Christian hope in the immediate presence of God.365 The purpose of the Apocalypse is thus disclosed to be interpretative of God's plan of the ages, an unfolding of the drama of destiny, in which, notwithstanding all apparent contradictions and present reverses, he is yet ever leading on to full and final victory in the end—through all the conflict he is winning, even against appearances, and will triumph at last,—a view full of encouragement for tried and disheartened Christians of the first and each succeeding century. Why God permitted [pg 113] this struggle to be begun and then let it continue throughout the centuries, why he ever allowed sin to find a place among his moral creatures, is a topic nowhere entered upon or discussed throughout the book. It is evidently recognized as belonging to the unrevealed mysteries of God which lie outside the sphere of the present Revelation. But that he overrules all the apparently inapt and sinful conditions of this world for the ultimate good of his kingdom, and that he will victoriously triumph at last, is the assuring witness of the whole series of visions. The Apocalyptic form, we find, becomes more marked and definite in this main portion of the book, and the difficulties of interpretation are correspondingly increased; for they are no longer chiefly those of grammatical exegesis and historical allusion, but rather the elucidation of a body of mysterious symbols. The purpose and limits of the present volume forbid the discussion of many of the exegetical difficulties, and serve to confine attention mainly to the meaning of the symbolism as the chief subject concerning which there is wide difference of opinion. Questions of grammatical, or grammatico-historical, exegesis will be found more fully considered in the various commentaries to which the reader is referred in the footnotes. The visions and episodes into which the main part of the book is properly divisible, are given separately in the following analysis, i. e. the seven seals, trumpets, and vials are each considered in order consecutively, and the episodes which intervene are taken up after each sevenfold vision is complete, in order that they may be better understood. This preserves the connection of the seven in the series, and emphasizes by itself the lesson of the episodes which are interjected into the natural order.

The Revelation Proper, which takes up the main part of the book, presents a symbolic overview of the significant spiritual struggle throughout history, reflecting on the entire journey and outcome of the ongoing conflict between the church and the world, along with the various forces involved, and highlighting the undeniable final outcome. It comprises a sequence of seven visions that attempt to clarify the apparent inconsistencies of God's governance among humanity by offering repeated insights into a grand, comprehensive plan—an overarching divine and sovereign moral order, infused with a concurrent redemptive purpose that is gracious and selective—which progresses through various stages of trials and battles, of threats and judgment, leading to the ultimate defeat and punishment of all the wicked and to the full and glorious justification and victory of all the righteous. The seven visions, when closely analyzed, reveal a progression in their revelation; for while they don’t follow a chronological timeline, they do demonstrate a development of thought and action throughout. Starting with the vision of God on the throne, representing sovereignty, they progress in an evident order through the vision of the seven seals, representing trial, and the vision of the seven trumpets, representing threat, to the vision of conflict, a vision of warfare that is central to all and provides a key to understanding the book. Then, by a descending scale of climax, they transition to the vision of the seven vials, a vision of judgment, followed by the vision of victory, a vision of justification, and then the vision of the New Jerusalem, a vision of triumph, which reveals the ultimate goal of Christian hope in the direct presence of God.365 The purpose of the Apocalypse is thus revealed to interpret God's plan throughout the ages, unfolding the drama of destiny, in which, despite all apparent contradictions and current setbacks, he is continually guiding toward final victory at the end—through all the conflicts he is succeeding, even against what it seems, and will ultimately prevail—a perspective that brings encouragement to weary and disheartened Christians of the first and every following century. The question of why God allowed this struggle to begin and to continue over the centuries, or why he permitted sin among his moral creatures, is not addressed or discussed in the book. It is clearly recognized as belonging to the hidden mysteries of God that lie beyond the scope of the current Revelation. However, it assures us that he orchestrates all the seemingly inappropriate and sinful conditions of this world for the ultimate benefit of his kingdom, and that he will triumph in the end, which is the reassuring message of the entire series of visions. The apocalyptic style becomes more pronounced and defined in this main part of the book, and the challenges of interpretation increase correspondingly; for they are no longer primarily those of grammatical analysis and historical references, but rather the clarification of a body of mysterious symbols. The goals and boundaries of this volume restrict the discussion of many of the interpretive challenges, focusing primarily on the meaning of the symbolism as the main subject about which opinions vary widely. Questions of grammatical or grammatico-historical interpretation will be discussed more thoroughly in the various commentaries to which the reader is directed in the footnotes. The visions and episodes that the main section of the book is properly divided into are presented separately in the following analysis; that is, the seven seals, trumpets, and vials are each addressed consecutively, and the episodes in between are taken up after each sevenfold vision is complete, for better understanding. This preserves the connection of the seven in the sequence, and underscores the lessons of the episodes that interject into the natural order.

I The Vision of God on the Throne (A Vision of Sovereignty). Ch. 4:1-5:14

The opening vision of the seven chief visions in the Revelation is a Theophany, revealing the majesty of the divine glory and the might of the sovereign rule of God as the abiding source of the church's confidence in the midst of trial and distress, and as the unfailing ground of faith in the fulfilment of the revelation that follows. This vision of the fifth and sixth chapters is preparatory to those that deal with the present and future prospects of the church upon earth, and with this in view it sets forth [pg 114] the causal and higher relations upon which the history of the church depends, viz. God's sovereignty in creation and in redemption; for it is only in relation to these two great abiding facts of the divine activity that the passing events of time have their true meaning. We look first upon the stability of the eternal throne, and upon the person of the divine atoning Lamb, and then we are better prepared to understand the drama of history, and to view with equanimity the dread scenes of crisis and conflict which belong to the lot of the church upon earth. The scene described in the fourth and fifth chapters, of the eternal throne with those who are attendant upon it, and of the Lamb in the midst of it, constitutes a proem to the succeeding visions, and may be thought of as continuing throughout and forming the background for all that follows, in the light of which it must be viewed and its meaning interpreted. In the fifth chapter the action proper to the Revelation begins with the taking of the sealed book, though some regard the action as beginning with the sixth chapter in the opening of the seals. The present vision is introduced with the phrase “after these things” (v. 1), which does not indicate an interval of time but rather a succession of events, and always marks a break in the connection and a new phase of the revelation.

The opening vision of the seven main visions in Revelation is a divine appearance, showcasing the greatness of God's glory and the power of His rule as the constant source of the church's confidence during trials and struggles, and as the unchanging foundation of faith in the fulfillment of the upcoming revelations. This vision in chapters five and six sets the stage for those that explore the current and future outlook for the church on earth, highlighting the foundational and significant relationships that the church's history relies on, specifically God's sovereignty in creation and redemption. It's only by relating to these two enduring truths of divine action that the fleeting moments in time hold their real significance. First, we focus on the stability of the eternal throne and the figure of the divine, atoning Lamb, which better equips us to comprehend the drama of history and to calmly face the challenging scenes of crisis and conflict that the church experiences on earth. The scene depicted in chapters four and five, featuring the eternal throne and its attendants along with the Lamb at its center, serves as an introduction to the following visions and can be viewed as a continuous backdrop for all that comes next, which must be understood and interpreted in its light. In chapter five, the main action of the Revelation starts with the taking of the sealed book, although some see the action beginning with the sixth chapter when the seals are opened. The current vision begins with the phrase “after this” (v. 1), which doesn't indicate a gap in time but rather a sequence of events, always marking a shift in the connection and revealing a new phase of the revelation.

1 The Throne and the King, Ch. 4:1-3, 5a, and 6a

A door is opened in heaven that the seer may look in, and the trumpet voice of ch. 1:10 is heard again, saying, “Come up hither, and I will show thee the things which must come to pass hereafter”, the further announcement of a prophetic vision, the sign not only that eternal verities are to be revealed, but that earthly things are to be seen from the heavenly point of view. And we are told that straightway John “was in the Spirit”, i. e. he became conscious of an additional impulse of divine rapture, for he was already in the Spirit (ch. 1:10); and then the throne of God, the seat of the divine government, is seen in the eternal splendor of repose, the reflection of the divine sovereignty, surrounded by a rainbow of emerald green arching above it, the emblem of God's covenant mercy (Gen. 9:13), and sending forth lightnings, thunders, and voices, the tokens of divine power, majesty, and judgment. The divine Person is presented as enthroned, but is not named, and is described only by comparison, [pg 115] a touch of reverent reserve as consonant with religion as it is true to art. His appearance is glorious like jasper and sardius, the last and first of the precious stones on the breastplate of the highpriest, and part of the foundation stones of the heavenly city.366 The pure jasper and the red sardius are the apparent symbols of purity and justice (cf. Ezek. 1:26, and 10:1; Dan. 7:9; Bk of Enoch 14:18f.). Before the throne, we are told, there is “as it were, a sea of glass367 like unto crystal”, the symbol of the calm and fulness of life in God's completed kingdom in contrast with the stormy sea of earthly nations, the calm of the heavenly life in antithesis with the turmoil of the earthly. This seems to be the more natural interpretation of the passage, yet the symbolism of the sea in the Revelation has been interpreted with a good deal of freedom, and there is wide difference of opinion concerning its meaning. It is regarded by many as the symbol of purification the antitype of the laver before the tabernacle, while others find in it a type of the eternal fulness of joy in the presence of God. Some think the sea is placed before the throne as a symbol of the former trial and conflict of the earthly life through which the saints have passed to reach the presence of God, and that it has now become a perpetual memorial of victory, for the sea is glassy and quiet as the sign that the conflict is over.368 Other late writers connect the sea with early Hebrew ideas of the waters before the firmament (Gen. 1:7), traces of which continue to appear in Apocalyptic literature, and hold that this conception underlies the symbolism of the molten sea in Solomon's temple and forms the basis of the present description.369 With figures so flexible as these it is quite possible that different thoughts have been included, for the sea was closely interwoven with the early stage of Israel's history, and may have become a symbol covering a wide range of correlative ideas. But however we may interpret the meaning of the symbolism, the presence of the sea in the vision undoubtedly serves to enhance the [pg 116] majesty and splendor of the scene, and may have been introduced partly for that purpose, though the sea undoubtedly had a permanent place in Hebrew thought.

A door is opened in heaven so the seer can look in, and the trumpet voice from ch. 1:10 is heard again, saying, "Come up here, and I'll show you the things that need to happen in the future.". This further announces a prophetic vision, indicating not only that eternal truths will be revealed but also that earthly things will be viewed from a heavenly perspective. We're told that immediately John “was in the moment”, meaning he became aware of an extra surge of divine ecstasy, since he was already in the Spirit (ch. 1:10). Then he sees the throne of God, representing divine governance, in the eternal glory of stillness—an image of divine sovereignty—encircled by a rainbow of emerald green arching above it, symbolizing God's covenant mercy (Gen. 9:13), and emitting lightnings, thunders, and voices—signs of divine power, majesty, and judgment. The divine figure appears as enthroned but is not named and is only described by comparison, [pg 115] showing a sense of reverent restraint that aligns with religion and is also true to art. His appearance is glorious like jasper and sardius, the last and first of the precious stones on the high priest's breastplate and part of the foundation of the heavenly city. The clear jasper and the red sardius symbolize purity and justice (cf. Ezek. 1:26, and 10:1; Dan. 7:9; Enoch's Book 14:18f.). Before the throne, it is said there is “like a sea of glass__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ like crystal”, symbolizing the calm and fullness of life in God's completed kingdom, in contrast to the turbulent sea of earthly nations, reflecting the peace of heavenly existence as opposed to the chaos of earthly life. This seems to be the most natural interpretation of the passage, although the symbolism of the sea in Revelation has been interpreted quite freely, leading to a wide range of opinions on its meaning. Many view it as a symbol of purification, the counterpart to the laver before the tabernacle, while others see it as a representation of the eternal joy found in God's presence. Some believe the sea is placed before the throne as a symbol of the former trials and struggles of earthly life that the saints have overcome to reach God's presence, now serving as a lasting memorial of victory, since the sea is calm and smooth, indicating that the struggle is over.368 Other later writers connect the sea with early Hebrew ideas of the waters before the firmament (Gen. 1:7), elements of which still appear in Apocalyptic literature, suggesting this concept underlies the symbolism of the molten sea in Solomon's temple and forms the basis of the current description.369 Given the flexible nature of these symbols, it's possible that multiple ideas are represented, as the sea has deep links to the early stages of Israel's history and may have evolved into a symbol covering a broad spectrum of connected ideas. Regardless of how we interpret the symbolism, the presence of the sea in the vision undoubtedly enhances the [pg 116] majesty and beauty of the scene and may have been included partly for that purpose, even though the sea clearly holds a significant place in Hebrew thought.

2 The Four and Twenty Elders, Ch. 4:4, 10 and 11

The vision presents the worship of heaven in the forms of earth for our apprehension. The elders (Gr. “presbyters”) are the ideal representatives of the redeemed church,370 who are clothed in white raiment and placed round about the throne wearing golden crowns and sitting on lesser thrones reigning with Christ, the fitting tokens of royal dignity and authority, and of their triumphant victory through him who is their Saviour. They are ever active in service, casting their crowns before the throne and him that sitteth thereon as they worship, and joining in every chorus of adoration.371 Their number is that of the twelve patriarchs and apostles combined, indicating that they represent the church of both dispensations, the saints of the Old and New Testaments. They are not, however, the twelve patriarchs and apostles themselves enthroned, as suggested by some, but ideal beings who have a representative character. Their number, twice twelve, i. e. twice the national number of Israel, aptly symbolizes the glorified church of all the ages.372 Some find in these elders a group of angelic beings who are attendants of the divine glory and whose presence in the heavenly temple was a part of ancient Jewish tradition, as in the Judgment of Peter, where it is said, “For there are four and twenty elders, twelve upon the right hand and twelve upon the left.”373 There is no reason to infer, however, that the Greek term “presbyters”, or “elders”, with its definite meaning in the New Testament church, is otherwise used in the Apocalypse, even though the elders are here the representatives of a class. It is quite possible that the earlier use of the four and twenty elders in Apocalyptic literature may have been the occasion of their introduction here, but there was nothing in the usage of the past to prevent its modified application in a Christian sense so natural as this in the first century; on the contrary it is quite in accord with the [pg 117] gradually progressive method of Apocalyptic thought that they should be introduced here to represent the church enlarged by New Testament accessions. It is certainly quite beside the mark to affirm that this idea of the church as a combination of the Old and New Testament saints is “medieval”;374 when it is found so clearly in the Epistles of Paul.

The vision presents the worship of heaven using earthly forms for our understanding. The elders (Gr. “elders”) are the ideal representatives of the redeemed church, 370 clothed in white garments and positioned around the throne, wearing golden crowns and sitting on smaller thrones, ruling alongside Christ. These symbols reflect their royal dignity and authority, as well as their victorious triumph through their Saviour. They are always engaged in service, casting their crowns before the throne and the one who sits there, worshiping and joining in every chorus of adoration.371 Their number reflects the twelve patriarchs and apostles combined, representing the church from both eras, the saints of the Old and New Testaments. However, they are not the actual twelve patriarchs and apostles enthroned, as some suggest, but ideal beings with a representative role. Their number, twice twelve—meaning twice the national number of Israel—symbolizes the glorified church across all ages.372 Some view these elders as a group of angelic beings who serve the divine glory, whose presence in the heavenly temple aligns with ancient Jewish tradition, as noted in the Peter's Judgment, which states, "For there are twenty-four elders, twelve on the right side and twelve on the left." 373 However, there is no basis to assume that the Greek term “elders” or “older adults”, with its specific meaning in the New Testament church, is used differently in the Apocalypse, even though the elders serve as representatives of a class. It’s possible that the earlier mention of the four and twenty elders in Apocalyptic literature prompted their inclusion here, but there was nothing in past usage that would prevent its natural application in a Christian context during the first century. In fact, it aligns with the [pg 117] progressively developing method of Apocalyptic thought that they should be introduced to represent the church enriched by New Testament additions. It's certainly misguided to claim that this concept of the church as a union of Old and New Testament saints is medieval; 374 as it is clearly present in Paul’s Epistles.

3 The Seven Lamps of Fire (or Torches), Ch. 4:5b

These lamps are seen burning before the throne which they serve to illumine, recalling the seven-branched candlestick in the tabernacle, and they are seven in number, doubtless, to indicate their fulness or completeness. We are told that the lamps “are [i. e. are the symbol of] the seven Spirits of God”; they are, therefore, evidently designed to represent the Holy Spirit throughout the Revelation, the seven Spirits that are before the throne (ch. 1:4) and that serve to denote the fulness of the Spirit's operation, his manifold energy in contradistinction to the unity of his person. The fitness of fire, or a flaming torch, to symbolize the illuminative influence of the Spirit is quite evident, throwing light upon the throne and revealing God to men, but the use of seven torches, like that of seven Spirits, is peculiar to the Revelation, and is introduced, one is constrained to think, for a special purpose. That the Holy Spirit is indicated by this symbol throughout is shown by the context (cf. chs. 1:4 and 3:1), but it is evidently used here to set forth the Spirit from a particular point of view, i. e. to represent in a concrete form the divine perfection of the Spirit as displayed in his multiple activities. It seems to be an echo from the vision of Zechariah (ch. 3:9, and 4:10) where the divine pervasive insight is represented by the “seven eyes of the Lord”, (cf. also Rev. 5:6, “the seven eyes of the Lamb”).

These lamps are seen burning before the throne they illuminate, reminiscent of the seven-branched candlestick in the tabernacle, and there are seven of them to signify their fullness or completeness. We’re told that the lamps "are [i.e., represent] the seven Spirits of God"; therefore, they are clearly meant to represent the Holy Spirit throughout Revelation, the seven Spirits before the throne (ch. 1:4) that signify the fullness of the Spirit's operation, showcasing His diverse energy while maintaining the unity of His person. The use of fire, or a flaming torch, to symbolize the enlightening influence of the Spirit is quite clear, casting light upon the throne and revealing God to humanity. However, the use of seven torches, like the seven Spirits, is unique to Revelation and seems to have a specific purpose. The context shows that the Holy Spirit is indicated by this symbol throughout (cf. chs. 1:4 and 3:1), but it’s used here to highlight the Spirit from a particular perspective, representing in a tangible way the divine perfection of the Spirit as shown through His diverse activities. This seems to echo the vision of Zechariah (ch. 3:9 and 4:10), where divine insight is depicted by the “seven eyes of the Lord” (cf. also Rev. 5:6, "the seven eyes of the Lamb").

4 The Four Living Creatures, Ch. 4. 6b-9

The four living creatures (cf. Ezek. 1:5f.),—which are not to be thought of as “beasts” even in a good sense, as in the Authorized Version, but rather as in the Greek, “the living ones”, which gives a better idea,—are seen “in the midst of the throne and round about the throne”, evidently indicating their function in the heavenly court, to wait upon the divine Person, though their exact arrangement [pg 118] in the vision is not so clear.375 These are composite creature-forms that are manifestly to be identified with the cherubim of the Old Testament. Each creature consists of four representative forms of animal life combined in one, viz. that of the lion, the ox, the eagle, and man, together producing a strange, anomalous figure which is generally thought to personify wild animals, domestic animals, birds, and man, as possessing a common physical life, or created life in its entirety represented by its higher and more notable forms. In the Revelation each has a different face, according to the animal form which is made prominent, and not four faces as in Ezekiel (Ezek. 1:5-14), the individual life being thereby made more manifest. These living ones are ideal symbols of the physical creation, especially of all created life, and represent in the vision the entire earthly creation as sharing in the benefits of redemption,376 manifesting the divine glory, and waiting upon God. They are used in the Old Testament as impressive symbols of the divine presence, and Jehovah is known as “he that dwelleth between the cherubim”, (Am. R. V. “sitteth above”—marg. “is enthroned”, i. e. upon the cherubim),377 a reflection of the thought embodied in the arrangement of the ark of the covenant, where the mercy seat with the shekinah flame was placed between the cherubim. In John's vision the living creatures are seen in closest proximity to the throne, and they lead the heavenly choir in an unceasing song of praise (the Creation Chorus, v. 8-11), the closing verse of the song indicating their function in the heavenly court to glorify God, as also the part they subsequently have in the song of the redeemed (the Redemption Chorus, ch. 5:13) reflects the nature of their worship. They are full of eyes, the sign of their all-seeing watchfulness; they have three pairs of wings, the symbol of their spiritual ministry, for three is the sign of the spiritual as the wings are of activity; and they are four in number while each is fourfold to indicate their relation to the organic world, for four is always the earth number. Also, they rest not day and night, showing the characteristic of life in its fullest energy and ceaseless activity, [pg 119] saying “Holy, holy, holy,” i. e. “holy” thrice repeated,—three a symbol of the divine,—corresponding to the Trisagion of Isaiah's prophecy (ch. 6:3), declaring the holiness of God, the All-Ruler, as especially revealed in creation, all created beings ministering to the manifestation of the divine glory. The identity of the living creatures with the cherubim of the Old Testament is generally recognized, but the origin of the idea of the cherubim in connection with the worship of Jehovah is as obscure as the actual form is indefinite, though probably derived from a primitive stage of religious thought among the Semitic people, and early incorporated as a symbol in the religion of Israel. Apparently the form and conception varied somewhat through time, as will be seen by comparing Ezekiel's description with that which is given here, though the general idea remained the same. Some think the cherubim to have been originally the storm-clouds personified, regarded as supporting the divine throne and surrounding the divine Person, while the seraphim represented the lightning-flash revealing God to men. Others regard them as unidentified nature-forces idealized in forms of life, and traditionally associated with the throne of God. But whatever their origin, their meaning in Scripture is plain, viz. the physical creation waiting upon God.378

The four living creatures (cf. Ezek. 1:5f.)—which shouldn't be thought of as “beasts” even in a good sense, like the Authorized Version states, but rather as in the Greek, “the living ones,” which is a more accurate description—are seen “in the midst of the throne and around the throne,” clearly indicating their role in the heavenly court, serving the divine Person, although their exact arrangement in the vision isn't entirely clear. These are composite creature-forms that can definitely be identified with the cherubim of the Old Testament. Each creature has four representative forms of animal life combined into one: the lion, the ox, the eagle, and man, resulting in a strange, unusual figure that generally symbolizes wild animals, domestic animals, birds, and humans, representing a common physical life or created life in its entirety as expressed in its higher and more notable forms. In the Revelation, each has a different face according to the highlighted animal form, not four faces as seen in Ezekiel (Ezek. 1:5-14), making the individual life more evident. These living beings symbolize physical creation, especially all created life, and represent in the vision the entire earthly creation sharing in the benefits of redemption, showcasing the divine glory, and serving God. They are used in the Old Testament as powerful symbols of the divine presence, and Jehovah is known as “he that dwelleth between the cherubim” (Am. R. V. “sitteth above”—marg. “is enthroned,” i.e., upon the cherubim), a reflection of the idea represented in the arrangement of the ark of the covenant, where the mercy seat with the shekinah flame was positioned between the cherubim. In John's vision, the living creatures are seen very close to the throne, and they lead the heavenly choir in an ongoing song of praise (the Creation Chorus, v. 8-11), with the closing verse of the song indicating their role in the heavenly court to glorify God, as well as the part they later take in the song of the redeemed (the Redemption Chorus, ch. 5:13) reflecting the nature of their worship. They are full of eyes, symbolizing their all-seeing watchfulness; they have three pairs of wings, representing their spiritual ministry, since three signifies the spiritual and wings signify activity; and they are four in number while each is fourfold to signify their connection to the organic world, as four is always the number of the earth. They also do not rest day or night, demonstrating the characteristic of life in its fullest energy and unending activity, saying “Holy, holy, holy,” meaning “holy” repeated three times—three being a symbol of the divine—aligning with the Trisagion of Isaiah's prophecy (ch. 6:3), proclaiming the holiness of God, the All-Ruler, especially revealed in creation, where all created beings serve to express the divine glory. The identification of the living creatures with the cherubim of the Old Testament is widely accepted, but the origin of the idea of the cherubim associated with the worship of Jehovah is as unclear as the actual form is indefinite, though it likely stems from a primitive stage of religious thought among the Semitic people, early incorporated as a symbol in the religion of Israel. It seems that the form and concept evolved somewhat over time, as can be seen by comparing Ezekiel's description with the one provided here, although the overall idea remained consistent. Some believe the cherubim were originally personified storm clouds, seen as supporting the divine throne and surrounding the divine Person, while the seraphim represented the lightning flash that revealed God to humanity. Others view them as unidentified nature forces idealized in forms of life, traditionally linked to the throne of God. Regardless of their origin, their meaning in Scripture is clear: the physical creation waiting on God.

5 The Sealed Book (or Scroll), Ch. 5:1-5

A new phase of the vision now begins with chapter five, indicated by the words “And I saw”, setting forth the glory and honor of the exalted Redeemer, and indicating the divine purpose through him to throw light upon the plan of God for the ages. A sealed book or scroll, the sign that its contents are hidden, and written within and without, i. e. upon both sides, or within and also on the back,—filled to its very margins like the roll in Ezekiel (ch. 2:9-10),—indicating the exceeding fulness of its contents and the completeness of the divine plan, is seen lying “in [or upon] the right hand of him that sat on the throne”. This book, which at first no one can be found to [pg 120] open, apparently contains God's multitudinous and unrevealed purposes concerning the future course of the church in the world,—as is afterward more fully indicated by the nature of the things portrayed when the seals are broken,—for it evidently pertains to the mysteries of the kingdom of God on earth, part of which are about to be disclosed to John.379 The book is closed by seven seals, a perfect number, the symbol implying that it is perfectly sealed or fully closed,380 a roll apparently sealed in sections, perhaps with the end of the parchment fastened down by the seals to its staff so that it cannot be opened except by one having authority to break the seals.381 The book itself, it should be noted, is never read at any period of the vision, showing that what it contains is not fully disclosed, but as the seals are broken the general nature of the contents of each section is symbolically portrayed in the form set forth in the succeeding vision of the seals.

A new phase of the vision begins with chapter five, marked by the words "And I saw", revealing the glory and honor of the exalted Redeemer and demonstrating the divine purpose to shed light on God's plan for the ages. A sealed book or scroll, symbolizing that its contents are hidden, is written inside and out, meaning on both sides, or inside and also on the back—completely filled to the edges like the scroll in Ezekiel (ch. 2:9-10)—indicating the overwhelming fullness of its contents and the completeness of the divine plan. It is seen lying "at the right hand of the one sitting on the throne". This book, initially unable to be opened by anyone, apparently holds God’s multiple and unrevealed purposes regarding the future direction of the church in the world—as is later more clearly illustrated by what happens when the seals are broken—because it clearly relates to the mysteries of the kingdom of God on earth, some of which are about to be revealed to John.379 The book is sealed with seven seals, a perfect number, symbolizing that it is completely sealed or fully closed,380 appearing to be a scroll sealed in sections, perhaps with the end of the parchment secured to its staff by the seals, making it impossible to open unless someone has the authority to break the seals.381 It’s important to note that the book itself is never read at any point in the vision, indicating that its contents are not fully revealed. However, as the seals are broken, the general nature of what each section contains is symbolically shown in the subsequent vision of the seals.

6 The Lamb, Ch. 5:6-8a

At this point in the vision the divine Redeemer, Jesus Christ, appears in order to open the seals, portrayed as the Lamb of God, the recognized atoner for sin, a symbol of striking power to every one familiar with the Old Testament system of sacrifices. The importance of opening the seals had been already indicated in the vision (ch. 5:2f.) by the appearance of a strong or mighty angel, the sign of high rank and great power, proclaiming with a great voice, “Who is worthy to open the book and to loose the seals thereof?” And when no one was found “in the heaven, or on the earth, or under the earth”, i. e. in the place of the spirits of the dead—a phrase equivalent to saying that no one could be found in all the universe—the prophet wept much, showing his deep interest and bitter disappointment when his expectation seemed [pg 121] about to fail. But one of the elders, a representative of the redeemed church, points out to John him who is able to open the book because he “hath overcome”, indicating the glorified Redeemer as the source of help.382 He is described by the elder as “the Lion that is of the tribe of Judah” (Gen. 49:9), and “the Root of David” (Isa. 11:1), indicating his kingly383 and prophetic relations to Israel; but when he appears to John's wondering view it is in sacrificial form as the Lamb of God,384 the sign of his priestly relation to his people, bearing marks as though he had been slain, but now standing in living power in the midst of the throne, the center of all attention and the glorified object of all worship, alike the agent of redemption and the consummation of sacrifice. The words “in the midst of the throne” may mean in the center of the throne and encircled by it, or between the throne and those surrounding it. Some regard the throne as a semi-circle in the open side of which the Lamb stands, and within which are placed two of the living creatures, with the other two at the back, while the elders surround the throne, and the many angels form the outer circle,385 a view that is helpful to those who wish detail in such matters, for the chief thought in the symbolism is sufficiently plain. It may also be worth while to note how clearly this symbolism implies that the redeemed church, represented by the elders, stands nearer to the throne of God than even the angels.386 The seven horns of the Lamb symbolize the fulness of his power, for the horn is the Hebrew emblem of power as seven is of fulness or completeness of quality; and his seven eyes represent the perfection of his vision and knowledge, seeing with the omniscient eyes of the Holy Spirit (Zech. 4:10) who proceedeth alike from the Father [pg 122] and the Son.387 He takes the book out of the right hand of God as a token of his rightful authority, an act full of meaning, for he alone has prevailed and has power to open the book and to reveal God's purposes because he has redeemed the church and himself directs the path of her history. In this sublime vision of the Lamb in the midst of the throne we may be truly said to have reached “the point of highest dramatic interest in the whole book”.

At this point in the vision, the divine Redeemer, Jesus Christ, appears to open the seals, depicted as the Lamb of God, the known atoner for sin, a powerful symbol for anyone familiar with the Old Testament sacrifices. The significance of opening the seals was already indicated in the vision (ch. 5:2f.) by a strong angel, a figure of high rank and great power, proclaiming in a loud voice, "Who is worthy to open the book and break its seals?" When no one was found "in heaven, on earth, or under the earth", meaning no one could be found anywhere in the universe, the prophet wept, showing his deep concern and disappointment when his hopes seemed [pg 121] about to be dashed. But one of the elders, representing the redeemed church, points out to John the one who is able to open the book because he “has overcome”, indicating the glorified Redeemer as the source of help.382 He is described by the elder as "the Lion from the tribe of Judah" (Gen. 49:9) and “the Root of David” (Isa. 11:1), indicating his kingly 383 and prophetic roles regarding Israel; but when he appears to John's amazed view, it is in sacrificial form as the Lamb of God, 384 the sign of his priestly relationship with his people, bearing marks as if he had been slain, yet now standing alive in the center of the throne, the focus of all attention and the glorified object of all worship, being both the agent of redemption and the fulfillment of sacrifice. The words “in the center of the throne” may mean at the center of the throne, surrounded by it, or between the throne and those nearby. Some see the throne as a semi-circle with the Lamb standing on the open side, flanked by two living creatures in front and two at the back, while the elders surround the throne and the many angels form the outer circle, 385 a perspective helpful for those who want detail about these things, as the main thought in the symbolism is quite clear. It’s also worth noting how clearly this symbolism suggests that the redeemed church, represented by the elders, is positioned closer to the throne of God than even the angels. 386 The seven horns of the Lamb symbolize the fullness of his power, as horns are the Hebrew emblem of power, and seven represents fullness or completeness of quality; his seven eyes represent the perfection of his vision and knowledge, seeing with the all-knowing eyes of the Holy Spirit (Zech. 4:10) who proceeds from both the Father [pg 122] and the Son. 387 He takes the book from the right hand of God as a sign of his rightful authority, an act full of meaning, for he alone has prevailed and has the power to open the book and reveal God's purposes because he has redeemed the church and directs the course of her history. In this sublime vision of the Lamb in the midst of the throne, we can truly say we have reached "the moment of greatest dramatic interest in the entire book".

7 The Heavenly Worship, Ch. 5:8b-14

The taking of the book is followed by an act of profound worship; the four living creatures and the four and twenty elders fall down before the Lamb, having each one a harp, the instrument of praise, and a golden bowl full of incense, representing the prayers of the saints, which they offer before God. Then they voice their thought in a new song, the song of the redeemed (the Redemption Chorus), which is rendered unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb, declaring him worthy that hath been slain to take the book and to open the seals, and “to receive the power, and riches, and wisdom, and might, and honor, and glory, and blessing”,—a sevenfold or complete ascription of praise—who hath redeemed his people with his blood out “of every tribe, and tongue, and people, and nation”,—a fourfold or world-wide redemption for all peoples388“and madest them to be unto our God a kingdom and priests; and they reign upon the earth”, even now in the midst of trials, in a spiritual sense which though imperfect foreshadows and assures their complete spiritual reign in the new world wherein dwelleth righteousness. This song is sung by the four living creatures as the representatives of the whole creation who unitedly rejoice in the work of redemption together with man, and by the four and twenty elders who represent [pg 123] the church of all time, the personal subjects of redemption; and it is chorused by an innumerable company of angels, God's sinless creation, who are described as consisting of “ten thousand times ten thousand”, i. e. the square of a myriad, a hundred millions in number (or, as the words may mean, “myriads of myriads” i. e. hundreds of millions), and in addition “thousand of thousands”, i. e. millions more,—a symbolical expression for a numberless host; and it is echoed by “every created thing which is in the heaven and on the earth and under the earth and on the sea”, i. e. it is re-echoed from every created being throughout the universe. Thus the Chorus of Creation, wonderful as it was, is surpassed by the Chorus of Redemption: and the four living creatures who represent creation said in full accord, “Amen”, while the four and twenty elders “fell down and worshipped” him that liveth forever and ever. The opening of the seals then follows, and because of its widely different bearing from that which precedes, is usually considered as forming a separate vision, though the transition is not otherwise marked than by a change of action and progress of thought.

The taking of the book is followed by a moment of deep worship; the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders fall down before the Lamb, each holding a harp—the instrument of praise—and a golden bowl full of incense, representing the prayers of the saints, which they offer before God. Then they express their thoughts in a new song, the song of the redeemed (the Redemption Chorus), which is sung to him who sits on the throne and to the Lamb, declaring that he is worthy to take the book and open its seals, and "to receive power, wealth, wisdom, strength, honor, glory, and blessings",—a complete sevenfold expression of praise—who has redeemed his people with his blood out "from every tribe, language, people, and nation",—a comprehensive fourfold redemption for all peoples388“and made them to be a kingdom and priests for our God; and they rule on the earth”, even now amid trials, in a spiritual sense that, though imperfect, foreshadows and assures their complete spiritual reign in the new world where righteousness dwells. This song is sung by the four living creatures as representatives of all creation, who joyfully share in the work of redemption alongside humanity, and by the twenty-four elders who represent [pg 123] the church of all time, the personal subjects of redemption; and it is echoed by an innumerable company of angels, God's sinless creation, described as "10,000 times 10,000", i.e., a hundred million (or, as it may mean, countless, i.e., hundreds of millions), plus "hundreds of thousands", i.e., millions more,—a symbolic expression for an uncountable host; and it is echoed by "every created thing in heaven, on earth, under the earth, and in the sea", i.e., it is re-echoed from every created being throughout the universe. Thus, the Chorus of Creation, wonderful as it was, is surpassed by the Chorus of Redemption: and the four living creatures who represent creation said in full agreement, “Amen”, while the twenty-four elders “fell down and worshipped” him who lives forever and ever. The opening of the seals then follows, and because of its very different nature from that which preceded it, is usually considered a separate vision, though the transition is marked only by a change in action and the progression of thought.

II The Vision of the Seven Seals (A Vision of Trial). Ch. 6:1-17, and 8:1

The vision of the seven seals is a prophetic delineation of the trials and triumphs of the church of Christ throughout all her history, especially from the days of John to the end of the world, depicted in the symbols of Apocalyptic. These trials fall upon all men in common, and from another point of view are also judgments upon the sinful world, but they are regarded here chiefly as involving the church in suffering, and as preparing the way for the triumph of the kingdom of God, the coming of our Lord, and the final consummation of all things. The opening of the seals by Christ indicates his purpose of revealing the hidden contents of the book which he had taken from the right hand of God (ch. 5:7), and the number of the seals (seven) shows the completeness of the series. The order of the seals is progressive, but they have no definite or categorical time-relation; they regard only the ceaseless swing of the ages ever sweeping on toward the final consummation. The underlying divine purpose of testing men by moral struggle is apparent [pg 124] throughout; the trials set forth are disciplinary to those who believe, but punitive to those who resist. The form of trials in the vision is that of an illustrative symbolism which should not be limited in interpretation to the few particular kinds of trouble that are described, but should be taken as representative of the whole round of sorrows endured by God's people throughout all time, a prophetic forecast which, though receiving an immediate fulfilment in the experience of the early church, has yet had and will have a further and wider fulfilment throughout the course of the ages. The subordinate element of judgment upon the wicked in the vision is implied rather than stated, except under the sixth seal; nevertheless upon further reflection it may be clearly seen, for the advancing conquest of Christ includes the overthrow of the wicked, while the sorrows of war, famine, and death fall upon them without any consolation like the recompense of the righteous, the avenging of the martyrs is foretold as eventually to be visited upon them, and amidst the terrors of the final judgment they find no availing refuge, but cry to the mountains and to the rocks to fall upon them to hide them from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. This bearing of the trials of the seals, revealing judgment upon the world, should not be overlooked in our interpretation, though we should not lay special stress upon it, for it is not the foremost thought in mind.

The vision of the seven seals is a prophetic outline of the challenges and victories of the church of Christ throughout its entire history, especially from John's time to the end of the world, portrayed through Apocalyptic symbols. These challenges affect all people collectively and can also be viewed as judgments on a sinful world, but here they are mainly seen as the church's suffering and as paving the way for the triumph of God's kingdom, the return of our Lord, and the ultimate fulfillment of everything. The opening of the seals by Christ signifies His intention to reveal the hidden details of the book He received from God's right hand (ch. 5:7), and the total number of seals (seven) indicates the completeness of the series. The order of the seals is progressive, but they don’t relate to any specific timeframe; they only reflect the ongoing passage of time leading toward the final fulfillment. The underlying divine purpose of testing humanity through moral struggle is evident throughout; the trials described serve as discipline for believers but act as punishment for those who resist. The trials in the vision are presented symbolically, and their interpretation shouldn’t be limited to the specific troubles mentioned, but rather understood as representing the full range of sufferings experienced by God's people throughout history—a prophetic indication that, while it had an immediate fulfillment in the early church, will continue to have broader fulfillment over time. The element of judgment against the wicked in the vision is suggested rather than explicitly stated, apart from the sixth seal; however, with further reflection, it becomes clear that Christ's advancing victory includes the defeat of the wicked, whose sufferings from war, famine, and death come without the hope of reward that the righteous receive. The vengeance for the martyrs is foretold to eventually befall them, and in the face of the final judgment, they find no way to hide but cry out to the mountains and rocks to fall on them to conceal them from the one seated on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. This aspect of the trials of the seals, which reveals judgment on the world, should not be ignored in our interpretation, although we should not place too much emphasis on it since it is not the primary focus.

In entering upon the more obscure portions of the book it may be well to remind the reader that the interpretation will be much simplified, and many of the difficulties will disappear, if we regard all the mysterious action in these visions as in the broadest sense symbolical, and not requiring detailed application. And although an effort may well be made to recover what has been called the “ground-view” of the Apostle, i. e. the natural application of the prophecy that lay in the immediate horizon of history and belonged to the conditions of his time, yet this cannot be regarded as absolutely essential to the correct interpretation for us and for all ages. We should not forget that we are dealing with what is really a great creative poem in prose, containing idealized conceptions of widely pervasive principles, and therefore its true interpretation lies in facts of universal experience rather than in the special circumstances which helped [pg 125] to give it form in the mind of the writer, but beyond which he passed with poetic freedom to grasp the larger ideal—for to deny that John had any such ideal in mind is to do injustice both to his prophetic and poetic insight. And if in our anxiety to reproduce the author's native horizon, we allow the basis of historical fact to become the chief matter of concern, we are sure to lose in literary insight in the interpretation of the book far more than we gain through clearness of local perspective. For it is always to be reckoned “amongst the impediments to the study of literature ... that the personality of the author, and the circumstances of actual life, are forever being allowed to interpose between a creative poem and the mind of the reader”,389 to the constant hindrance of any free following of the author's constructive idealization. And it is only by avoiding this narrowing influence of realism that we are at all likely to reach the heart of the Apocalypse.

In delving into the more obscure parts of the book, it may be helpful to remind the reader that interpretation will be much easier, and many difficulties will fade away, if we view all the mysterious actions in these visions as broadly symbolic and not needing detailed application. While it is reasonable to try to recover what has been called the "ground level" of the Apostle, meaning the natural application of the prophecy that existed within the immediate historical context of his time, this is not absolutely necessary for correct interpretation for us or for all ages. We should remember that we are engaging with what is essentially a great creative poem in prose, featuring idealized concepts of widespread principles, and thus its true interpretation lies in universally experienced facts rather than the specific circumstances that helped [pg 125] shape it in the writer's mind. The author transcended those circumstances with poetic freedom to grasp the larger ideal—denying that John had any such ideal in mind does a disservice to both his prophetic and poetic vision. In our eagerness to recreate the author's original context, if we let the historical facts become our main focus, we risk losing more literary insight in interpreting the book than we gain from a clearer local perspective. It is often noted that "One of the obstacles to studying literature is that the author's personality and real-life circumstances often get in the way of a creative poem reaching the reader's mind.",389 limiting our ability to freely follow the author's imaginative idealization. Only by avoiding this constraining influence of realism can we hope to reach the essence of the Apocalypse.

1 The Opening of the First Seal, Ch. 6:1, 2

The Lamb as the ruler and revealer of destiny opens the seals. At the call of one of the four living creatures, “come”,390 a white horse and his rider, who bears a bow, the sign of warfare, and receives a crown, the token of victory, appear in view, representing Christ going forth conquering and to conquer,391 a vision depicting the beginning and trend of the gospel age: the symbol of the victory of Christ's cause attained through conflict, Christianity triumphing in the earth,—for the progress of the life of the church is viewed like that of the national life of Israel as marked by constant conflict. The assurance of victory is made to precede the revelation of trial as a ground of comfort and confidence throughout the succeeding seals. We may properly regard the contents of this seal as a present view of the onward course of the [pg 126] church, the details of which are to be imagined rather than described, a suggestive picture which stamps itself upon the mind, for the figure of the crowned and conquering Christ once distinctly seen can never be effaced but marks all our after-thought of him. This vision was realized in some measure in the splendid growth of the church in the first and following centuries, but the full realization of its promise lies in the fulness of the ages (ch. 19:11-21)—Christ is ever moving on through the years to final victory.

The Lamb, who rules and reveals destiny, opens the seals. At the summons of one of the four living creatures, "come",390 a white horse appears along with its rider, who carries a bow—the sign of warfare—and receives a crown, symbolizing victory. This scene represents Christ going forth, conquering and to conquer,391 depicting the beginning and the course of the gospel age: a symbol of the victory of Christ’s mission achieved through conflict, with Christianity prevailing on earth. The development of the church's life is seen in a manner similar to the national life of Israel, marked by constant struggle. The assurance of victory comes before the revelation of trials, serving as a source of comfort and confidence throughout the following seals. We can consider the contents of this seal as a current view of the ongoing journey of the [pg 126] church, with details that are to be imagined rather than explained—a vivid image that sticks in our minds. Once we distinctly see the figure of the crowned and conquering Christ, it can never be erased; it shapes all our future thoughts of him. This vision was partly fulfilled in the remarkable growth of the church in the first few centuries, but the complete fulfillment of its promise is found in the fullness of time (ch. 19:11-21)—Christ is continually moving forward through the years toward ultimate victory.

Many historical interpreters find in this rider the symbol of conquest, especially of judgment on the Roman Empire by the Parthians, indicated by the bow, their usual weapon, and premonitory of the end.392 In that case the first seal, like the succeeding ones, would indicate a form of trial to the church. Others see in the rider the sign of Roman conquest, and in the subsequent seals precursors of the destruction of Jerusalem, assuming the earlier date of the book. These views, however, fail to recognize the close similarity and apparent identity of the rider in this vision with the one on the white horse in chapter nineteen (v. 11) who is evidently divine;393 nor do they agree with the above view as to the scope of the seals, but limit them to the first century, while in the interpretation given in this work they reach forward throughout the history of the church to the end of time. We must be duly careful, according to the symbolic view, not to limit the prophecy to too narrow a scope in its complete fulfilment, and especially not to exclude the world-wide and universal reference, even though it be regarded as the secondary meaning, since to many minds this is the essential and larger thought in the vision. For we should not forget that while the visions of the Apocalypse, like the voices of prophecy and the parables and teachings of our Lord, had their immediate occasion and purpose, yet this becomes in turn the ground and instrument of a wider and permanent divine message to all mankind, and that this is the message which is our chief concern.

Many historical interpreters see this rider as a symbol of conquest, particularly representing the judgment of the Roman Empire by the Parthians, signaled by the bow, their typical weapon, foreshadowing an end. In this view, the first seal, like the ones that follow, would represent a form of trial for the church. Others interpret the rider as a sign of Roman conquest, suggesting that the subsequent seals foreshadow the destruction of Jerusalem, assuming the book was written earlier. However, these interpretations overlook the close resemblance and apparent sameness of the rider in this vision with the one on the white horse in chapter nineteen (v. 11), who is clearly divine; nor do they align with the previous interpretation regarding the extent of the seals, instead limiting them to the first century. In this work's interpretation, the seals extend throughout the church's history to the end of time. We need to be careful, according to the symbolic viewpoint, not to restrict the prophecy to too narrow a scope in its full fulfillment, especially not to omit the global and universal aspect, even if it is seen as a secondary meaning, since for many, this is the key and broader concept in the vision. We should remember that while the visions of the Apocalypse, like the voices of prophecy and the teachings and parables of our Lord, had their immediate purpose and context, they also serve as the foundation and means of a broader and lasting divine message to all humanity, which remains our main focus.

[pg 127]

2 The Opening of the Second Seal, Ch. 6:3, 4

At the call of the second living creature, “Come”, a red horse and his rider appear, to whom is given a great sword, and power to take peace from the earth: the symbol of war, and of consequent trial to the church. The blood-red horse with his armed rider betokens the carnage of battle, and suggests all the horrors of bloodshed with its accompanying train of suffering. It is a prediction not of any particular war or wars, but of war in general, as the “wars and rumors of wars” in our Saviour's discourse (Mt. 24:6). And it was only as it was “given unto him” (v. 4), we are told, that the rider could accomplish his mission, thereby indicating the divine authority, limitation, and restraint. The sword is the same as the sacrificial knife, and the term used for slaying in the passage is the Greek term for killing the sacrificial victim, which may be intended to imply that the slaughter of the saints is to be included with others.394 The contents of this seal were realized to some extent in the Jewish war connected with the fall of Jerusalem, and in the subsequent wars of the Roman Empire which entailed great suffering upon the church as well as upon the world. The form of the prophecy, however, does not preclude reference to the then past as well as to present and to future events; it points to the experience of God's children in every age, to the Jewish as well as the Christian church, though doubtless with the future specially in view. These sorrows have been repeated again and again in the numberless wars of history, and may be repeated afresh in the future, for war is a constant trial of the church throughout the centuries. The symbol of the armed rider on the blood-red horse presents a vivid picture of the horrors of war. It was a figure which spoke to the imaginative Eastern mind with a power superior to words, especially to those who had known in their own experience the destructive ravages of war; but the details were left to be supplied by individual thought.

At the call of the second living creature, "Join us", a red horse and its rider appear, to whom a great sword is given, along with the power to take peace from the earth. This symbolizes war and the ensuing trials for the church. The blood-red horse and its armed rider signify the brutality of battle and evoke all the horrors of bloodshed along with its accompanying suffering. This is not a prediction of any specific war or wars, but rather of war in general, as mentioned in the "wars and rumors of wars" in our Savior's teachings (Mt. 24:6). We are told that it was only as it was “given to him” (v. 4) that the rider could fulfill his mission, indicating divine authority, limitation, and restraint. The sword is akin to a sacrificial knife, and the term used for killing in this passage is the Greek term for slaying a sacrificial victim, suggesting that the slaughter of the saints is included with others.394 The contents of this seal were somewhat realized during the Jewish war linked to the fall of Jerusalem and in the subsequent wars of the Roman Empire, which brought immense suffering to both the church and the world. However, the form of the prophecy does not exclude references to both past and future events; it highlights the experiences of God's children throughout history, including the Jewish and Christian churches, though likely with a special focus on the future. These sorrows have been repeated countless times in the numerous wars throughout history and may recur in the future, as war is a constant trial for the church across the ages. The symbol of the armed rider on the blood-red horse paints a vivid picture of the horrors of war. This figure resonated deeply with the imaginative Eastern mind, particularly for those who have experienced the destructive impacts of war; yet, the specifics were left for individual interpretation.

3 The Opening of the Third Seal, Ch. 6:5, 6

At the call of the third living creature, “Come”, a black horse and his rider appear, weighing out grain with a balance: the symbol of famine, want, and consequent [pg 128] suffering by the church. This expressive figure of the black horse and his rider with a balance foretold in a form that surpassed the power of language to describe, the prevailing gloom and distress of famine. Grain is sold by weight instead of measure, thereby indicating its scarcity (Ezek. 4:16), and the price is from eight to twelve times its usual cost, the food of a working man requiring his entire wages, and leaving those dependent on him without support.395 The famine indicated is not, however, any special season of want, but recurrent famine as a condition of trial, and is limited in its extent, as indicated by preserving the oil and the wine which may be regarded as typical articles of food, or the best of the things of common life396—a famine affecting the poor rather than the rich, the multitude rather than the few. The contents of this seal were realized in prevailing famines such as that under Claudius, that at the siege of Jerusalem, and many other seasons of want which have occurred at different times throughout the ages, but especially in the ancient world and in the Far East. The emaciation and terror produced by hunger and want was a form of suffering too well known among the inhabitants of those lands to need any further emphasis—it spoke a language of its own to all those who had felt its power.

At the call of the third living creature, "Arrive", a black horse and its rider show up, measuring grain with a scale: a symbol of famine, need, and the resulting [pg 128] suffering of the church. This striking figure of the black horse and its rider with a scale predicts a level of despair and hardship caused by famine that goes beyond words to describe. Grain is sold by weight rather than by volume, indicating its scarcity (Ezek. 4:16), and the cost is eight to twelve times what it usually is, meaning that the food needed for a working man consumes all his wages, leaving those who depend on him without support.395 The famine mentioned is not just a one-time event of need but a recurring trial, limited in its range, as shown by the preservation of oil and wine, which can be seen as staple foods or the best of everyday items396—a famine that impacts the poor more than the rich, the masses more than the few. The realities of this situation were evident in famines like the one during Claudius' reign, that at the siege of Jerusalem, and many other times of need throughout history, especially in the ancient world and in the Far East. The suffering and fear brought on by hunger and poverty were well understood by the people in those areas— it was a form of pain that communicated its own message to anyone who had experienced its effects.

4 The Opening of the Fourth Seal, Ch. 6:7, 8

At the call of the fourth living creature, “Come”, a pale, ashen colored, or green horse, and his rider Death appear, with Hades following after, i. e. the world of departed spirits accompanying death as his after-part to swallow up his victims, both personified, and with power given them to kill with the sword and with famine and with death in all its forms: the symbol of mortality in the church, destroying the forces of the kingdom. The pale green or livid horse, the color of a corpse, reflects the ghastliness of a dead body bordering on dissolution, and points to the ruin wrought by death. Death is here considered as in itself a trial, and some of the more terrible [pg 129] and widespread agencies by which it is brought about are mentioned in order to make its ravages more impressive. Among other forms death by sword and famine are included, evils already introduced under the two former seals as the occasion of suffering, but here regarded as leading to death and constituting a separate trial. The trial of this seal is also limited, and affects only one fourth of men, i. e. a fractional part, not an actual fourth, the fourth being perhaps suggested by the four horsemen. The contents of this seal were realized in the fearful mortality of Roman times by means of the fourfold scourge of sword, famine, pestilence, and wild beasts, the crown of all sorrows to the Jewish mind; but they have also been realized in a similar way, though different form, through the many dread visitations of death in later days.

At the call of the fourth living creature, "Join", a pale, ashen, or green horse appears, and his rider, Death, follows closely, with Hades trailing behind. This symbolizes the realm of the dead that accompanies death as it claims its victims, both as concepts and beings, empowered to kill with the sword, famine, and all forms of death: a representation of mortality in the church, annihilating the forces of the kingdom. The pale green or sickly horse resembles the color of a corpse, reflecting the horror of a decaying body and indicating the destruction caused by death. Here, death is seen as a test in itself, with some of the more dreadful and widespread means through which it occurs noted to emphasize its devastating impact. Among other types, death by sword and famine are included—evils already described in the two previous seals as causes of suffering, but now seen as leading to death and representing a distinct trial. This trial linked to this seal is also limited, affecting only a quarter of humanity, meaning a portion, not literally one-fourth, possibly alluded to by the four horsemen. The implications of this seal were evident in the terrifying mortality of Roman times through the fourfold scourge of sword, famine, plague, and wild beasts, the peak of all sorrows for the Jewish perspective; however, similar patterns have occurred in later times, albeit in different manifestations.

It will be noticed that almost every part of the symbolism in these visions has a meaning of its own. The horse in motion seems to indicate the swift progress and triumphal march through the earth of the things represented in the first four seals, viz. of Christianity the conquering religion, and also of war, famine, and death, the widespread terrors which are impersonated by the riders as treading the path of the centuries. The color of the different horses, too, is not without significance; white is the sign of victory (white horses were not uncommonly ridden by Roman conquerors)397 and it is also the symbol of purity, while red is the symbol of bloodshed, black of want, and pale or ashen green of death, each of the latter betokening something of the nature of the scourge which they bring to men. The whole content of the seals presents a bare outline of various forms of suffering, and is intended to typify a multitude of sorrows that are unnamed. It should be noted, too, that at the close of the fourth seal a division of the seals is apparent into two groups with four and three in each. The first four relate to the sphere of the natural world, as the number four indicates, and the fact also that they are ushered in by the four living creatures who represent creation. These seals are chiefly designed to show that during the period in which Christ is carrying forward his conquest unto [pg 130] victory, both trial and suffering in this world form part of the divine purpose of discipline for his people which cannot be escaped from but should be endured with patience and hope. The last three seals relate to the things of the spiritual life, of which three is the symbol, and point forward to the future and great reward in the world to come which is about to be realized by those who are faithful. The same division into four and three, pertaining to the natural and the spiritual, though with a distinctive application, is found in the visions of the trumpets and vials (see App'x. D).

It will be noticed that almost every part of the symbolism in these visions has its own meaning. The horse in motion seems to indicate the swift progress and triumphant march through the earth of what is represented in the first four seals, namely, Christianity, the conquering religion, as well as war, famine, and death— the widespread terrors represented by the riders as they move through the ages. The colors of the different horses also have significance; white signifies victory (white horses were commonly ridden by Roman conquerors)397 and symbolizes purity, while red represents bloodshed, black signifies want, and pale or ashen green symbolizes death, each indicating something about the nature of the suffering they bring to humanity. The overall content of the seals presents a basic outline of various forms of suffering and is meant to represent countless sorrows that are unnamed. It should also be noted that at the end of the fourth seal, a division of the seals is clear into two groups of four and three each. The first four relate to the natural world, as indicated by the number four, and the fact that they're introduced by the four living creatures representing creation. These seals are mainly intended to show that while Christ is continuing his conquest toward [pg 130] victory, both trial and suffering in this world are part of the divine purpose of discipline for his people, which cannot be avoided but should be endured with patience and hope. The last three seals relate to the spiritual life, symbolized by the number three, and point toward the future and great reward in the world to come that will be realized by those who are faithful. This same division into four and three, pertaining to the natural and the spiritual with a distinct application, is also found in the visions of the trumpets and vials (see App'x. D).

5 The Opening of the Fifth Seal, Ch. 6:9-11

At the opening of the fifth seal a vision of the souls of the martyrs appears, viz. of those “that had been slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held” (cf. ch. 19:10), who are now seen underneath the altar (i. e. the equivalent of the great brazen altar of sacrifice in the Jewish service, at the foot of which the blood of the sacrificial victims was poured) as the sign of their having sacrificed their lives for the truth. The altar is in the heavenly temple, which to the Jewish mind was the archetype of the earthly, where they are found crying to God as their master398 to judge and avenge them, i. e. calling for vindication, not for vengeance in the earthly sense; and they receive each a white robe, the recognized symbol of purity and victory, and are bidden to rest until the roll of martyrs is complete:399 the symbol of martyrdom so often experienced by the church throughout the ages. These saints of God have not been delivered from death, but they have been delivered through death. The limit of this trial is the “little time” of the church's further conflict, a period looked upon as relatively short in the whole course of the centuries, though not in itself necessarily short or definitely limited, for the “little time” is practically the whole period of this and the preceding seals. The contents of this seal [pg 131] were partly realized in the ten persecutions of the early church, especially those under Nero, and under Domitian, belonging to the period of the Apocalypse; but they have also been realized in every subsequent persecution that has followed the planting of the gospel in heathen lands. The martyrs belong to all ages and all nations, and include every man who has given his life as a testimony for the truth; and this seal looks along the whole line and comprehends every martyr of every age.

At the opening of the fifth seal, a vision of the souls of the martyrs appears, specifically those "who had been killed for the word of God and for the testimony they upheld." (cf. ch. 19:10), now seen underneath the altar (i.e., the equivalent of the large bronze altar of sacrifice in Jewish worship, where the blood of sacrificial victims was poured) as a sign of their sacrifice for the truth. The altar is in the heavenly temple, viewed by the Jewish mindset as the model for the earthly one, where they cry out to God as their master398 to judge and avenge them, essentially calling for justice, not vengeance in a worldly sense; and they are each given a white robe, the recognized symbol of purity and victory, and told to rest until the number of martyrs is complete:399 representing the ongoing struggle of martyrdom faced by the church throughout history. These saints of God have not escaped death, but they have triumphed through it. The limit of this trial is the "short time" of the church's ongoing conflict, viewed as relatively short over the span of centuries, though not necessarily brief or specifically defined, as the "short amount of time" essentially covers the entire duration of this and the preceding seals. The themes of this seal [pg 131] were partly realized in the ten persecutions of the early church, notably those under Nero and Domitian, during the time of the Apocalypse; however, they have also been seen in every persecution that has occurred since the spread of the gospel in non-Christian lands. The martyrs span all ages and all nations and include everyone who has laid down their life as a testament to the truth; this seal encompasses every martyr throughout history.

6 The Opening of the Sixth Seal, Ch. 6:12-17

At the opening of the sixth seal a vision of an earthquake appears, in which the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, the whole moon as blood, and the stars of heaven fell, while even the heaven itself was removed as a scroll when it is rolled up, and every mountain and island were moved out of their places, for we are told that the day, the great day, of divine wrath is come: the symbol of judgment and retribution, especially of the last judgment, and of the destruction of the world. The terrors of the judgment thus described are sevenfold, affecting the earth, the sun, the moon, the stars, the heavens, the mountains, and the islands; and seven classes of men are mentioned, who call to the rocks and the mountains to fall upon them and to hide them from the wrath of the Lamb, viz. the kings of the earth, the princes, the chief captains, the rich, the strong, and every bondman, and every freeman,—additional signs of universality and completeness. The contents of this seal have been realized in one way in the crises of history and the fall of empires, which we may regard as described here after the analogy of Jewish Apocalyptic, under the form of a great catastrophe of nature bringing to an end the existing order of things—the fortunes of the people of God, though not their fate, being conceived of as inseparably interwoven with the world of nature; but this is only a temporary and passing fulfilment which foreshadows and points to the final day of wrath (called in Greek (v. 17), “the day, the great [day] of their wrath”, i. e. of the wrath of God and of the Lamb), or the day of the Lord,400 [pg 132] and the end of the world. The End is a constant element in all Apocalyptic writings, as it is the recurrent point of interest with John in the Apocalypse; and it was undoubtedly due to the influence of Jewish Apocalyptic conceptions that an expectation commonly prevailed in the primitive church that the End was close at hand, and that it would come not through development but through crises of judgment.401 The important part which the End has in the Apocalypse may be regarded as owing in some degree to the place it must necessarily occupy in any exhaustive scheme of the course of the world; but it is perhaps more largely due to the peculiar view-point of Apocalyptic, which exalted the End out of proportion to the present in order to impress more deeply its lessons.402

At the opening of the sixth seal, a vision of an earthquake appears, where the sun turns as black as sackcloth, the whole moon appears as blood, and the stars fall from the sky, while the heavens themselves are rolled up like a scroll. Every mountain and island shifts from its place because the great day of divine wrath has arrived. This symbolizes judgment and retribution, especially the final judgment and the destruction of the world. The terrors of this described judgment are sevenfold, affecting the earth, the sun, the moon, the stars, the heavens, the mountains, and the islands; seven groups of people are mentioned who cry out to the rocks and mountains to fall on them and hide them from the wrath of the Lamb—namely, the kings of the earth, the princes, the chief captains, the rich, the strong, and every bondman and every freeman—indicating universality and completeness. The contents of this seal have been realized in various ways throughout history and the fall of empires, described here following the analogy of Jewish Apocalyptic, as a great natural catastrophe ending the existing order of things—linking the fortunes of God’s people, though not their ultimate fate, with the world of nature; but this is only a temporary fulfillment that foreshadows the final day of wrath (called in Greek “the day, the great [day] of their wrath,” i.e., the wrath of God and the Lamb), or the day of the Lord, and the end of the world. The End is a constant theme in all Apocalyptic writings, as it is a recurring focus for John in the Apocalypse; and it was undoubtedly influenced by Jewish Apocalyptic ideas that early Christians commonly believed the End was imminent and that it would arrive not through gradual change but through crises of judgment. The importance of the End in the Apocalypse can be seen as part of any complete scheme of the world’s course; however, it is likely more due to the unique perspective of Apocalyptic, which emphasizes the End disproportionately to the present to deepen its lessons.

All the visions of the six seals had a particular application and an undoubted though partial fulfilment in the first age in which they were given; but they have a wider and more perfect fulfilment in all subsequent time, and perhaps will have an especially complete fulfilment in the last time, such as we know that the sixth seal will surely have. To seek constantly, however, for a merely literal fulfilment is surely to emphasize the least important part of their meaning, and to limit them narrowly to a definite historical event is to rob them of their larger purpose, for they are wide-flung types that speak as with a thousand tongues to the open ear and ready mind.

All the visions of the six seals had a specific meaning and an undeniable, though partial, fulfillment in the early period when they were given; however, they have a broader and more complete fulfillment throughout all of history, and they may have an especially full realization in the end times, as we know the sixth seal certainly will. Constantly seeking a strictly literal fulfillment, however, emphasizes the least important aspect of their meaning, and confining them strictly to a specific historical event diminishes their greater purpose, as they are expansive representations that communicate in countless ways to those who are willing to listen and engage.

[In the order of the Revelation the connection is at this point interrupted and the climax suspended by introducing the Episode of the Sealed Ones (ch. 7:1-17), which will be found under IIb. The episodes are given separately in this outline, and outside of their proper position in the text, for the sake of clearness and emphasis].

[In the order of the Revelation, the connection is interrupted at this point, and the climax is put on hold by introducing the Episode of the Sealed Ones (ch. 7:1-17), which will be found under IIb. The episodes are outlined separately here to enhance clarity and emphasis, outside of their original position in the text.]

7 The Opening of the Seventh Seal, Ch. 8:1

At the opening of the seventh seal a vision of heaven wrapped in perfect silence appears: the symbol of mystery, the unrevealed, the unspoken, the ineffable bliss of heaven which cannot be told in human words or portrayed in physical form, the great sabbath of the church's history,—a significant sign of the deep, unbroken rest [pg 133] from conflict and toil into which the people of God shall enter at the end of the earthly trial, and of the fulness of joy to be realized in the future life of the redeemed when the conflict and judgment of this world are over, all of which now lies beyond the power of words or vision to describe or display. The form of the vision is remarkably suggestive; the silence indicates that which cannot be spoken; it gives time for thought that is beyond expression, deepens “the sense of trembling suspense”, and serves to quicken anticipation of the revelation to follow.403 The contents of this seal are to be realized in the future life of the redeemed after the conflict and judgment of this world are over, and they cannot now be revealed except in symbol; they lie beyond the sphere of earthly thought. The half-hour is a broken, fractional number, implying a limited period, and is here the sign of the relatively brief time during which John beheld the vision,—for the period covered by the thought of the vision is the whole period of eternity, the future endless life with God, and only a glimpse of it is given at this point in order to reassure the hearts of God's children in the midst of conflict,—thus affording an impressive break between the seals and the trumpets, which, though short in itself, must have seemed relatively long to the beholder in the midst of such stirring scenes. The silence may have been suggested to John's mind by that which the people kept during the time when the priest offered incense in the temple, for we find that the offering of incense by an angel immediately follows (v. 2-5),404 and the solemnity of that time in John's own experience of the ritual worship may well have left its impress upon his mind. In closing the series it remains to be said that the last seal, notwithstanding that its contents are incompletely developed, yet joins with the first, and serves to mark out the whole course of the church's history through all the dread and storm of the other seals, as ever advancing from opening conquest to final peace, all the trials of the seals leading on to deep quiet in the end, the symbol of the great and enduring peace of God.

At the opening of the seventh seal, a vision of heaven appears, enveloped in perfect silence: a symbol of mystery, the unknown, the unspeakable joy of heaven that can't be expressed in human words or depicted in physical form, the great rest in the church's history—a powerful indication of the deep, unbroken peace from struggle and labor that God's people will enter at the end of their earthly trials, and of the fullness of joy to be experienced in the future life of the redeemed when the conflicts and judgments of this world are done, all of which goes beyond what words or visions can capture. The nature of the vision is striking; the silence signifies things that can't be verbalized; it allows for contemplation that surpasses expression, heightening "the sense of trembling suspense," and intensifies the anticipation of what’s to come. The content of this seal will be realized in the future life of the redeemed after the trials and judgments of this world conclude, and it can't be revealed now except in symbols; it exists beyond earthly understanding. The half-hour is a fragmented number, suggesting a limited time, here representing the relatively short duration during which John witnessed the vision—since the thought represented by the vision spans the entirety of eternity, the future endless life with God, only a glimpse is provided at this point to comfort the hearts of God's children amid struggles—creating a significant pause between the seals and the trumpets, which, although brief, must have felt considerably longer to the observer amidst such intense scenes. The silence may have been inspired by the people's stillness during the time the priest offered incense in the temple, as the offering of incense by an angel follows immediately (v. 2-5), and the solemnity of that moment in John's own experience with the ritual worship likely left a lasting impression on his mind. In wrapping up this series, it's important to note that the last seal, despite not fully revealing its contents, connects with the first and outlines the entire journey of the church through all the trials and turmoil depicted by the other seals, continuously progressing from initial triumph to ultimate peace, with the challenges of the seals leading to profound tranquility in the end, symbolizing the great and lasting peace of God.

[pg 134]

It may be well for us before entering upon the episode of consolation in the seventh chapter, to review rapidly the steps by which the prime purpose of the Apocalypse has been thus far wrought out in the vision of the seven seals, viz. to encourage the hearts of weak and suffering Christians and to fortify their patience on the upward way in the midst of trial and distress by pointing out the path of faith and hope alike to the certainty of victory in the future days of the church upon earth, and to the fulness of joy reserved for the redeemed in the far and fadeless glory beyond. The deeper lesson of the first four seals is one of absolute trust in God when the way, as then, was dark and the hearts of men terror-stricken. God has not in any sense forsaken his people, the vision proclaims, though his path and purpose lie hidden in the night. Amid all the trials of the earthly life his plan is working out unseen through the way to final victory. His people must learn the lesson of discipline in the path by which he leads, and strive to trust and be patient and obey, while he with unerring wisdom rules and works and wins. The closing three seals contain a more direct revelation of hope and comfort. Under the fifth seal the peace of the future life and the guarantee of recompense to the saints is reassured; the vision of the sixth leads to the episode of consolation which portrays the safe gathering of the redeemed on God's right hand at last, while the contents of the seal itself point to the surety and justice of divine judgment that shall inevitably fall upon sin and sinners; and the seventh reveals the endless and unbroken peace and glory of the future life with God. Thus, contrary to all appearances in the world of men, the perplexing trials of the Christian life are seen in the apocalyptic vision to be not in vain; the painful discipleship of Jesus has its abundant reward hereafter; the certain and unfailing victory of the righteous lies at the very heart of the eternal purpose of God; and this triumphant hope is presented as an abiding consolation for the Christian mind in the midst of prevailing trial and distress.

It might be a good idea for us, before we dive into the episode of comfort in the seventh chapter, to quickly review the steps that have led to the main goal of the Apocalypse so far in the vision of the seven seals. This goal is to uplift the hearts of struggling and suffering Christians and to strengthen their patience on the difficult path ahead during times of trial and distress by showing them the way of faith and hope, both leading to the certainty of future victory for the church on earth and the fullness of joy waiting for the redeemed in the eternal and unchanging glory beyond. The deeper lesson of the first four seals is about complete trust in God when the way, just like back then, was dark and people's hearts were filled with fear. The vision declares that God has not abandoned His people in any way, even though His plans and purposes may be hidden in darkness. Throughout all the challenges of earthly life, His plan is unfolding quietly toward final victory. His people need to learn the lesson of discipline on the path He guides them on and strive to trust, be patient, and obey, while He skillfully leads, works, and achieves His goals. The last three seals provide a clearer message of hope and comfort. Under the fifth seal, there's reassurance of the peace of the afterlife and the promise of reward for the saints; the sixth seal leads us to the episode of comfort that depicts the safe gathering of the redeemed at God's right hand at last, while the seal’s content points to the certainty and justice of divine judgment that will inevitably strike sin and sinners; and the seventh seal reveals endless and unbroken peace and glory in the future life with God. So, despite all appearances in the human world, the confusing trials of the Christian life are shown in this apocalyptic vision to hold meaning; the challenging discipleship of Jesus will have its great reward later on; the sure and unwavering victory of the righteous is at the very core of God's eternal purpose; and this triumphant hope serves as a lasting comfort for the Christian mind amid ongoing trials and distress.

IIb The Episode of the Sealed Ones (A Vision of Guaranteed Salvation). Ch. 7:1-17

The episode of the sealed ones is a vision of consolation, that is introduced as a digression between the sixth [pg 135] and seventh seals, elaborating the idea of redemption inwrought with judgment, and showing the safety, even in the midst of tribulation, of God's people who are divinely sealed, as also the certainty of their final reward. It is given for the encouragement of tried and suffering Christians who cannot understand why they suffer, and as an answer to the question in ch. 6:17, “who shall be able to stand?” i. e. in the midst of such judgment as is depicted under the sixth seal. There is, of course, a manifest element of consolation for the saints in the contents of the seals themselves, as indicated above, viz. the certainty of victory under the first, the divine limitation and control signified in the second, third, and fourth, the promise of peace and reward in the fifth, of vindication and judgment in the sixth, and of the heavenly rest in the seventh; but this word of comfort receives such a distinct reinforcement and emphasis in the episode interposed as to indicate clearly its purpose. The blessed consolation for God's people in all ages given in the book of Revelation has not, perhaps, been sufficiently emphasized in the past,405 yet this has always made it a cherished message for those in affliction. The episode is found to consist of two parts, corresponding in some degree to the two dispensations, the Old and the New, the first setting forth the surety of salvation in the divine choice out of Israel (v. 1-8), and the second the fulness of salvation in the restoration to the divine presence of the entire body of the redeemed out of all nations (v. 9-17), the two together manifesting the consoling thought that redemption triumphs in the midst of judgment.

The episode of the sealed ones is a comforting vision, introduced as a digression between the sixth [pg 135] and seventh seals. It develops the idea that redemption is intertwined with judgment and shows that God's people, who are divinely sealed, are safe even in the midst of tribulation, as well as the certainty of their final reward. It's meant to encourage tested and suffering Christians who are struggling to understand why they face hardship, serving as an answer to the question in ch. 6:17, "Who will be able to stand?" That is, amid the judgment depicted under the sixth seal. Of course, there’s a clear element of comfort for the saints within the seals themselves, as already pointed out: the certainty of victory in the first seal, the divine limitation and control implied in the second, third, and fourth seals, the promise of peace and reward in the fifth, vindication and judgment in the sixth, and heavenly rest in the seventh. However, this word of comfort is distinctly reinforced and emphasized in the interposed episode, clearly indicating its purpose. The blessed consolation for God's people across all ages offered in the book of Revelation may not have been emphasized enough in the past,405 yet it has always been a cherished message for those suffering. The episode includes two parts, reflecting the two dispensations: the Old and the New. The first part highlights the certainty of salvation for the chosen out of Israel (v. 1-8), and the second part demonstrates the fullness of salvation in restoring the entire body of the redeemed from all nations to the divine presence (v. 9-17), with both showing the comforting idea that redemption triumphs amid judgment.

A The Sealed of Israel, Ch. 7:1-8

The first part of the episode shows Israel's share in the sure and unfailing results of God's elective and redemptive purpose, and through this the wider truth that God seals and keeps all his own (cf. Ezek. 9:1-6).406

The first part of the episode shows Israel's role in the certain and consistent outcomes of God's chosen and saving plan, and through this, the broader truth that God protects and maintains all his own (cf. Ezek. 9:1-6).406

1 The Angels Holding the Winds, Ch. 7:1-3

At the bidding of another angel who ascends from the sunrising as the sign that he brings light and hope, [pg 136] and who bears the seal of the living God as the token of his authority, “the four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea” restrain the winds, which are apparently those of destruction and judgment, until the act of sealing has been accomplished: the symbol of the delay of God's final judgment upon the world until all his chosen ones are sealed, i. e. are marked as the subjects of redemption, or until his redemptive purpose is complete—the choice beginning with Israel. Four, the earth number, is the number of the angels, corners, and winds in the vision, indicating the world-wide character of the judgment; and the sealing is upon earth, though apparently not to be thought of as occurring in any particular point of time, and not therefore to be placed, as by some, just preceding the final judgment, for in a wider sense the sealing stands as a symbol of redemption as a whole, viewed in effect as a process concurrent with the trials of the seals, and illustrated by its operation in Israel.407 The time of holding back the winds is the entire period of divine grace, and the sealing shows the brighter side of the former picture of trial and suffering—God is ever doing what he did in Israel.

At the request of another angel who comes from the east, signaling that he brings light and hope, [pg 136] and who carries the seal of the living God as proof of his authority, “the four angels who were given power to harm the earth and the sea” hold back the winds, which seem to represent destruction and judgment, until the sealing process is completed: a symbol of the delay of God's final judgment on the world until all of His chosen ones are sealed, meaning marked as subjects of redemption, or until His redemptive purpose is fulfilled—starting with Israel. The number four, representing the earth, is the number of the angels, corners, and winds in the vision, showing the global nature of the judgment; and the sealing happens on earth, although it shouldn't be thought of as occurring at a specific moment in time, and therefore shouldn't be placed, as some suggest, right before the final judgment. In a broader sense, the sealing symbolizes redemption as a whole, seen as a process occurring alongside the trials of the seals, and is exemplified by its effect in Israel.407 The time during which the winds are held back represents the whole period of divine grace, and the sealing reflects the more hopeful aspect of the previous depiction of trial and suffering—God is continually doing what He did in Israel.

2 The Number of the Sealed, Ch. 7:4-8

The redeemed are sealed upon the forehead, the sign of the visible and personal ownership of Christ, but the act of sealing is not revealed; as the act of God it is hidden, and only the number of the sealed is given, a hundred and forty-four thousand, i. e. the square of twelve, the national number, multiplied by a thousand, the cube of ten, the number of completeness,—twelve thousand from each tribe, or twelve, the number of the tribes of Israel, multiplied by a thousand, the number of heavenly completeness: the symbol of a vast, complete, but indefinite number chosen from the people of Israel and kept unto eternal life as the first-fruits unto God and the Lamb, the true or ideal people of Israel, who are in a sense representative of all the redeemed. Other interpreters, accepting the apocalyptic-traditional view of late writers, regard the first section of the episode (v. [pg 137] 1-8) as a reproduction in form or substance from a Jewish apocalypse, while the second section (v. 9-17), where there is so manifest an expansion of the horizon, is the Christian development of the same idea, showing how the older vision may be understood in our time.408 Such views evidently have strong attraction for the modern mind, but it may well be doubted whether such a view solves as many difficulties as it creates, for it assumes the existence of documents that have no evidence on which to rest except the theory which assumes them.

The redeemed are marked on their foreheads, signifying Christ's visible and personal ownership, but the actual act of sealing remains unknown; as the act of God, it is concealed. Only the number of those sealed is mentioned—144,000—which represents the square of twelve, the national number, multiplied by a thousand, the cube of ten, which signifies completeness. This means twelve thousand from each tribe, or twelve, the number of the tribes of Israel, multiplied by a thousand, symbolizing heavenly completeness: it represents a vast, complete, yet indefinite number chosen from the people of Israel and destined for eternal life as the first-fruits to God and the Lamb. They embody the true or ideal Israel, representing all the redeemed. Other interpreters, adhering to the apocalyptic-traditional view of later writers, consider the first part of the passage (v. [pg 137] 1-8) to be a restatement in form or content from a Jewish apocalypse, while the second part (v. 9-17), which clearly broadens the perspective, is the Christian interpretation of the same idea, illustrating how the earlier vision can be understood in our time. Such interpretations clearly appeal to the modern mindset, but it's debatable whether they resolve as many issues as they create, as they rely on the assumption of documents for which there is no evidence beyond the theory that suggests their existence.

B The Redeemed Out of All Nations, Ch. 7:9-17

In this section is presented a view of all the glorified in heaven, showing the world-wide results of redemption, and the ultimate felicity of the redeemed, a scene of triumph in vivid contrast with the trials and sufferings of the church upon earth, and a striking illustration of the difference which Christ has brought about through his atoning work.409

In this section, we present a vision of all the honored in heaven, highlighting the global impact of redemption and the final happiness of the saved, creating a triumphant scene that sharply contrasts with the trials and hardships faced by the church on earth, and serves as a powerful illustration of the change that Christ has made through his atoning work.409

1 The Innumerable Multitude, Ch. 7:9

With the opening of the second part of the episode there is a sudden expansion of the horizon; every barrier of race and nation has disappeared, and a triumphant multitude of the saved from all peoples, a company which no man could number, far surpassing that of Israel, is seen standing before the throne and before the Lamb, arrayed in white robes, the symbol of purity,410 and having palms in their hands, the token of joy as well as victory (cf. I Macc. 13.51), and perhaps, also, as a sign of triumphant homage to the Lamb. The use of palms in the Feast of Tabernacles may have been foremost in thought here, but we need not confine the significance of the figure to the Jewish symbolism of joy. It probably includes all the ideas connected with palms that were familiar to the thought of the time, without regard to their origin; for it is not justifiable to assume that the Apocalypse contains no ideas borrowed from heathen antiquity, but moves exclusively within the circle of sacred, that is, Jewish imagery and symbols.411 This represents an opinion [pg 138] which in the light of later studies in Apocalyptic cannot be maintained, though manifestly everything has been assimilated by the Jewish conception, from whatever source it may have been derived. The phase of the vision presented in the ninth verse, affords a view of the redeemed church in its fulness, the multitude of the saved from both covenants now joined in one body in which no distinction of race or nation exists, a view much wider in its scope than the former one of the sealing.412

With the opening of the second part of the episode, the horizon suddenly expands; every barrier of race and nation has vanished, and a triumphant crowd of the saved from all peoples—a company that no one could count, far surpassing that of Israel—stands before the throne and the Lamb, dressed in white robes, symbolizing purity, 410 and holding palms in their hands, representing joy and victory (cf. 1 Maccabees 13.51), and perhaps also as a sign of triumphant homage to the Lamb. The use of palms during the Feast of Tabernacles may be prominent here, but we shouldn't limit the significance of this symbol to Jewish traditions of joy. It likely encompasses all ideas associated with palms that were known at the time, regardless of their origin; for it is unjustifiable to assume that the Apocalypse contains no concepts taken from pagan antiquity and operates solely within the realm of sacred, namely, Jewish imagery and symbols. 411 This reflects an opinion [pg 138] that, considering later studies in Apocalyptic, cannot be upheld, although it is evident that everything has been integrated into the Jewish understanding, no matter the source. The aspect of the vision presented in the ninth verse shows the complete redeemed church, the multitude of the saved from both covenants now united in one body where there is no distinction of race or nation, offering a perspective much broader than the previous one of the sealing. 412

Many commentators, it must be recognized, view this passage differently (v. 4-9), and maintain the full identity of the hundred and forty-four thousand and the great multitude by a somewhat strained exegesis, making the hundred and forty-four thousand the symbol of the Christian church.413 In the interpretation of such symbols, however, we must always allow a latitude of view, for different interpretations appeal with varying force to different minds; and it should be remembered in holding the view accepted in this work, that while the symbol is taken from the case of Israel, and is therefore correctly interpreted as applying primarily to the people of Israel, yet it is not Jews as distinguished from Gentiles that are meant, but the saints of the Old Testament as distinguished from those of the New, the few in contrast with the many; and that in a wider sense the figure symbolizes salvation as a whole, represented here by a part in which it is shown to be effective, the main idea being salvation made certain and efficient by the divine act of sealing, while in the great multitude the symbol is that of salvation become world-wide in its results. The question of the identity of the two groups is therefore subordinate, and cannot be regarded as of any special importance.

Many commentators, it’s important to note, interpret this passage differently (v. 4-9) and argue that the hundred and forty-four thousand and the great multitude are fully identical, using a somewhat forced interpretation, suggesting that the hundred and forty-four thousand symbolize the Christian church. In interpreting such symbols, we must always allow for different perspectives, as varying interpretations resonate differently with various people. It’s also important to remember that while this work leans towards the interpretation that the symbol is derived from the situation of Israel, and correctly applies primarily to the people of Israel, it doesn’t refer specifically to Jews as distinct from Gentiles, but rather to the saints of the Old Testament compared to those of the New Testament, the few versus the many. Furthermore, in a broader sense, the figure represents salvation as a whole, portrayed here by a part where it is shown to be effective; the main concept being that salvation is made certain and effective through the divine act of sealing, while the great multitude symbolizes salvation that has become universal in its effects. Thus, the question of whether the two groups are the same is secondary and shouldn't be considered particularly significant.

It may be well at this point, in view of the great and radiant multitude of the redeemed, the innumerable company out of all nations and tribes and peoples and tongues, who stand before the throne and join in the cry of “Salvation unto our God ... and unto the Lamb” (v. 10), for us to emphasize the wide-spread and triumphant effect of the gospel in the world of men which is here [pg 139] foreshown. It has been too often asserted by modern critics that the outlook of the Revelation is narrow and Jewish, and its view limited and discouraging. As against this it is well to remember the lesson of these verses, as well as that of many other similar passages throughout the book (cf. chs. 5:9; 21:24; 22:7, et al.). We should also clearly see that the Revelation from its nature and purpose deals chiefly with the plan of God for the ages, and with the causes and events which lead on to the end of the world, and that therefore its essential message is not addressed to evangelistic effort or to missionary enterprise, but to faith in God when days are dark and storms fill the sky, and to preparation for meeting him in a fairer world when earthly days are done. Yet the book just as clearly shows that the divine plan both includes and prepares for the essentially world-wide and universal mission of Christianity; and the message of the gospel to every creature is repeated and emphasized throughout in such a way as to make plain that the great work and chief purpose of the Kingdom of God in the earth is to redeem and to save the lost. And surely this important truth should never be left out of view in our perusal of the book.

It might be a good idea at this point, considering the vast and radiant crowd of the redeemed—an countless group from all nations, tribes, peoples, and languages—who stand before the throne and shout, “Salvation belongs to our God ... and to the Lamb” (v. 10), to highlight the widespread and triumphant impact of the gospel in human society as shown here [pg 139]. Modern critics have often claimed that the outlook of Revelation is narrow and Jewish, with a perspective that is limited and discouraging. To counter this, it's important to remember the lesson from these verses, as well as from many other similar passages throughout the book (cf. chs. 5:9; 21:24; 22:7, et al.). We should also recognize that Revelation, by its nature and purpose, primarily addresses God’s plan for the ages and the causes and events that lead to the end of the world. Therefore, its main message isn’t focused on evangelistic efforts or missionary work, but rather on faith in God during dark times and preparing to meet Him in a better world once earthly life is over. Yet the book also clearly indicates that God's divine plan includes and prepares for the truly global and universal mission of Christianity; the message of the gospel to every creature is repeated and emphasized throughout in a way that makes it clear that the main work and primary purpose of God's Kingdom on Earth is to redeem and save the lost. This important truth should always be kept in mind while reading the book.

2 The Cry of the Church Triumphant, Ch. 7:10-12

The whole body of the redeemed, the saved out of both covenants, the united company which no man could number, that includes both Jews and Gentiles, is heard unitedly to cry with a loud voice, “Salvation unto our God ... and unto the Lamb”, i. e. salvation is attributed unto God and the Lamb414 (the Salvation Chorus), while all the heavenly court join them in a seven-fold symphony of praise. This is the last in a series of growing doxologies. In ch. 1:6 the praise ascribed is twofold, in ch. 4:11 it is threefold, in ch. 5:13 it is fourfold, and now in ch. 7:12 it is sevenfold—“Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever”. It should also be noted that in the Salvation Chorus, for the first of three times in the book, salvation is ascribed by a voice from heaven to God, or to God and to Christ, viz. in chs. 7:10; 12:10; and 19:1.

The entire body of the redeemed, those saved from both covenants, the united group that no one can count, which includes both Jews and Gentiles, is heard together shouting with a loud voice, "Salvation belongs to our God ... and to the Lamb", meaning salvation is given to God and the Lamb414 (the Salvation Chorus), while all the heavenly beings join them in a seven-fold symphony of praise. This is the final part of a series of increasing doxologies. In ch. 1:6, the praise is twofold, in ch. 4:11 it is threefold, in ch. 5:13 it is fourfold, and now in ch. 7:12 it is sevenfold—“Blessing, glory, wisdom, gratitude, honor, power, and strength be to our God forever and ever.”. It is also important to note that in the Salvation Chorus, for the first of three times in the book, salvation is attributed by a voice from heaven to God, or to God and Christ, namely in chs. 7:10; 12:10; and 19:1.

[pg 140]
3 The Redeemed Before the Throne, Ch. 7:13-17

John's attention is at this point specially directed to the triumphant company that is before the throne of God by one of the elders (v. 13f.)415 in order to emphasize that they of that company have come victorious out of the great tribulation of the earthly life, and therefore they are ever before the throne serving God day and night in his temple, i. e. in the ναὸς, the shrine of the temple in heaven, and sharing in the exceeding blessedness of the divine presence as their great reward. “And he that sitteth on the throne shall spread his tabernacle over them ... and God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes.”416 It is not likely that by the great tribulation in v. 14 is meant a special period of trial such as is implied in ch. 3:10, and by the words of our Lord in Mat. 24:21, but rather the world-tribulation that belongs to the earthly life of the Christian throughout all time, “the tribulation of Jesus” (ch. 1:9) in which John felt that he had a share. Some, however, think that it is the same period of trial referred to before as preceding the end of the world.417 Thus with a prophetic view of the redeemed before the throne the episode closes, and the seventh seal is opened (ch. 8:1).

John's attention is now specifically directed to the victorious group standing before God's throne, pointed out by one of the elders (v. 13f.)415. This highlights that they have emerged triumphant from the great tribulation of earthly life, and so they are continually in front of the throne, serving God day and night in His temple, which is the ναὸς, the sacred place in heaven, and enjoying the immense happiness of being in God's presence as their ultimate reward. “And the one sitting on the throne will set up his tent over them... and God will wipe away every tear from their eyes.”416 The great tribulation mentioned in v. 14 likely refers not to a specific time of trial like that implied in ch. 3:10 or in Jesus' words in Mat. 24:21, but rather to the tribulations that all Christians face throughout their earthly lives, "Jesus' suffering" (ch. 1:9), which John felt was part of his experience. Some, however, believe it refers to the same period of trial mentioned earlier, which comes before the end of the world.417 With a prophetic glimpse of the redeemed before the throne, the episode concludes, and the seventh seal is opened (ch. 8:1).

III The Vision of the Seven Trumpets (A Vision of Threatening). Chapters 8:2-9:21, and 11:14-19

The vision of the seven trumpets sets forth in pictorial form a divine proclamation of the judgments of God upon the sinful world, especially those to be experienced throughout the prospective history of mankind until the final consummation of all things. It consists of another group of seven that are parallel in a certain sense to the vision of the seals, covering like them the path of the ages, but that form a separate series complete in themselves and that are issued for a different purpose, the seals specially manifesting God's care of his people in the midst of trial, while the trumpets reveal the divine punishment visited upon the sinful. These two lines of judgment are conceived of as occurring mainly [pg 141] in the same period, but looked at from another point of view: or, perhaps, it might better be said, that we have here another group of seven which follow the whole course of history and develop a new line of divinely ordered occurrences that neither follow nor precede, but are quite independent of any time-relation to the preceding series of the seals. The number of the trumpets, like that of the seals, is intended to indicate the completeness of the series, for seven is the number of completeness. They are general indications of God's judgments, and though particular events may be partial fulfilments, the complete fulfilment is in all time.418

The vision of the seven trumpets presents a vivid depiction of God's judgments on the sinful world, particularly throughout the anticipated history of humanity until everything reaches its final conclusion. It consists of another set of seven that parallels the vision of the seals in some ways, covering the timeline of ages similarly, but forms a distinct series that stands on its own for a different purpose. The seals specifically show God's care for His people during hardships, while the trumpets demonstrate the divine punishment inflicted on the sinful. These two aspects of judgment are seen as happening mainly [pg 141] within the same timeframe but from a different perspective. Or, it might be more accurate to say that we have another group of seven that spans the entire course of history, presenting a new sequence of divinely ordered events that do not follow or precede but exist independently of any timeline related to the earlier series of seals. The number of trumpets, like that of the seals, signifies the completeness of the series, as seven represents completeness. They provide general indications of God's judgments, and although specific events may be partial fulfillments, the ultimate fulfillment occurs throughout all time.418

A The Preparation for the Trumpets, Ch. 8:2-6

In a short intervening section preparatory to the trumpets, we are shown that the prayers of the saints lead to the manifestation of divine wrath against sin. These verses, it may be said, form a transition from the vision of the seals to that of the trumpets, and are in fact included by some under the seventh seal, though not properly belonging to it. The former vision reaches a fitting close in the period of eternal rest which is looked upon under the seventh seal, and we wait in the quiet that it brings, expecting the end to be announced at once. But instead of that a further vision is revealed to the seer, and we again traverse the course of history by a different path to its ending. In another series of seven under the trumpets the punishment of the ungodly is reviewed, and divine wrath is seen to fall upon the heads of the sinful. This succeeding series of trumpet visions is introduced by verses two to six in the eighth chapter.

In a brief section before the trumpets, we see that the prayers of the saints lead to the revelation of divine anger against sin. These verses serve as a transition from the vision of the seals to that of the trumpets and are actually included by some under the seventh seal, even though they don't strictly belong there. The earlier vision wraps up nicely with a period of eternal rest, which is viewed under the seventh seal, and we wait in the calm it brings, expecting the announcement of the end at any moment. Instead, however, another vision is revealed to the seer, and we once more journey through history by a different route to its conclusion. In another series of seven trumpets, the punishment of the wicked is examined, and divine wrath is seen to descend upon the sinful. This next series of trumpet visions is introduced by verses two to six in the eighth chapter.

1 An Angel Offers Incense upon the Golden Altar, Ch. 8:3-5

The incense is added unto the prayers of all the saints which are thus typically purified, and they are straightway presented before the throne of God in heaven. Incense was the symbol of prayer under the Old Testament, but it becomes here, by a further development of the symbol, the vehicle for bearing the prayers to the throne, and the action apparently follows the form of the Jewish ritual worship. An angel standing over the brazen altar of sacrifice, takes fire from it in [pg 142] a golden censer or fire-pan, and much incense is then given him to add unto the prayers of all the saints, evidently for their purification and that he may offer them at the golden altar of incense which is before the throne of God. Completing this action, the angel returns again to the brazen altar to take fire from it that he may cast it as the symbol of judgment upon the earth (cf. Ezek. 10:2f). Others, however, think that only one altar, that of incense, is referred to in the action.419 In either case the worship of the Old Testament is the basis of the figure, though the scene is laid in heaven. “And there followed thunders, and voices, and lightnings, and an earthquake”, the tokens of God's presence and of the approaching divine judgment.

The incense is added to the prayers of all the saints, which are then purified, and they are immediately presented before the throne of God in heaven. Incense symbolized prayer in the Old Testament, and here, it further develops into the means of delivering those prayers to the throne, resembling the form of Jewish ritual worship. An angel standing over the bronze altar of sacrifice takes fire from it in a golden censer and is given a lot of incense to add to the prayers of all the saints, clearly for their purification so he can offer them at the golden altar of incense before the throne of God. After completing this action, the angel goes back to the bronze altar to take fire from it to cast as a symbol of judgment upon the earth (cf. Ezek. 10:2f). However, some believe only one altar, the altar of incense, is involved in the action. In either case, the worship of the Old Testament forms the basis of the image, even though the scene is set in heaven. “And there followed thunders, and voices, and lightnings, and an earthquake," the signs of God's presence and the coming divine judgment.

2 The Seven Angels Prepare to Sound, Ch. 8:2, 6

To the seven angels are given seven trumpets with charge of the series of impending woes; and the angels put the trumpets to their lips ready to sound, mention of which is made in order to emphasize the importance to be attached to their action as angels who stand before God. Their position implies special service, and their number doubtless indicates the perfection of their ministry.420 The trumpet, which was the common instrument for public announcement, and often connected with the idea of judgment,421 may be here intended to recall its use at the fall of Jericho (Josh. 6:4f). The seven angels may also be taken to represent the whole body of angel ministrants who serve before God, just as the seven churches symbolize the whole church.

To the seven angels are given seven trumpets, tasked with announcing a series of coming troubles; the angels bring the trumpets to their lips, ready to blow, highlighting the significance of their actions as angels who stand before God. Their role suggests special service, and their number surely signifies the completeness of their duty.420 The trumpet, a common tool for public announcements and often linked to ideas of judgment,421 may be meant to remind us of its use during the fall of Jericho (Josh. 6:4f). The seven angels might also represent the entire group of angelic ministers serving before God, just as the seven churches symbolize the entire church.

B The Trumpets Sounded, Ch. 8:7-9:21; and 11:14-19

The sounding of the trumpets represents the proclamation of signal and destructive judgments upon the ungodly world. The form of these judgments in the vision was adapted to current conceptions of great calamities, and may be regarded as symbolizing all the [pg 143] terrible woes in store for all the wicked in all the ages—wide world-pictures of the divine purpose of punishment. The latter half of the first century was marked by many terrible visitations, such as earthquakes, famines, and plagues, and it should not be thought strange to find these events reflected in such a book as the Apocalypse at a time when they were fresh in the public mind. That they had some such source is evident, for the graphic descriptions of appalling disaster by earthquake in Martinique (1901), and in Messina (1908), have served to illumine many passages in the Revelation, as have also other similar occurrences previously known. These judgments in the visions constitute not only the divine means of punishment, but become the divine test of character, revealing the essential nature of evil men; for the effect of the judgments, unlike that of the seals, falls mainly upon the evil.

The sound of the trumpets signifies the announcement of significant and destructive judgments upon the sinful world. The way these judgments are depicted in the vision aligns with contemporary ideas of major disasters and can be seen as symbolizing all the terrible sufferings awaiting the wicked throughout all time—broad portrayals of the divine intention of punishment. The latter part of the first century experienced many dreadful events, such as earthquakes, famines, and plagues, so it isn't surprising to find these incidents reflected in a book like the Apocalypse when they were fresh in the public consciousness. It’s clear they have such origins, as the vivid descriptions of catastrophic earthquakes in Martinique (1901) and Messina (1908) have shed light on many passages in Revelation, as have other similar occurrences known before. These judgments in the visions not only serve as divine means of punishment but also act as a divine test of character, revealing the true nature of evil people; because the impact of the judgments, unlike that of the seals, primarily affects the wicked.

1 The Sounding of the First Trumpet, Ch. 8:7

The sounding of the first trumpet is followed by hail and fire mingled in blood cast upon the earth: the symbol of disaster visited upon the land, and men punished by such means as in the days of Pharaoh,—for fire is a symbol of the divine presence and wrath, and the blood indicates the destructive effects about to be wrought upon both the animate and inanimate creation for the chastisement of man. The resemblance of the first four judgments of the trumpets and also of the vials to the plagues of Egypt, is too manifest to escape the attention of any careful reader of Scripture, and affords a ready proof of their representative character. These well-known historic incidents of judgment, belonging to the birth-period of the Hebrew nation, which are so deeply inwrought in the Old Testament story, and whose significance was so well understood, become the ready types of other judgments that are sent with a similar purpose and that belong to the divine order, but the intimate nature of which it was not the divine purpose to disclose. They are widely suggestive of God's power over things the most permanent and stable. The destruction of but a third part of the objects affected as the result of the trumpet series, represents a limited judgment, not an actual third but a fractional portion destroyed, a great but not the greater part. The earth, the sea, the rivers, and the heavenly bodies, on which the [pg 144] first four judgments fall, are parts of a fourfold division of the universe which is common in this book, and are intended to designate the entire created world, both here and in the vision of the vials.422 In this comprehensive designation the earth, or the land, was thought of as the nourishing mother and the dwelling-place of man; the sea as the agent and arena of commerce; the rivers as the seat of cities, the centres of population, the arteries of trade, and the source of water supply; and the heavenly bodies as the source of light, and as the rulers of destiny—together representing in common thought the great things of life to the world of men. Disaster to these, the sources of wealth and well-being, has always been among Oriental nations the type of all that is most terrible.

The sounding of the first trumpet is followed by hail and fire mixed with blood falling on the earth: a symbol of disaster hitting the land and people being punished just like in the days of Pharaoh—because fire represents God's presence and anger, while the blood indicates the destructive effects about to be unleashed on both living and non-living things as punishment for humanity. The similarity between the first four trumpet judgments and the plagues of Egypt is so obvious that any careful reader of Scripture cannot miss it, providing clear evidence of their symbolic nature. These well-known historical events of judgment, which are part of the early history of the Hebrew nation, are deeply woven into the Old Testament narrative, and their significance was widely understood, making them apt symbols for other judgments that serve a similar purpose and align with divine order, although the specific nature of which was not meant to be revealed. They vividly illustrate God's power over even the most enduring and stable things. The destruction of only a third of the affected objects resulting from the trumpet series represents a limited judgment—not exactly one-third, but a significant fraction, a large portion but not the majority. The earth, the sea, the rivers, and the heavenly bodies, where the first four judgments occur, are part of a common fourfold division of the universe in this book, intended to signify the entire created world, both here and in the vision of the vials. In this broad designation, the earth or land is considered the nurturing mother and home of humanity; the sea is viewed as the means and space for commerce; the rivers represent the sites of cities, centers of population, trade routes, and water sources; and the heavenly bodies are seen as sources of light and controllers of destiny—all together symbolizing the major aspects of life for humanity. Disasters to these sources of wealth and well-being have always been seen as the most terrifying events among Eastern nations.

2 The Sounding of the Second Trumpet, Ch. 8:8-9

The sounding of the second trumpet is followed by, as it were, a great mountain burning with fire cast into the sea, thereby working widespread ruin: the symbol of disaster visited upon the sea, one part of creation which is used as God's agent for punishing mankind. To move a mountain was a token of divine power, and it was blazing with fire as a sign of the divine presence and wrath—another Sinai in effect flung into the sea. This striking figure of a mountain of fire was perhaps suggested to John's mind by a volcano, with which he must have become familiar while resident in Asia; but attention is directed more particularly in these visions, especially the first four, to the effect produced rather than to the means used, whether hail and fire, or a mountain, or a star, or the smiting of the planets.423 The effect produced is one of great terror, though the way in which it applies to men is left to be inferred, and is not attempted to be described. Such an incident was well adapted to the thought of the first century, and could not but strike terror in the mind of the beholder because of the complete helplessness of men in the presence of such a disaster. It presents a wide field for thought, the limits of which are not defined. It is in fact one way of saying that God will make all nature to strive against man because of sin.

The sounding of the second trumpet is followed by what looks like a huge mountain on fire thrown into the sea, causing widespread destruction: a symbol of disaster hitting the sea, one part of creation that God uses to punish humanity. Moving a mountain represented divine power, and its fiery blaze signified God's presence and anger—like another Sinai cast into the sea. This dramatic image of a flaming mountain might have been inspired by a volcano that John was familiar with during his time in Asia; however, these visions, especially the first four, focus more on the effects rather than the means, whether it's hail and fire, a mountain, a star, or the striking of planets. The resulting effect is one of great terror, though its application to people is left to interpretation and not explicitly described. Such an event was very relevant to first-century thought and would undoubtedly instill fear due to humanity's utter helplessness in the face of such a disaster. It opens up a vast area for reflection, with boundaries that are not defined. Essentially, it conveys that God will cause all of nature to rebel against humanity because of sin.

[pg 145]
3 The Sounding of the Third Trumpet, Ch. 8:10-11

The sounding of the third trumpet is followed by the falling of a great star from heaven, called Wormwood, upon the waters, burning as a torch and making them bitter: the symbol of disaster visited upon the rivers and fountains of waters, still another part of creation, as an act of divine judgment upon sinful men who dwell by the waters. As under the former trumpets only a third part was affected: “And many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.” The falling of a star was regarded as a sign of some great disaster about to happen, and is here apparently intended to be typical of judgment sent from heaven, while the name Wormwood signifies the bitterness of the trouble which it entails upon men. But beyond this all is indefinite, a quality characteristic of Apocalyptic which often heightens rather than lessens the general effect. The bitter waters expressed the moral bitterness that men must taste because of their sin: the wide result is thus covered by an unspoken appeal to thought through a significant symbol.

The sounding of the third trumpet is followed by a great star falling from heaven, called Wormwood, onto the waters, burning like a torch and making them bitter: a symbol of disaster affecting the rivers and springs of water, another part of creation, as an act of divine judgment on sinful people living near the waters. Just like with the previous trumpets, only a third was impacted: "And many men died from the water because it was made bitter." The falling star was seen as a sign of a major disaster about to occur, and here it seems meant to symbolize judgment coming from heaven, while the name Wormwood represents the bitterness of the trouble it brings upon people. But beyond this, everything is vague, a characteristic of Apocalyptic literature that often amplifies rather than diminishes the overall effect. The bitter waters symbolize the moral bitterness that people must experience because of their sin: the broader implications are thus implied through a powerful symbol that encourages reflection.

4 The Sounding of the Fourth Trumpet, Ch. 8:12

The sounding of the fourth trumpet is followed by the smiting of the sun, moon, and stars: the symbol of disaster visited upon the heavenly bodies, not only destroying their light but inflicting a punishment peculiarly terrifying to the Oriental mind because of the occult influence which these bodies were supposed to exert upon the future destinies of men. We need not necessarily regard John as personally sharing in this opinion, but only as using the language and appealing to the thought of his time, as in the preceding reference to the falling star. He seems to look upon these strange occurrences mainly as signs of the divine purpose, as “wonders in the heavens and in the earth” (Joel 2:30) through which God wrought in manifesting his will. The evils resulting from this visitation in the vision, as in the former judgments, are suggested rather than named; but they lie before the mind in a haunting way to be filled in by a vivid imagination with scenes of terror and wrath.

The sounding of the fourth trumpet is followed by the striking of the sun, moon, and stars: a symbol of disaster that befalls the heavenly bodies, not only extinguishing their light but also bringing about a punishment that is particularly terrifying to the Eastern mindset due to the mysterious influence these bodies were believed to have on human destinies. We don’t have to think that John personally believed this, but rather that he was using the language and tapping into the thoughts of his time, as shown in his earlier reference to the falling star. He seems to view these unusual events mainly as signs of divine intention, as “wonders in the sky and on the earth” (Joel 2:30) through which God acted to reveal His will. The negative consequences of this vision’s visitation, like those in previous judgments, are suggested rather than explicitly stated; they linger in the mind, leaving space for a vivid imagination to fill in scenes of terror and rage.

(1) The Eagle and Its Message, Ch. 8:13

At this point an eagle (not an angel, as in the Authorized Version), the symbol of carnage, appears flying [pg 146] high in mid-heaven, crying, “Woe! Woe! Woe!” and indicating by its rapid flight and thrice repeated call of terror the swiftness of the three coming woes of the remaining trumpets.424 Also three, the number of the spiritual in contrast with the material, serves to indicate the sphere to which these judgments belong. These three, the fifth, sixth, and seventh, are often called the “woe-trumpets”, and their effects are visited directly upon men, not indirectly through natural objects as under the preceding four of the series.

At this point, an eagle (not an angel, like in the Authorized Version), the symbol of slaughter, appears flying high in the sky, crying, “Woe! Woe! Woe!” Its rapid flight and repeated cries of terror signal the urgency of the three impending woes from the remaining trumpets. Also three, a number representing the spiritual compared to the material, shows the realm to which these judgments belong. These three, the fifth, sixth, and seventh, are often referred to as the “woe-trumpets,” and their effects are directly experienced by people, not indirectly through natural events as in the previous four.

5 The Sounding of the Fifth Trumpet, Ch. 9:1-12

The sounding of the fifth trumpet is followed by a vision of a star from heaven, fallen unto earth, the symbolic representation of Satan cast out of heaven for his sin, and by smoke as of a great furnace enveloping a swarm of locusts that ascend from the pit of the abyss, the present dwelling-place of Satan and the familiar haunt of demons: the symbol of disaster to men through Satan and his multitudinous host, “the spiritual hosts of wickedness” (Eph. 6:12), the demons from the pit. These are permitted to torment men, producing bitter anguish for five months, the usual life of the locust, and the symbol of an incomplete or limited period of time, which may here refer to the time of man's existence upon the earth. Five, the half of ten the complete number, is a symbol of incompleteness or indefiniteness. The invading army of locusts is a well-known figure of widespread disaster, as in the prophecy of Joel (ch. 2:1-11). In accordance with general apocalyptic usage the pit of the abyss is regarded as the present abode of the Devil and his angels, and is conceived of as a vast subterranean depth connecting with the surface of the earth by a great shaft or well which can be opened or closed from above, and the entrance to which may be locked or unlocked by a key.425 That which at first seems to be a cloud of smoke proves to be teeming with forms of life, an evident token of the hidden nature of the source of evil. The power of the locusts is directed immediately against the wicked, such men as have not the seal of God on their foreheads, while their sting seems to be the type of the poison of sin which they infuse into [pg 147] the veins of men, and the torment which they inflict to refer to the visitation of sins that bring terrible punishment upon the offenders so that men prefer death rather than life. The description of the locusts as “like unto horses prepared for war etc.”, is a realistic touch intended to heighten the sense of terror, but not to identify them with any objects in human experience. Also the statement that “their faces were as men's faces”, implies only that they were like men in appearance, though some think this points to human agents. The star is here used in a quite different sense from that under the third trumpet,—for to insist that all objects must have a single symbolism, and that the star must mean the same in every case, i. e. a person, there as well as here, is to neglect one of the clearest lessons of Apocalyptic. Here it is a personification or symbol of Satan (Isa. 14:12), the angel of the abyss, who is named Apollyon,426 i. e. one who causes perdition to mankind, or in Hebrew, Abaddon, i. e. the destroyer, a sufficient identification for the reader of the Old Testament. The awful woe that the world of evil men suffers at the hands of Satan and his legions is the ideal content of this trumpet; and we notice that the severity of the judgments seems to increase as they progress toward the end. The first woe is now declared to be past (v. 12), but two others are foretold as yet to come.

The sounding of the fifth trumpet is followed by a vision of a star falling from heaven to earth, symbolizing Satan cast out of heaven for his sin. There’s smoke rising like a great furnace, filling the air with a swarm of locusts that come up from the abyss, the current home of Satan and a familiar haunt for demons: a symbol of disaster for humanity through Satan and his countless followers, “the spiritual hosts of wickedness” (Eph. 6:12), the demons from the pit. They are allowed to torment people, causing them bitter suffering for five months, which is the typical lifespan of locusts and symbolizes a limited period of time, possibly referring to human life on earth. Five, being half of ten (the complete number), represents incompleteness or uncertainty. The invading army of locusts is a well-known sign of widespread disaster, similar to the prophecy in Joel (ch. 2:1-11). In apocalyptic literature, the abyss is seen as the current dwelling place of the Devil and his angels, imagined as a vast underground depth connected to the earth's surface by a great shaft or well that can be opened or closed from above, and which may be locked or unlocked with a key.425 What seems like a cloud of smoke turns out to be teeming with life forms, indicating the hidden source of evil. The locusts’ power is aimed directly at the wicked, individuals who lack the seal of God on their foreheads, while their sting symbolizes the poison of sin infused into people’s veins, with the torment they bring reflecting the punishment of sins that drives people to prefer death over life. The description of the locusts as “like horses prepared for war, etc.,” adds a realistic detail to amplify the terror but doesn't link them to anything from human experience. The mention that “their faces were as men’s faces” suggests they looked human, though some believe this points to human agents. In this context, the star has a different meaning than in the third trumpet—it's a mistake to insist that every object carries a single symbolism, and that the star must mean the same in every case, i.e., a person. Here, it's a personification or symbol of Satan (Isa. 14:12), the angel of the abyss, called Apollyon, which means one who brings destruction to humanity, or in Hebrew, Abaddon, meaning the destroyer—clear enough for readers familiar with the Old Testament. The great suffering that wicked humanity endures at the hands of Satan and his forces embodies the essence of this trumpet; the severity of these judgments seems to increase as they approach the end. The first woe has now been declared past (v. 12), but two more are foretold to come.

6 The Sounding of the Sixth Trumpet, Ch. 9:13-21, and 11:14

The sounding of the sixth trumpet is followed by the loosing of four angels from the bed of the Euphrates (which is done at the bidding of a voice from the four horns427 of the golden altar of incense that is before God, and underneath which are the souls of them that had been slain for the Word of God—evidently a divine command) who had been prepared for an appointed time, even “for the hour and day and month and year, that they should kill the third part of men” from the earth, and by the coming of a vast invading army of horsemen, the double square of a myriad, or two hundred millions [pg 148] in all, the largest number used in the Apocalypse, the type of an innumerable multitude, which apparently act under direction of the four angels, and destroy a third part of men from the earth:428 the symbol of disaster to men through the world-forces of heathenism, which are under direction of the world-rulers of the darkness (Eph. 6:12). The unbinding of the angels is the symbol of evil let loose among men, for the angels are evil as is indicated by their being bound, by their number, and by the place of their imprisonment, i. e. the binding is the symbol of divine restraint until the appointed time; their number is four, the earth number, indicating that they belong to this world which is usually thought of as evil; and the Euphrates, the place where they are bound, is the old seat of the world-power, and the representative of heathenism with its multitudinous host. The evils inflicted by the heathen nations upon mankind, especially the evils of war with their concomitant results, are here indicated by this forceful figure; yet these, though deep and terrible, entirely fail to turn the rest of men, who escape death, from idol worship and its attendant impurities—a marvelous forecast of the path of history, for the heathen powers have time and again become the agents of woe to mankind, yet the people have not awakened to the true source of their sorrow in idolatry. The description of the horses and of their riders in the vision is purely an ideal one, intended to make them the objects of greatest terror, a true Oriental touch, appealing to the vivid Eastern imagination as such figures do with us to the minds of children. The woes of men at the hands of heathen nations is the evident content of this trumpet, as is clearly indicated in the twentieth verse of the chapter. At this point the second woe is declared to be past, and the third to be about to come quickly (ch. 11:14); but between them intervenes a vision of divine help, and of the value of the church's witness (ch. 10:1-11:13).

The sounding of the sixth trumpet is followed by the release of four angels from the Euphrates River (which happens at the command of a voice from the four horns of the golden altar of incense before God, where the souls of those who were slain for the Word of God are—clearly a divine command) who had been prepared for a specific time, even “for the hour and day and month and year, that they should kill a third of humanity” from the earth. This occurs with the arrival of a massive invading army of horsemen, which is a double square of myriads, or two hundred million in total—the largest number mentioned in the Apocalypse, representing an uncountable multitude, apparently acting under the direction of the four angels, and destroying a third of humanity on the earth: the symbol of disaster to people through the worldly forces of paganism, which are led by the rulers of darkness (Eph. 6:12). The release of the angels symbolizes the unleashing of evil among humans, as indicated by their being bound, their number, and where they were imprisoned; i.e., the binding represents divine restraint until the appointed time; their number, four, is significant of the earth, indicating they belong to this world, often considered evil; and the Euphrates, where they are bound, is the historical center of world power and symbolizes paganism with its vast host. The harm caused by the pagan nations to humanity, especially the suffering from war and its accompanying consequences, is represented by this powerful image; yet, despite the deep and terrible consequences, they completely fail to turn the remaining people, who avoid death, away from idol worship and its associated impurities—a remarkable prediction of the course of history, as pagan powers have repeatedly become the sources of suffering for humanity, and yet the people have not realized the true cause of their grief in idolatry. The depiction of the horses and their riders in this vision is purely ideal, meant to strike the greatest fear, a true Oriental touch, appealing to the vivid Eastern imagination much like such figures appeal to children's minds. The suffering of humanity at the hands of pagan nations is the clear message of this trumpet, as indicated in the twentieth verse of the chapter. At this point, the second woe is declared to be over, and the third is about to come quickly (ch. 11:14); but between them, there is a vision of divine assistance and the value of the church's testimony (ch. 10:1-11:13).

This view of the fifth and sixth trumpets seems to meet more fully the statements of the text than other views, and to conform best to the general character of the [pg 149] whole series; for notwithstanding the recognized obscurity of the trumpet visions, we can surely discern divine judgments for wrongdoing in the first four, under forms of physical evil visited upon the natural creation, and in the remaining three, manifestations of moral evil visited upon men for their sin. That the pit or abyss points to demoniacal forces, and the Euphrates to human agencies, is sufficiently evident without discussion.429 The application of the incidents of the fifth and sixth trumpets to Mohammedans and Turks by some of the historical school, who have even interpreted the tails of the horses as a prophetic reference to these well-known symbols of authority used by Turkish Pashas, is a curious example of capricious fancy. The fact that the events predicted under the sixth trumpet find a wide exemplification in the incursions of Turk and Mohammedan, Goth and Vandal, is only a clearer proof of their ideal character. And it is surely better to leave these highly wrought imaginative symbols of the trumpets, with their deep suggestiveness of appalling forms of coming evil, in the vague indefiniteness in which we find them, rather than to mar their beauty by weak and narrow interpretations.

This perspective on the fifth and sixth trumpets seems to align more closely with the text's statements than other interpretations and fits best with the overall nature of the series; for despite the recognized ambiguity of the trumpet visions, we can certainly see divine judgments for wrongdoing in the first four, manifested as physical evils affecting the natural world, and in the last three, as moral evils impacting people for their sins. It is clear that the pit or abyss refers to demonic forces and the Euphrates to human agents without needing further discussion. The interpretations by some of the historical school that link the events of the fifth and sixth trumpets to Muslims and Turks, and even suggest that the tails of the horses symbolize these well-known authorities used by Turkish Pashas, are examples of fanciful thinking. The fact that the occurrences predicted under the sixth trumpet are strongly reflected in the invasions by Turks and Muslims, Goths and Vandals, only highlights their ideal nature. It’s definitely better to leave these richly imaginative symbols of the trumpets, with their profound hints of terrible future evils, in their vague undefined state rather than diminish their impact with weak and narrow interpretations.

[The Episode IIIb, which in this work is given after the seventh trumpet, occurs at the present point in the vision covering chs. 10:1 to 11:13. The connection is resumed in ch. 11:14, for the second woe found in that verse belongs in order of thought at the close of the sixth trumpet, the intervening part being parenthetical—see the Scripture text as paragraphed in this volume].

[The Episode IIIb, which in this work is presented after the seventh trumpet, takes place at this point in the vision covering chs. 10:1 to 11:13. The connection continues in ch. 11:14, since the second woe mentioned in that verse fits logically at the end of the sixth trumpet, with the intervening section being a parenthetical insert—see the Scripture text as arranged in this volume].

7 The Sounding of the Seventh Trumpet, Ch. 11:15-19

The sounding of the seventh trumpet is followed by great voices in heaven, declaring that the kingdom of the world is now become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ;430 by the elders praising God that the time of judgment and reward has come (the Victory Chorus); by the ark of the covenant, the token of God's abiding presence, being revealed in the opened temple in heaven—a traditional sign in the later Judaism of [pg 150] the coming of the Messiah;431 and by lightnings, voices, thunders, and an earthquake with great hail, the necessary accompaniments in Jewish thought of the great and final day of wrath: the multiple symbol of the final judgment, and of the glorious triumph of God's kingdom. The contents of the seventh trumpet are not fully developed, perhaps because they are too great for description, but in it we reach the climax and issue of the whole process of judgment that is exhibited in the series, the full and final establishment of the kingdom. The result is viewed in its entirety, and the millennial period of victory is not brought separately into view. The unveiling of the ark of covenant mercy and the ushering in of the kingdom close the vision, and constitute an informal transition to the vision of conflict through which the triumph has been effected.

The sounding of the seventh trumpet is followed by loud voices in heaven, announcing that the kingdom of the world has now become the kingdom of our Lord and His Christ;430 and by the elders praising God that the time for judgment and reward has arrived (the Victory Chorus); by the ark of the covenant, a symbol of God's constant presence, being revealed in the opened temple in heaven—a traditional sign in later Judaism of [pg 150] the coming of the Messiah;431 and by lightnings, voices, thunders, and a massive earthquake with great hail, which are typically associated in Jewish thought with the great and final day of wrath: the multiple symbol of final judgment and the glorious triumph of God's kingdom. The details of the seventh trumpet are not fully explored, perhaps because they are too immense to describe, but in it we reach the peak and outcome of the whole judgment process exhibited in the series, the complete and final establishment of the kingdom. The result is seen in its entirety, and the millennial period of victory is not examined separately. The revealing of the ark of covenant mercy and the arrival of the kingdom conclude the vision and serve as an informal transition to the vision of conflict through which the triumph has been achieved.

If we now rapidly recall the whole course of the seven trumpets, we can see how with progressive movement they increase in severity as they go forward; the judgments they prefigure fall first upon the land, and then consecutively upon the sea, upon the fountains of water, and upon the heavenly bodies, as signs of God's judgment upon the physical universe, and thus upon men who in their earthly lives form part of the natural world; then with the fifth trumpet the judgments take a wider trend, and point to and include the setting free of numberless demonic forces of evil from the pit of the abyss to prey upon men, and under the sixth trumpet the loosing of the multitudinous world-forces of heathenism from the banks of the Euphrates to bring world-wide judgments upon the race, thus preparing the way for the blowing of the seventh trumpet which ushers in the day of cumulative wrath upon sin, and the final triumph of God's kingdom. This onward progress of the plan of the ages is only broken by a passing view of the possibility of recovery for men in the episode of the angel and the book, and of the two witnesses, which follows. The whole sweep of the judgments of the trumpets, in the view of Apocalyptic perspective, is toward the end of the present world and the triumph of righteousness in the final judgment. There the redeemed are left with God in his glorious kingdom; the after life is not attempted to be described; its blessings are evidently [pg 151] too great for our present comprehension. But the triumph would not be so definite, without the vision of conflict which follows, for it presents the path to victory through prevailing trial and opposition as ever leading on to complete and final triumph in the end, that is to be realized in the glorious presence of the Lamb who is revealed as standing upon Mount Zion in the midst of the redeemed.

If we quickly recap the entire sequence of the seven trumpets, we can see how they intensify in severity as they progress; the judgments they signify first affect the land, then the sea, the springs of water, and the heavenly bodies, serving as signs of God's judgment on the physical universe, and consequently on people who are part of the natural world. Then, with the fifth trumpet, the judgments expand further, indicating the release of countless demonic forces from the abyss to torment humans. Under the sixth trumpet, the unleashing of numerous forces of paganism from the Euphrates River brings worldwide judgments upon humanity, paving the way for the seventh trumpet, which signals the day of ultimate wrath against sin and the final victory of God's kingdom. This ongoing plan of salvation is briefly interrupted by the potential for recovery for humanity in the episode involving the angel and the book, as well as the two witnesses that follow. The overall arc of the trumpet judgments, from an apocalyptic perspective, is directed towards the end of the current world and the victory of righteousness in the final judgment. There, the redeemed are united with God in His glorious kingdom; the afterlife is not elaborated upon, as its blessings are clearly too great for our current understanding. However, this triumph wouldn't be as meaningful without the vision of conflict that follows, which illustrates the journey to victory through trials and opposition, ultimately leading to complete and final success to be realized in the glorious presence of the Lamb, who is shown as standing on Mount Zion among the redeemed.

IIIb The Story of the Angel with the Book and the Two Witnesses (A Vision of Divine Help). Ch. 10:1-11:13

This twofold vision forms a digression between the sixth and seventh trumpets, similar to the episode between the sixth and seventh seals, setting forth the opportunities which God has afforded men of escaping his wrath, showing the divine method of help through the institutions of religion, and affirming the permanent value of the church's witness,—a paragraph that notwithstanding its acknowledged difficulty, is manifestly interposed for the comfort of the church as well as to prepare the way for the last woe of the remaining trumpet.432 The restraint of wrath indicated by the destruction of only the third part under the trumpets, is now further developed by showing the divine offer of escape; and also man's common neglect of that offer, which leads at length to final doom under the seventh trumpet. The episode, it will be seen, differs in theme from the one under the seals, the former setting forth the divine side of redemption, and the surety of its accomplishment through the act of sealing, the latter showing the human side of redemption as it is made known to men through the institutions of religion, and the failure of its universal operation through unbelief, leaving the world without excuse to bear the weight of judgment—the one throwing light upon God's relation to the church, and the other upon his relation to the world, in accordance with the general theme of the seals and the trumpets. Though many are unable to agree that John had such a comprehensive view in mind, or that it is to be looked for in a writing of this class, yet when we consider the various marks of elaborate structure in [pg 152] the book, exhibited in the relation of its different parts, and the deep prophetic insight and poetic intuition manifested by the author in his idealization of the course of the church, we need not be surprised to find a broad and perspicuous view of redemption such as this, especially since the plan of salvation had already been so fully elaborated in an earlier period by the great Apostle to the Gentiles.

This two-part vision creates a break between the sixth and seventh trumpets, similar to the one between the sixth and seventh seals. It presents the opportunities that God has given people to escape His wrath, illustrates the divine method of assistance through religious institutions, and emphasizes the lasting importance of the church's testimony. Even though it's recognized as difficult, this paragraph is clearly intended to provide comfort to the church and to prepare for the final disaster of the last trumpet. The restriction of wrath, shown by the destruction of only a third under the trumpets, is further explored by demonstrating God's offer of escape, alongside the common human neglect of that offer, which ultimately leads to doom under the seventh trumpet. This episode differs in theme from those under the seals; the former highlights the divine aspect of redemption and its guaranteed realization through sealing, while the latter reveals the human side of redemption as it is presented to people through religious institutions and shows how its universal application fails due to unbelief, leaving the world without excuse to face judgment. One shows God's relationship to the church, while the other shows His relationship to the world, aligning with the overall theme of the seals and trumpets. Although many struggle to agree that John had such a broad perspective in mind, or that it is expected in a writing of this type, when we look at the detailed structure of the book, demonstrated by how its different parts relate to each other, and the profound prophetic insight and poetic intuition displayed by the author in his portrayal of the church's journey, it's not surprising to find a clear and comprehensive view of redemption like this, especially since the plan of salvation had already been thoroughly developed earlier by the great Apostle to the Gentiles.

A The Angel with the Little Open Book, Ch. 10:1-11

The first part of the episode exhibits the revelation of God's will and purpose as a source of help. The little book in the vision is evidently the Apocalypse, though in a broader sense it doubtless represents as well the general purpose and beneficent effects of all God's revelations to men; and the book is found open to indicate that its contents are made known to the world. Some regard the little book to be the remaining part of the Apocalypse, beginning with the succeeding chapter;433 by others its contents are considered to begin with chapter twelve, the first break in continuity after the episode; but it seems more likely that the whole book is intended. In any case it is clear that the prophetic form in which the writer's ministry is to be realized (viz. “thou must prophesy again over many peoples and nations and tongues and kings”, v. 11) serves to link the center of the book (ch. 10:11) with both the beginning (ch. 1:3) and the end (ch. 22:19),434 and thereby furnishes an incidental proof of its unity of design.

The first part of the episode shows the revelation of God's will and purpose as a source of help. The little book in the vision clearly represents the Apocalypse, but more broadly, it also symbolizes the overall purpose and positive effects of all of God's revelations to humanity; the book is open to indicate that its contents are made known to the world. Some believe the little book is the remaining part of the Apocalypse, starting with the next chapter; others think its contents begin with chapter twelve, marking the first break in continuity after the episode. However, it seems more likely that the entire book is intended. In any case, it's clear that the prophetic nature of the writer's ministry (i.e., “You need to prophesy again to many peoples, nations, languages, and kings.”, v. 11) connects the center of the book (ch. 10:11) with both the beginning (ch. 1:3) and the end (ch. 22:19), and thus provides incidental evidence of its unified design.

1 The Angel Foretells the End, Ch. 10:1-7

A mighty angel, the representative of Christ and bearing his insignia,435 having a book in his hand, and standing both upon sea and land as a sign of his world-wide mission, declares the coming end under the seventh trumpet, when the mystery of God's method and purpose in human life and redemption shall be fully revealed and finally manifested in the establishment of his universal kingdom. The manner of the angel is scenic and impressive, and the message is one of undoubted power.

A powerful angel, representing Christ and carrying his symbols, 435 holding a book in his hand and standing on both sea and land as a sign of his global mission, announces the upcoming end under the seventh trumpet. This is when the mystery of God's plan and purpose for human life and redemption will be fully revealed and ultimately shown through the establishment of his universal kingdom. The angel's presence is dramatic and striking, and the message carries undeniable strength.

[pg 153]
(1) The Thunder Voices, Ch. 10:3b and 4

Seven thunders utter their voices436 in token of the approaching judgment, but John is directed by a voice from heaven to seal them up and is forbidden to record them, probably indicating that the terrors of God's voice in judgment are for the present hidden from men; though some regard the voices as introduced only to emphasize the element of mystery with which the Apocalyptic form always delighted to clothe its thought. The voice, declared to be from heaven in verse four, is apparently not intended to indicate by whom the words were spoken, but only the source from which they came; some, however, attribute them to Christ.

Seven thunders speak their messages436 as a sign of the coming judgment, but John is told by a voice from heaven to keep them secret and not to write them down, likely suggesting that the horrors of God's voice during judgment are currently hidden from humanity; though some see the voices as being introduced just to highlight the mystery that the Apocalyptic style has always enjoyed. The voice, said to be from heaven in verse four, doesn’t seem to indicate who said the words, but rather just where they came from; some, however, attribute them to Christ.

2 The Book Delivered to John, Ch. 10:8-11

The book is Christ's revelation to John in the Apocalypse, a little open book or scroll (v. 2), evidently set in contrast with the great sealed book of God's purposes in chapter five; and it is taken by the Apostle, in obedience to a voice out of heaven, from the hand of the angel, who commands him to eat it, thereby indicating that John should digest the prophecy therein contained (Ezek. 3:1-3).437 Though it was sweet to his taste at first as a message from Christ, it became bitter afterward when its deeper meaning was understood, for it told of long continued trial and conflict instead of speedy triumph and victory. The prophecy is declared to be “over [i. e. concerning] many peoples and nations and tongues and kings”, a fourfold prediction, showing its world-wide application and indicating its ideal content.

The book is Christ's revelation to John in the Apocalypse, a small open book or scroll (v. 2), clearly contrasted with the large sealed book of God's plans in chapter five. The Apostle takes it, following a voice from heaven, from the angel's hand, who tells him to eat it, suggesting that John should internalize the prophecy contained within (Ezek. 3:1-3).437 Initially, it tasted sweet to him as a message from Christ, but later became bitter when he grasped its deeper meaning, which spoke of prolonged trials and struggles instead of immediate triumph and victory. The prophecy is stated to be "about many peoples, nations, languages, and rulers", a fourfold prediction that shows its global relevance and indicates its ideal content.

It was the common thought of the early church that the period of the Christian dispensation would be very brief; and it may have been in order to dispel in some measure this illusion, and at the same time to inculcate patience and hope by showing the ideal shortness of the Christian age in God's eternal plan, that we are to find one of the many purposes of the Apocalypse. For it should be noted that by the end of the first century the view-point on this subject shows a material [pg 154] change. The attitude of John's Gospel toward the second coming of Christ is manifestly different from that of the Synoptists;438 the significant predictions of Christ concerning his own return are omitted, notably the discourse on the last things (Mt. 24; Mk. 13; Lk. 21); and the only references to his coming again are indirect (Jn. 14:3, 18, 28; 16:22; and 22:22-3), though from these it is evident that it is subsumed throughout, a view that is confirmed by the Epistles (I Jn. 2:28; and 3:2). This is far from showing, as some hold, that the coming predicted was only figurative, and was fulfilled at the destruction of Jerusalem, an event already past when John's Gospel was written; but seems rather to indicate that the earlier stage of thought, shared in by all the apostles, which expected the Lord's return within the first generation, had given way to a new and wider outlook which emphasized the continuous coming that is present and spiritual more than the personal coming that is future and outward, though without losing faith in the surety of that coming. And even if the later date of the Apocalypse be not conceded, yet coming from the same source as the Fourth Gospel, we might not unnaturally expect to find in it some anticipation of this view involving delay, for the coming thought of in the visions is undoubtedly personal and future.

It was the common belief in the early church that the period of the Christian era would be very short. This may have been to help counter that illusion and simultaneously teach patience and hope by showing the ideal brevity of the Christian age within God's eternal plan, which is one of the many purposes of the Apocalypse. Notably, by the end of the first century, the perspective on this topic had changed significantly. The attitude of John's Gospel toward the second coming of Christ is clearly different from that of the Synoptics; noteworthy predictions by Christ about his own return are missing, especially the discussion on the end times (Mt. 24; Mk. 13; Lk. 21). The only mentions of his coming again are indirect (Jn. 14:3, 18, 28; 16:22; and 22:22-3), yet it's clear that this theme runs throughout, a view that's supported by the Epistles (I Jn. 2:28; and 3:2). This does not indicate, as some claim, that the predicted coming was just symbolic and was fulfilled with the destruction of Jerusalem, which had already happened by the time John's Gospel was written. Instead, it seems to show that the earlier belief, shared by all the apostles, which expected the Lord's return within the first generation, had evolved into a broader perspective that emphasized a continuous, present, and spiritual coming over a personal, future, and outward coming, while still maintaining faith in the certainty of that coming. Even if the later date of the Apocalypse is not accepted, since it comes from the same source as the Fourth Gospel, we might reasonably expect to find some anticipation of this view suggesting a delay, as the coming referred to in the visions is undoubtedly personal and future.

B The Two Witnesses, Ch. 11:1-13

The second part of the episode sets forth the indestructibility and permanent value of the two special divine institutions for human help, viz. revealed religion and the church; and shows the triumph of enduring witness for the truth.

The second part of the episode highlights the unbreakable nature and lasting importance of the two special divine institutions for human support: revealed religion and the church; and demonstrates the victory of lasting testimony for the truth.

1 The Measurement of the Temple, Ch. 11:1-2

The ναὸς, or inner sanctuary of the temple of God, is at this point introduced in the vision, a term which applied to the apartments of the temple building proper, including the holy of holies, the holy place, and in this case by implication the inner court, as distinguished from the ἱερὸν which applied to the whole temple and included all the buildings with the outer courts. The ναὸς in classical Greek is the sanctuary or cell of a temple where the image of the god was placed. In [pg 155] Hebrew usage, as applied to the temple at Jerusalem, it signifies the sacred edifice so called, including the holy and most holy place.439 Thus it is the true temple with the altar and them that worship therein, i. e. the entire contents of the inner court, the combined symbol of revealed religion and of those who accept its truths, especially the revelation and worshippers according to the Old Testament, which is here introduced in the vision. This is directed to be measured, i. e. it is to be subjected to careful scrutiny, and its proportions are to be observed, the sign as in Zechariah (ch. 2:1f.) of preservation and renewal, and not of destruction. The measurement apparently applies to the heavenly temple, though it may be interpreted either of the temple at Jerusalem or its counterpart in heaven, for to the Jewish mind the earthly temple was the type and shadow of the heavenly (Heb. 9:5).440 In either case the meaning is the same, viz. only that which corresponds to the outer court of the earthly,441 the unessential portion, is given up by the fall of Jerusalem to be trodden underfoot of the nations (Lk. 21:24) during forty-two months (v. 2), the indefinite period of the world's conflict with the church (see App'x. E). The true temple with its worshippers, the heart and center of the religious life of Israel, is indestructible and reappears in heaven with the ark of the covenant restored (v. 19). This is a symbolic expression of the important truth that the revealed religion of Israel is to endure, the best in Judaism is imperishable, all that is fundamental and essential is preserved though the outer form be destroyed;442 and it was designed to be [pg 156] a vision of comfort for the Jewish Christians, who naturally regarded the ruin of the temple as a profound calamity. The vision has been regarded by many interpreters as indicating that the temple and the city of Jerusalem were still standing when this was written, thus confirming the earlier date of the Revelation (circ. A. D. 69); but the weight of evidence to be attached to an Apocalyptic vision as testimony in such a case is very small, and is quite insufficient when compared with other evidences of the historical situation found in the book.443 It is evident, also, that there is a reference in the symbolism here used, i. e. in the preservation not only of the altar, but “of them that worship therein”, to the preservation of the Jews as a people, and their future restoration when the times of the Gentiles shall be fulfilled (Lu. 21:24), though not necessarily to Palestine,444 and surely not to a rebuilded temple, which in any case would be mere incidents, but to the richer blessings of renewed fellowship with God, of which the temple and its service were to the Jewish mind the truest type (cf. Rom. 11:1f.). The late Apocalyptic-Traditional view, it may be mentioned, attributes verses one and two to a former Jewish apocalypse that has been lost, which is here quoted as an introduction to the prophecy of the two witnesses that follows. It may well be doubted, however, whether this theory of the origin of the passage adds anything effective to its interpretation.

The ναὸς, or inner sanctuary of the temple of God, is introduced in this vision. This term refers to the parts of the temple building itself, including the holy of holies, the holy place, and, by implication, the inner court, distinguishing it from the ἱερὸν, which encompasses the entire temple, including all the buildings and outer courts. In classical Greek, the ναὸς is the sanctuary or cell of a temple where the god's image was placed. In Hebrew usage, as it pertains to the temple in Jerusalem, it signifies the sacred structure, including both the holy and most holy places. Thus, it represents the true temple with the altar and its worshippers, meaning the entirety of the inner court, symbolizing revealed religion and those who accept its truths, especially the revelation and worshippers according to the Old Testament, which is presented in this vision. This is meant to be measured, implying it is to be carefully examined, and its proportions should be noted, serving as a sign, as in Zechariah (ch. 2:1f.), of preservation and renewal rather than destruction. The measurement presumably refers to the heavenly temple, but it could also relate to the temple in Jerusalem or its heavenly counterpart, as to the Jewish mindset, the earthly temple represented a type and shadow of the heavenly (Heb. 9:5). In either interpretation, the meaning remains the same; specifically, only that which corresponds to the outer court of the earthly temple, the unessential part, is surrendered due to the fall of Jerusalem to be trampled by the nations (Lk. 21:24) for forty-two months (v. 2), which represents an indefinite period of global conflict with the church (see App'x. E). The true temple with its worshippers, the core of Israel's religious life, is indestructible and appears again in heaven with the ark of the covenant restored (v. 19). This symbolizes the essential truth that the revealed religion of Israel will endure, the best of Judaism is everlasting, and all that is fundamental and essential will be preserved, even if the outer form is destroyed; 442 and this was intended as a vision of comfort for Jewish Christians, who understandably saw the temple's destruction as a major tragedy. Many interpreters have suggested that this vision indicates the temple and city of Jerusalem were still standing when this was written, thus supporting an earlier date for Revelation (circa A.D. 69); however, the significance of an Apocalyptic vision as evidence in this context is very limited, and not sufficient when weighed against other historical evidence found within the book.443 It is also clear from the symbolism used here, particularly the preservation of the altar and “of those who worship there”, that there is a reference to the preservation of the Jews as a people and their future restoration when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled (Lu. 21:24), though not necessarily pertaining to Palestine, 444 and certainly not to a rebuilt temple, which in any case would be incidental, but rather to the greater blessings of renewed fellowship with God, of which the temple and its service were the truest representation in Jewish thought (cf. Rom. 11:1f.). It is worth mentioning that the late Apocalyptic-Traditional view attributes verses one and two to a previous Jewish apocalypse that has been lost, which is quoted here as an introduction to the prophecy of the two witnesses that follows. However, it can be reasonably questioned whether this theory of the passage's origin adds anything meaningful to its interpretation.

2 The Two Witnesses and their Martyrdom, Ch. 11:3-13

The two witnesses who prophesy, i. e. bear witness for God, and whom God ever preserves throughout all vicissitudes, and delivers even out of seeming destruction, are the churches of the Old and New Dispensations which have been divinely called to witness for the truth.445 The two olive trees represent the Old and New Testament revelations which supply oil, the symbol of grace, to the two candlesticks, i. e. to the two churches,446 the Jewish and Christian, that have been and are God's special witnesses throughout the ages (cf. Zech. 4:2f.). [pg 157] The identity of the candlesticks and witnesses is shown both by the connection, and by the explicit statement of verse four: “These [two witnesses] are the two olive trees and the two candlesticks, standing before the Lord of the earth,” i. e. the witnesses are, in a sense, both the Old and New Testament revelations and the churches of the Old and New Dispensations, which alike witness for the truth of God, though the connection shows that the churches are specially intended.447 Two is the number of confirmation in witness-bearing (Jn. 8:17); hence the two witnesses may also be considered to symbolize the sufficiency of the testimony of the Old and New Testament churches, as also a sufficient number in the church in every age who witness for God and truth. These have power that is not of man but divinely given, as is indicated in symbolic language (v. 5-6), yet when their testimony is finished, the Beast out of the abyss, the world-power of chapter thirteen, introduced here by anticipation, accomplishes their apparent overthrow. Out of this deadly conflict with the world, and the apparent defeat and eventually the death of the witnesses, with the exposure of their dead bodies and contemptuous refusal of burial, a personal indignity and sign of hatred and contempt, the fitting type of the world's treatment of the church in all ages and times, which in the vision occurs in Babylon, “the great city”, the type of the godless world,—out of all this seeming defeat comes ultimate victory. After three and a half days the breath of life from God enters into them, and they live again, and go up to heaven in a cloud. This points to the experience of grave peril by the church preceding her triumph, including temporary and seeming extinction at the hands of her enemies, and forming the occasion for an expression of their supreme contempt, an experience such as has occurred at different periods in her history, and which may, indeed, occur again in the future—the church persecuted, scattered, peeled, seemingly destroyed, but revived and restored by the power of God. Three and a half days of defeat,—a broken number, indicating a short but indefinite period in contrast with the three and a half years, or forty-two months, or a thousand two hundred and three score days, (v. 3), the length of the entire world-conflict,—a time of rejoicing by [pg 158] them that dwell upon the earth, is followed, as in the case of our Lord, by resurrection, ascension, and triumph, a parallel that is apparently suggested by the similarity and was doubtless intended. This is true not only of individual saints who have borne witness and suffered death only to rise again in the witness of others and in their own personal resurrection, but is especially true of the church in a collective sense, both under the Old Testament and the New, which always rises triumphant after every great disaster in her history, and shall rise again in all her members at the resurrection of the last day after her witness is complete.448 God avenges his own, as is indicated in the vision by the fall of the tenth part of the city, which is the share of the tithe under the Mosaic law, and by the death of seven thousand men, a great and complete number, seven multiplied by a thousand, who bear the punishment of their sin. As the result of the martyrdom and avengement the rest of men, give glory to God, a manifest attestation of the value of the church's witness. The world's persecution, though bitter and continued, fails to accomplish its end; the church of Christ survives, and rises again in power, and its witness becomes effective. Historical interpreters, however, generally regard the two witnesses as persons, futurists identifying them as Moses (or Enoch) and Elijah, whom they regard as yet to come, and preterists finding in them two leading characters during the siege of Jerusalem by Titus, a view that restricts the vision to very narrow limits. Others, catching the larger view, interpret as “The Christian church and the Christian state”, and still others as “The law and the prophets”, or “The prophets and the priesthood”,—i. e. the whole spiritual authority of the old dispensation which, “though perverted and destroyed by the Jews (some of the best representatives of each being put to death), yet rose to new life and enthronement in Christianity”. In any case the obvious teaching is the triumph of faithful testimony for God, a principle of inestimable value for the church when in the throes of persecution. And now, having looked on the vision of the angel and the book, and of the two witnesses, the way is open for the sounding of the seventh trumpet.

The two witnesses who testify for God and whom God always protects through all challenges, even saving them from what seems like destruction, are the churches of the Old and New Testament that have been divinely called to bear witness to the truth. The two olive trees symbolize the revelations of the Old and New Testament, which provide oil, representing grace, to the two candlesticks—i.e., the Jewish and Christian churches—that have served and continue to be God's special witnesses throughout history (cf. Zech. 4:2f.). The identity of the candlesticks and witnesses is clear from the connection and the explicit statement in verse four: “These [two witnesses] are the two olive trees and the two candlesticks, standing before the Lord of the earth.” This means the witnesses encompass both the Old and New Testament revelations and the churches of both Testaments, which collectively bear witness to the truth of God, though the context indicates a special focus on the churches. The number two confirms the act of bearing witness (Jn. 8:17), so the two witnesses symbolize the sufficient testimony of the Old and New Testament churches, as well as a sufficient number of believers in every age who testify for God and truth. They hold divine power, not of human origin, as suggested in symbolic language (v. 5-6). However, once their testimony is complete, the Beast from the abyss—the worldly power described in chapter thirteen—anticipates their apparent defeat. From this intense conflict with the world, as well as the witnesses' seeming defeat and eventual death, marked by the public display of their dead bodies, which signifies both indignity and hatred, resemble how the world treats the church throughout history. This vision takes place in Babylon, “the great city,” a symbol of the godless world. Despite this apparent defeat, ultimate victory follows. After three and a half days, the breath of life from God enters them, and they revive, ascending to heaven in a cloud. This foreshadows the church's experience of grave danger before its victory, including temporary and seeming obliteration at the hands of its enemies, which prompts a show of their supreme contempt. Such experiences have occurred throughout history and may happen again in the future—the church being persecuted, scattered, stripped, seemingly destroyed, yet revived and restored by God's power. Three and a half days of defeat—a broken number indicating a short, undefined time, in contrast to the three and a half years, or forty-two months, or a thousand two hundred and three score days (v. 3), representing the entire world conflict—leads to a time of rejoicing for those dwelling on the earth, followed, like our Lord, by resurrection, ascension, and triumph, a parallel clearly intended. This applies not only to individual saints who have testified and died only to rise again through others' witness and their own personal resurrection but is especially true of the church as a whole, both under the Old and New Testaments. It consistently rises triumphantly after each major disaster in its history and will rise again with all its members at the final resurrection once its testimony is complete. God vindicates his own, as shown in the vision by the fall of a tenth of the city, which represents the tithe share under Mosaic law, and by the death of seven thousand men, a significant and complete number, seven multiplied by a thousand, who endure the punishment for their sin. As a result of the martyrdom and vindication, the remaining people give glory to God, providing unmistakable confirmation of the church's witness. The world's persecution, though harsh and ongoing, fails to achieve its goal; the church of Christ survives and rises again in power, and its witness proves effective. Historical interpreters, however, generally see the two witnesses as individuals. Futurists identify them as Moses (or Enoch) and Elijah, viewing their appearance as still to come, while preterists find two prominent personalities during the siege of Jerusalem by Titus, a perspective that limits the vision's scope. Others adopting a broader interpretation view them as “The Christian church and the Christian state,” while yet others see them as “The law and the prophets” or “The prophets and the priesthood”—i.e., the entire spiritual authority of the old dispensation which, “though perverted and destroyed by the Jews (some of the best representatives of each being put to death), yet rose to new life and enthronement in Christianity.” Regardless, the main teaching is the victory of faithful testimony for God, a principle of immense importance for the church under persecution. And now, having witnessed the angel's vision, the book, and the two witnesses, the way is set for the sounding of the seventh trumpet.

[pg 159]

It may be noted in closing our study of this episode that many commentators interpret “the great city”, in verse eight of this chapter, as referring to Jerusalem, because of the designation “where also their Lord was crucified”—Jerusalem being regarded as a world-city. The decisive reason against this, however, is the uniform usage of the book,449 for the interpretation is not otherwise materially affected. Jerusalem is everywhere else in the Revelation the type of that which is holy, and is nowhere else called “the great city”, while this name is applied seven times elsewhere to Babylon (or Rome), the type of the ungodly world, in which and by which our Lord may be truly said to have been crucified; and there seems to be no adequate reason for regarding this passage as containing an exceptional use of the phrase. Whether, however, we interpret of Jerusalem or of Babylon the general sense remains the same. In the one case the apparent defeat and contempt for the church of God, or its witness and witnesses, occurs in Babylon, the type of the godless world, while in the other it happens in Jerusalem, in that case the type of unbelieving Judaism. Either symbolism, it will be seen, is suitable to the context.

It’s important to note at the end of our study of this episode that many commentators interpret "the big city" in verse eight of this chapter as referring to Jerusalem, because of the phrase “where their Lord was also crucified”—with Jerusalem viewed as a world city. However, the main reason against this interpretation is the consistent usage throughout the book, 449 as the interpretation is not otherwise significantly affected. Jerusalem is represented everywhere else in Revelation as a symbol of what is holy and is never referred to as “the big city”, while that term is used seven times elsewhere to describe Babylon (or Rome), symbolizing the ungodly world, in which and by which our Lord can truly be said to have been crucified; and there seems to be no strong reason for considering this passage as using the phrase in an exceptional way. Whether we interpret it as Jerusalem or Babylon, the overall meaning remains the same. In one scenario, the apparent defeat and disdain for the church of God, or its witnesses, takes place in Babylon, representing the godless world, while in the other scenario, it happens in Jerusalem, in which case it symbolizes unbelieving Judaism. Either symbolism fits the context appropriately.

IV The Vision of Conflict (A Vision of Warfare). Ch. 12:1-14:20

A discursive view of moral and spiritual conflict as the key to man's redemptive history, the prime thought which underlies the whole book, and which is portrayed in this central fourfold vision as a pervasive church-historic world-conflict of the evil against the just, now forms the essential climax of the Revelation, disclosing a divine panorama of the world in process of redemption with the great opposing forces which contend against Christ and his kingdom; a discriminating outlook upon the significant world-movements of all time from the spiritual point of view, for it is everywhere assumed that the forces which mould history are spiritual, and that the master key to life is found in the supernatural. And, whatever the form in which these movements became apparent to John in his time, we may rest assured that the divinely inspired prophetic insight led him to perceive, at least in some measure, [pg 160] that in their essence they were timeless and repeated themselves in every age. This central vision is in part the most difficult portion of the Revelation, containing seven mystic figures, viz. the Sun-Clothed Woman, the Great Red Dragon, the All-Ruling Man-Child, the First Beast (the Beast from the Sea), the Second Beast (the Beast from the Land), the Lamb on Mount Zion, and the Son of Man on the Cloud, each one of whom is invested with a special symbolism. The difficulties of interpretation belonging to this part of the Revelation, it will be seen, are scarcely lessened in any degree by referring different parts of the section to various Jewish apocalypses which are supposed to have contained the gist of the thought in this portion, according to the Apocalyptic-Traditional view;450 for, apart from the fact that no such apocalypses are now extant, these sections, even if they were originally derived from such a source, have an application here that is distinctively new and specifically Christian. The vision itself is properly divisible into four parts or sections, as indicated in the arrangement that follows.

A discursive view of moral and spiritual conflict as the key to humanity's redemptive history, the central idea that underlies the entire book, is portrayed in this main fourfold vision as a widespread historical conflict between evil and justice. This forms the essential climax of the Revelation, revealing a divine overview of the world in the process of redemption, along with the significant opposing forces that challenge Christ and his kingdom. It provides a thoughtful perspective on the important world events throughout history from a spiritual viewpoint, as it is widely understood that the forces shaping history are spiritual and that the fundamental key to life lies in the supernatural. Regardless of the form in which these movements appeared to John in his time, we can be confident that his divinely inspired prophetic insight allowed him to see that, at their core, they were timeless and repeated themselves in every age. This central vision is partly the most challenging section of the Revelation, containing seven mystical figures: the Sun-Clothed Woman, the Great Red Dragon, the All-Ruling Man-Child, the First Beast (the Beast from the Sea), the Second Beast (the Beast from the Land), the Lamb on Mount Zion, and the Son of Man on the Cloud, each endowed with unique symbolism. The interpretive challenges related to this section of the Revelation are hardly alleviated by referencing various Jewish apocalypses that are thought to have included the essential ideas in this portion, according to the Apocalyptic-Traditional view; for, aside from the fact that no such apocalypses currently exist, even if these sections were originally derived from such a source, they have a distinctly new and specifically Christian application here. The vision itself can be divided into four parts or sections, as noted in the following arrangement.

A The Woman and the Dragon, Ch. 12:1-6, and 13-17

This is a vision of Satan persecuting the church and the Messiah, and of the effective divine deliverance, which although permitting a continuance of the conflict yet provides help for overcoming and anticipates final victory. The scene opens in heaven, but is afterward transferred to the earth—see verse six.

This is a vision of Satan attacking the church and the Messiah, and of the effective divine rescue, which, while allowing the conflict to continue, still offers support for overcoming it and looks forward to ultimate victory. The scene starts in heaven but later shifts to earth—see verse six.

1 The Sun-Clothed Woman, Ch. 12:1-2, 5-6, and 13f.

A great sign is seen in heaven, a Woman glorious and crowned, arrayed with the sun, the bearer of light, and having the moon under her feet, i. e. triumphing over time and change, who evidently represents the church of God on earth which was first Jewish and then Christian—“the ideal community of God's people”. The moon was the Jewish divider of time, and the phases of it being marked by recurrent changes, it naturally formed a ready type of both these ideas; and it may here also include the thought of stability of existence in the midst of change of outward appearance.451 The sun and [pg 161] moon have been thought by some to indicate the relative light of the New and Old Dispensations, though it is more probable that both have been introduced mainly to enhance the conception of the church's ideal glory. The crown of twelve stars is the sign of the covenant people,—the crown is στέφανος, the crown of victory, which God designs to give the church, and the number, twelve, is the number of the tribes of Israel—while the woman's travail anguish is the figure of Jewish affliction, and of deep longing for the Messiah. Some interpret the figure of the woman as representing the Virgin Mary;452 but the symbol is clearly wider than a person, as is shown by the whole course of the persecution with its transference to the rest of her seed when the Man-Child has escaped, and evidently applies to “the mystical mother of Christ”, the church whose seed are many, though the source and appropriateness of the figure is doubtless found in the fact that Christ was born of a woman.

A great sign appears in heaven: a glorious Woman crowned, dressed with the sun, the source of light, and standing on the moon, representing triumph over time and change. She clearly symbolizes the church of God on earth, which began as Jewish and later became Christian—"the perfect community of God’s people". The moon was the Jewish measure of time, and its changing phases naturally mirrored these ideas; it also suggests the idea of stability in the midst of changing appearances.451 The sun and [pg 161] moon are thought by some to represent the different illuminations of the New and Old Testaments, but it’s more likely they’re included mainly to enhance the concept of the church's ideal glory. The crown of twelve stars symbolizes the covenant people—the crown is στέφανος, the crown of victory that God intends to give the church, and the number twelve represents the tribes of Israel—while the woman's painful labor symbolizes Jewish suffering and a deep yearning for the Messiah. Some see the woman as representing the Virgin Mary;452 but the symbol clearly encompasses more than just one person, as shown by the ongoing persecution that shifts to the rest of her offspring after the Man-Child escapes, and it evidently applies to “the mystical Mother of Christ”, the church whose offspring are many, though the source and relevance of the symbol undoubtedly stem from the fact that Christ was born of a woman.

2 The Great Red Dragon, Ch. 12:3-4, and 13f.

The Dragon, a mythical animal of traditionary terror, the symbol to the Jewish world of all that which was hideous and harmful, and described as red in color to indicate his sanguinary and destructive character, is introduced in order to represent the Old Serpent, the Devil, and Satan (v. 9),453 the lord of the present world and the adversary of Christ. His seven heads with diadems, and the ten horns, are symbols of his full dominion and absolute power over evil in the world during the period of conflict. The head with a crown or diadem is the natural symbol of dominion, which in the Apocalyptic literature usually signifies kings or empires (cf. Dan. 2:32; and 7:6), and the horn is a recognized Jewish emblem of power. The crown is the διάδημα, the sign of royalty, not the στέφανος, or garland crown of victory—a distinction that is carefully observed in the Revelation, as is indicated in the Revised Versions by the translation “diadem”.454 This symbolism of the seven heads and ten horns was evidently [pg 162] chosen to indicate the manifestation of Satan's power in the kings and kingdoms of this world which are adverse to the kingdom of God, as is clearly shown by their use in chapter thirteen,—that through which Satan operates and makes his power felt being attributed to him as an essential part of his being. The use of seven and ten together implies a twofold completeness, i. e. completeness of kind and completeness of parts (see App'x. E). This combination of seven, the symbol of perfection of quality which is usually moral, with ten the symbol of completeness which is usually earthly, though without necessarily implying any moral element, is used with an evil significance throughout in the Revelation, and creates some difficulty of interpretation; but it is doubtless best explained as indicating that that which was originally designed for moral perfection, signified by seven, has been combined with and prostituted to purely earthly ends, as signified by ten, which ends are in this case notably sinful. The suitability of the seven heads and ten horns belonging alike to the Dragon, who represents Satan, and to the Beast (ch. 13:1), who represents anti-Christian national government, is thus quite manifest, for both are evil. If we compare this with the combination of seven with seven in the horns and eyes of the Lamb, where the idea of a twofold spiritual perfection is indicated, something of the peculiar combination and significance of numbers in the Revelation will become apparent. The Dragon's casting down the third part of the stars from heaven (v. 4), i. e. a considerable number but not the larger part, is another sign of his power (Dan. 8:10), and may allude to the angels who lost their first estate and fell with him. He stands waiting in the vision before the Woman, the church, in order to destroy her child, the Messiah, as soon as the child is born, a purpose that he does not prove able to carry out.

The Dragon, a legendary creature known for its terror, symbolizes everything hideous and harmful in the Jewish worldview and is depicted as red to represent its bloody and destructive nature. It is introduced as a representation of the Old Serpent, the Devil, and Satan (v. 9), the ruler of this world and Christ's adversary. Its seven heads with crowns and ten horns symbolize its complete dominion and absolute power over evil during the conflict. A crowned head naturally signifies authority, which in Apocalyptic literature typically represents kings or empires (cf. Dan. 2:32; and 7:6), while a horn is a common Jewish symbol of power. The crown is a διάδημα, a mark of royalty, not a στέφανος, or victory wreath—this distinction is carefully maintained in the Revelation, as indicated by the translation “crown”. This imagery of the seven heads and ten horns clearly highlights the manifestation of Satan's power in the worldly kings and kingdoms that oppose God's kingdom, as shown in chapter thirteen, where Satan operates and exerts his influence as an essential part of his being. The combination of seven and ten suggests double completeness, meaning completeness of type and completeness of parts (see App'x. E). This mix of seven, representing moral perfection, with ten, denoting earthly completeness without necessarily implying morality, carries evil connotations throughout Revelation and poses some interpretative challenges. It likely indicates that what was originally meant for moral perfection, symbolized by seven, has been tainted and redirected toward purely earthly, notably sinful ends, represented by ten. The shared symbolism of seven heads and ten horns between the Dragon, symbolizing Satan, and the Beast (ch. 13:1), representing anti-Christian governmental powers, highlights their common evil nature. Comparing this to the combination of seven with seven in the horns and eyes of the Lamb, which denotes dual spiritual perfection, reveals some of the unique numerical significances in Revelation. The Dragon's act of casting down a third of the stars from heaven (v. 4), signifying a substantial but not majority number, further illustrates its power (Dan. 8:10) and may refer to the angels who fell with it. The Dragon waits before the Woman, symbolizing the church, to destroy her child, the Messiah, as soon as he is born, a plan he fails to execute.

3 The All-Ruling Man-Child, Ch. 12:5

The Man-Child is Jesus Christ, who was born of a woman, and whom Satan endeavors to destroy, but who was brought forth to rule or to shepherd all the nations with a rod of iron (Ps. 2:9), i. e. with irresistible power, and who was caught up to heaven by his resurrection and ascension. In this symbolic action the sufferings and death of Christ are passed over in silence [pg 163] in order to set forth at once the triumphant escape as the chief thought in mind, and the futility of the Dragon's effort.

The Man-Child is Jesus Christ, who was born of a woman and whom Satan tries to destroy, but who was brought forth to rule or guide all the nations with a rod of iron (Ps. 2:9), meaning with unstoppable power. He was taken up to heaven by his resurrection and ascension. In this symbolic action, the sufferings and death of Christ are left unmentioned [pg 163] to highlight the triumphant escape as the main focus and to show the uselessness of the Dragon's efforts.

4 The Wilderness Refuge, Ch. 12:6a, and 14a

The wilderness represents the present evil world as the place of trial during the period in which the church, like Israel, continues her pilgrimage toward the promised fulness of the messianic kingdom. There may also be a reference in this to the lands of the Gentiles, called a wilderness in contrast with Canaan the glorious land to the Jewish patriot, where the church “hath a place prepared of God”, and is now nourished like Israel of old in the wilderness; or, by a change of figure, like the prophet Elijah was fed for twelve hundred and sixty days, the equivalent of forty-two months, or three and a half years,—the time, [two] times, and half a time, i. e. three and a half times, of verse fourteen,—the symbol of the indefinite period of the church's conflict with the world, or of the world-triumph, which is a shortened time, a term that will end (see App'x E). It may be mentioned here that the preterist interpreters usually regard the wilderness refuge as a reference to the flight of the Christians to Pella before Jerusalem was destroyed, by which they escaped the three and a half years of the siege455—certainly a remarkable coincidence, though not serving to establish that interpretation—a meaning that is narrow and local instead of broad and universal.

The wilderness symbolizes the current evil world as a place of trial during the time when the church, similar to Israel, continues its journey toward the promised fulfillment of the messianic kingdom. This may also refer to the lands of the Gentiles, described as a wilderness in contrast to Canaan, which is seen as the glorious land by Jewish patriots, where the church “has a place that God has prepared”. The church is being nourished like Israel of old in the wilderness; or, metaphorically speaking, like the prophet Elijah, who was fed for twelve hundred and sixty days, which is equivalent to forty-two months or three and a half years—the period described as [two] times and half a time in verse fourteen. This symbolizes the indefinite duration of the church's struggle with the world or the temporary triumph of the world, which is a shortened timeframe, a period that will come to an end (see App'x E). It's worth mentioning that preterist interpreters generally view the wilderness refuge as a reference to the Christians' escape to Pella before the destruction of Jerusalem, allowing them to avoid the three and a half years of the siege455—a fascinating coincidence, though it does not confirm that interpretation, which is narrow and localized rather than broad and universal.

5 The Persecution of the Woman and her Seed, Ch. 12:4-6, and 13-17

The persecution of the Woman with her seed represents Satan's malign but fruitless attempts to destroy the church. The two wings of the great eagle, i. e. the number of added strength and surety, are those of divine preservation which are given her to escape from the destroying flood cast out of the mouth of the Dragon, the apt symbol of Satan's persistent effort to overwhelm the church. To John's mind the eagle, which was inscribed upon the Roman standards, may have seemed the symbol of the Roman Empire that at first protected Christianity from Jewish persecution,456 or the [pg 164] symbol may have been suggested by that fact; but it represents as well what God is ever doing through human and earthly means for the church's deliverance. By the exceptional statement that “the earth helped the woman”, we are evidently to understand that natural causes helped Christianity, a fruitful suggestion that is remarkably exemplified in history. The Dragon making war upon the rest of the Woman's seed, i. e. all of her seed except Jesus Christ, who was caught up to heaven, indicates his continued attack upon the church and its members.

The persecution of the Woman and her offspring symbolizes Satan's evil but ineffective attempts to destroy the church. The two wings of the great eagle, representing added strength and certainty, are a sign of divine protection given to her to escape the destructive flood cast out by the Dragon, which symbolizes Satan's relentless efforts to overwhelm the church. To John, the eagle, featured on Roman standards, may have represented the Roman Empire, which initially shielded Christianity from Jewish persecution, or the symbol could have been inspired by that fact. However, it also signifies what God continually does through human and earthly means to deliver the church. The notable phrase “the earth helped the woman” indicates that natural causes supported Christianity, a powerful idea that is notably reflected in history. The Dragon waging war against the rest of the Woman's offspring—meaning all her offspring except Jesus Christ, who was taken up to heaven—shows his ongoing assault on the church and its members.

B War in Heaven, Ch. 12:7-12

We have in this incident a digression in the midst of the account of the persecution of the Woman in order to show the origin of Satan's hatred, and the beginning of the conflict in the far past.457 Michael the archangel, regarded as the presiding angel of the Jews from the time of Daniel, together with the angels under him, warred with the Dragon and his angels; and Satan, being cast out of heaven, transferred the conflict to earth. A great voice is then heard in heaven declaring his downfall together with the triumph of the kingdom of God, and recounting the suffering of the saints because of him (v. 10-12). This term which is here introduced, “the kingdom of our God”, though used but twice in the book of the Revelation, is the most notable phrase in the New Testament. It occurs nearly a hundred times, either as “the kingdom of God”, or “the kingdom of heaven”, a term which signifies the rule of God in the earth, God becoming king among men. The kingdom of God, it should be seen, has a far broader meaning and wider sweep than the church, for it serves to include all that God is ever doing the ages through for the spiritual uplift and permanent betterment of mankind. In the broadest sense this beneficent kingdom may be defined as all that divinely directed movement and control in human life and history which has for its object the ultimate accomplishment of the mind and will of God in the hearts and lives of men—for this glorious kingdom on the earthly side has its ultimate seat within the human heart (Lu. 17:21). Jesus by his luminous teaching lifted that name, “the kingdom of God”, out [pg 165] of the older and narrower phases of its Jewish use, and gave it a broader and more beneficent meaning for all succeeding time. The casting out of Satan, which is related in this section, is introduced as a contributive event to the glorious coming of the kingdom. His defeat in heaven foreshadows his defeat on earth, and though he still has “great wrath” which he pours out upon men, yet 'he hath but a short time' (v. 12), i. e. a time that is relatively short, until Christ shall reign in power. They who are our brethren overcame him, we are told (v. 11), “because of the blood of the Lamb”, therefore they are called upon to rejoice. In connection with this interpretation it should not be forgotten that the time-relation is, in this view, ignored in the vision, as commonly throughout the book, for Apocalyptic often does not separate the near and the far, and events widely separated in time are viewed as contemporaneous in the timeless sequence of prophetic perspective. Thus the incident before us without any intimation takes us back to the period anterior to creation, and then recurs as suddenly to the experience of persecution by faithful Christians.458 In all Apocalyptic writings there is a manifest indifference to formal consistency that we do well to bear in mind.

We have in this incident a digression in the middle of the account of the Woman's persecution, intended to show the origin of Satan's hatred and the beginning of the conflict in the distant past.457 Michael the archangel, seen as the leading angel of the Jews since the time of Daniel, along with the angels under him, fought against the Dragon and his angels; and when Satan was thrown out of heaven, he brought the conflict down to earth. A loud voice is then heard in heaven declaring his fall and celebrating the victory of God's kingdom, while also recounting the suffering of the saints because of him (v. 10-12). The phrase introduced here, “God’s kingdom”, though mentioned only twice in Revelation, is the most significant term in the New Testament. It appears nearly a hundred times, either as “the kingdom of God” or "the kingdom of heaven", which signifies God's rule on earth, with God becoming king among people. The kingdom of God has a much broader meaning and reach than the church; it encompasses all that God is doing throughout the ages for the spiritual uplift and lasting improvement of humanity. In the broadest sense, this benevolent kingdom can be defined as all the divinely guided movements and influences in human life and history aimed at achieving God's will and purpose in the hearts and lives of people—for this glorious kingdom on the earthly side ultimately resides within the human heart (Lu. 17:21). Jesus, through his enlightening teaching, elevated the term “God’s kingdom” out [pg 165] of its older and narrower Jewish context, giving it a broader and more positive meaning for all future generations. The expulsion of Satan, mentioned in this section, is presented as an important event leading to the glorious arrival of the kingdom. His defeat in heaven anticipates his defeat on earth, and although he still has "great anger" that he pours out on humanity, he 'has but a short time' (v. 12), a relatively short time before Christ reigns in power. We are told that our brothers overcame him (v. 11) "because of the blood of the Lamb", thus they are called to rejoice. In this interpretation, it should be noted that the timeline is generally disregarded in the vision, as it often is throughout the book, because Apocalyptic literature often does not distinguish between the near and distant future, viewing events separated by time as happening simultaneously in the prophetic perspective. Therefore, the incident before us unexpectedly takes us back to the time before creation and then quickly shifts to the experience of persecution faced by faithful Christians.458 In all Apocalyptic writings, there is a clear indifference to formal consistency that we should keep in mind.

According to another view the account in this section is to be regarded as continuous with the last, verse seven following verse six in natural order, and the conflict described is to be placed after the resurrection of Christ, making the victory a shortening of Satan's power following upon Christ's redemptive work, and depriving him of such opportunity as he hitherto had in heaven of accusing the brethren, thereby limiting his sphere to this world. Notwithstanding the attractiveness of this view, however, and what may be said in its favor from several passages in the Gospels (cf. Lk. 10:18; Jn. 12:31; 14:30b; and 16:11),459 the former interpretation is upon the whole to be preferred as agreeing best with the general sense of the chapter.460 Such a symbol of victory over Satan, whatever the period to which the victory may be attributed, was not out of accord with ideas [pg 166] current at that time; for “this feature impossible in modern conceptions of heaven, shows itself from time to time in pre-Christian and also early Christian conceptions, viz. the belief in the presence of evil, or the possibility of its appearance, in the heavens” [i. e. in the lower heavens].461 In any case this section places in clear perspective the great truth that leadership in the antagonism of evil with righteousness belongs to and takes its rise from the supernatural world, and what we constantly see here has its source and occasion there, in the deeper spiritual vision of prophecy.

According to another perspective, the account in this section should be viewed as a continuation of the previous one, with verse seven following verse six in a natural sequence. The conflict described is to be understood as occurring after the resurrection of Christ, indicating that the victory represents a reduction of Satan's power due to Christ's redemptive work, limiting his opportunity to accuse the brethren in heaven and confining him to this world. Despite the appeal of this perspective and the support it can find from various passages in the Gospels (cf. Lk. 10:18; Jn. 12:31; 14:30b; and 16:11), 459 the earlier interpretation is generally preferred as it aligns most closely with the overall meaning of the chapter. 460 This symbol of victory over Satan, regardless of the period it is attributed to, was consistent with beliefs common at that time; for “This feature, which seems impossible according to modern ideas of heaven, sometimes appears in pre-Christian and early Christian beliefs, particularly the notion of the presence of evil, or its possible emergence, in the heavens.” [i.e., in the lower heavens]. 461 In any case, this section clearly illustrates the significant truth that leadership in the struggle between evil and righteousness originates from the supernatural realm, and what we observe here has its roots and causes in that realm, in the deeper spiritual insights of prophecy.

In the interpretation of this section a manifest parallelism has been pointed out between the conflict of Marduk with Tiâmat in Babylonian mythology, and the war between Michael and the Dragon in the Apocalypse.462 Others pursuing this idea still further, though without sufficient ground for their conclusion, have attributed to Babylonian origin a body of Jewish apocalyptic traditions which they assume to have been one of the sources of the Revelation and to have furnished the incident of this section.463 In correction of this position it should be seen that even when we recognize to the fullest extent the necessary influence of contact with Babylon, both early and late, upon Jewish thought, and the introduction of ideas from that source as natural and inevitable, it does not follow that there was any such use made of Babylonian mythology in the later Jewish writings as this would imply, for the Jew was exceedingly wary of any religious ideas that did not spring from his own ancestral heritage. It is indeed quite probable that particular concepts, or thought-elements, like that of the Dragon and of the two Beasts in this vision, are of Babylonian origin; but “the hypothesis of a Jewish messianic use of an entire heathen sun-myth, and then the Christian adaptation of the Jewish form”,464 is in itself highly improbable at so late a period in Jewish development, and can scarcely be accepted by those who maintain the inspiration of the Apocalypse in any essential sense. It is much more likely [pg 167] that the author, if using such material at all, incorporated the thought rather than the form of such floating Babylonian fragments as belonged to his time, in accordance with his usual method of employing the Hebrew literature, though this is wholly a matter of hypothesis.465

In interpreting this section, a clear parallel has been highlighted between the conflict of Marduk with Tiâmat in Babylonian mythology and the battle between Michael and the Dragon in the Apocalypse.462 Some who expand on this idea, though lacking solid evidence for their conclusions, have attributed a set of Jewish apocalyptic traditions to Babylonian origins, believing that these were among the sources for the Revelation and contributed to the events described in this section.463 To correct this view, it should be noted that even if we fully acknowledge the inevitable influence of Babylon on Jewish thought, both in early and later periods, and accept the introduction of ideas from that source as natural, it doesn't mean there was any consistent use of Babylonian mythology in later Jewish writings as this implies. The Jewish people were extremely cautious about adopting any religious concepts that didn't arise from their own ancestral legacy. It is likely that certain ideas or themes, such as the Dragon and the two Beasts in this vision, have Babylonian roots; however, "the theory of a Jewish messianic interpretation of a complete pagan sun myth, followed by the Christian adaptation of the Jewish version",464 seems highly unlikely at such a late stage in Jewish development, and can hardly be accepted by those who believe in the essential inspiration of the Apocalypse. It is much more probable [pg 167] that the author, if drawing on any such material at all, took in the ideas rather than the specific forms of the Babylonian fragments that were relevant during his time, following his usual method of engaging with Hebrew literature, though this remains entirely hypothetical.465

C The Two Beasts, Ch. 13:1-18

The vision now sets forth two of the principal forms of the world's opposition to Christ and his kingdom, which are represented as Beasts, monsters that are terrible and revolting in appearance, that are placed in notable contrast with the Lamb, and that are inspired by Satan who stands watching in his dragon form on the sands of the sea—for according to the corrected reading of the Revised Version, it is the Dragon and not the Apocalyptist that stands upon the seashore.466 This vision affords an interesting example of John's use of already existing material, for the idea of two wild beasts opposing the Messiah is found elsewhere in apocalyptic writings, although not in exactly the same form,467 and is here made the basis of an illustration of undoubted power. The Beasts in the Apocalypse are the natural and fitting embodiment of brute force operating to control men in the sphere of religion. Some would prefer the translation of θηρίον as a “monster” rather than a “beast”,468 and perhaps, it is technically more accurate, but the long use of the term “beast” in this connection has made it familiar to our minds and also intelligible, for it is a beast in the bad sense that is intended, and to the average reader this term undoubtedly conveys the proper meaning.

The vision now presents two main forms of the world's opposition to Christ and his kingdom, represented as Beasts—monsters that look terrifying and disgusting. They are deliberately contrasted with the Lamb and are inspired by Satan, who is watching in his dragon form on the sandy shore of the sea. According to the revised reading of the Revised Version, it is the Dragon, not the writer of the Apocalypse, that stands at the seashore. This vision provides an interesting example of John's use of existing ideas, as the concept of two wild beasts opposing the Messiah is found in other apocalyptic writings, though not in the same exact way, and it serves as a strong illustration. The Beasts in the Apocalypse are a natural representation of brute force used to control people in the realm of religion. Some might prefer to translate θηρίον as a “monster” instead of a "beast", and it may be technically more precise, but the long-standing use of the term “beast” in this context has made it familiar and understandable. The intention is to convey a negative connotation of a beast, and to the average reader, this term definitely communicates the right meaning.

1 The First Beast—the Beast from the Sea, Ch. 13:1-10

A wild Beast fierce and bloodthirsty, and ideal composite creature, “like unto a leopard and his feet were [pg 168] as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion” (v. 2), evidently formed from the beasts in Daniel's vision (ch. 7:3f.), is seen coming up out of the tempestuous sea of the nations, and is manifestly the same as the Scarlet Beast of chapter seventeen, the one constantly referred to as “the Beast” without any other qualification. This is the symbol of the universal world-power, i. e. all the world-kingdoms are considered as one and personified in this Beast in open hostility to the church;469 national opposition to Christianity, exemplified by heathen Rome in John's day which supplied the groundwork of the conception, but extending far beyond that and applying equally to all persecuting nations during the whole forty-two months, or three and a half years, of world-domination, which represents the duration of the church-historic period of trial (v. 5), a period that is broken and incomplete (see App'x E). The Beast is described as having ten horns and seven heads, the symbol of a twofold completeness, both that of parts (ten) and that of quality or kind (seven), the same number as the Dragon, though in inverse order, indicating that the Beast is the agent of the Dragon, i. e. of Satan, and is possessed of like dominion and power,—for “the Dragon gave him his power, and his throne, and great authority”. The heads seem to symbolize the world-power taking form, and the horns the exercise of that power. (For the further development of this symbolism, see ch. 17:9f.) And it should be noted that the ten horns and seven heads are common not only to the Dragon and the Beast, but are also the sum total of those belonging to the four beasts in Daniel's vision, i. e. to all the world-powers there designed, a symbolism which suggests that it properly applies to more than one nation, and which here seems intended to portray the persistent opposition of the Devil to the church of God, working through the power of the world in all time and in all nations. The ten crowns or diadems upon his horns denote the fulness of his sovereignty, and imply the extent of his earthly rule; the names of blasphemy upon his heads seem to refer to the divine titles and honors assumed by earthly kings, especially those of Rome, as Domitian who ordered that in official documents he should be styled “Our Lord and God”—a figure [pg 169] that is perhaps suggested here by the mitre of the high priest on which was written “Holiness to the Lord”, to which this was antipodal;470 while the wounded head that is healed refers to the death stroke, given to the world-power by the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ, from which there has been seeming recovery,471 for this was a true deathblow to the world-power, even though it failed of immediate realization and thereby disappointed Jewish-Christian hopes of early victory. The Beast blasphemes against God, “his name, and his tabernacle, even them that dwell in the heavens”, i. e. the inhabitants of the tabernacle. “And it was given unto him to make war with the saints and to overcome them: and there was given to him authority over every tribe and people and tongue and nation”; but it is only as it is “given unto him” that he can exercise his power, i. e. he is subject to divine control. And every one, “whose name hath not been written from the foundation of the world in the book of life of the Lamb that hath been slain”, shall worship him. Thus is depicted not only the fierce antagonism of the Roman Empire to the church in that age, but the perpetual hostility and unceasing opposition of the universal world-power in all ages and nations to the growth of the kingdom of God among men.

A wild Beast that is fierce and bloodthirsty, and an ideal composite creature, “like a leopard, with feet like [pg 168] those of a bear, and his mouth like that of a lion” (v. 2), clearly formed from the animals in Daniel's vision (ch. 7:3f.), is seen rising up out of the tumultuous sea of nations, and is obviously the same as the Scarlet Beast of chapter seventeen, the one continually referred to as "the Beast" without any other qualification. This symbolizes universal world power, meaning that all world kingdoms are viewed as one and personified in this Beast that is openly hostile to the church; 469 representing national opposition to Christianity, exemplified by pagan Rome in John's era which provided the basis for this concept, while applying far beyond that and equally to all persecuting nations throughout the entire forty-two months, or three and a half years, of global domination, which represents the duration of the church-historic period of trial (v. 5), a period that is disrupted and incomplete (see App'x E). The Beast is described as having ten horns and seven heads, symbols of twofold completeness, both in quantity (ten) and quality or kind (seven), the same numbers as the Dragon, though in reverse order, indicating that the Beast is an agent of the Dragon, i.e., of Satan, and possesses similar authority and power—because “the Dragon gave him his power, his throne, and great authority”. The heads seem to symbolize the emergence of world power, while the horns symbolize the exercise of that power. (For further exploration of this symbolism, see ch. 17:9f.) It should be noted that the ten horns and seven heads are common not only to the Dragon and the Beast, but also reflect the total sum of those belonging to the four beasts in Daniel's vision, meaning all the world powers mentioned, a symbolism that suggests it rightly applies to more than one nation, and which here seems aimed at portraying the ongoing opposition of the Devil to the church of God, acting through the power of the world across all time and in all nations. The ten crowns or diadems on his horns indicate the fullness of his sovereignty and imply the extent of his earthly rule; the names of blasphemy upon his heads seem to refer to the divine titles and honors claimed by earthly kings, particularly those of Rome, like Domitian who demanded to be called "Our Lord and God"—a figure [pg 169] that may be alluded to here by the high priest's mitre that bore the inscription "Set apart for the Lord", which stood in contrast to this; 470 while the wounded head that is healed refers to the death blow dealt to worldly power by the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ, from which there has been a perceived recovery, 471 for this was a true death blow to worldly authority, even if it didn't result in immediate realization, which led to disappointment of Jewish-Christian hopes for early victory. The Beast blasphemes against God, "his name and his tabernacle, including those who live in heaven", meaning the inhabitants of the tabernacle. "And he was allowed to wage war against the saints and defeat them: and he was given power over every tribe, people, language, and nation."; but it is only as it is “given to him” that he can exercise his power, meaning he is under divine control. And everyone, "whose name hasn’t been recorded since the foundation of the world in the Lamb's book of life", will worship him. Thus is illustrated not only the fierce opposition of the Roman Empire to the church in that age, but the ongoing hostility and relentless opposition of universal world power in all ages and nations against the growth of the kingdom of God among people.

The symbol of the Beast, notwithstanding the difficulty of its interpretation, has certain distinguishing features that help to interpret its meaning. The close resemblance to Daniel's vision gives a clue to the thought in mind, and serves to indicate the proper method of interpretation. That the world-power in some form is symbolized in the vision, is clearly indicated; on this point all interpreters are agreed, though the majority of modern interpreters regard the Beast as the Roman Empire. That John had Rome primarily in mind can scarcely be doubted; but, in the view accepted by the symbolic interpreters, the Roman Empire served only to supply the groundwork for an idealized conception, in which the ordinary and limited view of sense has become transformed under the influence of prophetic insight into the wider vision of a world-power belonging to all time and pervading all history that rises beastlike in strength and might to oppress the people of [pg 170] God. The Beast, according to this interpretation, is the persecuting world-power in any and every age antagonizing the kingdom of God; the national and political forces of the world in their organized form arraying themselves against our Lord and his Christ; that phase of the world's life which finds expression for its opposition to the children of the kingdom under the forms of law and government, the most sovereign and irresistible of all kinds of persecution. This symbol naturally found a ready and satisfactory interpretation by the early church in the prevailing surveillance of the Roman authority; but it is an interpretation none the less true of heathen nations everywhere and always, who constantly persecute the church of God. The interpretation thus given is the one accepted by the symbolist school as the most natural and satisfactory of all, having a world-wide application and universal content; and it may be confidently adopted with an adequate degree of assurance that it conveys the meaning intended. The preterist interpreters, on the other hand, limit the meaning of the First Beast to the Roman Empire, using its power to oppose and oppress Christianity, and construe the wounded head as a reference to the death of Nero (see notes on chapter seventeen).

The symbol of the Beast, despite the challenges in interpreting it, has specific features that help us understand its meaning. Its strong resemblance to Daniel's vision offers a clue to the underlying idea and indicates the correct way to interpret it. It's clear that some form of world power is represented in the vision, a point on which all interpreters agree, although most modern interpreters view the Beast as the Roman Empire. There's little doubt that John mainly had Rome in mind; however, according to those who interpret it symbolically, the Roman Empire merely provides the foundation for an idealized concept. In this view, the ordinary perception transforms, influenced by prophetic insight, into a broader vision of a world power that exists through all time and impacts all history, rising like a beast in strength and power to oppress the people of God. According to this interpretation, the Beast represents the persecuting world power in every age that opposes God's kingdom; the organized national and political forces of the world stand against our Lord and His Christ. This reflects the aspects of life that reveal their opposition to the children of the kingdom through law and government, which are the most sovereign and unyielding forms of persecution. The early church readily found a clear and satisfying interpretation of this symbol in the constant surveillance of Roman authority; however, it equally applies to heathen nations everywhere and at all times, which continuously persecute God's church. This interpretation is embraced by the symbolist school as the most intuitive and satisfactory, having a global application and universal relevance. It can be confidently accepted with a reasonable degree of assurance that it conveys the intended meaning. In contrast, preterist interpreters restrict the meaning of the First Beast to the Roman Empire, using its authority to oppose and suppress Christianity, and they interpret the wounded head as a reference to Nero's death (see notes on chapter seventeen).

(1) An Admonition to Patience, Ch. 13:9-10

John adds a word of warning concerning the need of patience and perseverance for the saints. If any one is ordained to captivity, into captivity let him go as the lot appointed him; resist not, for he that taketh the sword shall perish by the sword; this is the test of “the patience and the faith of the saints”. When we compare this message contained in the tenth verse, which is an exhortation to patience under persecution, with that in the eighteenth verse of this same chapter, where the exhortation is to wisdom against deception, we get a glimpse of the different kind of danger that is to be apprehended from each of the two beasts, the first persecuting men, the second deceiving them.

John adds a word of warning about the need for patience and perseverance among the saints. If someone is destined for captivity, they should accept it as their fate; do not resist, for those who live by the sword will die by the sword; this is the test of "the patience and faith of the saints". When we compare this message in the tenth verse, which encourages patience during persecution, with the message in the eighteenth verse of this same chapter, which urges wisdom against deception, we can see the different types of danger posed by each of the two beasts—one that persecutes people and the other that deceives them.

2 The Second Beast,—the Beast from the Land, Ch. 13:11-18.

Another wild Beast, also an ideal and composite creature, like unto yet different from the first, is seen [pg 171] coming up out of the earth,472 i. e. out of established and well-ordered society; the Two-horned Beast in whom the exercise of personal power or force is less prominent than in the First Beast with ten horns to whom he is subordinate, for the power he exerciseth is “all the power of the First Beast”. This Beast is the symbol of the universal world-religion, i. e. all the world-religions are considered as one and personified in the Second Beast, in disguised hostility to the church of Christ;473 the False Prophet of chs. 16:13 and 19:20, assuming to be what he is not, and using his authority for evil ends, who “deceiveth them that dwell on the earth”.474 His two horns like a lamb, but voice like a dragon, indicate that he has the external characteristics of a lamb, but the inner nature of a dragon, and are evidently intended to signify that he appears to be like Christ, while he is like Satan; he represents the forms of religion that assume to save men, but in fact only bind them to evil. “He doeth great signs that he should even make fire to come down out of heaven upon the earth in the sight of men”, i. e. not a literal bringing down of fire, but a power counterfeiting the power of God as shown of old in fire from heaven, a great sign to Israel (Num. 16:35; I K. 18:38), and sembling that of the two witnesses (ch. 11:5). And he required of “them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the Beast who hath the stroke of the sword and lived”, i. e. the false religions of the world, which the Second Beast represents, operate to make the people subservient to the world-power, the First Beast which had the stroke of the sword and lived, with which these religions always [pg 172] stand connected whether in Rome or in other nations;475 and the people render worship as they are directed. “And it was given unto him to give breath to the image of the Beast that it should speak and cause as many as should not worship the image to be killed”, i. e. the heathen religions give life and authority to national worship, give vitality to the world-power that it should command and compel men to join in its idolatrous forms or lose their lives by refusal. Thus the whole figure seems to indicate the spirit of the world operating against the church through the forms of religion, especially as seizing upon the natural and ethnic religions, permeating them with deceit, and subverting them to worldly ends (v. 14), the element of religion being a prominent feature throughout. Actuated by worldly wisdom, which is “earthly, sensual, and devilish” (Jas. 3:15), this Beast, we are told, bids all men worship the image of the First (v. 12 and 14), i. e. worship the deification of the world-power, thereby insidiously rehabilitating the world-power in another form, a figure likely drawn from the worship of the Emperor's image, a cult prevailing at the time, and showing how false religions rest upon and are upheld by heathen governments. John doubtless had primarily in mind the heathen priesthood of that period, especially the priesthood of Caesar-worship, which afforded the best example of the then existing world-religions, but this only formed the groundwork of the larger thought of the vision. Preterist interpreters, as a rule, would limit the meaning of the Second Beast to the heathen priesthood of that time, but this is too restricted a view. Any religion anywhere rejecting the Christ and crowning the world-power is represented by the Second Beast. It has also been suggested that the Second Beast represents the Asiarch, or chief priest of Asia, the director and instigator of Emperor-worship.476 This may possibly have been the source of John's idea; but however formed we should regard it as a universal and poetic conception of one continuous phase of the world's opposition to Christ and his kingdom, and not limit it to any particular historic [pg 173] manifestation of that opposition. Others, without sufficient grounds, have referred the title to the papacy, interpreting the First and Second Beasts as Rome pagan and papal. Another interpretation is that the First Beast is the secular persecuting power, pagan or Christian, and the Second Beast is the sacerdotal persecuting power, pagan and Christian; while still another and better interpretation is that world-force is the first, and world-worship, i. e. world-religion and superstition, the second.477 Symbolist interpreters always prefer the wider to a narrower symbolism in accordance with their general view of the book. According to this view, which is the one accepted in the present volume, all the world-religions which profess to be holy but are controlled by the same spirit, belong to the Second Beast and contribute to his power. The aspect of heathenism which here presented itself to John's mind is the most general and obvious of all its many characteristics; and although we now recognize more fully the elements of truth in the ethnic religions, and their relative value in the moral education of mankind when without the gospel, yet John's view still holds good, and is confirmed by the world-wide testimony of the mission field. The world-spirit which lies at the door of the world-religions is and always has been evil, and will always be degrading to the soul, that spirit which subordinates the moral and spiritual to purely selfish and worldly ends. The forms of the Two-horned Beast today are just as deceiving and defiling to men, and as much opposed to the kingdom of God, as they ever were of old. And not only are all the world-religions the abiding manifestation of the Second Beast, but even the Christian church also, whether Catholic or Protestant, may become subservient thereto, whenever or wherever it, or any part of it, may be dominated by the spirit of the world-religions, and thereby yields its God-given prestige to this Beast. The forms of human learning, too, as philosophy, science, literature, and art, when they trench upon the sphere of religion and become atheistic, agnostic, materialistic, or God-defying, exhibit the spirit of the world-religions in opposition to Christ, and are manifestations of the same Beast. This power is world-wide and age-long, and the vision seems to look [pg 174] through and beyond the forces then at work to their wider manifestation in history. For the Second Beast is the incarnation of the permanent and universal world-religion in each and all of its forms, and while presenting one aspect of the world-religions of John's time, yet goes far beyond that and portrays the principle of opposition to the church of Christ which underlies them all, and which would develop new forms in the period when Christianity had nominally triumphed, continuing the conflict upon different lines from the violent persecutions of the earlier ages; a period when the world's opposition to God would be expressed “by affiliation with the religion of Jesus, and by penetrating its life with false ideals”, producing a faithlessness within the church even more deadly in its results than the fatal furor of persecution, for the world within the church is one of the forms of the Second Beast, and there is nothing so dangerous to the life of the soul as irreligious religion.478

Another wild Beast, also an ideal and composite creature, somewhat similar yet distinct from the first, is seen [pg 171] rising up out of the earth, 472 meaning out of an established and well-ordered society; the Two-horned Beast in whom personal power or force is less prominent than in the first Beast with ten horns to whom he is subordinate, for the authority he holds is “all the power of the First Beast”. This Beast symbolizes the universal world-religion, meaning that all world-religions are viewed as one and embodied in the Second Beast, in disguised opposition to the church of Christ; 473 the False Prophet referred to in chs. 16:13 and 19:20, pretending to be what he is not, and using his authority for malicious purposes, who "deceives those who live on the earth". 474 His two horns resemble a lamb, but his voice is like a dragon, suggesting that he has the outward characteristics of a lamb but the inner nature of a dragon, clearly indicating that he appears Christ-like while actually being like Satan; he represents religious forms that claim to save people but actually only bind them to evil. “He performs great signs, even making fire come down from heaven to earth in front of people.”, meaning not a literal fire but a power that mimics the power of God as shown in the past through fire from heaven, a significant sign to Israel (Num. 16:35; I K. 18:38), and resembling that of the two witnesses (ch. 11:5). And he demanded "those who live on the earth, that they should create an image of the Beast who had the sword wound and yet lived", meaning that the false religions of the world, which the Second Beast represents, work to make people submissive to the world-power, the First Beast which had the stroke of the sword and lived, with which these religions are always connected, be it in Rome or in other nations; 475 and the people worship as directed. “And he was given the power to give breath to the image of the Beast so that it could speak and cause anyone who did not worship the image to be killed.”, meaning that the pagan religions empower national worship, giving life to the worldly authority that commands and coerces people to participate in its idolatrous practices or risk death for refusal. Thus, the entire imagery appears to represent the worldly spirit working against the church through religious forms, particularly as it takes hold of natural and ethnic religions, infusing them with deceit, and subverting them for worldly purposes (v. 14), the element of religion being a significant aspect throughout. Driven by worldly wisdom, which is "earthly, sensual, and wicked" (Jas. 3:15), this Beast, we are told, urges all to worship the image of the First (v. 12 and 14), meaning to worship the deification of worldly power, thus subtly restoring worldly power in another guise, a figure likely inspired by the worship of the Emperor's image, a cult prevalent at the time, and illustrating how false religions rely on and are sustained by pagan governments. John likely had primarily in mind the pagan priesthood of that time, particularly the priesthood of Caesar-worship, which provided the best example of the prevailing world-religions, but this only laid the groundwork for the broader concept of the vision. Preterist interpreters generally would limit the meaning of the Second Beast to the pagan priesthood of that era, but this is too narrow a view. Any religion anywhere that rejects Christ and elevates worldly power is represented by the Second Beast. It has also been suggested that the Second Beast represents the Asiarch, or chief priest of Asia, the leader and instigator of Emperor-worship. 476 This may have been the inspiration for John's idea; however, we should see it as a universal and poetic depiction of the ongoing global opposition to Christ and his kingdom, rather than confining it to any specific historical [pg 173] instance of that opposition. Others, without sufficient reasoning, have applied the title to the papacy, interpreting the First and Second Beasts as pagan and papal Rome. Another interpretation is that the First Beast symbolizes secular oppressive power, whether pagan or Christian, and the Second Beast symbolizes the priestly oppressive power, also pagan and Christian; while another and preferable interpretation sees world-force as the first, and world-worship, i.e., world-religion and superstition, as the second. 477 Symbolist interpreters prefer broader symbolism over narrow symbolism, following their general interpretation of the book. According to this view, which is the perspective taken in this volume, all world-religions that claim to be holy but are governed by the same spirit belong to the Second Beast and contribute to his power. The aspect of paganism that appeared to John's mind is the most general and apparent of all its many traits; and although we now more fully recognize the elements of truth in ethnic religions, and their relative importance in humanity's moral education when devoid of the gospel, John's perspective still holds, and is validated by the universal testimony of the mission field. The worldly spirit that lurks behind the world-religions is and has always been evil, and it will forever degrade the soul, that spirit which prioritizes the moral and spiritual to purely selfish and worldly ends. The forms of the Two-horned Beast today are just as deceptive and corrupting to humans, and equally opposed to the kingdom of God, as they ever were in the past. And not only are all world-religions enduring manifestations of the Second Beast, but even the Christian church, whether Catholic or Protestant, can become subservient to it whenever or wherever it or any part of it is influenced by the spirit of world-religions, surrendering its God-given dignity to this Beast. The realms of human knowledge, such as philosophy, science, literature, and art, when they intrude into the religious sphere and turn atheistic, agnostic, materialistic, or defiant to God, exhibit the spirit of world-religions opposing Christ, and are manifestations of the same Beast. This power is global and timeless, and the vision seems to peer [pg 174] through and beyond the forces that were active to their broader manifestation in history. For the Second Beast is the embodiment of a permanent and universal world-religion in all its forms, and while presenting one aspect of the world-religions of John's time, it goes far beyond that to portray the principle of opposition to the church of Christ which underpins them all, and which would take on new forms in the age when Christianity had ostensibly triumphed, continuing the struggle along different lines from the violent persecutions of prior times; a time when the world's opposition to God would be expressed "through association with the teachings of Jesus, and by infusing its essence with misleading ideals", creating a faithlessness within the church that could be even more devastating in its consequences than the deadly frenzy of persecution, for the world within the church is one of the manifestations of the Second Beast, and nothing threatens the soul more than irreligious religion. 478

(1.) An Admonition to Wisdom, Ch. 13:18

“Here is wisdom”, John says: “He that hath understanding, let him count the number of the Beast; for it is the number of a man”,—or rather, “the number of man”, for there is no article in the Greek, implying that the reference is not to any particular man—479 i. e. it is a human number. The mark of the Beast, like that of an ancient devotee to his idol, is put upon both the hand and brain (v. 16)480 of all the people who accept his authority, without any distinction of rank, rich and poor, bond and free, small and great, all alike, showing that their powers are uniformly devoted to the service of this world. John exhorts the church to wisdom in discerning this Beast, indicating the subtleness of his hidden power. The number of his name, i. e. designation, is six hundred and sixty-six (some manuscripts read six hundred and sixteen, but this is almost certainly an error of transcription), the symbol of a threefold, composite power of evil which includes the Dragon, the First Beast, and the Second, and which culminates [pg 175] in the last, viz:—600, a hundredfold of six, a numerical designation of the Dragon, plus 60, tenfold of six, a similar designation of the First Beast, plus 6, onefold of six, a like designation of the Second Beast, if considered alone, which together, equal 666, the numerical designation of the full power which the Second Beast represents. The key to the mystical designation 666, according to this interpretation,481 is found in the number six, the number of evil, one short of seven or perfection, Satan's number, whether multiplied by ten or not, here thrice repeated, six, six, six, each repetition multiplying the previous number tenfold, or six a hundredfold added to six tenfold added to six a single fold, producing a triple symbol of the full power of evil. In this symbolism we seem to have the thought of a trinity of evil striving in antagonism to the divine trinity; and though we cannot be sure that John had this in mind, yet it seems quite in accord with the apocalyptic method of depicting truth. If the reading 616 is preferred, the First Beast is then designated by 10, the symbol of earthly completeness, instead of 60 as above, a much less likely symbolism, but not affecting the general meaning.

“Here's wisdom”, John says: “Let anyone with understanding figure out the number of the Beast, because it is the number of a man.”,—or rather, “the number of people”, since there is no article in the Greek, suggesting that it refers to no specific individual—479 in other words, it’s a human number. The mark of the Beast, similar to that of an ancient worshipper of his idol, is placed on both the hand and the mind (v. 16)480 of everyone who accepts his authority, regardless of status—rich and poor, enslaved and free, great and small—all showing that their abilities are entirely devoted to worldly pursuits. John encourages the church to be wise in recognizing this Beast, highlighting the subtlety of his hidden strength. The number of his name, meaning designation, is six hundred and sixty-six (some manuscripts say six hundred and sixteen, but this is almost certainly a transcription error), symbolizing a threefold, composite power of evil encompassing the Dragon, the First Beast, and the Second, culminating [pg 175] in the last, namely:—600, a hundredfold of six, a numerical reference to the Dragon, plus 60, tenfold of six, a similar reference to the First Beast, plus 6, onefold of six, a corresponding reference to the Second Beast when considered alone, which together equal 666, the numerical representation of the complete power the Second Beast signifies. The key to the mystical identification of 666, according to this interpretation,481 lies in the number six, the number of evil, one short of seven or perfection, Satan’s number, whether multiplied by ten or not, here repeated three times, six, six, six, each repetition multiplying the previous number tenfold, or six a hundredfold added to six tenfold added to six a single fold, creating a triple symbol of the full power of evil. In this imagery, we appear to see a concept of an evil trinity opposing the divine trinity; and while we can’t be certain that John intended this, it aligns with the apocalyptic style of illustrating truth. If the reading 616 is favored, then the First Beast is identified by 10, the symbol of worldly completeness, instead of 60 as mentioned above, which is a much less likely symbolism, but it doesn’t change the overall meaning.

The mark of the Beast is one of the most disputed points in the whole book, and some commentators, while suggesting a probable interpretation, prefer to leave the meaning unsolved. Certainly all interpretations finding in the number a cryptic name, such as Neron Caesar, or Lateinos, notwithstanding their wide acceptance by modern interpreters, should be discarded as fanciful.482 The number was evidently intended as a designation rather than a name; it is a symbol like every other number in the Revelation, and any attempt to solve it by reference to the Jewish gematria, or numerical indication of names, is foreign to the method of the book, and only involves it in greater obscurity, as the different answers obtained in that way will show.483 [pg 176] While that interpretation has been the generally accepted view with preterists, a revolt against its arbitrariness is manifest in late writers, and cannot but be felt by the attentive student.484 That six hundred and sixty-six is a triple symbol of the full power of evil, has found acceptance with a multitude of readers, and is the most satisfactory interpretation to those who hold the symbolic view.

The mark of the Beast is one of the most debated topics in the entire book, and while some commentators propose likely interpretations, they often choose to leave the meaning unresolved. Certainly, interpretations that identify the number with a hidden name, like Nero Caesar or Lateinos, despite their popularity among modern interpreters, should be dismissed as fanciful.482 The number clearly serves as a designation rather than a name; it's a symbol like all the other numbers in Revelation, and trying to decipher it using Jewish gematria, or the numerical representation of names, doesn't fit with the book's approach and only adds to the confusion, as the varying answers obtained that way illustrate.483 [pg 176] While this interpretation has been the generally accepted view among preterists, there is a noticeable pushback against its randomness in later writers, which cannot be ignored by careful readers.484 The idea that six hundred and sixty-six symbolizes the complete power of evil has gained acceptance among many readers and is the most satisfying interpretation for those who view it symbolically.

In conclusion it should be said that the identification of this Beast, or of the former one, with the Antichrist of John's Epistles is of more than doubtful value in arriving at the meaning intended; for the Apocalyptist studiously avoided the use of that term though quite familiar with it (I Jn. 2:18; 2:22; 4:3; and II Jn. 1:7), and we surely cannot do better than to follow his example. Indeed the entire interpretation of the Apocalypse will be permanently advanced when all direct reference to a personal Anti-christ is finally eliminated as foreign to the purpose, if not the thought of the book. In the broad sense of the term the Anti-christ is the Against-Christ in any and every form. John tells us (I Jn. 2:18) there are “Many antichrists” (ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ), a term peculiar to John in the New Testament; our Lord said (Mat. 24:24) “There shall arise false christs” (ψευδόχριστοι), a different term in the Greek, and evidently referring to more than one; and it may well be doubted whether the prediction is anywhere intended to refer to a single person. The term may be understood in a general way to include the Two Beasts, the Harlot, and all other forms of anti-christianity, but no more definite identification can with any probability be made.

In conclusion, it should be noted that linking this Beast, or the previous one, with the Antichrist mentioned in John's letters is questionable when trying to understand the intended meaning. The writer of Revelation intentionally avoided using that term, despite being familiar with it (I Jn. 2:18; 2:22; 4:3; and II Jn. 1:7), and we would do well to follow his lead. In fact, the overall interpretation of Revelation will progress significantly when all direct references to a personal Antichrist are removed, as they are not relevant to the book’s purpose, if not its overall message. Generally speaking, the Antichrist is anyone who stands against Christ in any form. John tells us (I Jn. 2:18) there are "Many antichrists" (ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ), a term unique to John in the New Testament; our Lord said (Mat. 24:24) "False christs will arise" (ψεὐδόχριστοι), which uses a different Greek term and clearly refers to more than one individual. It may be questioned whether the prophecy refers to just one person. The term can generally include the Two Beasts, the Harlot, and all other forms of anti-Christianity, but no clearer identification can be made with any certainty.

[pg 177]

D. The Lamb on Mount Zion, Ch. 14:1-20

The closing part of this fourfold vision, revealing the final outcome of the preceding conflict in the glorious triumph of the Lamb and his followers, is now given for the comfort of the church, and to relieve the sombre shadows of the earlier parts of the vision by a foregleam of victory.

The final section of this fourfold vision, showing the ultimate result of the earlier conflict in the glorious victory of the Lamb and his followers, is now presented for the encouragement of the church, to lighten the dark tones of the earlier parts of the vision with a glimpse of victory.

1. The Redeemed with the Lamb, Ch. 14:1-5

We see here a vast and virgin multitude, a hundred and forty-four thousand, a large and perfect number, the former symbol of the complete first-fruits from Israel (ch. 7:4), now used by synecdoche to represent all the redeemed who have been chosen from among men, the best of their race, who are called “the first-fruits unto God and unto the Lamb”,485 and who stand with the Lamb upon Mount Zion, in the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, having his name and the name of his Father written upon their foreheads, signifying to whom they belong and marking them as antipodal to those who have received the mark of the Beast (ch. 13:16), and who sing a new song, the song of victory (the Incommunicable Chorus), known only to the redeemed. Of this blessed company it is said that “they are without blemish”, i. e. they are sinless before God, which is apparently an explanation of the symbolism used in saying that they are “virgins”, and “not defiled with women”,—or “among women”. Roman Catholic commentators, however, usually interpret literally, and apply the passage to those women who have never entered into wedlock for the kingdom of heaven's sake—a construction that it scarcely seems to bear.486 Futurists generally maintain that the vision refers to the earthly Zion, and connect the incident with the second advent, making the hundred and forty-four thousand to consist of Jews alone.

We see here a vast and untouched crowd, one hundred forty-four thousand, a significant and complete number, previously symbolizing the complete first-fruits from Israel (ch. 7:4). Now, it represents all the redeemed chosen from among humanity, the best of their kind, known as “the first offerings to God and to the Lamb”,485 who stand with the Lamb on Mount Zion, in the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, with His name and the name of His Father written on their foreheads, indicating to whom they belong and distinguishing them from those who have received the mark of the Beast (ch. 13:16). They sing a new song, the song of victory (the Incommunicable Chorus), known only to the redeemed. This blessed group is described as “flawless”, meaning they are sinless before God, which seemingly explains the symbolism of calling them “non sexually active individuals” and “not tainted by women” or “among women”. However, Roman Catholic commentators often interpret this literally, applying it to women who have never married for the sake of the kingdom of heaven—a reading that seems quite unsupported.486 Futurists generally argue that the vision refers to the earthly Zion and associate the incident with the second coming, claiming that the one hundred forty-four thousand consists solely of Jews.

[pg 178]
2. The Three Angel Messages, Ch. 14:6-11

These are distinct notes of divine warning, prelusive of the End, which are given by the mouth of three different angels, showing their separate and individual importance; they are three in number, the symbol of the spiritual, indicating the nature of their contents; and they are introduced as preparatory to the scenes of anticipated judgment in verses fourteen to twenty, and are premonitory of the End. The End is an ever-recurrent note that always finds place in the deeper strains of Apocalyptic literature. The End that victory may come, was the natural cry of a spirit that despaired of the present world, and believed that God could only be vindicated by the consummation of all things. This was a fundamental weakness of the Apocalyptic point of view, which found the proper design of the world in its speedy ending and not in its longer continuance, a mistake that unfortunately has been perpetuated in Christian thought as though it were fundamental to it, whereas the victory and the End may well be as far apart as the creation from the victory. The Apocalypse sounds the note of the End without hesitancy or discussion. The difficulties that embarrass us did not enter into the thought of that time.

These are distinct notes of divine warning, signaling the End, expressed through the voices of three different angels, highlighting their individual importance. There are three of them, which symbolizes the spiritual nature of their message. They are introduced as a preparation for the scenes of expected judgment found in verses fourteen to twenty and serve as a warning of the End. The End is a recurring theme in Apocalyptic literature. The cry for victory at the End was a natural response from a spirit that had lost hope in the present world, believing that God's justice could only be affirmed through the completion of all things. This viewpoint reflects a significant flaw in Apocalyptic thinking, which saw the ultimate purpose of the world as its swift conclusion rather than its prolonged existence. Unfortunately, this misconception has been carried through in Christian thought, as if it were foundational, when in reality, victory and the End may be as distant from one another as creation is from victory. The Apocalypse unambiguously proclaims the End without hesitation or debate. The challenges that trouble us today were not a concern in that era.

(1) The Message of the Eternal Gospel, Ch. 14:6-7

“Another angel” and the first of the three which follow, flying in mid-heaven proclaims the (or an) eternal gospel to every nation and tribe and tongue and people before the time of judgment, the symbol of the fulfilment of the words of our Lord: “This gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in the whole world for a testimony unto all the nations; and then shall the end come” (Mat. 24:14). The angel exhorts men to “fear God and give him glory; for the hour of his judgment is come”, i. e. is now at hand.

"Another angel" and the first of the three that follow, flying in mid-heaven, announces the (or an) eternal gospel to every nation, tribe, language, and people before the time of judgment, symbolizing the fulfillment of our Lord's words: "This gospel of the kingdom will be shared all over the world as a witness to all nations; and then the end will come." (Mat. 24:14). The angel urges people to "Revere God and give Him praise; for the time of His judgment has arrived.", meaning it is imminent.

(2) The Message of Babylon's Fall, Ch. 14:8

A second angel proclaims the fall of Babylon, the city of the world, the dwelling-place and symbol of the world of sinful men, and the antithesis of Jerusalem, which is the city of God, the dwelling-place and symbol of the holy. The destruction of Babylon is a necessary prelude to the End, for the sinful worldly life which [pg 179] finds its fitting type in this great city must be broken down before Christ can triumph.

A second angel announces the downfall of Babylon, the city of the world, representing the realm of sinful people, and the opposite of Jerusalem, which is the city of God, embodying holiness. The destruction of Babylon is essential before the End can come, as the sinful worldly life that [pg 179] is exemplified in this great city must be dismantled before Christ can achieve victory.

(3) The Message of Doom for the Beast and his Followers, Ch. 14:9-11

The third angel proclaims the doom of divine wrath upon the worshippers of the Beast and his image, i. e. upon those who glorify the blasphemous world-power, or share in the deceit of the world-religion; and the terms of the message are full of terror and foreboding. Thus in a concise and triple message is foreshadowed the universal proclamation of the gospel, the overthrow of the world's social and communal life adverse to God, and the final destruction of those forces in national and religious thought that withstand the full and final triumph of the Christ.

The third angel announces the coming judgment of divine wrath on the worshippers of the Beast and his image, meaning those who glorify the blasphemous world power or partake in the deception of the world religion; and the message is filled with fear and warning. In this brief yet powerful message, we see a glimpse of the universal spreading of the gospel, the dismantling of the world’s social and communal structures that oppose God, and the ultimate destruction of those forces in national and religious thought that resist the complete and final victory of Christ.

3. The Blessedness of the Holy Dead, Ch. 14:12-13

The author at this point expresses his sympathy with the church, setting forth the need of patience in the conflict (v. 12); and then he records a voice heard from heaven (v. 13), declaring that the dead who die in the Lord are blessed “henceforth”, i. e. after death, for they have both rest and reward,487 and possibly including, also, the additional thought that they have thereby escaped from the great tribulation even though by martyrdom. Thus once more the redeemed are placed in opposition to the unredeemed, the saved are set over against the lost, as those who have secured the better part.

The author at this point shows sympathy for the church, emphasizing the need for patience in the struggle (v. 12); then he records a voice from heaven (v. 13), stating that those who die in the Lord are blessed “from now on”, meaning after death, because they have both rest and reward,487 and possibly suggesting that they have escaped the great tribulation, even if it was through martyrdom. Thus, once again, the redeemed are contrasted with the unredeemed, the saved are set against the lost, as those who have attained the better part.

4. The Harvest of the Elect, Ch. 14:14-16

One like unto the Son of Man (or a son of man), i. e. one sharing our humanity—a designation of the Messiah after the time of Daniel488—is seen sitting upon [pg 180] a white cloud, the traditional covering of the divine majesty and a symbol of the divine presence, having on his head a golden crown, the token of glory and of victory, and in his hand a sharp sickle, the instrument for reaping. And on the announcement of another angel489 from out the temple that the hour was come, he cast his sickle upon the earth and gathered all the faithful into his kingdom as a harvest that was ripe, a symbol of the ingathering of all the redeemed preceding the punishment of the wicked (cf. Mat. 25:31-46). The action set forth in this part of the vision is preparatory to and anticipates the judgment, yet the process of judgment is not described. The vision is occupied rather with pointing out how the path of history inevitably leads to the judgment bar. The incident serves to introduce the seventh and last of the mystic figures of this wonderful vision of conflict, the Son of Man on the Cloud, who represents Christ as the theanthropic Redeemer and Judge, a quite different aspect of his character from the Man-Child where he is set forth subject to the conditions of his mysterious incarnation, and therefore requiring an entirely different symbol.

One like the Son of Man (or a son of man), meaning someone sharing our humanity—a title for the Messiah after the time of Daniel488—is seen sitting on [pg 180] a white cloud, which traditionally represents divine majesty and symbolizes the divine presence, wearing a golden crown, a sign of glory and victory, and holding a sharp sickle, the tool for reaping. And when another angel489 came from the temple announcing that the hour had arrived, he swung his sickle over the earth and gathered all the faithful into his kingdom like a harvest that was ripe, symbolizing the gathering of all the redeemed before the punishment of the wicked (cf. Mat. 25:31-46). The action in this part of the vision prepares for and anticipates the judgment, but the judgment process itself is not described. Instead, the vision emphasizes how the course of history inevitably leads to the judgment bar. This incident serves to introduce the seventh and final mystical figure in this remarkable vision of conflict, the Son of Man on the Cloud, who embodies Christ as the divine Redeemer and Judge, presenting a different side of his character from the Man-Child, where he is depicted under the conditions of his mysterious incarnation, thus requiring a completely different symbol.

5. The Vintage of Wrath, Ch. 14:17-20

Still another angel came out from the shrine or sanctuary of the temple in heaven, at the summons of the angel who had power over fire, i. e. the fire of the altar, which is here the symbol of judgment, and gathered all the ungodly as vintage from the earth, and cast them into the winepress, the great winepress, of the wrath of God, a figure of the ingathering and fearful punishment of the wicked at the end of the world. According to this view the two gatherings described in verses fourteen to twenty, are regarded as depicting the opposite fate in store for the faithful and the wicked, instead of a twofold account of the same event repeated in different form for the purpose of emphasis. This interpretation agrees best with the general tenor of the chapter and the common method of contrast throughout the book; others, however, regard the passage as a double figure of the judgment.490 The scene is laid outside [pg 181] the city, i. e. Jerusalem, most likely the New Jerusalem, the home of God's people, without the gates of which are the wicked who perish (ch. 22:15). The figure may have been drawn from the scenes of terror and bloodshed which attended the fall of the earthly city under Titus, a view quite possible if the later date of authorship be accepted, though possibly there may have been no definite city in mind. Some connect this passage with the struggle in chapter twenty (v. 7-10), where the nations compass the beloved city, and connect both with the advent, interpreting literally,—a view common with the futurists. And we are told that when the winepress was trodden “there came out blood, from the winepress, even unto the bridles of the horses,”491 a symbol of the terrible destruction of life that ensued, a flowing stream that reached as far as a thousand and six hundred furlongs, i. e. almost two hundred Roman miles, or somewhat farther than the entire length of Palestine, a Jewish synonym for a great distance. Sixteen hundred is also the square of four, the earth number, multiplied by the square of ten, the number of completeness, which perhaps indicates that the punishment is complete throughout the whole created world. The passage in its essential thought is an echo from the rhapsody of Joel (ch. 3:13), combined with the vision of judgment in Isaiah's Zion redeemed (ch. 63:3-6), and recalls his Assyrian flood, reaching even to the neck (Isa. 8:7-8).492 The transition to the vision of vials is now made by a sudden change of theme, and a return to the world-process of judgment that is age-long and world-wide in its scope and purpose.

Still, another angel came out from the shrine or sanctuary of the temple in heaven at the call of the angel who had power over fire, which represents the fire of the altar, a symbol of judgment. He gathered all the ungodly from the earth like grapes at harvest and threw them into the winepress, the great winepress, of God's wrath, illustrating the gathering and severe punishment of the wicked at the end of the world. Under this interpretation, the two gatherings described in verses fourteen to twenty are seen as representing the contrasting fates awaiting the faithful and the wicked, rather than being two versions of the same event emphasized in different ways. This view aligns best with the overall message of the chapter and the common contrast seen throughout the book; others, however, see the passage as a dual metaphor for judgment.490 The scene takes place outside [pg 181] the city, meaning Jerusalem, most likely the New Jerusalem, the home of God's people, where the wicked who perish are outside its gates (ch. 22:15). The imagery may have drawn from the scenes of terror and bloodshed during the fall of the earthly city under Titus, a possibility if the later date of authorship is accepted, although there may not have been a specific city in mind. Some link this passage to the struggle in chapter twenty (v. 7-10), where the nations surround the beloved city, and connect both to the second coming, interpreting it literally—a perspective commonly held by futurists. We are told that when the winepress was trodden, "Blood poured out from the winepress, all the way up to the horses' bridles."491 symbolizing the horrific destruction of life that followed, with a flowing stream reaching as far as a thousand and six hundred furlongs, which is almost two hundred Roman miles, or just over the entire length of Palestine—a Jewish term for a great distance. Sixteen hundred is also the square of four, the earth number, multiplied by the square of ten, the number of completeness, suggesting that the punishment is complete throughout the entire created world. The core idea of the passage echoes the rhapsody of Joel (ch. 3:13), combined with the vision of judgment in Isaiah's redeemed Zion (ch. 63:3-6), recalling his Assyrian flood, reaching even to the neck (Isa. 8:7-8).492 The transition to the vision of vials is now made by a sudden change of theme and a return to the ongoing world process of judgment that spans ages and is universal in its scope and purpose.

V. The Vision of the Seven Vials [or Bowls] (A Vision of Judgment). Ch. 15:1-16:12, and 16:17-21

The vision of the seven vials is a revelation of God's last plagues upon the ungodly, a final view of the divine providential purpose concerning the wicked, another group of seven that are set forth in a form similar to the judgments under the trumpets, but of increased severity, and that are promptly executed. They are called “another sign”, and may be regarded as another [pg 182] line of judgments of similar character to the trumpets, or as the complete fulfilment of the contents of the trumpet-judgments presented in another way, which are given for increased emphasis under figures that are analogous, and that indicate their inner connection; and, so far as the vials have any time-relation, they may be regarded as belonging to the same general period as the trumpets, i. e. the time of man's existence on the earth, especially the period of conflict, though shown by their progressive and destructive character to culminate in the closing period of human history. The vials are marked by an intensity of form and rapidity of movement, especially as they approach the end, and they are not limited like the trumpets to a part of men, but affect all the evil. They are vivid symbolic presentations of deep and terrible punishments, and are called 'the last plagues' because in them is fulfilled or completed the wrath of God upon the earth—a new and final view of the divine purpose concerning the wicked which may be looked at quite apart from any previous view.

The vision of the seven vials reveals God's final plagues on the wicked, providing a last glimpse of divine purpose regarding the unrighteous. This set of seven is presented in a way similar to the trumpet judgments, but with greater severity and immediate execution. They're referred to as “another sign” and can be seen as another [pg 182] series of judgments similar to the trumpets, or as the complete fulfillment of the trumpet judgments shown differently for added emphasis. They are presented through analogous figures that reveal their connection. In terms of timing, the vials can be seen as part of the same overall period as the trumpets, which is the time of human existence on Earth, particularly during times of conflict. However, their progressive and destructive nature suggests they peak during the end of human history. The vials are characterized by their intense form and rapid execution, impacting all evil rather than just a portion, as seen with the trumpets. They vividly symbolize profound and terrible punishments and are termed 'the last plagues' because they fulfill God's wrath on Earth. This provides a new and final perspective on divine purpose regarding the wicked, distinct from previous views.

Some preterists, who find in the seals a prophetic description of the trials of the church in the first age, regard the trumpets as a typical presentation of the fall of Jerusalem, and the vials as a portrayal of the fall of Rome.493 This opinion, it is affirmed, accords best with the general method of the Apocalyptic writings, which have for the most part a definite and local interpretation, and avoids the difficulty of an apparent repetition of similar judgments upon the same objects under the trumpets and the vials. But, upon the other hand, the prophetic outlook of John appears to the majority of devout minds to have a far wider sweep than that of other Apocalyptic writers outside the Scriptures, and to embrace a world-view that is universal, and that is not at all met by these limited historical fulfilments. Still, even if the former view were correct in its main assumption, “that does not preclude us,” as has been well said,494 “from interpreting the inspired words as referring not only to events near John's time, but also to other events of which they were the foretaste and figures. To us the meaning [in that case] is that the type of the end has been foretold and has come, but that [pg 183] the end itself which has been equally foretold [the full end] must be watched for in all seriousness.” If we have a correct view of prophecy we can readily assent to these words of wisdom which cannot be too strongly emphasized.

Some preterists, who see the seals as a prophetic description of the early church's struggles, view the trumpets as a typical representation of the fall of Jerusalem, and the vials as a depiction of the fall of Rome.493 This belief is said to align best with the overall approach of the Apocalyptic writings, which generally have a clear and localized interpretation, and it avoids the issue of seemingly repeating similar judgments on the same subjects under both the trumpets and the vials. However, many devout readers feel that John's prophetic vision is much broader than that of other Apocalyptic writers outside the Scriptures, encompassing a universal worldview that these limited historical fulfillments do not capture. Still, even if the former perspective were mostly correct, “that doesn’t exclude us,” as has been aptly stated,494 "By interpreting the inspired words as relating not just to events relevant to John's time, but also to other events they foreshadowed and symbolized, we understand that the nature of the end has been foretold and has come, but that [pg 183] the actual end, which has also been predicted [the final end], must be approached with utmost seriousness." If we have a clear understanding of prophecy, we can easily agree with these wise words, which cannot be emphasized enough.

It should be noted in passing that the revelation of these world-judgments in the visions of the seals, the trumpets, and the vials, notwithstanding their separate character, may be seen to follow a certain line of development, showing an inner connection; and also, that the divine purpose of judgment may be considered as being in a general way partially disclosed under the seals,—for judgment is one phase of the seals though a subordinate one—as being publicly proclaimed by the trumpets, and as being fully executed in the pouring out of the vials, each series presenting a different view, complete in itself, of God's punitive inflictions for sin throughout the whole history of mankind. They are seen, also, to reflect God's long-suffering patience with the sinner, first making known his wrath in an order of providences which affect his people as well as those of the world; then in threatening and manifesting his purpose to punish evil by an order of events which affect only a part of mankind, i. e. the sinful because they are sinful, and that afford abundant opportunity for repentance; and, finally, by the swift execution of a divinely just though terrible punishment upon all the obdurately wicked that refuse to repent. This last is the great, impressive, and awe-inspiring thought of the vision of the vials.

It should be noted that the revelations of these world judgments in the visions of the seals, the trumpets, and the vials, despite their distinct nature, follow a certain developmental line, showing an inner connection. Additionally, the divine purpose of judgment can be seen as partially disclosed under the seals—since judgment is one aspect of the seals, though a lesser one—as being publicly announced by the trumpets, and as being fully carried out in the pouring out of the vials. Each series presents a different perspective, complete in itself, on God's punishment for sin throughout human history. They also reflect God's enduring patience with sinners, first revealing His wrath through a series of events that affect both His people and the world. Then, He threatens and shows His intention to punish evil through events that impact only part of humanity, specifically the sinful, offering numerous opportunities for repentance. Finally, there is the swift execution of a divinely just yet terrible punishment on all the unrepentantly wicked who refuse to change. This last point is the powerful and awe-inspiring message of the vision of the vials.

A. The Preparation for the Vials, Ch. 15:1-8

The preparation for the vials, which is now entered upon, is a connecting link with the former vision, and a prelude to the plagues that follow. It is introduced by an inspiring view of the saints who have come victorious out of the conflict depicted in that vision, and is intended for the comfort of God's people in the midst of trials to which they cannot be indifferent, and which in affecting the world of nature and of men must in some degree also affect the righteous as well, though delivered from their destroying power. The comfort afforded in trial by the promise of deliverance, an element which has no small share in the purpose of the [pg 184] Apocalypse, is clearly brought out in this introductory passage before the vials have begun to be poured out, and is not interjected between them, as in the episodes that occur in the seals and trumpets—the episode in the vision of the vials being a warning of danger. The vision, too, is followed immediately by the comforting vision of victory beginning in the seventeenth chapter.

The preparation for the vials, which we are now starting, links back to the earlier vision and acts as a preface to the plagues that are coming. It begins with an uplifting view of the saints who have emerged victorious from the conflict shown in that vision, and it serves to comfort God's people during trials that they cannot ignore, which impact both the natural world and humanity. Even though the righteous are protected from the destructive power of these trials, they also feel some effect. The comfort during hardship, through the promise of deliverance—a key aspect of the purpose of the [pg 184] Apocalypse—is clearly highlighted in this introductory passage before the vials are poured out, and it is not placed between them as seen in the episodes from the seals and trumpets. Instead, the vision of the vials serves as a warning of danger. The comforting vision of victory then follows immediately, starting in the seventeenth chapter.

1. The Angels with the Plagues, Ch. 15:1-2a

Seven angels appear, to whom is entrusted the execution of the seven plagues, which are called “the last” because they lead to the end of the world and to the bar of judgment;495 and the sea of glass, formerly described as “like unto crystal”, now becomes “mingled with fire”, the sign of the flushing of victory through anticipated judgment felt by all those who share in that great boundless life which exists before the throne, and whose experience is symbolized by the sea with its wide relation to the people of God in the past (cf. notes on ch. 4:6).496

Seven angels appear, and they are assigned the task of carrying out the seven plagues, referred to as “the last” because they signal the end of the world and the final judgment;495 and the sea of glass, previously described as "like crystal", now becomes “mixed with fire”, a symbol of the triumphant victory through the anticipated judgment felt by all who partake in that immense life existing before the throne, represented by the sea which connects to the people of God in the past (cf. notes on ch. 4:6).496

2. The Victors by the Sea, Ch. 15:2b

The victors over the Beast and his image stand by rather than upon the sea,497 indicating their close relation to it, having harps of God prepared for tuneful melody. The figure seems to be drawn from the triumph of Israel at the Red Sea, though the significance of the sea cannot be quite the same, for in the old sense 'the sea is no more' (ch. 21:1); it has here become the symbol of the calm and fulness of life and joy in the presence of God.

The victors over the Beast and his image stand by rather than on the sea,497 indicating their close relationship to it, with harps of God ready for a joyful melody. This image seems to come from Israel's triumph at the Red Sea, but the meaning of the sea can’t be the same, as in the old sense 'the sea is no more' (ch. 21:1); here it has become a symbol of peace and abundance of life and joy in the presence of God.

3. The Song of the Redeemed, Ch. 15:3-4

The united song of all the redeemed before God, (the Adoration Chorus of Moses and the Lamb) who belong [pg 185] alike to the Old Dispensation and the New, to Moses and to Christ, represents the essential unity of faith and life under both parts of God's redemptive plan which is now about to be completed. It is an outburst of praise and adoration addressed to the Lord God, the Almighty, the King of the Ages, whose wondrous works and righteous judgments have been and are about to be made manifest before all nations. The song is the counterpart of the song of deliverance by the shore of the Red Sea, but it has a new and deeper fulness that is consonant with its theme.

The united song of all the redeemed before God, (the Adoration Chorus of Moses and the Lamb) who belong [pg 185] to both the Old Testament and the New, to Moses and to Christ, represents the fundamental unity of faith and life in both parts of God's redemptive plan, which is now about to be completed. It is a burst of praise and worship directed to the Lord God, the Almighty, the King of the Ages, whose amazing works and just judgments have been and are about to be revealed to all nations. The song mirrors the song of deliverance sung at the Red Sea, but it has a new and deeper meaning that fits its theme.

4. The Judgment Made Ready, Ch. 15:5-8

The temple, the ναὸς or inner shrine of the tabernacle of the testimony (i. e. of the tabernacle of the law of God), is seen in heaven opened, and the seven angels who are clothed as priests and have charge of the plagues come out of it as the vindicators of that law. These are “arrayed with precious stone”, according to the variant reading adopted in the Revised Version, which has the weight of manuscript authority in its favor; but, as this reading differs from the Authorized Version only by a single letter in the Greek word, and only yields sense by the insertion of the word “precious”, it is best to regard it as due to a very early mistake of a copyist, and keep the old reading, “clothed in linen”, (Ezek. 9:2).498 The thought is in either case practically the same, viz. that these angels are clothed like priests, for the phrase “arrayed with precious stone”, if we adhere to that reading, recalls the breastplate of the high-priest, as the phrase “clothed in linen” evidently refers to the garments of the priesthood. There are seven angels in the vision to symbolize the universal character of the punishments, and there are given unto them by one of the four living creatures who represent all created life, seven golden vials or bowls full of the wrath of God (cf. Jer. 25:15f) to indicate the nature of their mission. “And the temple was filled with smoke”, the sign of the presence and glory and terror of the Lord; and, as at Sinai, no one could enter his presence while the judgments were being manifested.

The temple, the ναὸς or inner shrine of the tabernacle of the testimony (i.e., the tabernacle of God’s law), is seen in heaven opened, and the seven angels who are dressed like priests and are responsible for the plagues come out of it as enforcers of that law. These angels are “decorated with precious stone”, according to the variant reading adopted in the Revised Version, which has strong manuscript support; however, since this reading differs from the Authorized Version by only one letter in the Greek word and makes sense only by adding the word “valuable”, it’s better to consider it an early copyist error and stick with the original reading, “wearing linen”, (Ezek. 9:2).498 The idea is practically the same in either case, namely that these angels are dressed like priests, as the phrase “adorned with gemstones”, if we accept that reading, brings to mind the high priest's breastplate, while the phrase "dressed in linen" clearly refers to the priestly garments. There are seven angels in the vision to symbolize the universal nature of the punishments, and they are given by one of the four living creatures, who represent all created life, seven golden vials or bowls filled with the wrath of God (cf. Jer. 25:15f) to indicate the nature of their mission. "And the temple was filled with smoke.", a sign of the presence, glory, and terror of the Lord; and, as at Sinai, no one could enter His presence while the judgments were being revealed.

[pg 186]

B. The Vials Poured Out, Ch. 16:1-12, and 17-21

The vials or bowls in the vision, which are apparently the same as the basons used in the temple service for receiving the sacrificial blood and the wine of the drink-offering, are made the symbolic receptacles of the judicial wrath of God against sin, called “the wine of the fierceness of his wrath” in verse nineteen, which is evidently conceived of as stored up through long periods to be suddenly and violently poured out. The golden bowls seem to indicate broad shallow vessels quite unlike our modern vials, probably of a deep saucer-like shape so that their contents could be poured out at once and suddenly.499 The name “vials” has, however, been retained in these notes, notwithstanding the change to “bowls” in the Revised Version, because of its associations and wide use in commentaries. The translation of φιάλας as “bowls” is doubtless more accurate, but the term used is relatively indifferent if the proper meaning be attached to it. They are not vials in the modern sense, but in the original sense of the word φιάλη in the Greek, which is the source of our English word “vial”, but which meant a shallow cup or bowl. The pouring out of the vials or bowls is the symbol of the execution of divine wrath upon the world. The vague description given in the vision of the nature of the inflictions which finally fall upon men as the result of the pouring out of the vials, forbids our attempting any very definite interpretation of them beyond the most general one that the world of nature and of men is made to abound with terrors which distress the evil. In this interpretation we can be absolutely confident, and the general effect seems to be the chief matter of importance. The abiding impression of the judgments of the vials, despite their obscurity, is one of deep and pervasive solemnity.

The vials or bowls in the vision, which are apparently the same as the basins used in the temple service for receiving the sacrificial blood and the wine of the drink offering, symbolize the judicial wrath of God against sin. This is referred to as “the wine of his intense anger” in verse nineteen, which seems to be stored up for a long time to be suddenly and violently unleashed. The golden bowls likely indicate broad, shallow vessels that differ from our modern vials, probably shaped like deep saucers so their contents can be poured out all at once. 499 The term "vials" has been kept in these notes, despite the change to "bowls" in the Revised Version, because of its associations and common use in commentaries. Translating φιάλας as "bowls" is certainly more accurate, but the term's importance is less significant if the correct meaning is understood. They are not vials in the modern sense, but in the original meaning of the word φιάλη in Greek, which is the source of our English word “vial”, and which referred to a shallow cup or bowl. The act of pouring out the vials or bowls symbolizes the execution of divine wrath upon the world. The vague description given in the vision regarding the nature of the afflictions that ultimately befall people as a result of pouring out the vials prevents us from making any precise interpretation, other than the general understanding that the natural world and humanity are filled with terrors that distress the wicked. We can be completely confident in this interpretation, and the overall impact seems to be the main point of importance. The lasting impression of the judgments of the vials, despite their ambiguity, is one of deep and widespread solemnity.

(1.) The Command to Pour Out the Vials, Ch. 16:1

Preceding the opening of the series a great voice is heard out of the temple, i. e. from the inner shrine of the temple in heaven, apparently from God himself, though possibly from one of the Angels of the Presence, saying to the seven angels, “Go ye and pour out the [pg 187] seven bowls [or vials] of the wrath of God into the earth”; and in obedience to this command each angel empties his vial into, or upon, an appointed object. The first three vials are poured into the objects named, while the last four are poured upon them, as indicated by the prepositions είς and ἐπὶ; but, so far as can be seen, no special purpose is served by this use.

Preceding the start of the series, a powerful voice is heard coming from the temple, that is, from the inner shrine in heaven, presumably from God himself, although it could also be from one of the Angels of the Presence. This voice tells the seven angels, "Go and pour out the [pg 187] seven bowls [or vials] of God's wrath onto the earth."; and in response to this command, each angel spills his vial into or onto a designated object. The first three vials are poured into their specified objects, while the last four are poured onto them, as shown by the prepositions είς and ἐπὶ; but so far, it seems that this distinction does not serve any particular purpose.

1 The Pouring Out of the First Vial, Ch. 16:2

The first angel poured out his vial into the earth; and it became a noisome and grievous sore upon the men that had the mark of the Beast: the symbol of wrath poured out on the earth, and thus upon the men who are of it and belong to it, producing suffering that is bitter and intense. The form of the judgment is doubtless purposely indefinite, but the object on which it falls is made plain: the men who have attached themselves to the company of the Beast bear their punishment to the full, and it is poured out upon them by divine authority.

The first angel poured out his vial onto the earth, and it turned into a painful and terrible sore on the people who had the mark of the Beast: a symbol of anger unleashed on the earth, and therefore on the people who are part of it, causing suffering that is both bitter and intense. The nature of the judgment is intentionally vague, but the target is clear: the people who have joined the Beast's group fully face their punishment, which is delivered to them by divine authority.

2 The Pouring Out of the Second Vial, Ch. 16:3

The second angel poured out his vial into the sea; and it became blood as of a dead man, i. e. clotted and putrefying, and it caused every living thing in the sea to die—a form of judgment that was very repulsive to the Jewish mind: the symbol of wrath poured out on the sea, one part of the fourfold division of creation noted under the trumpets, and thus upon men who are made to suffer by this means for their evil doing. As under the trumpets the first four vials are poured out upon the earth, the sea, the rivers and fountains, and the sun, a figurative form indicating their world-wide character—they affect the whole created world.

The second angel poured out his vial into the sea, and it turned into blood, like that of a dead man—clotted and rotting—causing every living thing in the sea to die. This was a judgment that was very disturbing to the Jewish perspective: a symbol of wrath unleashed upon the sea, one part of the fourfold division of creation mentioned under the trumpets, thus punishing people who suffer due to their wrongdoing. Just as with the trumpets, the first four vials are poured out on the earth, the sea, the rivers and fountains, and the sun, symbolizing their global impact—they affect the entire created world.

3 The Pouring Out of the Third Vial, Ch. 16:4-7

The third angel poured out his bowl into the rivers and the fountains of the waters; and they became blood: the symbol of wrath poured out on the sources of water supply for the people, thereby punishing men retributively for the righteous blood which they had shed, and calling forth voices of approval from heaven, viz. from the angel of the waters,500 and from the altar, i. e. from [pg 188] the place where the martyrs rest (ch. 6:9). Retribution is declared to be the judicial result of divine wrath for sin; those who poured out the blood of saints and of prophets are given blood to drink as their just desert—a fearful punishment to the Eastern mind.

The third angel poured out his bowl into the rivers and the springs of water, and they turned to blood: a sign of anger directed at the sources of water for the people, punishing them in return for the innocent blood they had spilled, which drew approval from heaven, specifically from the angel of the waters, and from the altar, the place where the martyrs rest (ch. 6:9). Retribution represents the judicial outcome of divine anger for sin; those who shed the blood of saints and prophets are made to drink blood as their rightful punishment—a terrifying consequence for those in the East.

4 The Pouring Out of the Fourth Vial, Ch. 16:8-9

The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and it was given unto it to scorch men with fire: the symbol of wrath poured out on the heavenly bodies, especially upon the sun the source of light and heat, that they may become the agent of punishment to men. And men blasphemed the name of God, who is recognized as having power over these plagues; and they repented not to give him glory, exhibiting the aspect of punishment which embitters and does not lead to repentance. It is a curious coincidence that the parts of creation which are made the subjects of judgment under the fourth vial and the fourth trumpet are described in Genesis as having been created on the fourth day.

The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and it was allowed to burn people with fire. This symbolizes the wrath directed at the heavenly bodies, especially the sun, which is the source of light and heat, making them instruments of punishment for humanity. People cursed the name of God, who is recognized as having control over these plagues, and they did not repent to give Him glory, showing a form of punishment that leads to bitterness rather than repentance. It’s an interesting coincidence that the parts of creation judged under the fourth bowl and the fourth trumpet are described in Genesis as having been created on the fourth day.

5 The Pouring Out of the Fifth Vial, Ch. 16:10-11

The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the throne of the Beast; and his kingdom was darkened; and men gnawed their tongues for pain, and blasphemed the God of heaven, and they repented not of their works: the symbol of wrath poured out on the throne of the Beast as the representative of Satan's power in the world, thus afflicting the worshippers of the Beast and his image. Under the fifth vial it will be seen that the plagues pass from the physical to the spiritual sphere of action, just as they did in the seals and trumpets; and they are found to be cumulative rather than successive, while, as under the preceding vial, they do not lead to repentance but to wrath and punishment. Also, throughout the vials, it is not the third part only that is affected, as under the trumpets, but the punishment falls upon the whole created world, showing the universal character of the judgments.

The fifth angel poured out his bowl on the throne of the Beast, and his kingdom was plunged into darkness. People were in so much pain they chewed on their tongues and cursed the God of heaven, but they didn’t change their ways. This is a sign of wrath poured out on the throne of the Beast, representing Satan's power in the world, affecting the worshippers of the Beast and his image. In the fifth bowl, we see that the plagues shift from the physical to the spiritual realm, just like in the seals and trumpets. They accumulate rather than come one after the other, and like the previous bowl, they lead to wrath and punishment instead of repentance. Additionally, throughout the bowls, the punishment affects not just a third of the world, as it did with the trumpets, but the entire created world is impacted, highlighting the global nature of the judgments.

[pg 189]
6 The Pouring Out of the Sixth Vial, Ch. 16:12

The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river, the Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up,501 that the way might be made ready for the kings that come from the sunrising: the symbol of wrath poured out on the Euphrates, the center and seat of heathenism, or on the world-forces of evil, thereby opening the way for the influx of the Kings of the East to march to their ruin. The Kings of the East evidently belong to the “kings of the whole world” (v. 14), and are instruments of the Dragon and of the Beast who go up to war, not against Babylon, but against believers.502 The Euphrates was the center and stronghold of heathenism to the Jewish mind, and behind that lay the indefinite world-power which is here represented by the Kings of the East; upon these the angel poured out the vial of the retributive wrath of God.

The sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up, 501 to prepare the way for the kings coming from the east. This symbolizes divine wrath unleashed on the Euphrates, the heart of paganism, or the global forces of evil, thus clearing the path for the Kings of the East to march toward their destruction. The Kings of the East clearly belong to the "rulers of the entire world" (v. 14) and are tools of the Dragon and the Beast, who go to war not against Babylon but against believers.502 To the Jewish perspective, the Euphrates was the core and bastion of paganism, representing an undefined world-power embodied by the Kings of the East; upon these, the angel unleashed the bowl of God's retributive wrath.

[At this point the Episode Vb, given in verses thirteen to sixteen, occurs in the order of the vision,—a paragraph which though of limited extent has yet a clear relation to the course of the vials as an intervening vision of warning to the redeemed, and preparing the way for the approaching end.]

[At this point, Episode Vb, presented in verses thirteen to sixteen, takes place in the sequence of the vision—a section that, while brief, has a clear connection to the series of vials as a warning vision for the redeemed, setting the stage for the impending conclusion.]

7 The Pouring Out of the Seventh Vial, Ch. 16:17-21

The seventh angel poured out his vial upon the air; and there came forth a great voice out of the temple, from the throne, saying, “It is done:503 and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunders; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since there were men upon the earth”: the symbol of wrath poured out on the air as the familiar abode of evil spirits,504 and also of the coming of the End, which is depicted by the fall of cities, especially of Babylon the great city, the type of the godless world, which is divided asunder into three parts, a symbol of completeness,—also three a symbol of the divine, perhaps implying God hath wrought it,—and is [pg 190] given to drink of the cup of the wine of the fierceness of God's wrath; by the destruction of islands and mountains, and by a plague of great hail, exceeding great, every stone of which was about the weight of a talent, i. e. from 108 to 130 pounds; “and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail”.505 The End itself is unrecorded; but with the infliction of the seven vials it is declared that “the wrath of God is spent”.506 The whole course of the vials is toward the End, which though not described, yet stands out in singular prominence as the inevitable result of the ruin wrought by sin; and here, as in the vision of the trumpets, the millennial period is not brought into view as a preceding stage. The transition to the scene of victory in the seventeenth chapter is after this immediately made by one of the vial-angels (ch. 17:1).

The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and a loud voice came from the temple, from the throne, saying, “It’s done: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and there were flashes of lightning, voices, and thunder; and there was a huge earthquake, like nothing that had happened since people have lived on the earth.”: a symbol of wrath unleashed into the air, the usual home of evil spirits,504 and also signaling the End, depicted by the collapse of cities, particularly Babylon, the great city, representing the godless world, which was split into three parts, symbolizing completeness—three also symbolizes the divine, possibly suggesting God has accomplished it—and is [pg 190] made to drink from the cup of the wine of God's fierce wrath; through the destruction of islands and mountains, and a plague of massive hail, where each stone weighed about a talent, that is, between 108 to 130 pounds; “and people cursed God because of the plague of hail”.505 The End itself is not detailed; but with the pouring out of the seven vials, it is stated that "God's anger is over.".506 The entire sequence of the vials leads toward the End, which, although not described, stands out prominently as the inevitable outcome of the destruction caused by sin; and here, as in the vision of the trumpets, the millennial period is not mentioned as a preceding stage. The shift to the scene of victory in the seventeenth chapter is immediately made by one of the vial-angels (ch. 17:1).

If we now recall the path of the seven vials, we can see how in their course they rapidly and intensively press on to the end of the ages and to the final ruin of the world, and also how they aptly prefigure the progressive punitive inflictions of God for sin. They are both world-wide in their character and relentless in their execution. They fall upon the land, and upon the sea, upon the rivers and fountains of waters, and upon the sun the source of light,—the figurative representatives of the created universe. Then, like the judgments of the seals and of the trumpets, they pass from the natural world to the sphere of the spiritual, and are seen to fall upon the far-reaching kingdom of the Beast, i. e. upon the world-powers operating under Satan's direction in open hostility to the church; afterward they fall upon the Euphrates, the old center of heathenism and seat of spiritual darkness in the far East, the typical center of the world-forces of evil; and finally under the seventh vial they lead to the end of the world, the conclusion of the centuries, and the day of complete recompense for sin. The distinction between the kingdom of the Beast, i. e. the world-powers of all time, and the forces represented by the Euphrates, the center and seat of heathenism, is not so clearly drawn under the fifth and sixth vials, as that between Satan [pg 191] with his host, and the world-forces of heathenism, under the fifth and sixth trumpets. But the kingdom of the Beast, here, as elsewhere, evidently represents the world-kingdoms in their organized form (or if taken in a narrower sense the then kingdom of Rome that foreshadowed them all), which forces are spiritually opposed to the kingdom of God; whereas the Euphrates, the center and seat of spiritual darkness in the historic past, apparently represents heathenism in the great East, which is here regarded as a far-reaching spiritual force operating against Christianity—the judgments under these vials falling upon the world-force operating in the sphere of the spiritual, and upon the world-religions opposing Christianity. And no one surely can read the record of the vials without being impressed with the unerring certainty and absolute terror of the final punishment for sin; so that even if the vision of the vials did point primarily, as most preterists insist, to the destruction of Rome and its temporal power, it surely points yet more decisively to the great era of judgment upon the powers of evil that culminates in the closing period of human history. The vision depicts God punishing the evil in a progressive course to the very end, and this end is only effectively reached in the day of final judgment.

If we now think back on the path of the seven vials, we can see how they quickly and forcefully move toward the end of time and the ultimate destruction of the world, as well as how they symbolize God's ongoing punishments for sin. They are global in nature and relentless in their execution. They affect the land, the sea, the rivers and sources of water, and the sun, which represents light—essentially the created universe. Then, like the judgments from the seals and trumpets, they transition from the natural world to the spiritual realm, targeting the vast kingdom of the Beast, which refers to the world powers acting under Satan's influence in open opposition to the church; afterward, they hit the Euphrates, the old heart of paganism and spiritual darkness in the East, a typical epicenter of evil forces in the world; and ultimately, under the seventh vial, they lead to the end of the world, the conclusion of centuries, and the day of complete punishment for sin. The difference between the kingdom of the Beast, meaning the world powers throughout history, and the forces represented by the Euphrates, the heart and birthplace of paganism, isn't as clear-cut under the fifth and sixth vials, as it is between Satan and his followers, and the world forces of paganism under the fifth and sixth trumpets. However, the kingdom of the Beast here, as elsewhere, obviously stands for the organized world kingdoms (or more narrowly, the Roman Empire that foreshadowed them all), which are spiritually opposed to God's kingdom; while the Euphrates, historically tied to spiritual darkness, seems to represent Eastern paganism, considered a significant spiritual force working against Christianity—the judgments of these vials targeting the world forces in the spiritual realm and the world religions that resist Christianity. Surely, no one can read the account of the vials without being struck by the undeniable certainty and sheer terror of the final punishment for sin; so even if the vision of the vials primarily points, as many preterists argue, to the fall of Rome and its temporal power, it definitely also indicates the great period of judgment on evil powers that culminates in the final chapter of human history. The vision shows God punishing evil progressively right up to the very end, and this end is only truly reached on the day of final judgment.

Vb The Episode of the Frog-like Spirits (A Warning Vision). Ch. 16:13-16

This passage, it will be seen, is a minor digression between the sixth and seventh vials, corresponding to the episodes in the vision of the seals and of the trumpets, though not like them a vision of comfort, but a vision of danger to the church from the combined forces of evil in the world, yet not without anticipation of the glorious outcome which is given in the nineteenth chapter (v. 19-21), for these forces, we are told, are gathered together unto “the war of the great day of God, the Almighty” (v. 14), the outcome of which in the Revelation is never at any time in doubt.

This passage, as you’ll see, is a brief digression between the sixth and seventh vials, similar to the scenes in the vision of the seals and the trumpets, but unlike them, it’s not a vision of comfort; instead, it shows the church facing danger from the combined forces of evil in the world. However, it also hints at the glorious outcome mentioned in the nineteenth chapter (v. 19-21), for we are told that these forces are gathered together for "the war of the great day of God, the Almighty" (v. 14), and the outcome of this in the Revelation is never in question.

1 The Unclean Spirits of Evil, Ch. 16:13-14, and 16

At this point three unclean spirits, as it were frogs,507—three, the symbol of the spiritual, used in this [pg 192] case exceptionally of the spirits of demons,—come out of the mouths of the Dragon, the Beast, and the False Prophet (or Second Beast), representing the malign influences by which these powers of evil incite the kings of the earth to the great world-conflict against Christianity, described here under the figure of a battle of the war of the great day of God, the Almighty, taking place at Har-Magedon, i. e. either the fortified city, or the mountain of Megiddo, by the edge of the plain of Esdraelon, the great historic battle-ground of Jewish history (cf. Joel 3:2f; also Bk. of Enoch 56.5-8),508 probably referred to because of the notable victory attained there over the kings of Canaan (Jg. 5:19). In this culminating scene of conflict we have what may be regarded as a symbolic view of the entire struggle between sin and holiness which is ever going on in the world the ages through, but more particularly of its triumphant ending in the last age when the Dragon and the kings of the earth shall be completely and finally overthrown;509 but beyond this partial interpretation we cannot safely go in any trustworthy exposition of this truly impressive figure. The symbol of battle and victory, it depicts the conflict of the centuries, and points to the assured triumph that awaits the people of God in the end of the world, while it incites men to persistent faith and hope; but like many other prophetic predictions, its explicit interpretation can only be definitely given after the events themselves have been openly fulfilled.

At this point, three unclean spirits, resembling frogs—three, the symbol of the spiritual, used in this case exceptionally to represent the spirits of demons—come out of the mouths of the Dragon, the Beast, and the False Prophet (or Second Beast). These symbolize the evil influences that incite the kings of the earth to the great conflict against Christianity, described here as a battle in the great day of God, the Almighty, taking place at Har-Magedon, which is either the fortified city or the mountain of Megiddo, by the edge of the plain of Esdraelon, the significant historic battleground of Jewish history (cf. Joel 3:2f; also Bk. of Enoch 56.5-8), probably referenced due to the notable victory there over the kings of Canaan (Judges 5:19). In this climactic scene of conflict, we see a symbolic representation of the ongoing struggle between sin and holiness throughout the ages, particularly highlighting its triumphant conclusion in the last age when the Dragon and the kings of the earth will be completely and finally defeated; but beyond this limited interpretation, we cannot accurately delve into a trustworthy exposition of this truly striking image. This symbol of battle and victory illustrates the conflict spanning centuries and points to the assured triumph that awaits God's people at the end of the world, inspiring persistence in faith and hope; however, like many prophetic predictions, a clear interpretation can only be definitively given after the events themselves have been fulfilled.

2 John's Word of Warning, Ch. 16:15

In the midst of the episode a word of warning is given by John to the reader, as from Christ himself, declaring the importance of watching in the presence of such trial, and announcing a blessing upon him that watcheth and keepeth his garments. Then with the closing words of the episode in the sixteenth verse, the vision recurs to the seventh vial which is at once poured out.

In the middle of the scene, John gives the reader a warning, as if from Christ himself, stressing the importance of staying alert during such trials and proclaiming a blessing for anyone who stays watchful and keeps their garments clean. Then, with the final words of the scene in the sixteenth verse, the vision shifts back to the seventh vial, which is immediately poured out.

[pg 193]

VI The Vision of Victory (A Vision of Justification). Ch. 17:1-20:15

The vision of victory is a revelation of complete and enduring triumph in the final issue of the conflict between sin and righteousness, showing the doom of Christ's enemies, the vindication of the righteous, and the consummation of the ages. The vision consists of three parts, viz. (1) the mystic Babylon and her fall, (2) the triumph of the redeemed, and (3) the last things, which are seven in number, implying a sevenfold completeness. This triple division of the contents of the section before us, into a description of Babylon's fall, redemption's triumph, and the things of the end, is one that is clearly indicated in the thought of the text, whatever plan of division we may adopt, and as these all belong to the final victory in its completeness, they may well be presumed to constitute parts of one vision. Opinions differ, however, concerning the correct division of this part of the book almost as much as they do in regard to the interpretation. The division adopted here, though not coinciding in all its parts with any single authority, is one of the simplest and most natural, and it is believed will commend itself to the reader.510 In entering upon this section it will be noted that the transition from the vision of vials to the vision of victory is made in the first verse of the seventeenth chapter by one of the seven vial-angels, who offers to show John the judgment of the great Harlot, or of Babylon, i. e. the complete and final judgment of the seventh vial wrought out, thus leading by a natural connection of thought to a fuller view of one phase of the judgment of the world, and through this on to victory and to the End.

The vision of victory reveals a complete and lasting triumph in the ultimate battle between sin and righteousness. It shows the downfall of Christ's enemies, the validation of the righteous, and the culmination of the ages. This vision has three parts: (1) the mysterious Babylon and her downfall, (2) the victory of the redeemed, and (3) the final events, which are seven in total, indicating a total completeness. This threefold structure—describing Babylon's fall, the triumph of redemption, and the end times—is clearly reflected in the text's main ideas, regardless of how we choose to divide it. Since these elements are all related to the complete final victory, they can be assumed to be parts of a single vision. However, there are differing opinions about how to best divide this section of the book, similar to the variations in interpretation. The division chosen here, while not perfectly aligning with any one authority, is one of the simplest and most intuitive, and it is expected to resonate with the reader.510 When we begin this section, it's important to note that the transition from the vision of vials to the vision of victory occurs in the first verse of the seventeenth chapter. One of the seven vial-angels offers to show John the judgment of the great Harlot, or Babylon, which represents the complete and final judgment of the seventh vial. This naturally leads us to a more comprehensive view of one aspect of the world's judgment and ultimately to victory and the End.

A The Mystic Babylon and Her Fall, Ch. 17:1-18:24

In these two chapters there is given an impressive portrayal of the sinful world as she lures men to evil, under the symbol of Babylon, or the Harlot, and of the final punishment inflicted upon her; it is, in fact, an elaboration of the judgment of the seventh vial, foreshadowing the downfall of the most insidious, seductive, and persistent form of the world's opposition to Christ and his kingdom, viz. corrupt society. This passage [pg 194] forms a subclimax of rare beauty and power, and one that is of prime importance in the interpretation of the book, for it contains one of the chief ideas of the Revelation, and necessarily affects our conception of the prophecy throughout. That pagan Rome in its social debasement and spiritual degradation was in the foreground of John's thought can scarcely be doubted;511 but in the light of prophetic vision it formed an ideal groundwork for the larger thought of the godless world, the world from the standpoint of its material and social forces adverse to God and his kingdom, the perpetual Rome. Some interpreters limit the meaning of Babylon to the coeval city of Rome, or to the nation that centered in the city, pagan Rome, others refer it to the Roman church, papal Rome, and still others to Jerusalem, the Jewish Rome, while a common interpretation makes it the apostate church in a fallen age, a prophetic Rome. But the figure is more correctly interpreted as the ideal and universal world-city, a symbol designed to include every city or community that exalts itself against the dominion of Christ, the perpetual Rome, the ever-recurring Babylon whose spirit never dies, the city being regarded as the highest expression of the world's social and communal life.512

In these two chapters, there's a striking depiction of the sinful world as it entices people toward evil, represented by Babylon, or the Harlot, and the ultimate punishment that awaits her. It's essentially a detailed account of the judgment from the seventh vial, hinting at the collapse of the most deceitful, alluring, and relentless form of the world's opposition to Christ and his kingdom, namely corrupt society. This passage [pg 194] serves as a powerful and beautiful subclimax, crucial for interpreting the book, as it encompasses one of the main ideas of Revelation and significantly shapes our understanding of the prophecy as a whole. It's undeniable that John was mostly thinking of pagan Rome in its social decay and spiritual decline; however, from a prophetic perspective, it provided an ideal foundation for the broader concept of a godless world, a world defined by material and social forces that oppose God and His kingdom—what can be called the perpetual Rome. Some interpreters restrict the meaning of Babylon to the contemporary city of Rome or the nation centered there, which is pagan Rome, while others connect it to the Roman church, or papal Rome, and still others to Jerusalem, or Jewish Rome. A common interpretation suggests it represents the apostate church in a fallen age, a prophetic Rome. However, the figure is more accurately understood as the ideal and universal world-city, a symbol intended to encompass every city or community that stands against the reign of Christ—the perpetual Rome, the eternally recurring Babylon whose spirit never fades, with the city being viewed as the highest expression of the world's social and communal life.

With the portrayal of Babylon is completed the cycle of great world-forces that we find depicted in the Revelation as arrayed against our Lord and his Christ. The entire opposition of the present evil world to Christ and his kingdom is presented in these visions under four separate and distinct symbols,—four the earth-number—viz. (1) the Dragon or Satan, the World-Lord, the prime antagonist and representative leader of the spiritual forces of evil, who incites the world to resist the rule of Christ, the world taking its cue and color from Satan, the arch-enemy of all good; (2) the First Beast, the World-Power, the national and political forces of the world in their organized form opposing and persecuting Christ and the church, the world acting through the elements of civic and social order, of law and government, making them the agents [pg 195] of persecution; (3) the Second Beast, the World-Religion, the national and racial false religious forces of the world, with their moral and intellectual thraldom over the minds of men, contending against Christianity and the kingdom, the world acting through the elements of the natural and ethnic religions, and of superstition and priestcraft their innate cogeners, permeating them with deceit and making them the agents of delusion and oppression; and (4) the Harlot Babylon, the World-City, society in its commercial, impure, and godless life resisting the progress of the kingdom, the world acting through the elements of the social, sexual, and commercial relations of men, making them the agents of sin. This fourfold form of world-opposition to Christ and the church is a fundamental conception of the Apocalypse, and lies at the core of any correct interpretation of the book.513 For, notwithstanding their close relation, to identify Babylon with the first Beast, or the second, or both, as is often done, is to confuse ideas that are essentially distinct, and measurably to miss the proper significance of the lesson contained. And if we fail to perceive the proper meaning of any part of this fourfold symbolism, we lose in some measure at least the complete and general effect of the whole sublime creation of the Apocalyptic vision.

With the portrayal of Babylon, the cycle of major world forces depicted in Revelation as opposing our Lord and His Christ comes to an end. The entire resistance of the current evil world against Christ and His kingdom is represented in these visions using four separate and distinct symbols—four, the number of the earth—namely: (1) the Dragon or Satan, the World-Lord, the main antagonist and representative leader of the spiritual forces of evil, who urges the world to resist Christ’s rule, with the world taking its cues and influence from Satan, the ultimate enemy of all good; (2) the First Beast, the World-Power, which represents the national and political forces of the world in their organized form that oppose and persecute Christ and the church, with the world operating through the pillars of civic and social order, law and government, making them agents of persecution; (3) the Second Beast, the World-Religion, which embodies the national and racial false religious forces of the world, with their moral and intellectual dominance over people’s minds, fighting against Christianity and the kingdom, with the world acting through elements of natural and ethnic religions, along with superstition and priestcraft as their inherent counterparts, filling them with deceit and making them agents of delusion and oppression; and (4) the Harlot Babylon, the World-City, which represents society in its commercial, immoral, and godless existence that resists the advancement of the kingdom, with the world functioning through the elements of social, sexual, and commercial relationships among people, turning them into agents of sin. This fourfold manifestation of world opposition to Christ and the church is a fundamental concept of the Apocalypse and is essential for any accurate interpretation of the book. For, despite their close relation, equating Babylon with the First Beast, the Second Beast, or both, as is often done, conflates essentially distinct ideas and somewhat overlooks the correct significance of the lesson conveyed. If we fail to grasp the true meaning of any part of this fourfold symbolism, we lose, at least to some extent, the complete and overall impact of the entire magnificent creation of the Apocalyptic vision.

1 The Harlot and the Interpretation, Ch. 17:1-18

The vision of the Harlot is a figurative and profoundly significant view of the world's sin as unfaithfulness to God, described under the analogue of unfaithfulness to the marriage relation, according to the familiar method of Hebrew thought. The world is presented as a spiritual harlot, one that has proved untrue to her Lord and that merits condign punishment.

The vision of the Harlot is a symbolic and deeply meaningful perspective on the world's sin as being unfaithful to God, likened to unfaithfulness in a marriage, following the common pattern of Hebrew thought. The world is depicted as a spiritual harlot, one that has been unfaithful to her Lord and deserves just punishment.

(1) The Judgment of the Harlot Announced, Ch. 17:1-2

One of the seven angels having the seven vials, calls John in order to show him the judgment about to be inflicted upon the great Harlot. The agency of a vial-angel in revealing this vision, indicates a connection between the vial-judgments and the fall of Babylon; and, as stated above, it is an elaboration of those judgments, especially that of the seventh vial.

One of the seven angels with the seven bowls calls John to show him the judgment that is about to be handed down to the great Harlot. The involvement of a bowl angel in revealing this vision suggests a link between the bowl judgments and the fall of Babylon; and, as mentioned earlier, it expands on those judgments, particularly the seventh bowl.

[pg 196]
(2) The View of the Harlot, Ch. 17:3-6

The angel carries John in the Spirit away into a wilderness where he sees in the vision an impure Woman arrayed in purple, the royal color, and in scarlet, the sign of bloodshed, while she is decked with gold and jewels, the tokens of her wealth, and has in her hand a golden cup, full of the abominations of her fornications; and she is seated on a scarlet-colored Beast that is covered with names full of blasphemy, i. e. she rests upon and is allied with the world-power, for the scarlet Beast is the same as the Beast from the sea in chapter thirteen (v. 1-10); and upon her forehead her name is written,514 “MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF THE HARLOTS AND OF THE ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH”, and she is “drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus”.

The angel takes John in the Spirit to a deserted place where he sees a vision of an unclean Woman dressed in purple, which is a royal color, and in scarlet, representing bloodshed. She is adorned with gold and jewels, symbols of her wealth, and holds a golden cup filled with the horrors of her sexual immorality. She is sitting on a scarlet Beast covered with names that are blasphemous, meaning she is supported by and connected to worldly power, because the scarlet Beast is the same as the Beast from the sea in chapter thirteen (v. 1-10). On her forehead, her name is written, 514 “Mystery, Babylon the Great, the Mother of Prostitutes and the Abominations of the Earth”, and she is "infused with the blood of the saints and the blood of the martyrs for Jesus".

(3) The Interpretation Given, Ch. 17:7-18

The angel declares the mystery of the Woman of Sin to John's waiting ears. The Harlot whose home is in the wilderness, i. e. in this world (perhaps so called from the thought of the wilderness as the place of temptation of Israel, of Elijah, and of Christ, and as the haunt of demons where the scapegoat was sent forth to Azazel), is definitely identified with Babylon (v. 5 and 18), the great World-City, the dwelling-place and representative of corrupt society tempting men to evil. The great Harlot is the ideal personification of the great city. There is in fact a double symbolism; the great Harlot symbolizes the great city, as the great city symbolizes the great world, for the Harlot, the city, and the world are one and the same in the wider thought of the Revelation. She is the combined incarnation of commercialism, lust, and irreligion,515 the unbelieving world and not the apostate church, humanity untrue to God, [pg 197] the social life of men adverse to the kingdom.516 The Harlot is the manifest impersonation of lust and sexual impurity, a form of the world's sin that has always been the source of ruin to a multitude of souls—her traffic, we are told, is in the “souls of men” (ch. 18:13). She represents the world tempting men through the sexual appetite, though the figure does not stop with that, as the story of the fall of her wealth and the punishment of her irreligious life clearly shows. All the social side of life that tends to sin is represented by this impressive figure before which the Apocalyptist “wondered with a great wonder” (v. 6).

The angel reveals the mystery of the Woman of Sin to John's eager ears. The Harlot, whose home is in the wilderness—in other words, in this world (perhaps named for the wilderness as the place of temptation for Israel, Elijah, and Christ, as well as the haunt of demons where the scapegoat was sent to Azazel)—is clearly identified with Babylon (v. 5 and 18), the great World-City, the home and symbol of corrupt society that lures people into evil. The great Harlot personifies the great city. In fact, there is a double symbolism: the great Harlot represents the great city, just as the great city represents the great world, because the Harlot, the city, and the world are intertwined in the larger context of the Revelation. She embodies commercialism, lust, and irreligion—the unbelieving world and not the fallen church, humanity unfaithful to God, the social life of humans opposed to the kingdom. The Harlot is a clear representation of lust and sexual immorality, a form of the world's sin that has always led to the downfall of many souls—her business, we are told, is in the “souls of men” (ch. 18:13). She symbolizes the world tempting men through sexual desire, though the metaphor extends beyond that, as the narrative of her downfall and the consequences of her irreligious life clearly indicates. All the social aspects of life that lead to sin are embodied by this striking figure before which the Apocalyptist “marveled with great amazement” (v. 6).

The interpretation of the Harlot Babylon as the Roman Catholic Church, a method so prevalent in the period that succeeded the Reformation, is happily in its decadence, for it has no justification in the text. But to find in this figure a symbol and portent of apostasy prevailing in the church universal that shall increase as the centuries go on,517 is equally unfortunate and imparts a tone of pessimism to the entire prophecy which cannot be too strongly deprecated. No sign of apostasy is anywhere given in the account of Babylon's fall, for there is no indication that the Harlot was ever holy. Her sin is worldliness, impurity, idolatry, and persecution of the saints. For an apostate church the fitting symbol for that age would have been not Babylon but Samaria, the city of the faithless Israel. And we may be confidently assured that Babylon represents here what it always stood for to the Hebrew mind, the typical world-city, the hereditary enemy of the church from without and not from within, whose harlotry is the sign of her unfaithfulness to God and truth. For even though a majority of Protestant interpreters until within a late period have made Babylon the apostate church, following the traditional opinion, it is nevertheless a mistaken view, since it is based upon the Old Testament use of harlotry as a figure of apostasy and idolatry in Israel, a figure assumed to be identical throughout, ignoring the manifest difference in its present use in connection with a heathen city. The modern view that Babylon is Rome in John's day is nearer correct, but is too narrow in its application. Babylon is the abiding [pg 198] Rome with its worldly life striving to supplant the Christ, the world-city in all ages and times.

The interpretation of the Harlot Babylon as the Roman Catholic Church, a view common during the period following the Reformation, is thankfully declining because it has no basis in the text. However, seeing this figure as a symbol of growing apostasy in the universal church over the centuries is equally unfortunate and adds a pessimistic tone to the entire prophecy that should be strongly criticized. There is no sign of apostasy mentioned in the account of Babylon's fall, as there is no indication that the Harlot was ever holy. Her sins include worldliness, impurity, idolatry, and the persecution of the saints. The appropriate symbol for an apostate church during that time would not have been Babylon but rather Samaria, the city of unfaithful Israel. We can be confident that Babylon represents what it has always signified to the Hebrew mindset: the typical world-city, the longstanding enemy of the church from the outside, whose harlotry symbolizes her unfaithfulness to God and truth. Although most Protestant interpreters until recently identified Babylon as the apostate church, adhering to traditional ideas, this view is still mistaken as it relies on the Old Testament’s use of harlotry as a metaphor for apostasy and idolatry in Israel, a metaphor assumed to be uniform, overlooking the clear difference in its current use concerning a pagan city. The modern view that Babylon represents Rome in John's time is closer to the truth but is too limited in its scope. Babylon is the enduring Rome, with its worldly life seeking to replace Christ, the world-city throughout all ages and times.

The Scarlet Beast on which the Woman is seated, the color of the Dragon (ch. 12:3) and the sign of the blood which it has shed, is referred to as the one that “was, and is not; and is about to come up out of the abyss” (v. 8), a description showing it to be the same as the First Beast which received the deadly wound that was healed (ch. 13:3), i. e. the world-power, and apparently designed to place it in marked antithesis with the divine designation, “who is and who was and who is to come,” in the first chapter of the book (v. 4 and 8). The enigmatical phrase “was, and is not; and is about to come up out of the abyss, and to go into perdition”, may also refer to a lull in the persecution by the world-power, subsequently to be renewed and leading to its final destruction as a power, though its wider reference is perhaps to the persistence and reappearance of the world-power after any one of its forms has been overthrown, together with the certainty of its final ruin. Most preterists interpret the Beast that “was, and is not; and is about to come”, as a reference to Nero whose return was generally expected (a superstitious phantasy of a Nero redivivus), by a change of figure, the emperor previously referred to as the fifth head of the Beast becoming the Beast itself—a questionable interpretation, apparently wrought out by a keen fancy to fit the words of the prophecy, but lacking efficient support in the text. The Beast in the vision carries the Harlot, i. e. the world-city rests upon and is upheld by the world-power, an unhallowed union in striking contrast with that of the Lamb and the Bride. This symbolism indicates the near relation existing between the world-city and the world-power exemplified in history, the world in its social and irreligious form allying itself with and relying upon the persecuting world-power.

The Scarlet Beast that the Woman is riding, matching the color of the Dragon (ch. 12:3) and marked by the blood it has spilled, is described as the one that “was, and is not; and is about to rise out of the abyss” (v. 8). This description indicates that it is the same as the First Beast, which received a deadly wound that was healed (ch. 13:3), meaning the world power, and it seems to be deliberately contrasted with the divine title “who is, who was, and who is to come,” found in the first chapter of the book (v. 4 and 8). The puzzling phrase “was, and is not; and is about to rise from the abyss, and go into destruction” may also point to a temporary pause in the persecution by the world power, which will be renewed and ultimately lead to its destruction as a power. However, it likely refers more broadly to the persistence and reappearance of world power after any of its forms have been defeated, along with the certainty of its eventual downfall. Most preterists interpret the Beast that “was, is not, and is about to come” as a nod to Nero, whose return was widely anticipated (a superstitious belief in a Nero revived), transforming the figure so that the emperor, previously described as the fifth head of the Beast, becomes the Beast itself—although this interpretation is questionable, seemingly crafted by a vibrant imagination to align with the prophecy, but lacking solid support in the text. The Beast in the vision carries the Harlot, meaning the world city is supported by the world power, a corrupt union that sharply contrasts with the relationship between the Lamb and the Bride. This symbolism highlights the close connection between the world city and world power, as seen in history, where society, in its secular and irreligious form, aligns itself with and depends on the persecuting world power.

It should be noted here that the symbolism used in the chapter before us is shown to be very wide in its application. The seven heads of the Beast have first of all their proper symbolic meaning of full or universal dominion, i. e. dominion over this present evil world; but they are further interpreted to have other and different significance. We are told in verse nine that they are “seven mountains”, evidently in the primary meaning [pg 199] those of the city of Rome, which was seated on seven hills; but symbolizing besides this all mountains and hills which are the seat of world-cities, in accordance with the common apocalyptic usage of seven (cf. II Esdr. 2.19; and Bk of Enoch 18.6). The seven heads are also in a sense identified with the “many waters” on which the Woman sitteth (v. 15), which we are told, are “peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues”, the many dwellers in world-cities—for she spreads her power over all mountains and all waters.518 They are also “seven kings” (v. 10), the king representing the throne and all it stands for, i. e. seven kingdoms, a complete number, the totality of kind, all the kingdoms of the world throughout history, though probably, like the seven churches, conceived of as individual kingdoms which are taken as representative of all.519 Perhaps in John's thought they were Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, Persia, and Greece, the five known to him that were already fallen and Rome, the one then existing—the nations connected with Israel's past. The past was history, but the future was seen only in outline, and John groups it all under one great world-power, completing the number seven, which was yet to appear. This last “must continue a little while”, i. e. during the remaining time of the world's existence, the usual sense of “a little while” in the Revelation, a period short in comparison with eternity. The Beast is also “an eighth”, we are told, i. e. when it is regarded apart from the seven heads,520 for the world-power may be conceived of as in itself a unit, comprising all its different manifestations, and yet separate from them and giving rise to them. The remark is, however, parenthetic and incidental, and ought not to be regarded as creating any special difficulty, for no reference is anywhere else made to an eighth, and it is probably introduced here simply because eight is the symbol of culmination [pg 200] (see App'x E). We are further told that the Beast is “of the seven” (v. 11), i. e. he is formed—Gr. ἐκ—“out of seven”, or in other words the Beast is the seven kingdoms regarded as a unit, the world-power as it exists in all ages.521 Also the ten horns (v. 12) which symbolize complete earthly power, ten symbolizing completeness and usually applying to the earthly, are representative of various subdivisions of the world-power, minor kingdoms with their kings, which are added to the seven heads as an additional symbol of world-wide empire. These are evidently thought of as yet to rise after John's day, for they are denominated “kings, who have received no kingdom as yet, but they receive authority as kings with the Beast for one hour”, i. e. each one for an hour, or for a time that is relatively short,522 an indefinite period, the ten kingdoms reaching in this case, apparently, to the end of the world—not definitely ten kingdoms or kings any more than one hour is a definite time limit, but rather ten, the number of completeness of all the parts, representing all kings and kingdoms yet to rise throughout succeeding time. “It seems probable,” as has been well said, “that John foresees that the hostile world-power will not be always preëminently wielded by one nation as in his time; but will be divided into many parts, here represented by the number ten which is a complete number and not necessarily implying only ten in all. This indeed exactly describes what has really been the case since St. John's time, and what, humanly speaking, seems likely to continue to the end of the world.”523 It may, also, be pointed out that the ruin of the world-city described by John has been the fate of every such city known to history. Thus the ten horns would seem to be identical with the seventh king or kingdom which is apparently the last, the world-power divided into many parts and continuing to the end of time. These divisions of the world-power, [pg 201] though originally hostile to Christ (v. 14), shall yet under divine direction eventually destroy the world-city in all lands and make her desolate (v. 16 and 17), i. e. the corrupt society, centered in cities, which opposes Christ and his kingdom. “And the Lamb shall overcome them; for he is Lord of lords and King of kings”, i. e. while God is seen to work through the multiple world-power, the ten horns or kingdoms, and eventually to destroy the Harlot, corrupt society in the world, he yet finally overcomes the kingdoms of this world that war against him, and makes them his own; he triumphs on the earth in the fulness of time, for the kingdoms of the world, we are told, shall “become the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ: and he shall reign forever and ever” (ch. 11:15). “And they also shall overcome that are with him, called and chosen and faithful” (v. 14)—the promise of success for the believing. In the preterist-historical view the overthrow of the great city, or the Harlot, by the ten subordinate rulers or kings, the ten horns, is commonly interpreted as a reference to the current expectation that Eastern nations, especially the Parthians, were likely to march against the city of Rome and overthrow it, an application of the prophecy quite possible in the minds of the generation which first received it, but not reaching its deeper and essential meaning, and failing of any actual realization. At this point it may be not inapt to remark that the wide latitude with which the symbolism of the seven heads is interpreted by the angel in this chapter, is a valuable guide to the general method of the Apocalypse, and should put us on our guard against limiting the significance of the symbols strictly to a single thought, where more than one may properly be intended. At the same time this does not give us the liberty of unlimited freedom, but prevents our being too positive in many cases as to the exact limits of the symbolism.

It should be noted that the symbolism in the chapter we're looking at is quite broad in its meanings. The seven heads of the Beast primarily symbolize complete or universal power, meaning dominion over the current evil world. However, they also have other interpretations. In verse nine, we’re told they are “seven mountains,” which likely refers to the seven hills of the city of Rome. Additionally, they symbolize all mountains and hills that are home to major cities, following the common apocalyptic use of the number seven (see II Esdr. 2.19; and Book of Enoch 18.6). The seven heads are also linked with the “many waters” where the Woman sits (v. 15), which represent “peoples, multitudes, nations, and tongues,” the many residents of world cities, as she exerts her influence over all mountains and waters. They are also referred to as “seven kings” (v. 10), with the king representing the throne and everything it stands for—so, seven kingdoms, a complete number that encompasses all the kingdoms of the world throughout history. However, like the seven churches, they are probably seen as individual kingdoms that symbolize all. John might have thought of them as Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, Persia, and Greece, the five that were already fallen during his time, and Rome, which was the existing one—nations tied to Israel’s history. While the past was an established history, the future was only seen in broad strokes, leading John to group it all under one great world power that would complete the number seven and still had yet to emerge. This last power “must continue a little while,” meaning during the remaining time of the world, which in the Revelation typically refers to a brief period compared to eternity. We’re also told that the Beast is “an eighth,” meaning when it is viewed separately from the seven heads, for the world power can be seen as a unit that includes all its various forms, yet is distinct from them and gives rise to them. This point feels incidental and should not create excessive complication, as there's no other mention of an eighth anywhere else. It's likely introduced here just because eight symbolizes culmination (see App'x E). Furthermore, we learn that the Beast is “of the seven” (v. 11), meaning it is formed “out of seven,” or in other words, the Beast is the seven kingdoms viewed as a unit—the world power as it exists across all ages. The ten horns (v. 12), which symbolize complete earthly power (with ten usually representing completeness), reflect various subdivisions of that world power, minor kingdoms with their kings, which add to the symbolism of a global empire. These are clearly seen as yet to rise after John's time, as they are called “kings who have received no kingdom as yet, but they receive authority as kings with the Beast for one hour.” Each one for a short time, or a period considered brief, which isn't meant to specify ten kingdoms or kings any more than one hour defines a specific time limit. Instead, it's more about ten representing completeness of all parts, symbolizing all kings and kingdoms that will emerge throughout subsequent times. “It seems probable,” as it has been articulated, “that John sees the hostile world power will not always be dominated by one nation as in his era; instead, it will be divided into many parts, represented here by the number ten, which is complete and doesn't necessarily suggest only ten in total. This indeed exactly describes what has been the reality since St. John's time and is likely to continue until the end of the world.” It could also be noted that the downfall of the world city described by John has been the fate of every known city in history. Thus, the ten horns would seem to align with the seventh king or kingdom, which appears to be the last, with the world power split into multiple parts and carrying on until the end of time. These divisions of world power, although initially opposed to Christ (v. 14), will eventually, under divine guidance, destroy the world city everywhere and leave it desolate (v. 16 and 17), which represents the corrupt society centered in cities that stands against Christ and his kingdom. “And the Lamb shall overcome them; for he is Lord of lords and King of kings.” This implies that while God works through the numerous segments of world power, the ten horns or kingdoms eventually dismantle the Harlot, the morally corrupt society in the world. God ultimately overcomes the kingdoms of this world that fight against him and makes them his own; He triumphs on earth in due time, for we’re told that the kingdoms of the world shall “become the kingdom of our Lord, and of his Christ: and he shall reign forever and ever” (ch. 11:15). “They also shall overcome that are with him, called, chosen, and faithful” (v. 14)—this represents a promise of success for believers. In the historical interpretation, the downfall of the great city or the Harlot by the ten subordinate rulers or kings is often viewed as anticipating that Eastern nations, especially the Parthians, were likely to march against and overthrow the city of Rome, making sense to the generation receiving this prophecy at the time, yet failing to capture its deeper and essential meaning or see any actual fulfillment. At this point, it’s worth mentioning that the expansive interpretation of the symbolism of the seven heads by the angel in this chapter provides valuable insight into the overall method of the Apocalypse and warns against confining the symbol's significance to a single idea, recognizing it might represent more than one intention. However, this does not mean we have limitless freedom but rather ensures we are cautious about being overly definitive regarding the exact meanings of the symbols.

Other interpretations make the Beast the Roman Empire, and the seven heads seven different forms of Roman government known to history, or seven individual kings, and the ten horns the various parts, subdivisions, or subordinate rulers of the Empire. The current interpretation of the preterist school accepts unqualifiedly the seven heads as seven kings of the Roman Empire and identifies Nero with the fifth head or king [pg 202] who is now “fallen”, i. e. is now dead, but is about to be restored again, according to a wide-spread expectation of that time, and to become the eighth head or king. This view, though supported by many eminent authorities, especially those of the later critical school, involves serious difficulties. It is dependent upon the earlier date of the Apocalypse, or at least this portion of it, i. e. just after the death of Nero, the only time fitting such a prophecy—a matter by no means assured; and the prophecy, if it had this meaning, was falsified by subsequent events within a generation, a contingency which would necessarily have discredited the book before the church, and would make its acceptance as a genuine prophetic writing extremely difficult, if not impossible, to account for. These considerations serve to nullify the surety and positiveness with which this interpretation is generally urged by its advocates, and late writers indicate a healthful reaction against the view.524

Other interpretations see the Beast as the Roman Empire, with the seven heads representing seven different forms of Roman government known in history, or seven individual kings, and the ten horns symbolizing the various parts, subdivisions, or subordinate rulers of the Empire. The current interpretation from the preterist school fully accepts the seven heads as seven kings of the Roman Empire and identifies Nero as the fifth head or king [pg 202] who has now “fallen”, meaning he is dead, but is about to be restored, according to a widespread expectation of that time, and become the eighth head or king. This view, while backed by many respected authorities, especially from the later critical school, faces serious challenges. It relies on an earlier date for the Apocalypse, or at least this part of it, specifically just after Nero's death, the only time that fits such a prophecy—something that is by no means certain; and the prophecy, if it had this meaning, was contradicted by subsequent events within a generation, a possibility that would have discredited the book before the church, making its acceptance as a genuine prophetic writing extremely difficult, if not impossible, to explain. These points undermine the certainty and assertiveness with which this interpretation is often presented by its supporters, and recent writers show a healthy pushback against this view.524

Another similar view makes the emperors who are intended by the heads of the Beast to be (1) Augustus, (2) Tiberius, (3) Caligula, (4) Claudius, (5) Nero (now “fallen”, or dead—Galba, Otho, and Vitellius who succeeded Nero for short periods being omitted as pretenders), (6) Vespasian (the one who now “is”, i. e. now is on the throne), (7) Titus (who “must continue a little while”, i. e. have a short reign), and (8) Domitian (a second Nero—“an eighth” who “is of the seven”). This interpretation, though quite possible from one point of view, necessarily limits the vision to a narrow horizon; and while, like the former view, it tends to bring the teaching of the book into closer harmony with Jewish Apocalyptic, yet it obscures to some extent at least the wider and universal teaching which seems to the average Christian mind to belong essentially to the prophetic insight. It should be remembered, too, that the seven heads and ten horns belong originally to the Dragon or Satan, as symbols of his world-wide power, and are here transferred to the Beast as Satan's representative; and therefore it is more likely that they have a universal reference than that they apply to a single empire, for Satan's sphere of influence is confessedly world-wide (cf. ch. 13:1, note). Besides it is fruitless [pg 203] to attempt to interpret with any positiveness the heads and horns as individual nations and kings, as the diverse results have shown, each interpreter having his own application, and no one interpretation being generally accepted.525 But even if we cannot be so positive as to the primary meaning, we should not allow the larger and more important meaning to escape us, the meaning for us and for all time. This is the fundamental principle of interpretation according to the symbolical school, which should be kept in mind throughout; and it is remarkable how often the general meaning is plain when the original reference, as in this case, is obscure. For even if John had primarily in mind certain phases of the Roman Empire, we must not lose sight of his idealization of the symbolism. The numbers seven and ten are not to be interpreted literally but symbolically as elsewhere throughout the book. Whatever kings and kingdoms are in the first instance intended, they are introduced as the type of all kings and kingdoms of this world throughout all time, in accordance with the prevalent use of numbers in the Apocalypse; so that in any case the chief thought established is essentially the same, viz. that the anti-christian world-power attains its fulness and completeness under the numbers seven and ten, and then wanes and is eventually destroyed. If we interpret of Rome, then the ruin of the one empire with its rulers and parts foreshadows that of every other earth-power that opposes the rule of Christ among men, and the overthrow of the one city with its social and civic forces allied with evil, prefigures that of the entire anti-christian social and civic power throughout the world.

Another similar view identifies the emperors represented by the heads of the Beast as: (1) Augustus, (2) Tiberius, (3) Caligula, (4) Claudius, (5) Nero (who is now "fallen" or dead—Galba, Otho, and Vitellius, who briefly succeeded Nero, are considered pretenders), (6) Vespasian (the current emperor, i.e., currently on the throne), (7) Titus (who "must continue a little while," meaning he will have a short reign), and (8) Domitian (a second Nero—"an eighth" who "is one of the seven"). This interpretation, while possible from one perspective, restricts the view to a limited scope. Although, like the previous view, it tends to align the book's teachings more closely with Jewish Apocalyptic literature, it somewhat obscures the broader and universal teaching that the average Christian perceives as fundamentally belonging to prophetic insight. It's also important to remember that the seven heads and ten horns originally belong to the Dragon or Satan, symbolizing his worldwide power, and are here transferred to the Beast as Satan's representative. Therefore, it's more likely that they have a universal significance rather than applying to a single empire, as Satan's area of influence is undeniably global (see ch. 13:1, note). Furthermore, it's unproductive to attempt to interpret the heads and horns definitively as individual nations and kings, as varied interpretations have shown, with each interpreter having their own application and no single interpretation being widely accepted. But even if we can't be entirely confident about the primary meaning, we shouldn't lose sight of the larger and more important meaning that is relevant for us and for all time. This is the core principle of interpretation according to the symbolic school, which should be kept in mind throughout. It's striking how often the general meaning is clear when the original reference, as in this case, is unclear. For even if John was primarily thinking of certain aspects of the Roman Empire, we must recognize his idealization of the symbolism. The numbers seven and ten are not to be interpreted literally but symbolically, as throughout the book. Whatever kings and kingdoms are initially intended, they are introduced as representatives of all kings and kingdoms of this world throughout all time, in line with the common usage of numbers in the Apocalypse. In any case, the main concept established is fundamentally the same, namely that the anti-Christian world power reaches its fullness and completeness under the numbers seven and ten, then diminishes and is ultimately destroyed. If we interpret this as referring to Rome, then the fall of that one empire along with its rulers and components foreshadows the downfall of every other earthly power that opposes the rule of Christ among people, and the destruction of that one city with its social and civic forces allied with evil prefigures the downfall of all anti-Christian social and civic power worldwide.

2 The Fall of the City Proclaimed, Ch. 18:1-24

The mystery of the Harlot and of the Beast having been revealed, another angel now declares the doom which awaits them. The downfall of the city and the destruction of her wealth is set forth as the type of the overthrow of corrupt society with all pertaining to it, in order that the fulness of Christ's kingdom may be ushered in among men. In the vision of the prophet the ruin is viewed as already complete; attention is centered so fully upon the result attained that the method [pg 204] by which it is accomplished is left quite out of view. But the closing verses of the preceding chapter serve to indicate the source of her destruction, viz. in the ten horns, or subdivisions of the world-kingdom, which rise against the Harlot and overthrow her (ch. 17:16-17),—the historic fate of world-empires and world-cities in revolution and ruin. It is here worthy of note how clearly we find in this chapter reverberating echoes from Isaiah's Doom of Babylon and of Tyre (Isa. ch. 13:23, 47), and from Jeremiah's Doom of Babylon (Jer. chs. 50 and 51), as well as from Ezekiel's Doom of Tyre (Ezek. chs. 26-28).526 Though the fall of the heathen city of Rome was doubtless foremost in John's mind, let us not forget that it only formed the basis of the wider thought of the ultimate fate and fall of the great godless world which it so clearly foreshadowed, the foresight of which was a part of the prophetic vision.527

The mystery of the Harlot and the Beast has been revealed, and now another angel announces their doom. The fall of the city and the loss of its wealth represent the collapse of corrupt society and everything associated with it, so that Christ's kingdom can fully come among people. In the prophet's vision, the destruction is seen as already finished; the focus is so entirely on the outcome achieved that the process used to get there is completely overlooked. However, the final verses of the previous chapter point to the source of her downfall, which is in the ten horns, or divisions of the world-kingdom, that rise up against the Harlot and bring her down (ch. 17:16-17)—the historical fate of world empires and cities in revolution and ruin. It's notable how clearly this chapter echoes the prophecies of Isaiah about the doom of Babylon and Tyre (Isa. ch. 13:23, 47), Jeremiah's prophecies about Babylon (Jer. chs. 50 and 51), and Ezekiel's predictions about Tyre (Ezek. chs. 26-28). Although John likely had the fall of the pagan city of Rome in mind, we should remember that this scenario serves as a foundation for a broader understanding of the ultimate fate and downfall of the great godless world it represents, a vision that was part of the prophetic message.

(1) The Announcement of Her Overthrow, Ch. 18:1-3

An angel—called here “another angel” in distinction from the one designated as “one of the seven angels” in chapter seventeen (v. 1)—is seen coming down out of heaven, having great authority, and crying with a mighty voice, “Fallen! fallen is Babylon the great!” and recounting the story of her crimes as the abundant cause of her ruin.

An angel—referred to here as "another angel" to differentiate from the one identified as "one of the seven angels" in chapter seventeen (v. 1)—is seen coming down from heaven, having great authority, and shouting with a powerful voice, "Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great!" and detailing her wrongdoings as the main reason for her destruction.

(2) The Warning to God's People, Ch. 18:4-8

Yet another voice from heaven bids the people of God come out of her before the final retribution, that they be not made partakers of her sins and receive not of her plagues, for her sins have reached even unto heaven; and urges the executors of her judgment to reward her double, i. e. to exact full legal retribution for her sins (Ex. 22:4-7). And she shall be utterly destroyed, shall be “burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judged her”.

Yet another voice from heaven calls the people of God to come out of her before the final judgment, so they do not share in her sins and suffer her plagues, for her sins have reached even to heaven; and it urges those carrying out her judgment to repay her double, meaning to impose complete legal consequences for her sins (Ex. 22:4-7). And she will be completely destroyed, will be “burned with fire; for the Lord God is powerful who judged her”.

[pg 205]
(3) The Lament of the Kings of the Earth over Her Doom, Ch. 18:9-10

The rulers of the world-powers who have shared in her sin are seen standing afar off for fear of her torment, witnessing her fall; and their cry is heard, “Woe, woe, the great city, Babylon, the strong city! for in one hour [i. e. in a short time or suddenly] is thy judgment come”,—mourning over her ruin which is sudden and complete.

The rulers of the world powers who have participated in her sin stand at a distance, afraid of her torment, watching her downfall. They cry out, "Oh no, oh no, the great city, Babylon, the powerful city! Because in just one hour, your judgment has arrived.", mourning over her sudden and total destruction.

(4) The Lament of the Merchants, Ch. 18:11-17a

The merchants of the earth also weep and mourn over her, for no man buyeth their merchandise or cargo any more. The articles of merchandise enumerated are many, indicating her wealth, and seem to be arranged in a progressive order of importance, and to fall naturally into six classes, (Babylon's number, the symbol of evil—ch. 13:18), which may be divided as follows, viz. (1) those of personal adornment; (2) of furniture; (3) of sensual gratification; (4) of food; (5) of animate forms; and (6) of souls (i. e. persons) of men.528 All have perished; and the merchants cry aloud, “Woe, woe, the great city! ... for in one hour so great riches is made desolate.”

The merchants of the earth also cry and grieve over her, because no one is buying their goods or cargo anymore. The list of merchandise is extensive, showing her wealth, and appears to be organized in order of importance, naturally dividing into six categories (Babylon's number, a symbol of evil—ch. 13:18), which can be categorized as follows: (1) personal adornments; (2) furniture; (3) items for pleasure; (4) food; (5) living creatures; and (6) the souls (i.e., people) of men. All have vanished; and the merchants shout out, "Alas, alas, the great city! ... for in just one hour, such immense wealth has been destroyed."

(5) The Lament of the Seamen, Ch. 18. 17b-19

All those who gained their living by the sea, ship-masters, mariners, and every one that saileth any whither, stood afar off and cried, “What city is like the great city?” And they cast dust upon their heads, weeping and mourning, the sign of their deep though worldly sorrow, saying, “Woe, woe, the great city, wherein all that had their ships in the sea were made rich by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.” In this triple mourning of the kings of the earth, of the merchants, and of the seamen, is shown the wide relations of Babylon, too wide in fact for any single city. The darkly shadowed terms of poetic description used throughout the chapter, set forth the completeness of her destruction, and are an echo from the Fall of Tyre in Ezekiel's prophecy (chs. 26-28).

All those who made their living by the sea—ship captains, sailors, and anyone who traveled by sea—stood at a distance and cried, “What city is like the great city?” They threw dust on their heads, weeping and mourning, a sign of their deep but worldly sorrow, saying, "Alas, the great city, where everyone with ships at sea became wealthy from her opulence! For in just one hour, she has been destroyed." In this collective mourning from the rulers of the earth, the merchants, and the sailors, we see the far-reaching influence of Babylon, so extensive that no single city could embody it. The darkly poetic descriptions used throughout the chapter illustrate the totality of her destruction and echo the Fall of Tyre in Ezekiel's prophecy (chs. 26-28).

[pg 206]
(6) A Call to Heaven and to the Church to Rejoice, Ch. 18:20

By a voice, evidently from above, the holy are bidden to rejoice, i. e. heaven with its inhabitants, and the saints or the church, and her two highest orders of ministers in the past, the apostles and the prophets, are called upon to rejoice because God hath judged Babylon with the judgment which is her due for her treatment of the saints. This invitation to the “saints, the apostles, and the prophets”, to rejoice over the judgment of Babylon, which to that age doubtless meant Rome, is regarded by some as a possible allusion to the martyrdom of the Apostles Peter and Paul who met death under Nero.529

By a voice, clearly coming from above, the holy ones are called to rejoice, meaning heaven and its inhabitants, as well as the saints or the church, along with its two highest orders of ministers from the past, the apostles and the prophets, are invited to celebrate because God has judged Babylon with the judgment it deserves for how it treated the saints. This invitation to the "saints, the apostles, and the prophets" to rejoice over Babylon's judgment, which likely referred to Rome at that time, is seen by some as a possible reference to the martyrdom of Apostles Peter and Paul, who died under Nero.529

(7) The Symbol of Her Irretrievable Ruin, Ch. 18:21-24

A strong or mighty angel, taking up a stone like a great millstone, casts it into the sea as the sign of her total extinction, and rehearses the fate of the city in the ominous words of ancient prophecy, which are here enlarged and made more terrible (cf. Jer. 51:61-64). The symbolism used throughout this chapter, it will be noted, is largely drawn from the Old Testament prophecies concerning the ancient cities of Babylon and Tyre. “And in her was found the blood of prophets and of saints, and of all that have been slain upon the earth.” Thus in terms that are as wide as the earth and as far-reaching as history, is set forth the sin of the godless and unbelieving world in all ages, which concludes the pronouncement of the judgment upon Babylon; and the judgment seems to belong properly in seven parts as a sign of its completeness.

A powerful angel, picking up a stone like a giant millstone, throws it into the sea as a symbol of her complete destruction and recites the fate of the city in the chilling words of ancient prophecy, which are here amplified and made more fearsome (cf. Jer. 51:61-64). The symbols used throughout this chapter mainly draw from the Old Testament prophecies about the ancient cities of Babylon and Tyre. “And in her was found the blood of prophets and saints, and of everyone who has been slain on the earth.” In terms that are as extensive as the earth and as far-reaching as history, the sin of the godless and unbelieving world throughout all ages is presented, culminating in the declaration of judgment upon Babylon; and the judgment is properly divided into seven parts as a sign of its completeness.

B The Triumph of the Redeemed, Ch. 19:1-10

A hymn of praise (the Hallelujah Chorus), such as follows each crisis in the Apocalypse, and forms a relief to the sombreness of the visions, is sung in heaven by a great voice of a great multitude as the sequel to the fall of the city and the lament of the world—the seventh and last great chorus in the Revelation (see App'x C): and then the marriage supper of the Lamb is announced for the delight of the redeemed in heaven. The final triumph, it will be seen, is here viewed as a [pg 207] whole, without distinction of parts such as are found in the succeeding section which treats of the last things.

A song of praise (the Hallelujah Chorus), like those that follow each crisis in the Apocalypse and provide relief from the darkness of the visions, is sung in heaven by a loud voice from a vast multitude, following the fall of the city and the world's mourning—the seventh and final great chorus in the Revelation (see App'x C): and then the marriage supper of the Lamb is announced for the joy of the redeemed in heaven. The final victory, as we see here, is regarded as a [pg 207] whole, without separating the parts as seen in the next section that discusses the last things.

1 The Choral Song of Hallelujahs, Ch. 19:1-8

In response to the heavenly summons to rejoice (ch. 18:20), a thrice repeated note of victory, the Hebrew “Hallelujah”, Praise ye Jehovah! is heard in heaven; first from the voice of a great multitude, who say a second time, “Hallelujah”, and then from the four and twenty elders, the representatives of the redeemed church, together with the four living creatures, the representatives of all created life, who reply, “Amen; Hallelujah.” After this again, in response to a message from the throne (v. 5), another “Hallelujah” is heard from the voice of another multitude (v. 6-8), as the sound of many waters, the voice of those who are praising God in full and joyful chorus because he has avenged the blood of his servants, and who are now rejoicing with exceeding gladness (v. 7) because “the marriage of the Lamb is come”, i. e. the complete and final union of Christ with the redeemed church, for his wife, the church, hath made herself ready. The word “Hallelujah” occurs four times in this passage, and is not found elsewhere in the New Testament: it should be noted, too, that it is used here, as it is chiefly used in the Old Testament,530 in connection with the punishment of the wicked. The first voice in this chorus of hallelujahs (v. 1f) is apparently that of the great multitude of the angelic host in heaven, which is responded to by the four and twenty elders, and the four living creatures; while the second voice (v. 6f) is that of the multitude of the universal church who have been redeemed by the blood of the Lamb. The description of the pure array of the Bride (v. 8), which is the symbol of her righteousness and is in such marked contrast with the clothing of the Harlot, may be an explanation added by the Apostle, as indicated in the text of the Revelation given in the preceding part of this book by including the verse in a parenthesis, though it was apparently regarded by the American Revisers as part of the words of the redeemed church.

In response to the heavenly call to celebrate (ch. 18:20), a threefold shout of victory, the Hebrew "Hallelujah", Praise the Lord! is heard in heaven; first from a vast crowd, who repeat, "Hallelujah", and then from the twenty-four elders, who represent the redeemed church, along with the four living creatures, representing all created life, who respond, “Amen; Hallelujah.” Following this, in response to a message from the throne (v. 5), another "Hallelujah" is heard from another crowd (v. 6-8), like the sound of rushing waters, a chorus of those who are joyfully praising God because He has avenged the blood of His servants, and are now celebrating with great joy (v. 7) because "the wedding of the Lamb has arrived", meaning the complete and final union of Christ with the redeemed church, as His bride, the church, has prepared herself. The word "Hallelujah" appears four times in this passage and is not found anywhere else in the New Testament. It’s important to note that it is used here, as it mainly is in the Old Testament, 530 in connection with the punishment of the wicked. The first voice in this chorus of hallelujahs (v. 1f) is seemingly from the great multitude of angels in heaven, which is answered by the twenty-four elders and the four living creatures; while the second voice (v. 6f) is that of the redeemed universal church who have been saved by the blood of the Lamb. The description of the pure attire of the Bride (v. 8), symbolizing her righteousness and starkly contrasting with the clothing of the Harlot, may be an explanation added by the Apostle, as suggested by the text of the Revelation in the earlier part of this book, by including the verse in parentheses, though it was seemingly considered by the American Revisers as part of the words of the redeemed church.

[pg 208]
2 The Blessedness of the Marriage Supper, Ch. 19:9

John is directed by the angel to record a blessing upon those who are bidden to the marriage supper, i. e. who are invited to share in the nearer fellowship of the redeemed with Christ, and to partake of the rich and abundant spiritual food that awaits them in the new relations of the heavenly life—a further symbol of the spiritual union of the church with Christ added to that of the bride and the marriage, setting forth the joys of the heavenly life under the familiar figure of a marriage feast, the great social event of the East, and the popular type of the highest enjoyment, as well as the public acknowledgement of the consummation of the union. The marriage of the Lamb is put in vivid contrast with the fornication of the Harlot, in the usual method of the Apocalypse.

John is directed by the angel to write a blessing for those invited to the marriage supper, meaning those who are called to share in the closer fellowship of the redeemed with Christ. They will partake in the rich and abundant spiritual nourishment that awaits them in the new experience of heavenly life. This is another symbol of the spiritual union between the church and Christ, in addition to the bride and the marriage. It highlights the joys of heavenly life using the familiar image of a marriage feast, which is a significant social event in the East and represents the ultimate experience of joy, as well as the public acknowledgment of their union. The marriage of the Lamb is sharply contrasted with the fornication of the Harlot, following the typical style of the Apocalypse.

3 Worship Refused by the Angel, Ch. 19:10

The Apostle is so overwhelmed by the impression of the vision that he falls at the feet of the angel to worship him—probably the interpreting angel of the opening verse of the book, though some think identical with the vial-angel of chapter seventeen; but the worship is refused,531 because, as the angel declares, he is only a fellow-servant with John, and shares in “the testimony of Jesus” which “is the spirit of prophecy”. This significant phrase is characteristic of the Revelation,532 and we find in it a key to the general interpretation, a principle to be applied throughout, viz. that the mysteries of the Old Dispensation find their only proper solution and fulfilment in the clearer teaching of the New. “The testimony of Jesus” is the witness for the truth borne by Christ in the world, which gathers up into one and gives expression to the essential and animating thought of all prophecy. Others interpret the passage as applying to the witness borne for Christ and the truth by his disciples in the world; and it is possible that both meanings are included, for if broadly interpreted they both merge into one.533

The Apostle is so struck by the vision that he falls at the feet of the angel to worship him—likely the interpreting angel from the opening verse of the book, although some believe he is the same as the vial-angel from chapter seventeen; however, the worship is refused, because, as the angel states, he is just a fellow servant like John and shares in "the witness of Jesus" which "is the gift of prophecy". This important phrase is a hallmark of Revelation, "the testimony of Jesus" serves as the truth witnessed by Christ in the world, encapsulating and expressing the core and impassioned message of all prophecy. Others interpret this passage as referring to the witness offered for Christ and the truth by his disciples in the world; it’s possible that both meanings are included, as they can be seen to overlap when viewed broadly.

[pg 209]

C The Last Things, Ch. 19:11-20:15

A new phase of the vision of victory now opens, which presents the final culmination and crisis of judgment and redemption, a rapid preview of the closing events of human history, a forecast of the triumph and completion of the gospel age. These events form a series of climaxes that are progressive and catastrophic, and usher in the final consummation of God's world-plan of the ages, a feature that is prominent in all apocalyptic writings.

A new phase of the vision of victory is now unfolding, showcasing the ultimate climax and moment of judgment and redemption, a quick preview of the final events in human history, and a glimpse of the triumph and conclusion of the gospel era. These events create a sequence of climaxes that are both progressive and catastrophic, leading to the final completion of God's plan for the ages, a key theme present in all apocalyptic writings.

It is important for us to note afresh at this point, what should be apparent to our minds in the study of the book throughout, viz. that the element of climax, which enters so largely into the thought of the Revelation, belongs essentially to the mood and temper of Apocalyptic; and we should avoid emphasizing too much that which pertains chiefly to literary form and spiritual mood, as though it were intended to set forth the intimate nature of the divine method. Upon careful reflection it must become more and more apparent that the emphasis here laid upon the climactic side of the divine way of working, was only intended to be in proportion to the apparent hopelessness of the historical outlook without such manifest and repeated divine interpositions for human help, and was not intended to indicate that the chief effects to be wrought out will be accomplished by other than the method displayed in history, viz. by long periods of quiet progress and patient waiting, broken now and then by short and decisive periods of crisis. The apocalyptic writers followed the general mode of conception prevalent in the Old Testament, according to which “the final condition of men and the world is regarded less as the perfect issue of a gradual ethical advancement ... than as the result of an interposition or chain of interpositions on the part of God”,534 which is only one side of the truth—a view growing out of their idea of God as the immediate author of all movements in nature and history, and fitting in well with the increased emphasis laid upon climax in Apocalyptic. There is also a distinct foreshortening of the future which is very evident throughout [pg 210] this section, and this is a well known and characteristic feature of all prophecy. The extreme brevity with which are described and grouped together so many great events of the far future that so deeply affect the Christian hope, serves to indicate that the chief aim of the Revelation does not consist in fully manifesting these events which lie hidden in the hand of God, but in preparing the church for what precedes them, both of trial and of conflict. “Like a flash of lightning in the darkness the vision lights up the whole line of God's purposes to the end”; but how much of the actual form and manner of the events it was the divine purpose to disclose through this ideal and scenic presentation must continue to be, pending the manifestation of the events themselves, to some extent at least, a matter of diverse opinion.

It’s important for us to recognize at this point what should be clear to us throughout the study of this book: the element of climax, which is so prominent in the thought of Revelation, is fundamentally tied to the mood and tone of Apocalyptic literature. We should be careful not to overemphasize aspects that mainly pertain to literary form and spiritual feeling, as if these were meant to reveal the true nature of divine action. Upon reflection, it should become increasingly clear that the focus on the climactic aspect of God's way of working is intended to match the apparent hopelessness of the historical outlook without obvious and repeated divine interventions for human aid. This emphasis is not to suggest that the main effects will come about in any way other than through the methods showcased in history, which involve long stretches of steady progress and patient waiting, occasionally interrupted by brief, decisive crises. The apocalyptic writers followed the common way of thinking found in the Old Testament, which suggests that “the final condition of humanity and the world is viewed less as the perfect result of gradual ethical progress than as the outcome of an intervention or series of interventions by God,” which captures only one aspect of the truth—a perspective stemming from their belief in God as the direct initiator of all movements in nature and history, fitting well with the heightened focus on climax in Apocalyptic. There is also a noticeable compression of the future throughout this section, which is a well-known and distinctive feature of all prophecy. The extreme brevity with which many significant events of the distant future—events that greatly impact Christian hope—are described and grouped together suggests that the main purpose of Revelation is not to fully reveal these events hidden in God’s plan but to prepare the church for what comes before them, including trials and conflicts. “Like a flash of lightning in the darkness, the vision illuminates the entire scope of God's purposes to the end”; however, how much of the actual shape and nature of these events God intended to disclose through this idealized and dramatic presentation will remain, at least to some degree, a matter of differing opinions until the events themselves are revealed.

1 The End of the Holy War, Ch. 19:11-21

This part of the vision sets forth the final victory over all the powers of this world which is eventually to be attained by the supreme power of “The Word of God”, the ever conquering Christ, who is here described by this transcendental name for our Lord which is a distinctive title with the Apostle John.535 Beginning with a view of the triumphant Word going forth to conquer as under the first seal (ch. 6:2), Christ appears in the opened heaven riding on a white horse; he is called “Faithful and True”, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war. His eyes are a flame of fire, the type of purity and judgment; upon his head are many diadems, the crowns of conquered nations; he hath a name written which no man knoweth but himself,—evidently the “new name” of chapter three (v. 12) which John cannot interpret; and he is arrayed in a garment sprinkled with blood, the token of his redemptive work. The armies of heaven, which apparently include the redeemed, such as have already entered there, follow him [pg 211] on white horses,536 clothed in fine linen white and pure; out of his mouth proceedeth a sharp sword that with it he should smite the nations,537 for he shall rule them then with a rod of iron; and he treadeth the winepress of the wine of the fierceness of the wrath of God, the Almighty, thereby bringing punishment upon the evil. His divine right is clearly seen, for he hath on his garment and on his thigh (i. e. both on the garment and on the thigh, or else on the garment covering the thigh), a name written, King of Kings, and Lord of Lords. And the Beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, are gathered together to make war against him that sat upon the horse and against his army, i. e. against Christ and his kingdom to attempt to overcome them. Thus with sublime imagery the vision leads up and on to the close of the great battle with the world-forces, which was briefly described before in chapter sixteen as occurring at Har-Magedon; the war is the same, the battle between the sinful world and the hosts of God which is ever going on through the ages to final victory in the end. Now, by a further view, the Beast, and the False Prophet (or Second Beast) who misguides the people in spiritual things, are seen to be taken, and they twain are cast alive into the lake of fire, while all their followers are slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, even the sword which came forth out of his mouth (v. 15); and all the birds that fly in mid-heaven are called by an angel standing in the sun to feed upon their flesh, as in Ezekiel's prophecy of the Judgment of Gog (ch. 39:17-22), a judgment exceedingly repulsive to the Hebrew mind. The lake of fire is only a more fully developed form of the Jewish conception of Gehenna as a furnace of fire (Mat. 13:42, and 50). The symbolism here used may have been suggested to John's mind by the appearance of a sea or lake during the eruption of a volcano, a view not unfamiliar to those resident in Asia.538 This lake in the Revelation is the place of final punishment of the wicked, and is clearly distinguished from the pit of the abyss, the abode of Satan during the present world-period. Thus [pg 212] is signified the triumphant overthrow of the World-Power and of the World-Religion as manifested in history. These together with the World-City are now broken and destroyed, while only the World-Lord, or Satan, remains to carry on the conflict, and the way is thereby prepared for the great millennial victory.

This part of the vision outlines the ultimate victory over all the powers of this world that will eventually be achieved by the supreme force of “The Word of God”, the ever-conquering Christ, who is referred to here by this extraordinary name for our Lord, which is a unique title used by the Apostle John.535 Starting with the image of the triumphant Word going forth to conquer under the first seal (ch. 6:2), Christ appears in the opened heaven riding a white horse; he is called "Faithful and True", and in righteousness he judges and makes war. His eyes are like flames of fire, symbolizing purity and judgment; on his head are many crowns, representing conquered nations; he has a name written that no one knows except himself,—clearly the “new name” mentioned in chapter three (v. 12) that John cannot explain; and he is dressed in a garment stained with blood, signifying his redemptive work. The armies of heaven, which likely include the redeemed, those who have already entered there, follow him [pg 211] on white horses,536 dressed in fine linen that is white and pure; from his mouth comes a sharp sword to strike down the nations,537 for he will rule them with an iron rod; and he treads the winepress of the fierce wrath of God, the Almighty, bringing punishment upon the wicked. His divine authority is clearly visible, as he has a name written on his robe and on his thigh (i.e., both on the robe and on the thigh, or possibly just on the robe covering the thigh), King of Kings, and Lord of Lords. The Beast, the kings of the earth, and their armies gather to wage war against the one who sat on the horse and against his army, meaning against Christ and his kingdom in an attempt to defeat them. Thus, with grand imagery, the vision progresses to the climax of the great battle against worldly forces, which was briefly described earlier in chapter sixteen as taking place at Har-Magedon; this conflict reflects the ongoing struggle between the sinful world and the forces of God, leading ultimately to final victory. Now, in a further vision, the Beast and the False Prophet (or Second Beast) who misleads people spiritually are captured, and both are thrown alive into the lake of fire, while all their followers are killed by the sword of the one who rode the horse, the sword that came out of his mouth (v. 15); and all the birds flying in mid-heaven are summoned by an angel standing in the sun to feast on their flesh, as prophesied by Ezekiel regarding the Judgment of Gog (ch. 39:17-22), a judgment that is deeply disturbing to the Hebrew mindset. The lake of fire is a more developed version of the Jewish idea of Gehenna as a fiery furnace (Mat. 13:42, and 50). The symbolism used here may have been inspired by the sight of a sea or lake during a volcanic eruption, a view not unfamiliar to residents of Asia.538 This lake in Revelation represents the final punishment for the wicked and is clearly distinct from the pit of the abyss, the place where Satan resides during the current era. Thus [pg 212] signifies the triumphant defeat of the World-Power and World-Religion as seen throughout history. These, along with the World-City, are now shattered and destroyed, while only the World-Lord, or Satan, remains to continue the battle, clearing the way for the coming millennial victory.

This section is considered by many to refer to Christ's second coming, the Parousia, and, if that view were established, it would serve to support the opinion of those who hold that the second advent will be premillennial; but such an interpretation is beset with many difficulties and cannot be sustained by what is said in these verses. The description does not correspond with the account of Christ's coming again which is given in the Synoptic Gospels and the Epistles, nor with the passing foregleams of it in the preceding chapters, but rather with the delineation of Christ's conflict with the world as it is set forth in this book, which is depicted in its beginnings under the first seal where Christ goes forth conquering and to conquer, and which is now seen to pass through the thick of battle to the crowning of victory. For while the second coming is manifestly the one great objective event ever retained in the background of the visions, overshadowing and interpenetrating every part of the Apocalypse, yet it is at no time definitely introduced or particularly described; and the most accurate and impartial interpretation throughout is that which regards both the time of its occurrence and the position it occupies in relation to other events of the last days as nowhere revealed in the Apocalyptic vision. With the present author this view has grown through time from that of a possible solution of a much vexed question into a settled conviction of its correctness.539 And it should be seen, that with this section (ch. 19:11-21) in grave doubt, to say the least, concerning its application to the advent, if indeed it should not be regarded as entirely inapplicable, there is nothing definitely taught in the Revelation in regard to the time of Christ's second coming; for whatever opinion we may entertain concerning the time of that glorious event so dear to the Christian heart, we cannot regard this [pg 213] passage as decisive in the matter unless we interpolate into it a meaning which it does not necessarily contain.

This section is often thought to be about Christ's second coming, the Parousia, and if that interpretation were accepted, it would support the view that the second advent will happen before the millennium; however, such an interpretation is fraught with difficulties and cannot be backed up by what is stated in these verses. The description does not match the accounts of Christ's return found in the Synoptic Gospels and the Epistles, nor does it align with the earlier hints in the preceding chapters. Instead, it reflects Christ's struggle with the world as depicted in this book, starting with the first seal where Christ goes out conquering, and now seen as being in the midst of battle until ultimate victory is achieved. While the second coming is clearly the major event looming in the background of the visions, influencing every part of the Apocalypse, it is never directly introduced or specifically described. The most accurate and unbiased interpretation throughout is that both the timing of its occurrence and its role in relation to other end-time events are not revealed in the Apocalyptic vision. The author's perspective has evolved over time from a potential solution to a widely debated question into a firm belief in its correctness. And it should be noted that with this section (ch. 19:11-21) being in serious doubt regarding its relevance to the advent, and possibly even considered entirely irrelevant, there is nothing clearly taught in Revelation about the timing of Christ's second coming. Regardless of what opinion we might have about when that glorious event, so cherished by Christians, will occur, we cannot view this passage as conclusive unless we impose a meaning onto it that it doesn't inherently contain.

2 Satan Bound, Ch. 20:1-3a

The temporary destruction of Satan's power is here indicated by his being bound for a season; and this marks another advance in the triumphal march of events. An angel coming down from heaven with the key of the abyss, and a great chain in his hand, lays hold upon the Dragon, the Old Serpent, Satan, and binds him for a thousand years, and then shuts him up in the abyss, his present dwelling-place, from which he can now emerge at will during the period of conflict, and seals it over him that his power may be restrained until the end of that time. The binding of Satan indicates the limiting of his authority over the nations, with the subsequent ushering in of the triumph of the gospel among men, when, according to the announcement of the seventh trumpet, “The kingdom of the world is become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ” (ch. 11:15), a promise partially fulfilled at this stage, but awaiting its complete fulfilment in the final consummation. The limiting of Satan's power is a preparatory stage to the events that follow, and precedes the first resurrection, as it also precedes the millennium.

The temporary defeat of Satan's power is indicated by his being bound for a while; this signifies another step forward in the progression of events. An angel comes down from heaven with the key to the abyss and a large chain in hand, seizes the Dragon, the Old Serpent, Satan, and binds him for a thousand years. Then, he locks him in the abyss, his current home, from which he can still come out at will during the conflict, and seals it over him so that his power can be restrained until the end of that time. Satan's binding represents a limitation of his authority over the nations, leading to the triumph of the gospel among people, when, according to the announcement of the seventh trumpet, "The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and His Christ." (ch. 11:15), a promise that is partially fulfilled at this point but is still awaiting complete fulfillment in the final outcome. The limitation of Satan's power is a preparatory phase for the events that follow and comes before the first resurrection, as well as before the millennium.

3 The First Resurrection, Ch. 20:4-6

The resurrection, which is the effective redemption of the body from death, that is necessary for complete victory over sin and for the full consummation of man's life in eternity,540 is at this point begun,541 and is marked in the Revelation by two successive stages, the first accompanying the triumph of the messianic kingdom, and the second preparatory to the final judgment. These two parts of the resurrection are separated in the vision by the whole millennial period. The first resurrection is special and compensative (scil. “the resurrection out of the dead”—Gr. ἐκ νεκρῶν—Phil. 3:11), consisting of certain [pg 214] of the saints and martyrs who by reason of their enduring resistance of the forces of evil in their lives and deaths are adjudged worthy to attain unto this resurrection, viz. “of them that had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, and for the word of God, and such as worshipped not the Beast, neither his image, and received not the mark upon their forehead and upon their hand.” The first resurrection which is evidently limited to this particular class, and is compensative in character for evils endured, precedes the second or general resurrection by a thousand years, or the whole duration of the millennium, which is not a definite, numerical thousand years, but in accordance with the general use of numbers in the Apocalypse is a period of vast but indefinite length. The cry of the martyrs (ch. 6:9) has been heard, and they who have part in this resurrection shall live and reign with Christ throughout the whole millennial era, i. e. shall share in his presence and glory as a reward for their superior faithfulness, shall be with him where he is, evidently in heaven, for nothing is said of any new or different relation of Christ or of the saints to those who dwell upon the earth as now begun, or as entered upon at any time during this period. We are simply told that the redeemed saints shall live and reign with Christ, i. e. they shall enter upon the new and fuller life with Christ which follows the resurrection of the body, and they shall share in the triumphant rulership of Christ in heaven. The main thought in the phrase “with Christ”, it will be seen, is not so much that of location, as of association with him in messianic rule.542 The statement here made that “they shall be priests of God and of Christ” (v. 6) evidently does not mean that they are to exercise the function of mediators for the rest of mankind during that intermediate period,—for no such service in heaven is anywhere taught in Scripture—but only that they are granted familiar access to and fellowship with God and Christ such as the priests had who drew near under the old covenant; they stand in his presence as the priests of old stood in the temple and waited and served and worshipped.

The resurrection, which is the effective redemption of the body from death and is essential for complete victory over sin and the full realization of human life in eternity, is now starting, and is marked in the Revelation by two successive stages: the first one coincides with the triumph of the messianic kingdom, and the second is a preparation for the final judgment. These two parts of the resurrection are separated in the vision by the entire millennial period. The first resurrection is specific and compensatory (i.e., “the resurrection out of the dead”—Gr. ἐκ νεκρῶν—Phil. 3:11), involving certain saints and martyrs who, because of their steadfast resistance against the forces of evil in their lives and deaths, are deemed worthy to attain this resurrection, namely “those who had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of God, and those who did not worship the Beast or its image and did not receive the mark on their forehead or hand.” The first resurrection, which is clearly limited to this specific group and compensates for the evils they endured, occurs a thousand years before the second or general resurrection, marking the entirety of the millennium. This thousand years is not a precise number, but according to the general use of numbers in the Apocalypse, it represents a long but indefinite period. The cry of the martyrs (ch. 6:9) has been heard, and those who participate in this resurrection will live and reign with Christ during the entire millennial age, meaning they will share in His presence and glory as a reward for their exceptional faithfulness. They will be with Him where He is, clearly in heaven, as there is no mention of any new or different relationship between Christ or the saints and those who dwell on earth during this period. We are simply told that the redeemed saints will live and reign with Christ, entering into the new and fuller life with Him that follows the resurrection of the body, sharing in Christ’s triumphant rulership in heaven. The main idea in the phrase “with Christ” is not so much about location as it is about association with Him in messianic rule. The statement that “they will be priests of God and of Christ” (v. 6) clearly does not mean that they will act as mediators for the rest of humanity during that intermediate period—no such service in heaven is taught anywhere in Scripture—but only that they are granted close access and fellowship with God and Christ, akin to the priests who approached God under the old covenant; they stand in His presence as the priests of old did in the temple, waiting, serving, and worshiping.

[pg 215]
4 The Millennium, Ch. 20.: 2b, 3b, 4b, 5a, 6b and 7a

The millennium is the Latin equivalent of the Greek phrase χίλια ἔιη or a thousand years, which has now attained a permanent place in Christian thought. In the prophetic view of the apocalyptic vision this is the crowning period of the church upon earth so long looked for and foretold, the triumphant realization of messianic prophecy, the dénouement of redemptive history in the world, a time of rest and victory when evil shall be restrained though not extinguished, and righteousness shall rule among men. The millennial reign of the saints with Christ, while Satan is limited in his sphere, as is indicated by his being bound with a great chain, is evidently intended to represent the period of the church's triumph. The length of time implied by the millennium is a period of multiple completeness which is represented by a thousand, the cube of ten, the symbol of a duration that is of great but indefinite extent, covering a long period of time, stretching to untold generations, during which the rule of Christ shall be triumphantly established upon the earth.543 The chief thought in the thousand years is doubtless that of great and enduring victory. This period, as has been effectively said, “may well be of such an indefinite length as to lead to the salvation of unnumbered multitudes—multitudes so vast and countless that all the lost of all the ages will be but an infinitesimal fraction in comparison.”544 Such a view serves to lighten in a measure the dark places of Scripture and history with a vision of blessing and hope, though it cannot be said to disperse to any great extent that impenetrable shadow which hangs over God's purpose in the world's long deep night of sin and death.

The millennium is the Latin term for the Greek phrase χίλια ἔιη, meaning a thousand years, which has now become an established concept in Christian thought. In the prophetic perspective of the apocalyptic vision, this is the long-awaited and predicted peak period of the church on earth, the victorious fulfillment of messianic prophecy, the climax of redemptive history in the world, a time of rest and triumph when evil will be limited, though not eliminated, and righteousness will prevail among people. The millennial reign of the saints with Christ occurs while Satan's influence is restricted, as shown by his being bound with a huge chain, clearly representing the time of the church's victory. The duration suggested by the millennium indicates a time of immense completeness symbolized by a thousand, the cube of ten, representing a lengthy yet indefinite timeframe, extending across many generations during which Christ's rule will be triumphantly established on earth.543 The main idea during these thousand years is surely one of significant and lasting victory. This period, as has been aptly stated, "could be so long that it leads to the salvation of countless multitudes—so many that all the lost people throughout history will seem like a tiny fraction in comparison."544 Such a perspective helps to illuminate some of the darker aspects of Scripture and history with a vision of blessing and hope, though it cannot be said to completely lift that shadow hanging over God's intentions in the world's prolonged darkness of sin and death.

No other passage in the New Testament has taken a deeper or more permanent hold upon the minds of believing men than this pregnant prophecy of a millennium, in which the thousand years is six times named in as many verses. Unfortunately interpreters have not been agreed concerning the meaning of the passage; in fact no part of the Word of God has, perhaps, been so much in dispute as these verses in the Revelation. It may [pg 216] be worth while, therefore, to say that in the interpretation we should clearly recognize upon the one hand that the promise of a millennium was intended to create in the minds of men a pervasive hope of ultimate divine triumph in the world; while upon the other hand we should avoid making this glorious promise the groundwork of purely human fancy. The blessings of the millennial period here set forth evidently pertain both to the saints in glory and to the kingdom of God in this world. The particular nature of the reign of the saints with Christ during the thousand years is not revealed; but we know assuredly that Christ and his kingdom have prevailed upon the earth. The millennium manifestly presents a natural and complete antithesis to the long period in which the church suffered oppression under domination of the world-powers. The part allotted to the saints in the triumph of the kingdom in which they live and reign with Christ, is set forth in terms of long prevailing and deeply cherished Jewish ideals. To occupy “thrones of judgment” was part of the recognized hope of Israel (Ps. 122:5), and is clearly a human way of conceiving of superhuman relations. That this hope is to be realized in the final spiritual supremacy of God's children, specially promised to the twelve of the inner circle (Mat. 19:28; and Lu. 22:30), and evidently to be shared in a particular degree by all those who have part in the first resurrection, though ultimately in some measure also by all the redeemed, does not admit of serious doubt, but the exact form in which it will be realized is not made plain.

No other passage in the New Testament has impacted the minds of believers more deeply or lasting than this significant prophecy of a millennium, where the thousand years is mentioned six times across as many verses. Unfortunately, interpreters have disagreed on the meaning of this passage; in fact, no section of the Word of God has perhaps been as contentious as these verses in Revelation. It may be worthwhile to note that, in interpretation, we should clearly recognize, on one hand, that the promise of a millennium was meant to instill in people's minds a strong hope for ultimate divine victory in the world; while on the other hand, we should avoid turning this magnificent promise into the foundation of mere human imagination. The blessings of the millennial period presented here obviously relate to both the saints in glory and to the kingdom of God in this world. The specific nature of the saints' reign with Christ during the thousand years isn't revealed; but we are assured that Christ and His kingdom have triumphed on earth. The millennium clearly serves as a natural and complete contrast to the long period when the church endured oppression under world powers. The role of the saints in the victory of the kingdom where they live and reign with Christ is articulated in terms of long-standing and deeply held Jewish ideals. To occupy “thrones of judgment” was part of Israel's recognized hope (Ps. 122:5), and this is obviously a human way of understanding superhuman relationships. That this hope will be fulfilled in the ultimate spiritual authority of God's children, particularly promised to the twelve from the inner circle (Mat. 19:28; Lu. 22:30), and to be shared to some extent by all who participate in the first resurrection, though ultimately also by all the redeemed, is beyond serious doubt; however, the exact way it will be realized remains unclear.

According to the usual premillennial view the first resurrection is interpreted as consisting of all believers who have died previous to that time, and not of those only who share in it by reason of special service and testimony; and the millennial reign of those who rise from their graves in this resurrection is held to be upon the earth, and is to be ushered in by the second coming of Christ who will establish a new dispensation in which he will be personally manifest, and will rule in the world, either from an earthly capital as Jerusalem, or from heaven in close communication with the saints.545 This view, it will be seen, rests upon Jewish conceptions, and derives its support from a sternly literal interpretation [pg 217] of Old Testament prophecies. But, notwithstanding its natural attractiveness to the minds of men, it fails of adequate confirmation in the text. Upon the other hand most of the symbolical school interpret the first resurrection figuratively, as a resurrection to spiritual life, and regard the millennium as now in progress. The prevalence of this view seems to be largely due to the early influence of Augustine,546 who identified the millennium with the period of the Christian church on earth, and held that for those who belong to the true church the first resurrection is past already, making it the equivalent of the resurrection to spiritual life spoken of in John's Gospel (Jn. 5:25),—a passage which, though showing that a spiritual resurrection is a distinct Johannine conception, does not serve to break the natural force of these words in their present connection. The usual interpretation of the thousand years given by the symbolical school cannot be considered as satisfactory,547 viz. that the phrase expresses a quality, i. e. completeness, and not a period of time; and that the meaning of the phrase “bound him for a thousand years” is that Satan was completely bound. The symbolical use of the number one thousand is evident, but that does not deprive it of all quantitative value, it only affects its literal significance; and the denial that the word “years” has any reference to time is without proper exegetical support and must be rejected.548 According to the current symbolical interpretation the entire passage (ch. 20:1-10) is regarded as an episode which is descriptive of the complete safety and spiritual deliverance of Christ's people throughout the whole period of the age-long conflict;549 and thus the millennium as a period of triumph and blessedness for the saints on earth, preceding and distinct from the final blessedness of the world to come, fades away into a figure of speech, while the triumph of the gospel is obscured. But this view cannot be sustained except by a sacrifice of the [pg 218] natural, if we may not certainly say the correct exegesis; for the paragraph will not fit a purely figurative interpretation.550 This view would dispose of the question of a pre- or post-millennial coming by denying that there is any millennium, in the historic sense of the term, taught in the Revelation. But the expedient is a fallacious one, if John spoke as a prophet by the inspiration of the Spirit, for his words incorporated the thought of his time in which the millennium had a definite meaning; and that he foresaw and described it as such is fairly evident, though he manifestly modified its extravagances. The idea of a triumphal period of the Messiah's reign is too deeply inwrought in the Apocalyptic literature which preceded the present Apocalypse to be put aside lightly as a symbol of completeness.551 The duration of this time was a frequent and favorite subject of Jewish speculation;552 and according to the general laws of language, the phrase used in the text, “a thousand years”, necessarily carries with it the conception of a period of time, but in accordance with the usage of the author, it loses its definite numerical significance and indicates a period of long but unmeasured duration; it becomes the symbol of a period that is complete.

According to the typical premillennial perspective, the first resurrection is understood to include all believers who have died before that time, not just those who partake in it due to special service and testimony. The millennial reign of those who rise from their graves in this resurrection is believed to take place on earth, and it will be initiated by the second coming of Christ, who will establish a new era in which He will be personally present and rule the world, either from an earthly capital like Jerusalem or from heaven while maintaining close communication with the saints. This view is rooted in Jewish beliefs and relies on a strictly literal interpretation of Old Testament prophecies. However, despite its appealing nature to many, it lacks adequate support from the text. Conversely, most of the symbolic interpretation school sees the first resurrection as figurative, representing a resurrection to spiritual life, and believes that the millennium is already happening. The popularity of this view seems largely influenced by Augustine, who associated the millennium with the period of the Christian church on earth and argued that those belonging to the true church have already experienced the first resurrection, equating it with the resurrection to spiritual life mentioned in John's Gospel (Jn. 5:25). Although this passage shows that spiritual resurrection is a unique Johannine concept, it doesn’t diminish the natural impact of these words in their context. The common interpretation of the thousand years by the symbolic school is not satisfactory; they suggest that the phrase indicates a quality, meaning completeness, rather than a time period, arguing that the phrase “bound him for a thousand years” means that Satan was completely bound. While the symbolic use of the number one thousand is clear, it doesn’t strip it of any quantitative value; it only influences its literal interpretation. The claim that the word “years” has no connection to time lacks solid exegetical support and should be rejected. According to the current symbolic interpretation, the entire passage (ch. 20:1-10) is viewed as a scenario that describes the total safety and spiritual deliverance of Christ’s people throughout the entire duration of the ongoing struggle; thus, the millennium as a time of triumph and blessing for the saints on earth, preceding and distinct from the ultimate blessing of the future world, diminishes into a mere figure of speech, overshadowing the triumph of the gospel. This perspective, however, can only stand if it disregards what could be called the correct exegesis, as the paragraph doesn’t fit a purely figurative interpretation. This perspective would resolve the question of a pre- or post-millennial coming by claiming that there’s no millennium, in the historical sense, presented in Revelation. However, this solution is misleading if John spoke as a prophet inspired by the Spirit, for his words reflected the thoughts of his time, where the millennium had a clear meaning. It’s quite evident that he envisioned and described it as such, though he clearly modified its more extreme notions. The idea of a triumphant period during the Messiah's reign is too deeply embedded in the Apocalyptic literature that precedes the current Apocalypse to be dismissed lightly as a mere symbol of completeness. The duration of this period was a common and favored topic of Jewish speculation; and according to the general rules of language, the phrase “a thousand years” used in the text necessarily implies a period of time. However, according to the author’s usage, it loses its precise numerical meaning and signifies a lengthy, though indefinite, duration; it becomes a symbol of a complete period.

It will be recognized by the attentive student of the Word of God that this passage and its connections form the crux interpretum of the whole book of Revelation; and it is well, perhaps, not to speak with too much positiveness on a subject so differently understood by many of the most eminent scholars and interpreters. The view presented above seems to be the most natural meaning that can be given to the words of the vision, and seems also to accord more fully than any other with the many promises of God concerning the outcome of all that great and progressive movement among men which we call the Kingdom of Heaven in the earth. For without such a period of victory, the whole evolutionary movement in human life and history, which so manifestly [pg 219] marks the purpose of God and the plan of redemption, would somehow seem to fail of any proper consummation; while in this view the millennium, marking the triumph of the gospel, would vindicate the present method of history and redemption, just as the premillennial view would abandon it and introduce a different order. Indeed, it may be well here to say, what should be clearly seen by every student of the Revelation, that the premillennial view introduces practically three dispensations into the plan of redemption, viz. the first, that of Moses which measurably failed; the second, that of Christ which is also to fail of complete success; and the third, that of the Holy Spirit which shall absolutely triumph. Whether, indeed, such a view is justified by what the Gospels teach and the Epistles indicate, is a question that each interpreter of Scripture must determine for himself; though it must be said that the large majority of Christians in all ages have not so understood the message of the Word. And it would certainly be remarkable if Christ, who was so wonderful a teacher, had intended to predict a premillennial coming to his own, and yet left it in such an indefinite form that the majority of earnest Christians would forever fail to apprehend it. But, in any case, to give up the expectation of the final supremacy of the gospel in the world, whether we look for it to be attained before or after the coming of the Lord, through the method of history or contrary to it, is to empty of its richest content the Christian hope for the world of men, and to contradict the deepest longing of the pious heart.553

It will be recognized by the attentive student of the Word of God that this passage and its connections form the key to understanding of the entire book of Revelation; and it is wise, perhaps, not to speak too definitively on a topic that many prominent scholars and interpreters interpret so differently. The view presented above seems to be the most natural interpretation of the words of the vision, and it also aligns more completely than any other with the numerous promises of God regarding the outcome of the great and ongoing movement among humanity that we call the Kingdom of Heaven on earth. Without such a period of victory, the entire evolutionary movement in human life and history, which clearly [pg 219] reflects God's purpose and the plan of redemption, would somehow seem to lack any proper fulfillment; whereas in this view, the millennium, marking the triumph of the gospel, would validate the current method of history and redemption, just as the premillennial view would reject it and introduce a different order. Indeed, it may be worth noting here, something that every student of Revelation should recognize, that the premillennial view essentially introduces three dispensations into the plan of redemption: the first, that of Moses, which partially failed; the second, that of Christ, which is also destined to fall short of complete success; and the third, that of the Holy Spirit, which will absolutely succeed. Whether such a view is justified by the teachings of the Gospels and the implications of the Epistles is a question that each interpreter of Scripture must answer for themselves; although it should be noted that the vast majority of Christians throughout history have not understood the message of the Word in this way. It would certainly be remarkable if Christ, such a profound teacher, intended to predict a premillennial coming for his followers, yet left it so vague that most sincere Christians would never grasp it. However, in any case, to abandon the hope for the ultimate supremacy of the gospel in the world, whether we expect it to be realized before or after the Lord's coming, through the course of history or against it, is to strip the Christian hope for humanity of its deepest richness and to contradict the profound longing of the faithful heart.553

5 Satan Loosed Again and Overthrown, Ch. 20:3c, and 7-10

A renewal of Satan's activity is permitted by divine authority, as is indicated by his being loosed again out of his prison, and seems to be of the nature of a reaction in favor of evil, a sequence for which we are scarcely prepared at this juncture, after the millennial period of Christian ascendancy. We find described in these verses a recrudescence of organized opposition to Christ and his kingdom, indicated by Satan coming forth again out of the abyss, according to the prevailing [pg 220] method of the Apocalypse by which evil comes in periodic onsets. In the elucidation of the passage most interpreters, who regard the millennium as representing the triumphal period of Christ's kingdom upon earth, consider this incident, together with Satan's previous binding without the complete destruction of his power until the end when he is cast into the lake of fire, as showing conclusively that opposition to Christ has only been subdued during the millennial period but not extinguished, so that like a smouldering fire it bursts forth into flame again before the end.554 It can scarcely be denied that such is the underlying assumption of the passage, as is generally conceded, though the usual symbolist view, relying upon this, minimizes the character of the millennial triumph, and regards the opposition to Christ as being subdued only so far as believers are concerned, toward whom Satan is then completely bound, the millennium and the conflict going on simultaneously—a view that is not adequately sustained by the text. On the other hand the futurist view magnifies the nature of the millennial triumph, and leaves no reasonable room for this final outburst of sin; for the millennium with Christ dwelling among his people upon earth is heaven already begun, and the Scriptures nowhere teach either the continuance of evil after Christ's second coming, or the existence of an interval between Christ's coming and the judgment. The interpretation here given is accepted by many modern scholars and follows a median line, regarding the millennium as a period of relative triumph followed by a fresh outbreak of sin, as seems to be indicated in this passage. If we compare these verses with that strange apocalyptic passage in Paul's Second Epistle to the Thessalonians (II Thess. 2:3f.), we find that he there predicts a falling away from the faith and the coming of the Man of Sin before the advent, which seems to refer in the figurative language of Apocalyptic to this same period of final struggle preceding the end. And the Man of Sin there foretold may perhaps be regarded as an ideal personification of the sin of man then prevailing, “whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth”. This last struggle is, however, only for a little time (v. 3), [pg 221] i. e. for a season that is short in comparison with the millennial period, and is apparently permitted in order to bring about the triumphal termination of the conflict that Satan may be completely and forever overthrown and flung into the lake of fire (v. 10), the final place of punishment, together with the Beast and the False Prophet whose destruction has been already described.

A renewal of Satan's activity is allowed by divine authority, as shown by his being released from his prison again. It seems to be a reaction in favor of evil, a development we hardly expect at this moment, following the long period of Christian dominance. In these verses, we see a resurgence of organized opposition to Christ and his kingdom, marked by Satan emerging once more from the abyss, which aligns with the prevailing theme of Revelation, where evil appears in periodic waves. Most interpreters, who see the millennium as a victorious time for Christ's kingdom on earth, regard this event, along with Satan's earlier binding without completely destroying his power until he is finally cast into the lake of fire, as strong evidence that opposition to Christ was only subdued during the millennium, not completely eliminated. Like a smoldering fire, it reignites before the end. It’s hard to deny that this is the underlying assumption of the passage, which is widely accepted. However, the common symbolic interpretation, based on this assumption, downplays the significance of the millennium's triumph, suggesting that opposition to Christ is subdued only in regard to believers, for whom Satan is fully restrained. In this view, the millennium and conflict occur at the same time, a perspective that the text doesn’t fully support. Conversely, the futurist view emphasizes the nature of the millennium's triumph and leaves little room for a final surge of sin, claiming that the millennium with Christ among His people on earth is essentially heaven already begun. The Scriptures do not teach that evil continues after Christ's second coming, nor is there any indication of a gap between His coming and the judgment. The interpretation presented here is embraced by many modern scholars, striking a middle ground that sees the millennium as a time of relative triumph followed by a resurgence of sin, as suggested in this passage. If we compare these verses with the unusual apocalyptic section in Paul's Second Epistle to the Thessalonians (II Thess. 2:3f.), we find him predicting a falling away from faith and the arrival of the Man of Sin before Christ’s return, which appears to refer, in apocalyptic language, to this same final struggle before the end. The Man of Sin mentioned may be seen as an ideal representation of the prevalent sin of humanity at that time, “whom the Lord will destroy with the breath of His mouth.” However, this last struggle only lasts for a brief time (v. 3), which is short compared to the millennium, and it seems to be allowed to bring about the ultimate end of conflict, so that Satan can be completely and permanently defeated and cast into the lake of fire (v. 10), the final place of punishment, along with the Beast and the False Prophet, whose destruction has already been described.

Though the general idea of the paragraph is relatively plain, the particular meaning of the prediction is involved in much obscurity, viz. that of a war in which Satan deceives the nations of the earth, Gog and Magog,555 whose number is as the sand of the sea, and who go up under his leadership to compass the camp of the saints and the beloved city, but who are destroyed by divine intervention through fire from heaven. The description is evidently symbolic, and Gog and Magog were doubtless not intended to be identified as particular nations; nor can the fulfilment be literally understood. Like many of the prophecies of the past it is surrounded by a haze of indefiniteness that prevents its full interpretation until its meaning is revealed by the course of events. The source of the symbolism is found in the Old Testament invasion of Gog, a passage in Ezekiel (ch. 38-39), a prophetic scene of war, which becomes here the formal type of the last struggle between the hosts of sin and those of righteousness, and seems to refer to some new, national, and world-wide form of opposition to Christ and his kingdom in which all the earth-forces of evil are gathered together for their extinction—a final stage of the conflict necessary for the completeness of the victory, which is to be postmillennial, and in which all the powers of evil shall be speedily and finally overthrown.556 It may also be that the view of battle here given is intended to be partly retrospective [pg 222] in its purpose, and to link this struggle with the age-long conflict which culminates when the Beast and the False Prophet are taken, giving another view of Har-Magedon in which now, after a period of quiescence, Satan's overthrow forms the final part.

Though the main idea of the paragraph is fairly straightforward, the specific meaning of the prediction is quite unclear. It involves a war where Satan deceives the nations of the earth, Gog and Magog, whose numbers are like the sand of the sea. They gather under his leadership to surround the camp of the saints and the beloved city, but are destroyed by divine intervention through fire from heaven. The description is clearly symbolic, and Gog and Magog were probably not meant to represent specific nations; their fulfillment cannot be taken literally. Like many past prophecies, it is shrouded in a haze of ambiguity that prevents a complete interpretation until its meaning unfolds through events. The source of the symbolism comes from the Old Testament invasion of Gog, in a passage in Ezekiel (ch. 38-39), which depicts a prophetic scene of war, serving as a formal type for the final struggle between the forces of sin and those of righteousness. It seems to reference a new, national, and worldwide form of opposition to Christ and his kingdom where all the forces of evil are gathered for their destruction—a final phase of the conflict essential for the full realization of the victory, which is to happen after the Millennium, where all powers of evil will be swiftly and conclusively defeated. It may also be that the portrayal of battle here is meant to be somewhat retrospective in nature, connecting this conflict to the age-old struggle that culminates with the capture of the Beast and the False Prophet, providing another perspective on Har-Magedon. Now, after a period of quiet, Satan's defeat forms the final chapter.

6 The Second Resurrection, Ch. 20:11-12a, and 13a

This is the final and complete resurrection which occurs at the end of the world, and comprises all those, whether believers or not, who failed to participate in the first resurrection. The completeness of this resurrection is specially emphasized. Even the sea gave up the bodies of the dead that were in it; and death and Hades gave up the souls of the dead that were in them (v. 13a), in preparation for the judgment. The description here given of the second or general resurrection, it will be seen, presents the ordinary view of Scripture, while that of the first resurrection introduces a new and different conception, viz. that of a special resurrection. The main distinction between the two resurrections may be regarded as chiefly one of order rather than time, though the precedence of the first in point of time is also included. In each case a resurrection of the body is meant, but the first is partial in extent, consisting of a particular class, while the second is universal, comprising all classes.557 The paragraph, when thus interpreted, affords a clearer view of the resurrection as a whole, showing its proper order or sequence, and separating into two main parts that which is mostly regarded in the New Testament in its entirety as a single event occurring at the last day. In fact the doctrine of two resurrections taught in this passage, and the clearness with which the resurrection of the wicked for judgment is set forth, together constitute the most notable contribution of the Apocalypse to the eschatology of the New Testament;558 for “whatever may be the difficulties involved, and however they may be solved, we must recognize that John here predicts an anticipative and limited resurrection of the same character [pg 223] as the general resurrection which is to follow.”559 This was undoubtedly the thought presented to John's mind in the vision, whether we attach any didactive significance to it or not, and it ought not to be overlooked in our interpretation.

This is the final and complete resurrection that takes place at the end of the world, including everyone, whether believers or not, who did not take part in the first resurrection. The completeness of this resurrection is especially highlighted. The sea gave up the bodies of the dead that were in it; and death and Hades gave up the souls of the dead that were in them (v. 13a), in preparation for judgment. The description of the second or general resurrection here aligns with the typical view of Scripture, while the first resurrection introduces a new idea, that of a special resurrection. The main difference between the two resurrections is mainly one of order rather than time, although the precedence of the first in point of time is also noted. In both cases, a resurrection of the body is meant, but the first one is limited to a specific group, while the second one is universal, encompassing all groups.557 This paragraph, when interpreted this way, provides a clearer understanding of resurrection as a whole, showing its proper order or sequence, and dividing what is generally considered in the New Testament as a single event occurring on the last day into two main parts. In fact, the teaching of two resurrections in this passage, along with the clarity in describing the resurrection of the wicked for judgment, represents the most significant contribution of the Apocalypse to the eschatology of the New Testament;558 for "Whatever difficulties come up, and however they are resolved, we must recognize that John here predicts a preliminary and limited resurrection similar to the general resurrection that will follow."559 This was certainly the thought that came to John's mind during the vision, whether we assign any didactic significance to it or not, and it should not be overlooked in our interpretation.

At this point it may be not amiss to say, what must be apparent to every careful student of Scripture, that it was not the divine purpose in the book of Revelation to reveal the intimate nature or detail of the great events which lie at the close of man's history on the earth; but rather to give a general outline of the divine order, which would serve to invigorate our faith and stimulate our hope in the onward path of Christian duty. And while it is for the most part fruitless to inquire particularly concerning that which is not clearly revealed, at the same time the general bearing of this passage should not be allowed to escape our attention, for it is one of the most significant in the book of Revelation, and we may well pause a moment to consider its proper meaning. We have here, apparently,—if one may offer an opinion on so obscure a subject,—a hint that the resurrection which has just been described as occurring in two periods, first and second, is to be regarded as a process rather than as an event that is single and separate in itself, one which in its entirety covers a long period of time, and is to be accomplished in progressive stages in which the righteous share first according to their relative worth—a process which is apparently marked by two principal periods that are specially in mind in the description before us. In the light of this view it may be well to recall some of the events in the Scripture record which seem to support it. The translation of Enoch and Elijah in the Old Testament, the equivalent of an immediate resurrection, which anticipated the victory of Christ over death, would otherwise be an unexplained anomaly. But according to this interpretation it forms a part of the divine order; their resurrection was not anomalous; it was only one step in the ever progressive plan of the ages. The mysterious hiding, too, of Moses' grave [pg 224] in the valley of the land of Moab, finds an adequate explanation if he was subsequently translated when the divine purpose in his burial was accomplished—the burial vindicating the divine honor, while his resurrection was immediate and triumphant. The record, also, in the closing chapter of Daniel (Dan. 12:1-3) though obscure, points to a stage in the resurrection in which not all but many shall rise, and includes as well those who rise to shame and everlasting contempt, though no indication of the time when this will occur is given by the prophet. But more particularly in Matthew's account of the crucifixion of our Lord (Mat. 27:52-3), we find that his death was followed not only by the rending of the veil in the temple, indicating the departure of the divine glory, but that “the tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints which had fallen asleep were raised, and coming forth out of the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared unto many.” It is a weak exegesis that interprets their resurrection as merely spectral, or as only temporary and transient, even though it were for the purpose of witnessing to the divinity of our Lord. The natural meaning is that they arose as a part of the victory of Christ, and were ready to enter with him into the rest that remaineth for the people of God. These passages all seem to point to a progressive resurrection that is to be accomplished in successive stages, and they cannot well be otherwise interpreted except by indirection. It is true that the subject is only incidentally touched upon in the New Testament, yet it seems to be here clearly implied that precedence in resurrection is divinely accorded to those who are prepared for it, as a part of the reward of righteousness, and that this belongs to the divine order.560 Beyond this we cannot safely go, for it is not well to be too confident in maintaining any view that depends so largely upon the interpretation of single passages, even though the inference, as in this case, seems to be natural and conclusive.

At this point, it might be worth mentioning, which should be obvious to every careful student of Scripture, that the purpose of the book of Revelation was not to reveal the specific details of the major events at the end of human history on earth; rather, it aimed to provide a general framework of divine order that would strengthen our faith and inspire our hope as we continue on our Christian journey. While it is usually unproductive to ask detailed questions about things that aren’t clearly revealed, we should still pay attention to the overall significance of this passage, as it is one of the most important in the book of Revelation, and it’s worthwhile to reflect on its true meaning. Here, it seems—if I may venture an opinion on such a complex topic—that the resurrection described in two parts, first and second, should be seen as a process rather than a single, isolated event. This entire process unfolds over a long period and occurs in progressive stages, with the righteous receiving their rewards first based on their worth—marked by two principal periods specifically referred to in this description. With this perspective, it may be helpful to recall some events from Scripture that seem to back this up. The translations of Enoch and Elijah in the Old Testament, which anticipate Christ's victory over death, would otherwise be an unexplained anomaly. However, according to this view, their resurrection fits into the divine order; it wasn't anomalous but just one step in the unfolding divine plan. The mysterious concealment of Moses' grave [pg 224] in the valley of Moab also makes sense if he was taken up at the completion of the divine purpose surrounding his burial—his burial honoring the divine, while his resurrection was immediate and triumphant. The account in the final chapter of Daniel (Dan. 12:1-3), while unclear, points to a resurrection stage where many will rise, including those brought up to shame and everlasting contempt, although the prophet does not specify when this will happen. More specifically, in Matthew's account of the crucifixion of our Lord (Mat. 27:52-3), we learn that Christ's death was followed not only by the tearing of the temple veil, indicating the departure of divine glory, but also that "The tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints who had died were raised. After his resurrection, they came out of the tombs, entered the holy city, and appeared to many." A weak interpretation suggests their resurrection was merely spectral or temporary, even if it was just for the purpose of testifying to the divinity of our Lord. The straightforward meaning is that they arose as part of Christ's victory, ready to enter with him into the rest that remains for God's people. All these passages support the idea of a progressive resurrection to be carried out in successive stages, and they can hardly be understood in any other way without obfuscation. While the New Testament touches on this subject only casually, it clearly implies that priority in resurrection is given by God to those prepared for it, as part of the reward for righteousness, and this is consistent with divine order. 560 Beyond this, we should tread carefully, as it’s wise not to be overly confident in any interpretation that relies heavily on single passages, even if the conclusions drawn seem natural and compelling.

7 The Last Judgment, Ch. 20:11-15

The final divine inquiry into the sum and fruitage of each and every life, which is retributive in its [pg 225] purpose, is entered into at the end of the world when all the dead, small and great, stand before God to be judged, after the resurrection is complete.561 The great judgment throne in the vision is white, the symbol of purity, and he that sat upon it is not named, but throughout the book the judge is the Father as distinguished from the Son. The two principles of the judgment given in this graphic account, which is a reflection of the Vision of Judgment in the prophecy of Daniel (Dan. 7 and 12), are first “according to their works” which are written in the books of record that are now open; and second according to the divine purpose which is “written in the book of life”. The “book of life” was originally the name used for the roll of Jewish citizens kept from at least the ninth century before Christ (cf. Ezr. 2:62; Neh. 7:5, 64; and 12:22, 23) from which the names of the dead were erased, that is now applied to the Lamb's book of life (ch. 21:27), the roll of living citizens of the New Jerusalem.562 Those not found in the book of life are cast into the lake of fire together with death and Hades, both of which are now merged into this final and fitting retribution for sin, i. e. physical death as experienced by men in this world, and Hades the abode of the dead during the intermediate state, are both abolished as temporary conditions in preparation for the new heaven and the new earth of the righteous, and are succeeded by the lake of fire for the sinful. This is the last event of time, the issue of the earthly life, the End563 foretold by prophecy, the crisis that marks the transition to eternity, the closing scene in the great drama of human history. The view now passes at once from this scene of terror and judgment to the sublime vision of joy and triumph in the far and fadeless glory beyond.

The final divine inquiry into the totality and outcome of every life, which is retributive in its purpose, takes place at the end of the world when all the dead, both small and great, stand before God to be judged after the resurrection is complete. The great judgment throne in the vision is white, symbolizing purity, and the one seated on it is not named, but throughout the book, the judge is referred to as the Father, distinct from the Son. The two principles of judgment illustrated in this vivid account, which reflects the Vision of Judgment in the prophecies of Daniel (Dan. 7 and 12), are first “according to their works,” which are recorded in the books that are now open; and second, based on the divine purpose which is “written in the book of life.” The “book of life” originally referred to the register of Jewish citizens kept since at least the ninth century before Christ (cf. Ezr. 2:62; Neh. 7:5, 64; and 12:22, 23), from which the names of the deceased were removed, and is now applied to the Lamb's book of life (ch. 21:27), the registry of living citizens of the New Jerusalem. Those not found in the book of life are thrown into the lake of fire alongside death and Hades, both of which now converge into this final and appropriate retribution for sin. Physical death, as experienced by people in this world, and Hades, the realm of the dead during the intermediate state, are abolished as temporary conditions in preparation for the new heaven and the new earth of the righteous, followed by the lake of fire for the sinful. This is the last event of time, the outcome of earthly life, the End foretold by prophecy, the crisis that marks the transition to eternity, and the closing scene in the grand drama of human history. The focus now shifts instantly from this scene of fear and judgment to the magnificent vision of joy and triumph in the everlasting glory that lies ahead.

[pg 226]

VII The Vision of the New Jerusalem (A Vision of Triumph). Ch. 21:1-22:5

The vision of the New Jerusalem is a crowning picture of redemption consummated, a vision of triumph and peace after the conflict is over and the victory won, portraying the eternal bliss of the redeemed in the immediate presence of God, whose glory is realized in the intimate fellowship and ultimate well-being of his creatures that have been finally recovered from sin and fully confirmed in righteousness. In this closing vision of the Revelation we reach the goal of Christian hope in the future life with God. Some future-historical interpreters have, however, regarded this section as describing the millennial glory upon earth, preceding the final consummation of all things; but the view is involved in so many difficulties that relatively few have accepted it. On the contrary the Christian mind of all ages has instinctively found in the vision a perspective view of the heavenly glory, an opinion that it may be confidently said is not a mistaken one.564 The New Jerusalem presents the resultant condition of victory following the long struggle against sin, “the world to come” already ushered in, which lies beyond the millennium and the resurrection. At this point it may be well to call attention to the fact that the millennium in Hebrew thought is the culmination of “the age to come”, i. e. the age which is the triumphing period of the Messiah upon earth; whereas the New Jerusalem is the realization of “the world to come”, i. e. of the world that is future and eternal. These ideas were quite distinct in Jewish thought, and they ought also to be distinct with us. The wonderful account of the new heaven and the new earth speaks of other conditions than those of the present time; and the view of the glorious city in this closing vision (ch. 21:2-22:5) is aptly divisible into eight parts, the symbol of culmination, or of a new life or period begun, the division indicated in the comments that follow.

The vision of the New Jerusalem represents the ultimate picture of redemption fulfilled, a vision of victory and peace after the struggle is over and success has been achieved, illustrating the eternal happiness of the redeemed in the direct presence of God, whose glory is revealed in the close relationship and complete well-being of his creatures that have been finally saved from sin and fully established in righteousness. In this final vision of Revelation, we arrive at the objective of Christian hope for life with God in the future. However, some interpreters who focus on future events have viewed this section as describing the glorious millennium on earth, occurring before the final fulfillment of all things; however, this perspective has so many complications that not many people accept it. On the contrary, the Christian mindset throughout history has instinctively found in the vision a glimpse of heavenly glory, an interpretation that can confidently be stated is not mistaken. The New Jerusalem depicts the state of victory following the long fight against sin, “the world to come” already beginning, which lies beyond the millennium and the resurrection. At this point, it's important to highlight that in Hebrew thought, the millennium is the peak of “the age to come,” meaning the time when the Messiah triumphs on earth; while the New Jerusalem is the fulfillment of “the world to come,” meaning the world that is eternal and future. These concepts were quite distinct in Jewish thought, and they should also be distinct for us. The remarkable description of the new heaven and the new earth refers to conditions different from those of our current time; and the view of the glorious city in this final vision (ch. 21:2-22:5) can be divided into eight parts, symbolizing completion or the beginning of a new life or era, a division noted in the comments that follow.

1 The New Heaven and the New Earth, Ch. 21:1

In this verse we are presented with a view of the [pg 227] new creation which environs the New Jerusalem, the sign of the changed and exalted conditions of future existence which await those that are Christ's, the creation redeemed as well as the creature, “for the first heaven and the first earth are passed away”, and all things have become new.565 This idea, which coincides with that of Paul in the Epistle to the Romans (ch. 8:19-23), is not, however, further developed, but the view turns at once to the heavenly city, for the vision has its proper center in the city, and is designed to present a view of redeemed humanity in the presence of God to which that of the redeemed creation is merely incidental.

In this verse, we get a glimpse of the new creation surrounding the New Jerusalem, symbolizing the transformed and elevated conditions of future existence that await those who belong to Christ—the creation redeemed along with its creatures, “for the first heaven and the first earth have passed away,” and everything has become new. This idea aligns with Paul's message in the Epistle to the Romans (ch. 8:19-23), but rather than expanding on it, the focus shifts immediately to the heavenly city, as the vision centers on the city and aims to showcase redeemed humanity in God's presence, with the redeemed creation being a secondary aspect.

2 The Holy City, Ch. 21:2-22:5

Heaven, its joys and its inhabitants, is described under the type of a city, the New Jerusalem, the counterpart of the Old whose warfare has been accomplished, a civic and social dwelling-place that is new, holy, and glorious, an ideally perfect city in the midst of an ideally perfect world;566 the symbol of the glorious conditions of the redeemed and purified church in the midst of the new life of eternity, and the antithesis of Babylon, the type of the old sinful and polluted world. The description is full of echoes from the Isaian rhapsody of Zion Redeemed (Isa. 54, 60, and 65), and Ezekiel's vision of Jerusalem Restored (Ezek. 40 and 48).567

Heaven, with its joys and inhabitants, is depicted as a city, the New Jerusalem, reflecting the Old Jerusalem whose struggles have been fulfilled. It's a new, holy, and glorious civic and social home; an ideally perfect city in an ideally perfect world;566 symbolizing the glorious state of the redeemed and purified church in the new life of eternity, and standing in contrast to Babylon, representing the old, sinful, and tainted world. The description resonates with themes from Isaiah's writings on Zion Redeemed (Isa. 54, 60, and 65) and Ezekiel's vision of Jerusalem Restored (Ezek. 40 and 48).567

(1) The Tabernacle of God with Men, Ch. 21:3-4

The city in its entirety becomes the antitype of the tabernacle of Israel, especially of the inner sanctuary or holy of holies, where God forever dwells with men, and they shall be his peoples,568 and sorrow, pain, and death shall be no more, for the former things are passed away. [pg 228] This is authoritatively declared by a voice out of the throne, a divine message, possibly given by one of the Angels of the Presence, as a comforting and assuring promise of the divine nearness and guardianship in the future life of God's people.

The city as a whole serves as the opposite of the tabernacle of Israel, especially the inner sanctuary or holy of holies, where God always dwells with humanity, and they will be his people, 568 and sorrow, pain, and death will be no more, for the past things have gone away. [pg 228] This is clearly stated by a voice from the throne, a divine message, possibly delivered by one of the Angels of the Presence, as a comforting and reassuring promise of God's closeness and protection in the future life of his people.

(2) The Bride, the Lamb's Wife, Ch. 21:2, 9-10

The city, the dwelling-place of the redeemed, and the symbol of the new conditions of the glorified church in the midst of eternity, becomes now by metonymy the symbol of the redeemed church herself, the Bride of Christ, the inhabitants being thought of to the exclusion of all else. The great city, the holy Jerusalem, is seen coming down out of heaven from God,569 as a bride adorned for her husband on her marriage day,—a figure of the intimate and tender relation of Christ with his people in the final state of the blessed. The city in these verses (9-10) is manifestly the symbol of the church that dwells within it; but the view that makes the New Jerusalem the symbol solely of the redeemed church, not only here but throughout the entire passage,570 fails to realize the flexibility of prophetic usage. The idea of place and local surroundings in the general description of the city undoubtedly stands first in the Apocalyptist's thought, and would seldom be questioned by the ordinary reader, though it includes also the inhabitants as well, and may be used for the inhabitants alone, as is done in this part of the passage, without invalidating the general meaning. In the ninth verse, with the announcement of the angel, “Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the wife of the Lamb”, the account in verse second is resumed, and is wrought out in detail. One of the vial-angels carries John away in the Spirit into a mountain great and high that he may see the vision more fully, an indication of its importance.

The city, the home of the redeemed and the representation of the new reality of the glorified church in eternity, now serves as a symbol of the redeemed church itself, the Bride of Christ, focusing on its inhabitants above all else. The great city, the holy Jerusalem, is seen coming down from heaven from God, as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband on her wedding day—illustrating the close and loving relationship between Christ and his people in their final blessed state. In these verses (9-10), the city clearly symbolizes the church that resides within it; however, the perspective that views the New Jerusalem solely as a symbol of the redeemed church, both here and throughout the entire passage, overlooks the adaptability of prophetic language. The concept of place and local setting is clearly the primary thought of the writer, which would rarely be questioned by the average reader, even though it also encompasses the inhabitants and can refer only to them, as is done in this section of the passage, without altering the overall meaning. In the ninth verse, with the angel's announcement, “Come here, I will show you the bride, the wife of the Lamb,” the narrative from verse two is picked up and elaborated on. One of the vial-angels carries John away in the Spirit to a great and high mountain so he can see the vision more clearly, highlighting its significance.

(3) The City of New Things, Ch. 21:5-8

All things are declared new and changed, and to be the inheritance of those that shall overcome,571 to whom [pg 229] also the fulness of divine sonship is awarded; but the craven and unbelieving, the sinful and impure, shall be cast into the lake of fire which is the second death. These words of authority, promise, and threatening, are spoken by him who sitteth on the throne, the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the End, who now himself, when all is fulfilled, speaks openly instead of through those mysterious voices that have hitherto issued from out the throne and temple, another token of the nearer communion of the saints with God in the new heaven and the new earth.572 And John is again commanded to write, for the words spoken are “faithful and true”, and “they are come to pass”, i. e. all God's promises and threatenings have been fulfilled, even the things of the new creation have already come into being, and the mystery of God is ended, according to the prediction of the angel with the book (ch. 10:7), i. e. the mystery of the divine purpose in the great work of creation and redemption has now been fully made known.

All things are made new and changed, and those who overcome will inherit them, 571 to whom [pg 229] will also receive the fullness of divine sonship; however, the cowardly and unbelieving, the sinful and impure, will be thrown into the lake of fire, which is the second death. These words of authority, promise, and warning are spoken by the one who sits on the throne, the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the End, who now, when all is fulfilled, speaks plainly instead of through the mysterious voices that have previously come from the throne and temple. This is another sign of the closer relationship of the saints with God in the new heaven and the new earth. 572 John is once again told to write, for the words spoken are "loyal and honest" and “they have come to pass”, meaning all of God's promises and warnings have been fulfilled; even the things of the new creation have already come into being, and the mystery of God is complete, in line with the angel’s prediction in the book (ch. 10:7), meaning the mystery of the divine purpose in the great work of creation and redemption has now been fully revealed.

(4) The City of Glory573, Ch. 21:11-21

“Having the glory of God”, i. e. the glory of his abiding presence, which is reflected in the glory of gate and wall and street, yet the city is described for our better understanding in terms of the earthly creation. Its light is like unto a stone most precious, and the materials of its structure are most costly; the building of the wall is of jasper, the city and the street of pure gold, and the foundations of the wall adorned with all manner of precious stones,574 while the several gates are each of a single pearl,—the mingled symbols of brilliancy, glory, costliness, and beauty. The city lies foursquare, a perfect figure, the distinctive number of the earthly creation still, though new, with twelve foundations, gates, and angels, the church number, reflecting the number of the tribes of Israel and of the apostles of the [pg 230] Lamb, and with walls one hundred and forty-four cubits high, the square of the church number, and twelve thousand furlongs in length on each of the four sides,575 the church number multiplied by a thousand, and the number of the sealed in each tribe (ch. 7:5f.),—pertinent symbols, all of these, of the perfect home of the redeemed, as well as of the symmetry of the perfect church. The city is further described as a perfect cube like the holy of holies in the sanctuary, the length and breadth and the height of it being equal (v. 16) which perhaps means that in the height is included the eminence on which it stands, though others think that there is an intentional absence of all verisimilitude.576 The symbolical meaning of the cubical dimensions is evidently that of a symmetrical and ideal perfection which is proportional in all its parts, and like to the holy of holies in the earthly temple.577 The circuit of the walls is forty-eight thousand stadia, i. e. four times twelve thousand furlongs or stadia, and seems to be a designed reference to the city of Babylon, the greatest city of the ancient world, the circuit of which was four hundred and eighty stadia, i. e. four times one hundred and twenty furlongs or stadia, while that of the New Jerusalem is greater a hundredfold, which is evidently the language of symbolism.578 The city which is first seen from afar, coming down out of heaven (v. 11-14), is afterward measured, and its glories pointed out by the angel (see the divisions indicated by paragraphs in the text of the Revelation given in the first part of the volume).

"Experiencing God's glory", meaning the glory of His constant presence, which is reflected in the majesty of the gates, walls, and streets. The city is described in familiar terms from our earthly experience for better comprehension. Its light resembles a precious stone, and the building materials are extremely valuable; the walls are made of jasper, the city and streets of pure gold, and the wall foundations are adorned with a variety of precious stones, 574 while each gate is made from a single pearl—symbols of brilliance, glory, luxury, and beauty combined. The city is a perfect square, a complete form, still reflecting the distinct number of earthly creation, but renewed, with twelve foundations, gates, and angels, representing the church's number and mirroring the tribes of Israel and the apostles of the [pg 230] Lamb. Its walls stand one hundred and forty-four cubits high, which is the square of the church's number, and it stretches twelve thousand furlongs in length on each of its four sides, 575 which is the church number multiplied by a thousand, reflecting the number defined for those sealed in each tribe (ch. 7:5f.)—all pertinent symbols of the perfect home for the redeemed and the symmetry of the flawless church. The city is additionally described as a perfect cube, similar to the holy of holies in the sanctuary, with equal length, breadth, and height (v. 16), which may imply that the height includes the elevation on which it stands, although some believe there’s a deliberate lack of realism. 576 The symbolic meaning of its cubical dimensions clearly conveys a sense of symmetrical and ideal perfection, proportional in all aspects, akin to the holy of holies in the earthly temple.577 The perimeter of the walls is forty-eight thousand stadia, which is four times twelve thousand furlongs or stadia, intentionally referencing the city of Babylon, the largest city in the ancient world, which had a circumference of four hundred and eighty stadia, equating to four times one hundred and twenty furlongs or stadia. The New Jerusalem’s circumference, however, is a hundred times greater, clearly expressing symbolic language.578 The city, first seen from a distance as it descends from heaven (v. 11-14), is then measured, with its splendor highlighted by the angel (see the divisions marked by paragraphs in the text of the Revelation in the first part of the volume).

(5) The City of Many Nations, Ch. 21:24, and 26

The nations walk amidst the light thereof, and the kings of the earth bring their glory into it, a description which seems to reflect the thought of a new earth that will be peopled as well as the holy city, as implied in the first verse of the chapter, and perhaps designed to show the cosmopolitan character of the New Jerusalem.

The nations walk in its light, and the kings of the earth bring their glory into it. This description appears to reflect the idea of a new earth that will be inhabited alongside the holy city, as suggested in the first verse of the chapter, and it might be meant to highlight the diverse nature of the New Jerusalem.

[pg 231]
(6) The City of Exclusions, Ch. 21:1, 4, 22, 23, 25, 27; and 22:3, 5

The city has no more sea, i. e. the old, earthly, turbulent sea of conflict and unrest (v. 1); no more death, neither mourning, crying, nor pain any more (v. 4); no separate temple or inner sanctuary of partial access to God, for the city is all temple, and God forever dwells among his people (v. 22); no sun, nor moon, nor night, for the Lamb is the light thereof, his spiritual light superseding the physical (v. 23, 25, and ch. 22:5); no shut gates of defence or hindrance, for there is no longer either night or enemy abroad (v. 25); and no more curse, nor any unholy to renew the conflict, nor anything unclean or that maketh an abomination and a lie, for Christ is throned as victor (v. 27, and ch. 22:3). In this final view of heaven not only has the temple disappeared, but also the elders, and the four living creatures, and all that accessory symbolism of the earlier visions which was appropriate to the church-historic period. These are no longer needed, for the conditions which they served to symbolize have passed away. Even the angels are no longer seen within, for this is a vision of redeemed men who look upon the face of their Redeemer.

The city has no more sea, meaning the old, earthly, turbulent sea of conflict and unrest; no more death, mourning, crying, or pain anymore; no separate temple or inner sanctuary with limited access to God, because the city is entirely a temple, and God forever lives among his people; no sun, moon, or night, for the Lamb is its light, his spiritual light surpassing the physical; no shut gates for defense or barriers, since there’s no longer night or enemies around; and no more curse, nor anything unholy to bring back conflict, nor anything impure that causes abomination or lies, for Christ reigns as the victor. In this final vision of heaven, not only has the temple disappeared, but also the elders, the four living creatures, and all the symbolic elements from the earlier visions relevant to the church-historic period. These are no longer needed, as the conditions they represented have vanished. Even the angels are no longer seen inside, for this is a vision of redeemed people who look upon the face of their Redeemer.

(7) The City of Life, Ch. 22:1-2

As the antidote of death the eternal city is seen to possess a “river of water of life” that flows out from the throne of God and of the Lamb in the midst of the street thereof, the source of enduring life to all the holy (Ps. 46:4-5). The city is, also, seen to have the “tree of life”,579 the seal of God's first covenant in Eden (Gen. 2:9; 3:22), bearing twelve crops of fruit, yielding its fruit every month, and with leaves for the healing of the nations, which has at last wrought its beneficent results and forever removed the curse. The word tree is in the singular, but the context shows that it is to be understood generically, i. e. a tree of life which is found on this side of the river and on that, or trees of life growing by the river-side.580 We notice, also, that the river, [pg 232] which in the earthly Paradise was parted and became four heads when traced to its source, is now replaced by a single river of water of life in the heavenly; and the Scripture story of man, viewed from its beginning to its close, is seen to finally lead up from the lost Paradise of creation to the Paradise regained by redemption. And in that city forever dwell only those “that are written in the Lamb's book of life”.

As the antidote to death, the eternal city is seen to have a “river of living water” that flows from the throne of God and the Lamb right down the center of the street, serving as a source of everlasting life for all the holy (Ps. 46:4-5). The city is also said to have the "tree of life",579 the sign of God's first covenant in Eden (Gen. 2:9; 3:22), producing twelve kinds of fruit, yielding its fruit every month, and with leaves that heal the nations, which has finally brought forth its beneficial results and completely lifted the curse. The word tree is singular, but the context indicates it should be understood in a general sense, meaning a tree of life found on both sides of the river, or trees of life growing by the riverside.580 Additionally, we observe that the river, [pg 232] which in the earthly Paradise split into four branches when traced to its source, is now represented by a single river of water of life in the heavenly realm; and the story of man, viewed from its beginning to its end, ultimately leads from the lost Paradise of creation to the Paradise regained through redemption. In that city, only those “that are recorded in the Lamb's book of life” will dwell forever.

(8) The City of God, Ch. 22:3-5

The crowning glory of the holy city is the abiding presence of Jehovah, for the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be therein, and the redeemed shall see his face581 in the beatific vision, and his name shall be upon their foreheads, and they shall reign for ever and ever. Then and there man redeemed, who has so long been separated from the face of God by the ruinous results of sin, shall be at last restored to the fulness of the divine presence to abide throughout eternity.582 Whether, indeed, God in his essential being can ever be directly apprehended by the finite spirit, is a question that with our present light we cannot definitely determine. It may well be in eternity as in time, there as well as here, that for us to see the Son is to see the Father, and that the beatific vision for which men have so often longed and hoped and prayed in the past, is to be realized in a way quite different from the common thought, by the blessed vision of the glorified and exalted Christ in the fadeless life of the perfected kingdom of God in heaven. The name which shall be upon the foreheads of the redeemed is evidently the “new name” of chapter three (v. 12) which sums up in itself all the fulness of the future revelation of God to the glorified, the transcendental and ineffable name to men upon earth “which no one knoweth but he that receiveth it”, i. e. in the future life of the heavenly kingdom.

The crowning achievement of the holy city is the ongoing presence of Jehovah, for the throne of God and the Lamb will be there, and the redeemed will see His face581 in the perfect vision, and His name will be on their foreheads, and they will reign forever and ever. At that time, redeemed humanity, long separated from the presence of God due to the destructive effects of sin, will finally be restored to the fullness of divine presence to dwell in eternity.582 Whether God in His essential being can ever truly be grasped by the finite spirit is a question that we can't definitively answer with our current understanding. It might be that in eternity, just as in time, seeing the Son means seeing the Father, and the perfect vision that people have longed for and prayed about will be realized in a way that differs from common thought, through the blessed vision of the glorified and exalted Christ in the unchanging life of the perfected kingdom of God in heaven. The name that will be on the foreheads of the redeemed is clearly the “new name” from chapter three (v. 12), which encapsulates the fullness of future revelation of God to the glorified, the transcendent and indescribable name known to those on earth "which no one knows except the one who receives it", that is, in the future life of the heavenly kingdom.

It is surely worthy of our attention here to note in closing, how all God's revelations of himself have not only tended to grow in intensity and clearness, but also to center in the name by which he is made known. Beginning with the announcement of his sacred name [pg 233] Jehovah, as distinct from his former name Elohim, in connection with the great events of Israel's redemptive history, there is a manifest movement in the historical self-revelation of God to men that is marked by progressive steps which lead on through all the promise and mystery of the incarnate Christ to this final revelation of himself, lying beyond history, that shall be made to the redeemed under the “new name” when redemption is complete. He who was first promised to men, to be born “of the seed of the woman”, and “of the seed of Abraham”, and was afterward more clearly revealed to Israel as “the son of David”, “the servant of Jehovah”, “Immanuel”, “the Son of Man”, and “the Messiah”, and who was made known to men in his incarnation as “Jesus”, “the Christ”, and “our Lord”, was finally recognized by the church under his full redemptive title as “the Lord Jesus Christ”, by which name he shall be known throughout all the centuries to the end of time. But the vision of the city of God reaches far beyond this, and tells of his name to be then written upon the foreheads of the redeemed, manifestly his “own new name” (ch. 3:12) that is to be revealed to the glorified when redemption is complete, which stands for the full, final, and complete revelation of God in Christ in the new relations of the great future life in heaven.

It’s definitely important to note in conclusion how all of God's self-revelations have not only become more intense and clearer but also focused on the name by which He is known. Starting with the declaration of His sacred name [pg 233] Jehovah, which is different from His previous name Elohim, linked to the major events in Israel's redemptive history, there’s a clear movement in God’s historical self-revelation to humanity that shows progressive steps leading through all the promises and mysteries of the incarnate Christ to this ultimate revelation of Himself, which lies beyond history, and will be made known to the redeemed under the “new name” when redemption is complete. He who was first promised to humanity to be born "from the seed of the woman" and “from the lineage of Abraham”, and who was later revealed to Israel as “David's son”, "the servant of God", "Emmanuel", “the Son of Man”, and “the Messiah”, and who was made known to humanity in His incarnation as “Jesus”, “Christ”, and "our Lord", was ultimately recognized by the church under His full redemptive title as "Lord Jesus Christ", a name by which He will be known through all ages until the end of time. However, the vision of the city of God extends far beyond this and reveals His name to be written on the foreheads of the redeemed, clearly His "claim new name" (ch. 3:12), which will be disclosed to the glorified when redemption is complete, representing the full, final, and complete revelation of God in Christ in the new relationships of the great future life in heaven.

Thus, with the redeemed enthroned in power, and dwelling in the unveiled presence of God revealed, there is completely fulfilled the ultimate divine purpose of man's creation and redemption. This, in John's view, is the consummation of all things, that

Thus, with the redeemed empowered and living in the open presence of God, the ultimate divine purpose of humanity's creation and redemption is fully realized. In John's perspective, this is the final fulfillment of everything, that

"One distant divine event,"
To where all of creation is headed.

The transition to the closing part of the book is now made, but it is not very definitely marked, and in the division into chapters it was overlooked entirely, for the twenty-second chapter should begin at this point. Some would make the break at the close of verse seven, but it more properly belongs at the close of verse five, where the description of the New Jerusalem ends.

The transition to the final part of the book is now happening, but it's not very clearly marked, and in the chapter divisions, it was completely overlooked since the twenty-second chapter should start here. Some would suggest making the break at the end of verse seven, but it more appropriately belongs at the end of verse five, where the description of the New Jerusalem concludes.

III THE EPILOGUE, Ch. 22:6-21

The epilogue consists of a recapitulation of the authority and contents of the book, instructions for its use, and an enforcement of its lessons. It is a brief but [pg 234] impressive conclusion, giving the final words of the angel, with the promise of Christ to the victors, and the closing testimony of John.

The epilogue consists of a summary of the book’s authority and contents, guidance on how to use it, and a reinforcement of its lessons. It is a short but [pg 234] impressive conclusion, featuring the last words of the angel, the promise of Christ to the victors, and John’s final testimony.

The Last Words of the Angel, with the Promise of Christ, Ch. 22:6-16

These words should be regarded as spoken for Christ, and the promise to the victors as made in his name, by the angel that he sent to testify these things unto John, the interpreting angel of chapter one (v. 1), who now looks back over the entire revelation that has been given, returning from the series of visions revealing the future to the standpoint of the introductory vision.583

These words should be seen as spoken for Christ, and the promise to the winners as made in his name, by the angel he sent to share these things with John, the interpreting angel from chapter one (v. 1), who now reflects on the entire revelation that has been given, coming back from the series of visions about the future to the perspective of the introductory vision.583

1 The Message Reaffirmed, Ch. 22:6-9

The importance of the message is recognized and its trustworthiness emphasized by repeated affirmation. An effort is thereby made to impress indelibly its lessons upon the heart of the church.

The importance of the message is acknowledged, and its reliability is highlighted through repeated affirmation. The goal is to make its lessons firmly resonate in the hearts of the church.

(1) The Witness of the Angel, Ch. 22:6-7

The sayings of the book are declared to be true and faithful, and of divine authority; the speedy coming of Christ is announced,584 i. e. “quickly” in the divine view which covers all eternity, but not to be understood as at once or soon from the ordinary or human point of view; and a blessing is pronounced upon those who keep the words of the prophecy of this book in anticipation of their complete fulfilment.

The sayings of this book are confirmed to be true and trustworthy, holding divine authority; the imminent return of Christ is announced, 584 i.e. “fast” in the divine sense that spans all eternity, but it shouldn't be interpreted as immediately or soon from a typical human perspective; and a blessing is given to those who observe the words of the prophecy in this book while looking forward to their full realization.

(2) The Witness Confirmed by John, Ch. 22:8a

To the declaration of the angel is added the direct testimony of John that he saw and heard these things, a parenthetical remark, strengthening the statement of the angel and confirming the words of the book.

To the declaration of the angel is added the direct testimony of John that he saw and heard these things, a parenthetical remark, strengthening the statement of the angel and confirming the words of the book.

(3) Worship from John again Refused, Ch. 22:8b-9

The form and presence and message of the angel overwhelm John with awe, and he tenders his worship; [pg 235] but the angel, as before (ch. 19:10), acknowledges himself a fellow-servant with John, and bids the Apostle worship God—probably a protest against angel worship which may already have begun.

The appearance and message of the angel leave John in awe, and he offers his worship; [pg 235] but the angel, like before (ch. 19:10), says he is just a fellow servant with John, and tells the Apostle to worship God—likely a response to the angel worship that might have already started.

2 The Book Not to be Sealed, Ch. 22:10-11

The words of the prophecy are not to be sealed, i. e. they are not to be kept secret, evidently not even their deeper meaning, so far as it was known, was to be veiled in secrecy, but was to be openly communicated to the churches, for the time of inevitable reward is declared to be at hand (v. 10-11) both for the righteous and the wicked, when the present opportunity shall be ended.585 The opposite direction, it will be noticed, was given concerning the Book of Daniel (ch. 12:4, 9), which was commanded to be “shut up and sealed till the time of the end”, because as had been previously explained, “it belongeth to many days to come” (Dan. 8:26). But this book is to be given at once to men, an evident indication that its contents were not regarded as secret or veiled, but were intended to be read and understood by all.

The words of the prophecy are not to be sealed, meaning they should not be kept secret. Clearly, even their deeper meaning, as far as it was known, shouldn't be hidden but should be communicated openly to the churches, since the time for inevitable reward is said to be near (v. 10-11) for both the righteous and the wicked, when the current opportunity will come to an end.585 It's worth noting that the opposite instruction was given regarding the Book of Daniel (ch. 12:4, 9), which was told to be "be quiet and sealed until the end times", because, as previously explained, "it belongs to many days to come" (Dan. 8:26). However, this book is meant to be shared immediately with people, clearly indicating that its contents were not seen as secret or hidden but were meant to be read and understood by everyone.

3 The Promise of Christ to the Victors, Ch. 22:12-16

“Behold, I come quickly;586 and my reward is with me,” is the gracious promise of recompense to be given to the faithful, for he will “render to each man according as his work is”—a fundamental principle of the final judgment that is everywhere emphasized throughout the book. “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last, the Beginning and the End”, is a recapitulation of these three comprehensive titles descriptive of Christ which have hitherto been used separately (chs. 1:8, 17; 2:8; 21:6), but are now massed together in impressive solemnity. It is the equivalent of saying, “I am the Source, and through me will be the Consummation, of all that which is and was and shall be the ages through”—an affirmation of absolute supremacy in the universe.587 The declaration of the next verse (v. 14), [pg 236] “Blessed are they that wash their robes, that they may have the right to come to the tree of life, and may enter in by the gates into the city”, is the seventh and last of the wonderful Benedictions of the book (see App'x C). In contrast with these that are blessed, are all the wicked of every class who are left without, including “every one that loveth and maketh a lie”. He who sent his angel to testify to these things is Jesus (v. 16), once born of the family of David, the bright and morning star, the glorious harbinger of the day of redemption.588 The words are in the form of direct address, and are undoubtedly from Christ himself, though as there is no apparent indication of a change of speaker from verse six, where the voice is clearly that of the angel, we may regard them either as given by the angel who repeats what Christ has said, or as personally spoken by Christ himself.589 It is well for us at this point to remember the interesting fact, generally known by students of the Greek Testament, that in verse sixteen, “at the word ‘David’, the manuscript 1, from which Erasmus compiled the Textus Receptus, ends. In order to supply the remainder, which is deficient, Erasmus retranslated the Vulgate Version into Greek. The Greek, therefore, of the Textus Receptus from this point onwards is the Greek of Erasmus”,590 and hence lacks the authority of the original text.

"Look, I’m coming soon; __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and my reward is with me," is the generous promise of compensation for the faithful, as he will "give to each person based on their actions"—a key principle of the final judgment that is consistently highlighted throughout the book. “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last, the Beginning and the End.”, sums up these three overarching titles that describe Christ, which have been mentioned separately (chs. 1:8, 17; 2:8; 21:6), but are now brought together with impressive seriousness. It means “I am the Source, and through me will come the Conclusion of everything that is, was, and will be throughout the ages.”—a declaration of complete supremacy in the universe.587 The statement in the next verse (v. 14), [pg 236] "Blessed are those who clean their robes, so they can have the right to come to the tree of life and enter through the gates into the city.", is the seventh and final of the amazing Blessings of the book (see App'x C). In contrast to those who are blessed, are all the wicked from every group who are left outside, including “everyone who loves and engages in dishonesty”. He who sent his angel to bear witness to these things is Jesus (v. 16), born from the line of David, the bright and morning star, the glorious herald of the day of redemption.588 The words are in the form of direct address and are undoubtedly from Christ himself, although since there is no clear change of speaker from verse six, where the voice is undeniably that of the angel, we can consider them either as spoken by the angel repeating what Christ has said, or as personally spoken by Christ himself.589 It is important for us at this point to remember the interesting fact, generally known by students of the Greek Testament, that in verse sixteen, “Once ‘David’ is mentioned, manuscript 1, which Erasmus used to create the Textus Receptus, ends. To fill in the missing text, Erasmus retranslated the Vulgate Version into Greek. So, the Greek of the Textus Receptus from this point onward is Erasmus's Greek.”,590 and thus lacks the authority of the original text.

B The Final Testimony of John, Ch. 22:17-20

These verses contain the final witness, warning, and exhortation of the Apostle, which is given to the churches before the book is closed, concerning all the things which are written therein.

These verses include the last testimony, caution, and encouragement from the Apostle, offered to the churches before the book is finished, regarding everything that is written in it.

[pg 237]

1 A Last Universal Invitation of Grace, Ch. 22:17

“Come!” “Come!” “Come!” A thrice repeated call to all men to come to Christ for the free gift of life eternal, is fervently uttered before the book is closed forever. The beloved disciple with ardent zeal sends out this final call to the unsaved, and thus the message of judgment throughout the book reaches a fitting close in a full, free, and urgent invitation to all men of every class to accept the offer of salvation. This certainly appears to be the natural meaning of the passage, as is made clear by the appeal in the latter part of the verse, which would otherwise lack coherence, viz. “And he that is athirst let him come: he that will, let him take of the water of life freely.” The verse is, however, regarded by many as belonging to the words of Christ just preceding (v. 12-16), though it is more likely, but we cannot say certainly, spoken by John. Either connection is possible, and does not materially affect the sense. Another, perhaps the more common though less likely interpretation, makes the word “Come”, repeated in the first half of the verse, a call to Christ to come again, referring to his promise in the twelfth verse; and regards the passage either as the words of Christ affirming the witness of the Spirit and the Bride who entreat him to come, or as an answering cry from John on behalf of the church.591

"Come here!" "Come on!" "Come on!" A repeated invitation for everyone to come to Christ for the free gift of eternal life is passionately expressed before the book is closed forever. The beloved disciple urgently sends out this final appeal to those who aren't saved, ensuring that the message of judgment throughout the book concludes with a clear, free, and pressing invitation for people from all walks of life to accept the offer of salvation. This seems to be the straightforward meaning of the passage, especially with the appeal in the latter part of the verse, which would otherwise be disjointed: "And anyone who is thirsty can come; whoever wants to, can take the water of life for free." However, many consider the verse to belong to the words of Christ just before (v. 12-16), although it’s more likely, though not certain, that it’s spoken by John. Either connection is possible and doesn’t significantly change the meaning. Another, perhaps more common although less likely interpretation, sees the word "Come on", repeated in the first half of the verse, as a call for Christ to return, referencing his promise in the twelfth verse; and views the passage either as Christ's words affirming the witness of the Spirit and the Bride pleading with him to come, or as a response from John on behalf of the church.591

2 A Last Impressive Warning of Exhortation, Ch. 22:18-19

“If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues which are written in this book: and if any man shall take away ... God shall take away his part from the tree of life, and out of the holy city.” These are the authoritative words of a messenger conscious of divine authority, and are intended to preserve the integrity of his message.592 They are similar in form to the warning given in Deuteronomy (Deut. 4:2; [pg 238] 12:32), guarding against the deliberate falsification, or misinterpretation, of a divine message.

“If anyone adds to this, God will bring upon them the plagues described in this book; and if anyone removes anything... God will take away their share from the tree of life and from the holy city.” These are the authoritative words of a messenger aware of divine authority, meant to protect the integrity of his message.592 They are similar in form to the warning given in Deuteronomy (Deut. 4:2; [pg 238] 12:32), which guards against the intentional falsification or misinterpretation of a divine message.

3 A Last Assuring Promise of Hope, Ch. 22:20a

“Yea: I come quickly” is the final and repeated assurance of Christ to the church of his personal coming. The promise of the Lord Jesus that he will come again quickly, which was introduced almost at the beginning of the book, and which recurs at intervals throughout, is thus solemnly emphasized and repeated once more at the close, a clear indication of the place which it occupied in the mind of the Apostle. As before it is not “quickly” in the earthly sense, else Christ would have come long since, but from the divine point of view, for God's plan is never slow in its accomplishment.593

"Yes, I’ll be there soon." is the final and repeated assurance of Christ to the church about his personal return. The promise of the Lord Jesus that he will return quickly, which was introduced almost at the beginning of the book and recurs at various points throughout, is solemnly emphasized and reiterated once more at the end, clearly indicating its significance in the Apostle's mind. As before, it’s not “shortly” in an earthly sense; otherwise, Christ would have returned a long time ago, but from a divine perspective, as God's plan is never slow to unfold.593

4 A last Ecstatic Prayer of Yearning, Ch. 22:20b

“Amen: come, Lord Jesus”, is the Apostle's closing rejoinder of rapturous faith and hope. “In this final assurance of the Lord, ‘I come quickly’, the Book of Revelation finds its keynote again, and so sinks to rest with the acquiescent [and triumphant] reply of faith, ‘Amen: come, Lord Jesus.’ ”594

“Amen: come, Lord Jesus”, is the Apostle's final expression of joyful faith and hope. "In this final promise from the Lord, ‘I come quickly’, the Book of Revelation reiterates its main theme and ends with the affirming [and triumphant] response of faith, ‘Amen: come, Lord Jesus.’ "594

C The Author's Benediction, Ch. 22:21

The apostolic blessing of the human author of the Apocalypse is added as a final word to the message of the book, invoking the grace or favor of the Lord Jesus, the divine Saviour, upon all the saints, the usual closing words of the New Testament Epistles. The benediction, though unusual in apocalypses, is here no doubt added because the book was intended to be read in the churches. And thus in words familiar to every believer is brought to a close the great Apocalyptic writing of the Christian church, the last message of the glorified Christ to his faithful disciples upon earth, a deep and soul-inspiring view of the past, the present, and the future, beheld in the light of Apocalyptic vision. Moved by its manifold lessons of faith and hope, we surely cannot but join with fervent accord and repetition in its last word of appeal and blessing,

The apostolic blessing from the author of the Apocalypse serves as a final note to the book's message, calling upon the grace of the Lord Jesus, the divine Savior, for all the saints, which is a typical closing in the New Testament letters. The benediction, while uncommon in apocalypses, is likely included here because the book was meant to be read in churches. Thus, in words familiar to every believer, we come to the end of this significant Apocalyptic writing of the Christian church, the final message of the glorified Christ to his faithful disciples on earth, offering a profound and inspiring perspective on the past, present, and future, seen through the lens of Apocalyptic vision. Inspired by its many lessons of faith and hope, we certainly can’t help but join together in heartfelt agreement and repetition in its final words of appeal and blessing.

AMEN AND AMEN.

Amen and amen.

[pg 240]

Appendix A: Key Concepts of the Apocalypse

(The Conditions of the Present Age)

(The Conditions of the Present Age)

I A Duality of Forces in the Moral World

The Good ... vs... The Evil;
... or ...
The Kingdom of God ... vs... The Counter-Kingdom of Satan.

II A Threefold Conflict of Moral Life

1 Between God and Satan, the Evil Angels, and The Men of the Earth.
2 Between Good Angels and Satan, Evil Angels, and The Men of the Earth.
3 Between The Saints and Satan, Evil Angels, and The Men of the Earth.

III A Threefold Contrast of Moral Character

1 Of the Lamb and the Dragon, i. e. of Christ and Satan, or in the Greek Ἀρνίον and δρακων. The same antithesis is implied between the Lamb and the two Beasts to whom the Dragon gives his power, as shown by the Greek names Ἀρνίον and θηρίον.

1 Of the Lamb and the Dragon, meaning Christ and Satan, or in Greek Ἀρνίον and δρακων. The same contrast is suggested between the Lamb and the two Beasts to whom the Dragon gives his power, as indicated by the Greek names Ἀρνίον and θηρίον.

2 Of the Bride and the Harlot, i. e. of the True Church and the Faithless World, or in the Greek Νύμφη and Πόρνη.

2 Of the Bride and the Harlot, i.e. of the True Church and the Unfaithful World, or in Greek Νύμφη and Πόρνη.

A like antithesis also exists between the Woman (cf. ch. 12) and the Harlot, Γυνὴ and Πόρνη.

A similar contrast also exists between the Woman (cf. ch. 12) and the Harlot, Γυνὴ and Πόρνη.

3 Of Jerusalem and Babylon, i. e. of the Holy City and the Unholy or the Great City, Ἱερουσαλὴμ and Βαβυλὼν.

3 Of Jerusalem and Babylon, meaning the Holy City and the Unholy or the Great City, Ἱερουσαλὴμ and Βαβυλὼν.

The full antithesis is found in the final contrast between the New Jerusalem and the Old Babylon, the City of God and the City of Sin, or the Redeemed Church and the Godless World.

The complete opposite is seen in the final contrast between the New Jerusalem and Old Babylon, the City of God and the City of Sin, or the Redeemed Church and the Godless World.

IV A Threefold Theocratic Approach in Man's Redemptive History

1 By Moral Conflict—the Evil against the Good;

1 By Moral Conflict—the Bad against the Good;

2 Through Divine Preservation—God Caring for his Own;

2 Through Divine Preservation—God Caring for His Own;

3 Unto Christian Triumph—the Victory of the Redeemed.

3 To Christian Triumph—the Victory of the Redeemed.

[pg 242]

Appendix B: Current Questions with Divided Opinions

I The Four Schools of Interpretation

1 The Preterist, or Contemporaneous-Historical School;

1 The Preterist, or Contemporaneous-Historical School;

2 The Progressivist, or Continuous-Historical School;

2 The Progressivist, or Continuous-Historical School;

3 The Futurist, or Future-Historical School;

3 The Futurist, or Future-Historical School;

4 The Symbolist, or Spiritual School.

4 The Symbolist, or Spiritual School.

The wide diversity of prevailing opinion is well indicated by the existence of four separate schools of interpreters, who represent as many different viewpoints that are currently attributed to the prophecy, and that are based upon two fundamentally different methods of regarding its purpose, viz. the Historical which specializes, and the Symbolical which idealizes the message of the book, conveniently referred to as the Historical and Symbolical Schools.

The wide diversity of opinions is clearly shown by the existence of four distinct groups of interpreters, each representing different perspectives related to the prophecy. These viewpoints are based on two fundamentally different approaches to understanding its purpose: the Historical, which specializes in, and the Symbolical, which glamorizes the book's message, conveniently referred to as the Historical and Symbolical Schools.

II The Seven Key Principles of Interpreters

1 The Personal Anti-Christ;
2 The Emperor Nero;
3 The Roman Church;
4 The Mohammedan Power;
5 The Restoration of the Jews to Palestine;
6 The Time, Purpose, and Circumstances of Christ's Second Coming;
7 The Personal Millennial Reign of Christ on the Earth.

These are the main subjects of disagreement among interpreters, and mark the dividing lines of opinion. The Historical School, in its various forms, usually makes one or more of these central to the thought of the book; while the Symbolical School, for the most part, does not regard any of them as either distinctly indicated, or certainly implied. It is fortunate, however, that the main teaching is not materially affected by the view we may take concerning these subjects of disagreement.

These are the main topics of disagreement among interpreters and define the splits in opinion. The Historical School, in its different forms, typically focuses on one or more of these as central to the book's ideas, while the Symbolical School generally doesn't see any of them as clearly stated or definitely implied. Fortunately, the core teachings aren't significantly impacted by the perspective we adopt regarding these points of contention.

[pg 243]

Appendix C: Heptachords of Song and Blessing

I The Seven Choral Symphonies of the Revelation

1 The Creation Chorus Ch. 4:8b-11
2 The Redemption Chorus Ch. 5:9-14
3 The Salvation Chorus Ch. 7:10-12
4 The Victory Chorus Ch. 11:17-18
5 The New and Incommunicable Chorus Ch. 14:2-3
6 The Adoration Chorus (of Moses and the Lamb) Ch. 15:3-4
7 The Hallelujah Chorus Ch. 19:1-7

II The Seven Blessings of the Revelation

1 The Benediction upon the Receivers of the Book Ch. 1:3
2 The Benediction upon the Holy Dead Ch. 14:13
3 The Benediction upon the Watchers for their Lord Ch. 16:15
4 The Benediction upon the Guests at the Marriage Supper Ch. 19:9
5 The Benediction upon the Sharers in the First Resurrection Ch. 20:6
6 The Benediction upon the Keepers of the Prophecy Ch. 22:7
7 The Benediction upon the Purified Ch. 22:14
[pg 244]

Appendix D: The Official Series of Sevens

I The First Series of Seven

(Messages of Christ to the Church Universal)

(Messages of Christ to the Church Universal)

1 A Message to the Church when Declining, as in Ephesus:—“Remember ... and Repent.”

1 A Message to the Church when Declining, as in Ephesus:—"Remember ... and Change."

2 A Message to the Church when Suffering, as in Smyrna:—“Fear not ... Be Faithful.”

2 A Message to the Church when Suffering, as in Smyrna:—"Don't be scared ... Stay loyal."

3 A Message to the Church when Impure, as in Pergamus:—“Repent, or I Come with the Sword.”

3 A Message to the Church when Impure, as in Pergamus:—"Change your ways, or I'll come with the Sword."

4 A Message to the Church when Struggling, as in Thyatira:—“Hold Fast till I Come.”

4 A Message to the Church when Struggling, as in Thyatira:—“Wait for Me.”

5 A Message to the Church when Dying, as in Sardis:—“Stablish the Things that Remain.”

5 A Message to the Church when Dying, as in Sardis:—"Build on What's Left."

6 A Message to the Church when Steadfast, as in Philadelphia:—“Hold Fast ... That No One Take thy Crown.”

6 A Message to the Church when Steadfast, as in Philadelphia:—"Hold on tight ... so that no one takes your crown."

7 A Message to the Church when Self-Deceived, as in Laodicea:—“Be Zealous ... and Repent.”

7 A Message to the Church when Self-Deceived, as in Laodicea:—“Be Passionate... and Change Your Habits.”

[pg 246]

Appendix E: The Meaning of Numbers

(A Key to Scripture Interpretation)

(A Guide to Scripture Interpretation)

The value of the symbolism of numbers in the general interpretation of Scripture is variously estimated, but its importance in interpreting the Revelation is almost universally conceded, for without it we cannot understand aright the symbolic teaching of the book. The attentive student will not fail to notice the wide use of numbers throughout, and the effect of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, upon the symbolism of the simpler numbers. The author believes that a cautious use can often be made of numbers in the interpretation not only of the Revelation where their use is so manifest, but of many other parts of Scripture, if not too much stress be laid on the symbolic meaning, for the Hebrew mind delighted itself in symbols. The value of this knowledge lies in the fact that an additional thought may often be caught in this way that would otherwise escape our attention, though it is usually subordinate and does not occupy so prominent a place as in the Revelation. The symbolism of the numbers used in the book is concisely stated in this appendix for the convenience of the reader.

The significance of the symbolism of numbers in interpreting Scripture is viewed differently by various scholars, but its importance in understanding Revelation is widely accepted. Without it, we cannot accurately grasp the symbolic messages in the book. A careful reader will notice how frequently numbers are used throughout, and how operations like addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division impact the meaning of simpler numbers. The author believes that numbers can be cautiously used in interpreting not just Revelation, where their presence is obvious, but also in many other sections of Scripture, as long as we don't overemphasize their symbolic meanings, since the Hebrew mind enjoyed symbolism. This knowledge is valuable because it can reveal additional insights that might otherwise be overlooked, though these insights are usually secondary and not as prominent as in Revelation. The symbolism of the numbers in the book is summarized in this appendix for the reader's convenience.

One (a unit), the Primary Number. The symbol of that which is single, alone, or representative. One hour, and one day, in the Revelation stand for a relatively short time, and a half-hour for a clearly limited period, even though these may not be actually short from the human point of view. The fractions one-half, one-third, and one-fourth do not represent definite parts, but in a general way portions less than the whole, that which is of limited extent in relation to the whole.

One (a unit), the Primary Number. The symbol of something that is single, alone, or representative. One hour and one day, in the Revelation, represent a relatively short time, and a half-hour signifies a clearly defined period, even though these may not actually be short from a human perspective. The fractions one-half, one-third, and one-fourth do not represent specific parts, but generally refer to portions that are less than the whole, indicating something that is limited in relation to the entire thing.

Two (a pair), the Lowest Plural Number. The symbol of confirmation, of added strength and surety, especially the number of confirmation in witness-bearing. The Two Witnesses in chapter eleven, and the Two Beasts in chapter thirteen, it will be seen, serve to strengthen each other.

Two (a pair), the smallest plural number. It symbolizes confirmation, extra strength, and certainty, especially as a number that confirms witness. The Two Witnesses in chapter eleven and the Two Beasts in chapter thirteen will be seen to support and reinforce each other.

Three (a triad), the Divine Number. The symbol of the Trinity; of the spiritual as contrasted with the [pg 247] material; of blessing in the Old Testament. A small total that is deemed sufficient; a limited plurality; spiritual completeness. The smallest number with a beginning, a middle, and an end—a fact that impressed the Jewish mind.

Three (a triad) is the Divine Number. It's a symbol of the Trinity, representing the spiritual in contrast to the [pg 247] material world; it signifies blessing in the Old Testament. It's a small total that is considered adequate, a limited group that conveys spiritual wholeness. It’s the smallest number that has a beginning, a middle, and an end—a concept that resonated deeply with the Jewish mindset.

Three and one-half (one-half of seven), a Broken Number, the half of the Perfect Number. The symbol of the finite or undetermined; a broken and uncertain period without a fixed limit; a shortened period of time when applied to duration, and usually one of tribulation; a period of trial and judgment. Three and a half years is the period of the church's conflict in the Revelation, the age of the church militant, the church-eon; and three and a half days is the short and indefinite period of world-triumph in which the church suffers oppression—the equivalent of the half-week in Daniel. Three and a half years, the period of drought in Elijah's time, of the little horn in Daniel, and of Christ's public ministry, is introduced four times in the Revelation, viz. it is the period of the Two Witnesses (ch. 11:3), of the Woman in the wilderness (ch. 12:6, 14), of the Dragon's rage (ch. 12:14), and of the power of the Beast (ch. 13:5), each of which is a time of tribulation.

Three and a half (half of seven), a Broken Number, half of the Perfect Number. It symbolizes the finite or uncertain; a broken and ambiguous period without a set limit; a shortened duration often associated with hardship; a time of trial and judgment. Three and a half years is the time of the church's struggle in Revelation, the age of the church fighting, the church's eon; and three and a half days represents a brief and indefinite period of worldly triumph during which the church faces oppression—the equivalent of the half-week in Daniel. Three and a half years, the duration of drought in Elijah's time, the little horn in Daniel, and Christ's public ministry, is mentioned four times in Revelation: it marks the time of the Two Witnesses (ch. 11:3), the Woman in the wilderness (ch. 12:6, 14), the Dragon's rage (ch. 12:14), and the power of the Beast (ch. 13:5), each representing a time of tribulation.

Four (the four corners or sides of a square), the Earth Number. The symbol of the physical creation, having relation to this present world which is usually thought of as evil; also used of world-wideness, universality of extent, as all parts of the earth without any moral significance.

Four (the four corners or sides of a square), represents Earth. It symbolizes physical creation and is associated with this current world, often viewed as evil; it also refers to the vastness of the world, encompassing all areas of the earth without any moral implications.

Five (one-half of ten), an Incomplete Number. The symbol of the indefinite, the uncertain, with the suggestion of smallness; as a measure of time an incomplete period.

Five (half of ten), an Incomplete Number. It represents the indefinite, the uncertain, hinting at smallness; as a measure of time, it signifies an incomplete period.

Six (one less than seven; and one-half of twelve), an Imperfect Number. The symbol of evil, of incompleteness of quality, or of imperfection; Satan's number, the signature of non-perfection; the representative of that which is earthly as opposed to that which is heavenly; falling short of the fulness of seven, the perfect number, and but the half of twelve, the church number.

Six (one less than seven; and half of twelve), an Imperfect Number. It symbolizes evil, incompleteness, or imperfection; associated with Satan; it represents non-perfection; it stands for the earthly in contrast to the heavenly; falling short of the fullness of seven, the perfect number, and only half of twelve, the number of the church.

[pg 248]

Seven (the number of days in a week; also four plus three), the Perfect Number. The symbol of perfection, or completeness of quality; of totality of kind, fulness, or universality. A sacred number with the Jews; the number of the covenant in the Old Testament; the ethical number, for it often has a moral significance, and, as will be seen, is composed of the earth number (four) added to the divine number (three). The number seven occurs fifty-four times in the Revelation, indicating that it occupied an important place in the mind of the writer, and should receive special attention.

Seven (the number of days in a week; also four plus three), the Perfect Number. It symbolizes perfection, completeness, totality, fullness, or universality. It’s a sacred number for the Jews; it represents the covenant in the Old Testament; it's an ethical number that often carries moral significance. As will be explained, it consists of the earth number (four) plus the divine number (three). The number seven appears 54 times in Revelation, showing its importance to the writer and that it warrants special attention.

Eight (seven plus one), a Reinforced Number. The symbol of culmination, of resurrection, or of a new life or period begun.

Eight (seven plus one), a Reinforced Number. It's a symbol of completion, rebirth, or the start of a new chapter or phase.

Ten (the ten digits; the ten commandments), the Complete Number. The symbol of completeness of all the parts, of totality of portions, entirety, and absoluteness; a finite number as contrasted with infinity; in its larger multiples implying indefiniteness and magnitude. Ordinarily used of things that are earthly, though not necessarily implying any moral significance. It is a relevant fact, however, that nothing which is described in heaven is ten in number, though its multiples are constantly introduced. The combination of seven with ten in the seven heads and ten horns of the Dragon and the Beast, is unusual and has an evil significance throughout, which is probably intended to indicate that that which was originally designed for moral perfection (seven) has been prostituted for earthly ends (ten), as is signified by joining one to the other.

Ten (the ten digits; the ten commandments), the Complete Number. The symbol of completeness of all parts, totality of portions, entirety, and absoluteness; a finite number contrasted with infinity; when used in larger multiples, it implies indefiniteness and magnitude. Typically associated with earthly things, though not always implying moral significance. However, it’s interesting to note that nothing described in heaven is numbered ten, even though its multiples are frequently mentioned. The combination of seven with ten in the seven heads and ten horns of the Dragon and the Beast is unusual and carries an evil significance throughout, likely indicating that what was originally intended for moral perfection (seven) has been compromised for earthly purposes (ten), as shown by them being linked together.

Twelve (the twelve sons of Jacob; four multiplied by three), the National Number of Israel. The symbol of the covenant nation, the church number—the number of the earth (four) multiplied by the number of the divine (three) becoming the sign of God's people divinely chosen out of the earth. By some it is interpreted as the number of world-witness for divine truth, as the twelve tribes and the twelve apostles, putting the purpose of the church first.

Twelve (the twelve sons of Jacob; four times three), the National Number of Israel. The symbol of the covenant nation, the church number—the number of the earth (four) multiplied by the number of the divine (three), representing God's people who are chosen from the earth. Some interpret it as the number of global witnesses for divine truth, as seen in the twelve tribes and the twelve apostles, prioritizing the mission of the church.

Twenty-four (twelve multiplied by two), the National Number Doubled. The symbol in the Revelation of the church of both Dispensations united, the Jewish and Christian, the church of all the ages. The glorified [pg 249] church in heaven is ideally represented by the four and twenty elders that are before the throne, i. e. the elders represent one phase of that life.

Twenty-four (twelve times two), the National Number Doubled. The symbol in the Revelation of the church that combines both Dispensations, the Jewish and Christian, representing the church throughout all time. The glorified [pg 249] church in heaven is ideally represented by the twenty-four elders before the throne, meaning the elders reflect one aspect of that life.

Forty (ten multiplied by four), the Probational Number. The symbol of temptation, or of the power of the earthly; often connected with the divine test of character, the earth number (four) multiplied by the complete number (ten) signifying the complete power of the earthly which is ever testing men. Also, as forty years was regarded as the period of intellectual maturity in man, it sometimes stood for a full period, a complete epoch, especially a complete period of stress or trial.

Forty (ten times four), the Number of Probation. It symbolizes temptation or the power of the earthly realm; it’s often linked to divine tests of character, with the earth number (four) multiplied by the complete number (ten), representing the full power of the earthly that constantly challenges people. Additionally, since forty years was seen as the age of intellectual maturity in a person, it sometimes represented a complete period, an entire era, particularly one filled with stress or trials.

Forty-two (twelve multiplied by three and a half; or seven multiplied by six), a Broken Number. The symbol of the church-historic period of trial, the world-age, the duration of the rule of wickedness. Three and a half years in months,—the source from which this number is derived in the Revelation,—serves to indicate the incomplete period of the church (twelve multiplied by three and a half), and also the full or complete period of evil (six multiplied by seven).

42 (twelve times three and a half; or seven times six), a Broken Number. The symbol of the historical period of the church's trial, the age of the world, and the duration of wickedness. Three and a half years in months—the origin of this number in the Revelation—indicates the incomplete period of the church (twelve times three and a half) and also the full or complete period of evil (six times seven).

Seventy (ten multiplied by seven), the Cosmopolitan Number. The symbol of world-wideness; of a two-fold completeness that is all embracing and comprehensive, comprising both seven and ten; the number of the nations. [The numbers forty and seventy, strange to say, do not occur in the Revelation, though forty is common in the Old Testament, and occurs also in the New, and the square of forty (1600) is found in chapter fourteen (v. 20); seventy also had a well-known meaning to the Hebrew mind, especially from the period of the Captivity which lasted seventy years, and was also the number of disciples sent forth by our Lord for wider service during his Perean ministry. It is quite probable, however, that these numbers are not used in the Revelation, where so much stress is laid on the symbolism of numbers, simply because their symbolism was not needed, just as one hundred is not used except in combination with other numbers].

Seventy (ten times seven), the Cosmopolitan Number. It symbolizes global reach; a dual completeness that is all-encompassing and inclusive, embracing both seven and ten; the number of the nations. [Interestingly, the numbers forty and seventy do not appear in Revelation, even though forty is common in the Old Testament and occurs in the New Testament as well, and the square of forty (1600) is mentioned in chapter fourteen (v. 20); seventy also had a significant meaning for the Hebrew people, especially from the time of the Captivity that lasted seventy years, and it was the number of disciples sent by our Lord for broader ministry during his Perean mission. It’s quite possible that these numbers are absent in Revelation, where the symbolism of numbers is emphasized, simply because their symbolism wasn't necessary, similar to how one hundred is not used unless combined with other numbers].

One Hundred (ten multiplied by ten), the Complete Number Squared; ten multiplied by itself. The symbol [pg 250] of a multiple completeness that is usually applied to the earthly.

One Hundred (ten times ten), the Full Number Squared; ten multiplied by itself. The symbol [pg 250] represents a kind of total completeness that is typically associated with the earthly.

One Hundred and Forty-four (twelve multiplied by twelve), the National Number of Israel Squared. The symbol of the completeness of the redeemed church—the multiplying of a number by itself conveying the idea of a multiple fulness or completeness; Israel, God's people, made complete.

144 (twelve times twelve), the National Number of Israel Squared. This symbolizes the completeness of the redeemed church—the idea of a number multiplied by itself represents a full or complete quantity; Israel, God's people, made whole.

Six Hundred and Sixty-six (six hundred, plus sixty, plus six), the Number of the Beast. The symbol of the threefold form of the world's evil which culminates in the Second Beast. Six, the number of imperfection (one short of the mystic seven), thrice repeated, six, six, six, (666), represents the combined force of the Dragon, the First Beast, and the Second; or, differently stated, six hundred may be taken as the symbol of the Dragon, sixty as the symbol of the First Beast, and six as the symbol of the second, which gives a total of six hundred, and sixty, and six, representing the combined power of evil incarnated in the Second Beast. In this symbolism there may also be included the thought of a triune power in antagonism to the divine Trinity—a trinity of sin.

Six hundred and sixty-six (666), the Number of the Beast. It symbolizes the threefold nature of the world's evil, culminating in the Second Beast. Six, a number representing imperfection (just one short of the mystical seven), is repeated three times—six, six, six—illustrating the combined force of the Dragon, the First Beast, and the Second. Alternatively, you could interpret six hundred as representing the Dragon, sixty as the First Beast, and six as the Second Beast, which adds up to six hundred, sixty, and six, embodying the combined power of evil represented by the Second Beast. This symbolism may also express a triune power in opposition to the divine Trinity—a trinity of sin.

One Thousand (ten multiplied by ten multiplied by ten), the Cube of Ten. The symbol of multi-completeness; a number that is great but indefinite in its symbolism, and often used of the heavenly. The thousand years of chapter twenty is a great period of time of unknown length, stretching out to untold generations, the millennium of the church's history, the period of the church's triumph and victory.

One Thousand (ten times ten times ten), the Cube of Ten. It represents total completeness; a significant number that holds various meanings and is frequently associated with the divine. The thousand years mentioned in chapter twenty signify a long and uncertain period, extending across countless generations, marking the millennium of the church's history, a time of the church's success and achievements.

Twelve Hundred and Sixty (forty-two multiplied by thirty; or twelve multiplied by three and a half and this again by thirty), the Time Number. The symbol of the indefinite period of present-world duration; the age of persecution. Twelve hundred and sixty days are equivalent to forty-two months of thirty days each, or three and a half years of three hundred and sixty days each, the symbol of the incomplete period of trial during which the church suffers oppression. To this may perhaps be added the combination of twelve multiplied by five, representing the incompleteness of the church as one factor, and seven multiplied by three, representing [pg 251] the completeness of the divine as the other factor, these multiplied together equalling twelve hundred and sixty and symbolizing God working out perfect results through the incomplete period of the church.

1200 and 60 (forty-two times thirty; or twelve times three and a half, then multiplied by thirty), the Time Number. It symbolizes the indefinite period of current world duration; the age of persecution. Twelve hundred sixty days equal forty-two months of thirty days each, or three and a half years of three hundred sixty days each, representing the incomplete period of trial during which the church faces oppression. This may also include the combination of twelve times five, symbolizing the church's incompleteness, and seven times three, signifying the completeness of the divine, which when multiplied together equal twelve hundred sixty, illustrating God achieving perfect outcomes through the church's incomplete period.

Sixteen Hundred (forty multiplied by forty; or one hundred multiplied by sixteen), the Square of Forty; or the Square of Ten multiplied by the Square of Four. The symbol of that which is coextensive with the created world. Forty is composed of four, the earth number, multiplied by ten, the number of completeness; and sixteen hundred, the square of forty, is the sign of completeness so far as this world is concerned. The square of four multiplied by the square of ten gives the same result, and conveys the same idea of world-completeness.

1600 (forty times forty; or one hundred times sixteen), the Square of Forty; or the Square of Ten times the Square of Four. The symbol of everything that exists in the created world. Forty is made up of four, the number of the earth, multiplied by ten, the number of wholeness; and sixteen hundred, the square of forty, represents wholeness as far as this world is concerned. The square of four times the square of ten produces the same outcome and expresses the same concept of world-completeness.

Seven Thousand (one thousand multiplied by seven), the Number of Multi-Completeness, one thousand, multiplied by seven, the Number of Fulness or Perfection. The symbol of a great number that is fully complete; the number of those put to death in the fall of the great city (ch. 11:13).

Seven Thousand (one thousand times seven), the Number of Multi-Completeness, one thousand, times seven, the Number of Wholeness or Perfection. The symbol of an immense number that is completely whole; the number of those killed in the downfall of the great city (ch. 11:13).

Ten Thousand (one thousand multiplied by ten; the square of one hundred), the Superlative Number. The symbol of innumerability, or of an innumerable multitude. This is the highest single number in the system of notation used in the New Testament; ten raised to the fourth power, a myriad (μυριὰς).

Ten Thousand (one thousand times ten; the square of one hundred), the ultimate number. It represents countlessness, or an uncountable crowd. This is the highest single number in the numbering system used in the New Testament; ten raised to the fourth power, a myriad (μυριὰς).

Twelve Thousand (one thousand multiplied by twelve), the Number of Multi-Completeness (one thousand) multiplied by the Number of the Tribes of Israel (twelve). The symbol of the complete number saved out of Israel from each tribe; or, as others interpret it, the complete number saved out of all the nations, included here under the twelve tribes, twelve thousand from each tribe; also the measure of one side of the wall of the New Jerusalem which is multi-complete and encircles the redeemed of Israel.

12,000 (one thousand times twelve), the Number of Multi-Completeness (one thousand) multiplied by the Number of the Tribes of Israel (twelve). It represents the total number saved from Israel, coming from each tribe; or, as some interpret it, the complete number saved from all nations, included here among the twelve tribes, twelve thousand from each tribe; it also measures one side of the wall of the New Jerusalem, which is complete and surrounds the redeemed of Israel.

One Hundred and Forty-four Thousand (one thousand multiplied by one hundred and forty-four; or twelve thousand multiplied by twelve; or the cube of ten multiplied by the square of twelve), the Number of Redemption. The symbol of the multiple completeness of the redeemed church, whether applied to the redeemed [pg 252] from the Old Dispensation, or by synecdoche to those from all ages and nations.

144,000 (one thousand times one hundred and forty-four; or twelve thousand times twelve; or the cube of ten times the square of twelve), the Number of Redemption. It symbolizes the complete fullness of the redeemed church, whether referring to the redeemed [pg 252] from the Old Testament or, more broadly, to those from all ages and nations.

Ten Thousand Times Ten Thousand (ten thousand multiplied by ten thousand), the Number of Multi-Completeness (one thousand) multiplied by the Number of Completeness of Parts (ten), and this again multiplied by itself; the Square of a Myriad, one hundred millions in number. The symbol of an innumerable multitude which is made more intense by squaring it; the multiple and innumerable number of the angels in heaven.

Ten Thousand Times Ten Thousand (ten thousand times ten thousand), the Number of Multi-Completeness (one thousand) times the Number of Completeness of Parts (ten), and this again multiplied by itself; the Square of a Myriad, one hundred million in total. The symbol of a countless multitude that is amplified by squaring it; the vast and countless number of the angels in heaven.

Twice Ten Thousand Times Ten Thousand (ten thousand multiplied by ten thousand, and this again doubled), the Double Square of a Myriad, two hundred millions in number—the largest multiple number in the book of Revelation, and the largest number mentioned in the Bible. The symbol of an innumerable multitude made more intense by multiplication, becoming thereby an innumerably innumerable multitude, and this again doubled. The countless number of the vast invading army of horsemen under the sixth trumpet which destroy a third part of men from the earth; the world-forces which under direction of the world-rulers of the darkness work world-ruin among men—a significant figure of the mighty power and destructive agency of the heathen world as it appeared to John's mind in the great Apocalyptic vision.

Twenty Thousand (ten thousand times ten thousand, and then this is doubled), the Double Square of a Myriad, two hundred million in total—the largest multiple number in the book of Revelation and the largest number mentioned in the Bible. It symbolizes an overwhelming multitude amplified by multiplication, resulting in an countless countless multitude, which is also doubled. This refers to the countless number of the massive invading army of horsemen under the sixth trumpet that kills a third of humanity; the world-forces that, under the control of the rulers of darkness, bring destruction upon mankind—a powerful representation of the immense strength and destructive influence of the pagan world as it appeared to John's vision in the great Apocalyptic revelation.

[pg 253]

Appendix F: The Literary Structure of the Apocalypse

A Diagram showing the relation of its several parts.

A diagram showing the relationship of its various parts.

The Literary Structure of the Apocalypse
[pg 254]

Appendix G: The Apocalyptic Literature595

The Apocalyptic Literature is a characteristic product of Jewish national and religious thought. It was a favorite literary method of a particular age, and was born of a travail of soul which strove to find expression for those new currents of thought and feeling that came to the surface in later Judaism. Following the decadence of prophecy it belonged to the period of Jewish oppression, and voiced the heart-cry of a people true to God in the midst of national distress. Though anticipated in fragmentary parts of earlier prophecies, as in Ezekiel and Zechariah, the style of Apocalyptic first found definite form in the book of Daniel, which became the type of all subsequent Writings of this class that flourished so abundantly in the two centuries preceding and the century following the beginning of the Christian era. Couched in language that is characteristically figurative and symbolical the literary form is at once marked and significant, and reached its highest development in the canonical Apocalypse which has given name to the whole class. The essential limitations of this class of literature are clearly recognizable; its ideas move within a narrow range, its point of view is sombre and unequal, and its center of interest is mainly eschatological. It occupies a sphere peculiarly its own, a world of pious and often fantastic dreams—“for prophecy as it lost its footing on the solid earth took refuge in the clouds”;596 it wrote the word mystery large across its page, and revelled in the weird and shadowy; but beneath its peculiar phantasy lay a profound religious motive—it sought to stay the troubled souls of men in time of storm, and in its deeper purpose strove to reconcile the righteousness of God with the sufferings of his people. In the form of strange and sometimes even grotesque symbolic visions—thought couched in symbols burning and vivid, which no other figure of speech could so well convey—and under the name of some hero of the past, it sketched in [pg 255] outline a history of the world, the origin of evil, the future victory of righteousness, and the final consummation of all things through which alone, according to the Apocalyptic view, the providential rule of God could be vindicated.

The Apocalyptic Literature is a distinct product of Jewish national and religious thought. It was a popular literary style during a specific time and emerged from a deep struggle to express the new ideas and emotions that surfaced in later Judaism. Following the decline of prophecy, it was part of the era of Jewish oppression, reflecting the heartfelt cry of a people faithful to God amid national hardship. Although it can be seen in parts of earlier prophecies, like those of Ezekiel and Zechariah, the Apocalyptic style first took on a clear form in the book of Daniel, which became the model for all subsequent works in this genre that thrived both two centuries before and one century after the beginning of the Christian era. Expressed in a distinctly figurative and symbolic language, its literary form is striking and significant, reaching its peak in the canonical Apocalypse that gave the whole genre its name. The limitations of this type of literature are evident; its ideas operate within a narrow scope, its perspective is dark and inconsistent, and its main focus is largely eschatological. It has a unique domain, a world of devout yet often fantastical visions—“for prophecy as it lost its footing on the solid earth took refuge in the clouds”; it wrote the word mystery boldly across its pages, indulging in the eerie and obscure; yet beneath this unique fantasy lies a deep religious motivation—it aimed to reassure troubled souls during times of crisis and sought to reconcile the righteousness of God with the suffering of His people. Through strange and sometimes grotesque symbolic visions—thought expressed in vivid, burning symbols that no other form of speech could convey as well—and under the guise of some past hero, it outlined a history of the world, the origin of evil, the ultimate victory of righteousness, and the final fulfillment of all things, through which alone, according to the Apocalyptic perspective, the providential rule of God could be justified.

There still exists a not inconsiderable remnant of this very interesting literature, though the greater portion has perished in the wreckage of time. The principal books still extant are the Apocalypse of Baruch; the Ethiopic and Slavonic Books of Enoch; the Ascension of Isaiah; the Book of Jubilees; the Assumption of Moses; the Testaments of the XII Patriarchs; Second Esdras (known also as Fourth Ezra); the Psalms of Solomon; and the Sibylline Oracles. The late recovery of some of these from apparent oblivion is a matter of history, and their recension and translation by European and American scholars is not without interest to the general student. The study of this literature as a distinct class is one of the notable contributions to knowledge by the modern critical school. These Jewish Apocalypses were widely read in their day, and they both partook of and leavened the thought of their time, for they incorporated and expressed the current mysterious hopes and beliefs of the people. Their influence is distinctly traceable in the diction of the New Testament, and the Book of Enoch is obviously quoted in the Epistle of Jude. These works ranked very high with the primitive Christians, and this led to their being reedited by early Christian writers, and, it is generally thought, to the interpolation of later ideas. There is, however, a very wide variation of opinion concerning the extent to which changes have been introduced, and this is one of the puzzling questions that confronts the textual critic. Then, also, beside these changes in the older books, a new series of Christian Apocalypses sprang up, influenced no doubt by the Apocalypse of John. A considerable number of these have survived, such as the Apocalypse of Peter, of Paul, Thomas, Stephen, Cerinthus and others, but the greater portion have been lost, and those we have are decidedly inferior both in style and conception to the earlier Jewish works of which they are a feeble imitation.

There’s still a significant amount of this fascinating literature left, even though most of it has been lost to time. The main surviving texts include the Baruch's Apocalypse; the Ethiopic and Slavic Books of Enoch; the Ascension of Isaiah; the Book of Jubilees; the Moses' Assumption; the Testaments of the 12 Patriarchs; Second Esdras (also known as Fourth Ezra); the Psalms of Solomon; and the Sibylline Oracles. The recent rediscovery of some of these texts from near extinction is a historical event, and the revisions and translations by European and American scholars are certainly of interest to general readers. Studying this literature as a unique category is a noteworthy contribution to knowledge by modern critical scholarship. These Jewish Apocalypses were popular in their time, reflecting and shaping the thoughts and beliefs of the era, as they expressed the mysterious hopes and beliefs of the people. Their impact can be clearly seen in the language of the New Testament, and the Enoch's Book is directly referenced in the Epistle of Jude. These works were highly regarded by early Christians, which led to them being edited by early Christian authors, and it is widely believed that later ideas were added. However, opinions vary greatly regarding how much has changed, which presents a challenging question for textual critics. In addition to these alterations in the older texts, a new wave of Christian Apocalypses emerged, likely influenced by the Book of Revelation. Many of these have survived, such as the The Apocalypse of Peter, of Paul, Thomas, Stephen, Cerinthus, and others, but most have been lost, and those that remain are noticeably inferior in both style and ideas compared to the earlier Jewish works they attempt to imitate.

It is difficult for us to conceive the conditions of mind and thought that gave rise to such a literature. [pg 256] In itself it affords an interesting psychological study. The Oriental is a mystic by nature, and many of his ways of thinking can never be quite clear to the Western mind. The Jew in times past was the great figure of the Orient, as he has also been well named “the most commanding figure in history”; for whatever he may now be, the Hebrew which we find in his literature is enveloped in the atmosphere of the East. The Hebrew writers as a class are unique. Although devoid in a large measure of the humanistic idea of literature for its own sake, they yet subserved the truest aim in that they brought to the surface and made verbal those deeper tides of thought and feeling which move and flow in the universal heart, those wide-spread and enduring currents which they instinctively felt were shared by the men of their own generation. Writing only for a religious purpose, and because they had a message for life, the development of their thought-forms was more or less incidental, and was the product alike of the man, his religion, and his environment. So that while we especially emphasize the national conditions which contributed so largely to the birth of this literary form, we should not forget that behind all that which was temporary and passing lay the Semitic mind and the Mosaic cult.

It’s hard for us to understand the mindset and thoughts that led to such literature. [pg 256] It offers an interesting psychological study. The Oriental is naturally mystical, and many of their ways of thinking might never be fully clear to a Western mind. Historically, the Jew has been a key figure in the East and has also been referred to as "the most influential figure in history"; because, no matter who he is now, the Hebrew evident in his literature is deeply rooted in the Eastern atmosphere. Hebrew writers are unique as a group. Although they lack a significant emphasis on the humanistic idea of literature for its own sake, they contributed meaningfully by bringing to light the deeper currents of thought and emotion that resonate in the universal heart—those widespread and enduring themes that they naturally felt were shared by their contemporaries. Writing mainly for religious reasons and driven by a message for life, their development of thought was somewhat incidental and was shaped by the individual, his religion, and his surroundings. Thus, while we highlight the national conditions that played a major role in the emergence of this literary form, we must also remember that beneath all the transient aspects lies the Semitic mindset and the Mosaic belief system.

The rise of Apocalyptic marks a transition stage in the development of Hebrew thought that is of momentous significance, for it led to clearer views of immortality, and truer conceptions of God's relation to the world of men, as well as to a distinct clarifying of the Messianic hope. Its deeper roots are found in the failure of prophecy. No living voice was heard among the people speaking for God as in former days. Prophecy had grown senile and was in decay; it had become a thing of the past, and in its place had followed the scholastic work of the scribes, mechanically interpreting the messages of old. But, as is pointed out by Charles, “Scribism could not satisfy the aspirations of the nation: it represented an unproductive age of criticism, following a productive age of prophetic genius.” And Apocalyptic was the spontaneous outcry of a heart-hunger which refused to be fed on the barren husks of labored interpretation served up by the scribes. It was in the true line of succession to prophecy, [pg 257] and though it fell far behind the prophetic message both in its form and content, and was even feeble in comparison, yet, as Charles has said, “It attested beyond doubt the reappearance of spiritual genius in the field of thought and action.” There is assuredly something that is profoundly pathetic in this deep heart-cry of the Jewish people which rings mournfully out of the far past; for even at this remote distance of time and space we cannot read without emotion their enduring record of sorrow and suffering, of longing and hope, if we share at all in the wider world of religious experience.597

The rise of Apocalyptic marks a significant transition in the development of Hebrew thought. It led to clearer understandings of immortality and a more accurate view of God’s relationship with humanity, as well as a clearer expression of Messianic hope. Its deeper origins lie in the decline of prophecy. No one among the people was speaking for God like in earlier times. Prophecy had grown old and was fading away; it had become a relic, replaced by the scholarly work of the scribes, who mechanically interpreted old messages. However, as Charles points out, "Scribism couldn't meet the nation's aspirations: it marked a time of unproductive criticism after a time of productive prophetic genius." Apocalyptic was the spontaneous outcry of a heart-hungry people who refused to be fed on the empty interpretations offered by the scribes. It was a true continuation of prophecy, [pg 257] and although it fell short of the prophetic message in both form and content, and was even weak by comparison, it was, as Charles noted, “It clearly demonstrated the return of spiritual genius in both thinking and action.” There is something deeply moving in this heartfelt cry of the Jewish people that echoes mournfully from the distant past; for even across this vast expanse of time and space, we cannot read their enduring record of sorrow and suffering, longing and hope, without feeling something if we engage with the broader world of religious experience.597

The apocalyptists were evidently conscious that they had no new message for their generation, and this conviction led to certain well-defined results. First of all they fell back upon the old message for most of their ideas; but with singular skill they contrived to present them in new form. The essential elements of their thought were taken from the Old Testament prophecies, while the material framework was drawn from without. They attempted in their own way to develop an esoteric meaning in the prophecies of the past, and for this purpose called to their aid the bold and striking imagery of the Eastern mind. They laid under contribution the luxuriant symbols of Babylon, Persia, and the surrounding nations; they gathered the rarest figures from the accumulated stores of poetry, art, and religion; and then with a fertile fancy they interwove these all in the fantastic fabric of their dreams. Then, again, they hid their own personality, and masked under the name of some great religious hero of the past. Enoch and Moses, Isaiah and Baruch, served as a thin disguise for the real authors who remained unknown,—for the Apocalyptic writings are all pseudonymous so far as known, with the apparent exception of the Apocalypse of John, and the Shepherd of Hermas,—and yet we cannot say that there was any real motive of deception in this, if we take into account the views of authorship which then prevailed, for “the ethical notion of literary property is a plant of modern growth”.598

The apocalyptists were clearly aware that they had no fresh message for their time, and this realization led to specific outcomes. First, they relied on the old message for most of their ideas, but they skillfully presented them in a new way. The core elements of their thought were drawn from the Old Testament prophecies, while the structural framework came from outside sources. They tried to develop a deeper meaning in the past prophecies, using the bold and striking imagery typical of Eastern thought. They borrowed from the rich symbols of Babylon, Persia, and neighboring cultures; they collected the most unique references from poetry, art, and religion; and with their creative imagination, they wove all of this into an elaborate tapestry of their visions. Additionally, they concealed their own identities and disguised themselves under the names of significant religious figures from history. Enoch, Moses, Isaiah, and Baruch served as a thin veil for the real authors, who remained anonymous—since all known Apocalyptic writings are pseudonymous, except for the *Apocalypse of John* and the *Shepherd of Hermas*—yet we can't claim there was any real intent to deceive in this, if we consider the prevailing views on authorship at the time, because “the ethical notion of literary property is a plant of modern growth.”

The fashioning of Apocalyptic was influenced by many different causes, but the most marked and significant [pg 258] of them all is to be found in the existing national conditions of the time. By the captivity in Babylon Judah had been brought within the sweep of the great tide of history; the world became vaster; prophecy had a new and broader outlook, and its thought was forever after interpenetrated by an element of Apocalyptic. The strange figures of Babylonian imagery were absorbed by the Hebrew mind, and enshrined in their subsequent literature. On the other hand the nation itself was in decay; the power of the past had been broken and destroyed; and “it was terror and oppression”, in good part at least, as Stevens has well said, “that gave this new trend to their thought”. They had drunk deeply of the bitter cup of national distress; the encroachment of the world-empires had envenomed the past, embittered the present, and overshadowed the future; the glorious promises of God had thus far failed of any substantial realization, and the contrast between promise and fulfilment was too wide to be overlooked. But the Hebrew with sublime courage did not lose faith in God because of the delay. Apocalyptic voiced his answer to the problems of the time, and it, like Prophecy and the Wisdom Literature, was rooted in certain ethical conceptions which are fundamental to its thought, such as that God is holy, that the world in which we live is a moral world, and that righteousness must win.599 And this gave to the apocalyptist his theme:—the Fortunes of the Kingdom of God, and how they are to be reconciled with all that God has said; for God must be vindicated, he is forever true, and his word cannot fail. This thesis was maintained in two ways. First, by attempting a wider view of the problem of sin and righteousness. That became the question no longer of a single nation, but of the whole race—for under the stimulus of new and wider conditions, a great enlargement of the Hebrew spirit took place. There must be a providential and moral order in the universe which if sought out will give the true meaning of history. The divine purpose must be interpreted through the broader sphere of the world's life. This standpoint had now become possible through the wider world-view produced in later Judaism by contact and intercourse with other nations. And thus Apocalyptic came to express [pg 259] both a deeply wrought theodicy and a Semitic philosophy of history. Second, the apocalyptist completed his vindication of God by shifting the center of attention from the present to the future. The more certain it became that no present realization of his hopes was possible, the more surely he turned to a future age that would abundantly recompense all the pain and disappointment of the past. It was this that made the outlook of Apocalyptic essentially eschatological. Beginning with the history of the past veiled under the form of prophecy, the apocalyptist rushes on to predict the future, for there he finds the victory. The End! The End! is his cry,—the End that victory may come—for God is to be vindicated only by the consummation of all things, and history can only be read aright in the light of its finality. The answer of the End is the key that Apocalyptic offers to the mystery of all that “which was and is and is to come”; and it is this persistent effort to read the mind of God concerning the future that gives to Apocalyptic an element of peculiar interest. For though it is often like the voice of “an infant crying in the night * * * * and with no language but a cry”, it has yet a deep significance all its own; it was a form of thought by which God led his people into clearer views of truth, and to new and larger vision.600 Upon the other hand the shifting-point in every apocalypse from history to prediction can usually be made out without essential effort; for beneath the form of symbols and symbolic actions can ordinarily be discovered the chief actors and principal events of the past and present which correspond to history; while the things of the future which are predicted, reach out at once to extravagant proportions. Thus each Jewish apocalypse by its content and movement, serves to mark out its own horizon and reveal its own environment.

The creation of Apocalyptic was shaped by many factors, but the most significant one was the national conditions of the time. The Babylonian captivity had brought Judah into the stream of a much larger history; the world felt bigger; prophecy gained a new and broader perspective, and from then on, its ideas were deeply intertwined with Apocalyptic elements. The odd imagery from Babylon was absorbed by the Hebrew mindset and incorporated into their later literature. However, the nation itself was in decline; the strength of the past had been shattered; and as Stevens noted, "it was terror and oppression" that largely influenced this new way of thinking. They had endured a lot of national suffering; the rise of world empires had poisoned their past, soured their present, and clouded their future. The magnificent promises of God had not yet turned into reality, and the gap between promise and fulfillment was too vast to ignore. Yet, the Hebrews, with tremendous courage, did not lose faith in God during this wait. Apocalyptic provided answers to the issues of the time, grounded like Prophecy and Wisdom Literature in key ethical ideas, such as the holiness of God, that the world we live in is moral, and that righteousness will ultimately prevail. This gave the apocalyptic writers their main theme: the fortunes of God's kingdom, and how they align with God's words; God must be justified, He is eternally truthful, and His promises cannot fail. This argument was represented in two ways. First, by taking a broader view of the issues of sin and righteousness. This was no longer just about one nation, but about the entire human race—under the influence of new, wider circumstances, the Hebrew spirit expanded greatly. There must be a divine and moral order in the universe that, if understood, reveals the true significance of history. God's purpose needs to be interpreted through a larger context of worldly life. This perspective became possible through later Judaism's interactions with different nations. Thus, Apocalyptic expressed both a deeply considered theodicy and a Semitic philosophy of history. Second, the apocalyptic writers completed their defense of God by shifting focus from the present to the future. As it became clear that their hopes for the present could not be realized, they turned their attention to a future age that would reward all the suffering and disappointment of the past. This is what made the outlook of Apocalyptic fundamentally eschatological. Starting with the veiled history of the past presented as prophecy, the apocalyptic writer eagerly predicts the future, where they see the victory. "The End! The End!" is their cry—the End that will bring victory—because God will only be justified through the fulfillment of all things, and history must be understood in light of its conclusion. The answer of the End is the key that Apocalyptic provides to the mystery of "that which was and is and is to come"; this persistent desire to understand God's intentions for the future gives Apocalyptic a unique appeal. Even though it often resembles the voice of "an infant crying in the night... with no language but a cry," it carries a profound significance in its own right; it was a way for God to guide His people to clearer truths and a broader vision. On the other hand, the transition in each apocalypse from history to prediction can usually be identified without much effort; beneath the surface of symbols and symbolic actions, the main figures and significant events of the past and present can often be recognized, which align with historical context, while the predicted future events tend to be exaggerated. Thus, each Jewish apocalypse, through its content and progression, delineates its own scope and reveals its own context.

The general prevalence of the Apocalyptic form in the period in which it was used may be accounted for [pg 260] partly by its suitability to the theme which it treated, and partly by the prevailing conditions of national surveillance. Its visions and symbols and dream-movement were peculiarly adapted to meet the conditions of a writing which did not dare to make plain its bitter reproaches of the foes of Israel. Its hidden meaning, also, answered well to hint darkly what lay in the future; and its fantastic imagery appealed to the imagination.601 The pervasive element of mystery served to invest these writings with a subtle charm that all the intervening lapse of centuries and even the present temper of a scientific age have wholly failed to dissipate. The effort of most modern Jewish scholars to attribute the Apocalyptic Literature to Essenism cannot be sustained; neither can we accept the gratuitous assertion of Montefiore, that “the Apocalyptic writings lie for the most part outside the line of the purest Jewish development”. Schürer and Charles reflect the opinion of the majority of Christian scholars in maintaining its nearer relation to Phariseeism, though admitting it to be “a product of free religious thought following older models”, and showing distinctive marks of Phariseeism in some of its parts and of Sadduceeism in others. At the same time most authorities are willing to grant the probability of Wellhausen's suggestion, that “the secret literature of the Essenes was perhaps in no small degree made use of in the Pseudepigrapha, and has through them been indirectly handed down to us”.

The common use of the Apocalyptic form during its time can be explained [pg 260] partly because it fit well with its themes and partly due to the widespread national oversight. Its visions, symbols, and dream-like quality were uniquely suited to communicate in a way that didn't openly criticize Israel's enemies. The hidden meanings also aligned with hints about the future, and its vivid imagery captured the imagination. The element of mystery added a subtle charm to these writings that has not faded over the centuries, even in today's scientific age. Most modern Jewish scholars' attempts to link Apocalyptic Literature to Essenism cannot be upheld; nor can we accept Montefiore’s unfounded claim that "The Apocalyptic writings are mostly outside the path of the most authentic Jewish development.". Schürer and Charles represent the view of most Christian scholars who maintain its closer association with Phariseeism, while also recognizing it as "a result of free religious thinking based on earlier models", showing distinct features of Phariseeism in some parts and Sadduceeism in others. At the same time, most experts acknowledge the likelihood of Wellhausen's suggestion that "The hidden writings of the Essenes were likely used significantly in the Pseudepigrapha and have been passed down to us indirectly through them.".

The value of Apocalyptic is increasingly recognized as a storehouse of Jewish and Jewish-Christian thought in the age preceding and in the early part of the Christian era. It forms the necessary connecting link between the Old Testament and the New, and is especially rich in messianic and eschatological conceptions. It is the chief source of information through which we can trace the changes that occurred in Jewish belief, and the later development of Jewish thought, in the period immediately preceding the time of Christ. It carries us back, in effect, to the thought-world of the first century, and enables us, as Schürer aptly says, “to reconstruct the thought, the aspiration, and the hopes of pious Jews [pg 261] in the generation that first heard the gospel, and even of the Apostles themselves; for however Christ's thought transcended the thought of his time, that of the Apostles did not, except so far as the Holy Spirit illumined them for special ends.” And, as Charles remarks, “If the Apocalypses were edited later they only reflect more fully the thought of that age, and they exhibit what is subsumed throughout in Christ's teachings.” We can see in these writings not only a transition stage in Judaism preparatory to the gospel, but how this modified Jewish thought fits in with the gospel teaching. They show, for example, how the Old Testament idea of the future life grew in depth and compass in those centuries which precede the Christian era; and how this advance was retained and enlarged, modified and exalted, by Christ himself and by the Apostles; and how, also, the expansive growth of the messianic hope, which was sometimes almost wholly submerged, but which always contrived to reappear with increasing clearness, contributed to that popular expectancy, though in some degree also to that general misapprehension, of the Messiah's mission which the New Testament everywhere reveals. And they enable us to appreciate how the divine method of gradual advance in spiritual knowledge was operating during those prevening centuries which have so often been regarded as barren and fruitless; and how this advance contributed its due proportion to the marvellous results attained in the life of our blessed Lord and in the period of the apostolic church. The force of this conclusion is, of course, partially annulled if we assume, as has been done by some, that many of the clearer messianic references in the Apocalyptic writings are Christian interpolations. But the present tendency of critics is toward a less destructive view than formerly prevailed. Charles, for example, maintains that the possibilities of Jewish thought should be given full scope, and nothing attributed to Christian interpolation, or to Persian or other external origin, except that which cannot be reasonably accounted for from Jewish sources. The general independence of Israel's religious development has certainly come out more clearly from the investigation. As has been pointed out by Fairweather, “With the exception of certain modes of thought and expression, [pg 262] including the visionary style so much employed by Ezekiel, the patriotic Jew apparently brought back with him from Babylon no new literary possession.... Many scholars explain the eschatological development of the Apocryphal period on the theory of the contact of Judaism with foreign systems of thought.... But, as Nicolas has said, ‘Ideas do not pass ready made and complete from one nation to another like the fruits of industry which are transported in caravans.’... There may be, however, stimulus without transference, and this appears to be what really happened in the case before us.”602

The value of Apocalyptic is increasingly recognized as a treasure trove of Jewish and Jewish-Christian thought during the time before and in the early part of the Christian era. It serves as the essential connecting link between the Old Testament and the New Testament, and is particularly rich in messianic and eschatological ideas. It is the primary source of information through which we can trace the shifts that happened in Jewish beliefs and the later development of Jewish thought just before the time of Christ. It effectively takes us back to the mindset of the first century, allowing us, as Schürer aptly puts it, "to recreate the beliefs, aspirations, and hopes of devout Jews [pg 261] in the generation that first heard the gospel, as well as those of the Apostles themselves; because while Christ’s ideas surpassed those of his era, the Apostles’ ideas did not, unless influenced by the Holy Spirit for particular reasons." And, as Charles notes, "If the Apocalypses were edited later, they simply represent the ideas of that time more completely, and they illustrate what is included in Christ's teachings." These writings reveal not only a transitional stage in Judaism leading up to the gospel but also how this evolved Jewish thought aligns with the gospel message. They demonstrate, for instance, how the Old Testament concept of the afterlife deepened and expanded during the centuries prior to the Christian era; and how this evolution was retained, increased, modified, and elevated by Christ and the Apostles. They also illustrate the significant growth of messianic hope, which sometimes seemed completely overshadowed but always managed to reemerge with greater clarity, contributing to the widespread anticipation, albeit with some misunderstanding, of the Messiah’s mission that the New Testament consistently reflects. Additionally, they help us understand how God’s method of gradual progress in spiritual knowledge was at work during those centuries previously seen as barren and unfruitful, and how this progress played its part in the remarkable outcomes achieved in the life of our blessed Lord and in the period of the apostolic church. The strength of this conclusion is, of course, somewhat weakened if we assume, as some have suggested, that many of the clearer messianic references in the Apocalyptic writings are Christian additions. However, current critical trends lean toward a less destructive view than was previously common. For example, Charles argues that the potential of Jewish thought should be fully acknowledged, and that nothing should be assigned to Christian interpolation, or to Persian or other external origins, except what cannot be reasonably explained from Jewish sources. The overall independence of Israel's religious development has definitely become clearer through investigation. As Fairweather points out, "Aside from certain ways of thinking and expressing ideas, [pg 262] including the visionary style heavily employed by Ezekiel, the patriotic Jew who seemingly returned from Babylon did not bring back any new literary contributions.... Many scholars explain the eschatological development of the Apocryphal period through the notion of Judaism interacting with foreign ideas.... But, as Nicolas pointed out, ‘Ideas do not pass ready-made and complete from one nation to another like the fruits of industry that are transported in caravans.’... There might be motivation without actual transfer, and this seems to be what truly happened in our situation."602

The Apocalyptic Literature undoubtedly served a splendid purpose, for its effects were both wide-spread and in many respects beneficial. It served to rebuke sin, to maintain righteousness without any present prospect of reward, to keep alive the rich hopes of the future, to comfort God's children in the midst of distress, and to cultivate a patriotic spirit that cherished the nobler ideals of the past; while at the same time it formed a secure depository for those new concepts of truth that sprang up during the long era of preparation for the Messiah, and it thereby contributed a rich quota of thought and phrase to that greater future which was then drawing near to its birth. “In general Apocalyptic furnishes the atmosphere of the New Testament. Its form, its language, and its material are extensively used.... The simplest way to describe the relation is to say that Jesus and the writers of the New Testament found the forms of thought made use of in Apocalyptic Literature convenient vehicles, and have cast the gospel of God's redemptive love into these as into moulds. The Messianism of the apocalyptists has thus become unfolded into the Christology of the New Testament.”603 But upon the other hand Apocalyptic reveals a type of thought that can scarcely be regarded as healthful. It had no deep or abiding sympathy with the great overshadowing world-sorrow which it measurably apprehended, and it proposed no present remedy for the unhappy fortunes of Judaism. It dealt too largely with the future hopes of the nation, and did not like prophecy address itself to the immediate possibilities of the present; [pg 263] and it thereby robbed life of one of its chief incentives to action, viz. the hope of present success. For it gave up hope of the world as it was, and thereby produced a world-despair that could not be counteracted by the prospective world-joy which glowed in the messianic promise. According to Apocalyptic perspective, “the present served mainly as a back-ground of shadow for developing the richer light of the coming age;” and, “the proper design of the world was to be found in its ending and not in its longer continuance.” Even with the wider world-view which the apocalyptists possessed, history lost its value; for they at least partially misread the providential order of the world. As Stevens has forcibly said, they “viewed the method of God as ictic and sudden, and not detailed and patient”,—the very opposite of the divine method in history. And such an interpretation of life produced its inevitable results in dreams of an hallucinary but impossible future. It developed and cultured a form of mysticism that has left a permanent impression upon the Christian church—a mysticism that takes refuge from present evils, and from worse that are deemed impending, in the hope of an ultimate and protracted future of blessing wrought by cataclysmic revolutions, and leading up to a new manifestation of the divine Person upon earth, and to new conditions of life in the world of nature.604 For it is in Apocalyptic rather than in Scripture that we find the source of that pessimistic view which has prevailed in various circles of the church in all ages, that looks for the world to grow continually worse as the centuries go on, until by a great climax of the future a new order of things shall be introduced that is essentially different in its divine manifestations and in its spiritual ordering from all the past. But notwithstanding the many defects of this class of writings, and their manifest extravagancies, they were yet divinely used, and evidently filled an exceptionally large place in the far-reaching providential plan of God for the education of the Jewish nation, and through them of the world, just as God is ever using human and imperfect means for wise and beneficent ends.

The Apocalyptic Literature definitely served an important purpose because its effects were widespread and often beneficial. It called out sin, promoted righteousness without any immediate reward, kept alive the hopeful dreams for the future, comforted God's people during tough times, and nurtured a patriotic spirit that valued the better ideals of the past. At the same time, it provided a safe space for those new ideas of truth that emerged during the long wait for the Messiah, contributing valuable thoughts and language to the hopeful future that was approaching. Generally, Apocalyptic serves as the backdrop for the New Testament. Its style, language, and content are frequently utilized. The easiest way to explain the relationship is to say that Jesus and the New Testament authors found the ideas in Apocalyptic Literature helpful and shaped the message of God's redemptive love around them. The Messianism of the apocalyptists has therefore evolved into the Christology of the New Testament.603 However, on the flip side, Apocalyptic reveals a kind of thinking that isn’t particularly healthy. It lacked deep sympathy for the overwhelming sorrow of the world, which it only partially grasped, and it offered no immediate solution for the troubles facing Judaism. It focused too much on the future hopes of the nation and didn’t engage with the immediate realities like prophecy did; [pg 263] and in doing so, it took away one of life's main motivations for action—the hope for present success. It dismissed hope for the current world, leading to a sense of despair that couldn’t be countered by the potential future joy proclaimed in the messianic promise. From the Apocalyptic perspective, "The present acts mainly as a shadowy backdrop to highlight the brighter light of the future." and, "The real purpose of the world is discovered in its end, not in its continued existence." Even with the broader perspective of the apocalyptists, history lost its significance; they at least partially misunderstood the divine order of the world. As Stevens pointed out, they "seen God's ways as abrupt and noticeable, instead of thorough and patient,"—the exact opposite of how God works through history. This interpretation of life led to inevitable consequences, generating dreams of an elusive yet impossible future. It nurtured a form of mysticism that has left a lasting mark on the Christian church—a mysticism that seeks refuge from present troubles and those perceived to be on the horizon, clinging to the hope of a future filled with blessings brought about by dramatic changes, leading to a new revelation of the divine presence on earth, and new ways of living in the natural world.604 For it is in Apocalyptic, rather than in Scripture, that we find the roots of that pessimistic view which has persisted in various church circles throughout history, expecting the world to continually worsen as time goes by, until a great climax in the future introduces a new order that is fundamentally different in its divine expressions and spiritual arrangements from everything that has come before. Yet, despite the many shortcomings of these writings and their clear exaggerations, they were still divinely utilized and clearly played a significant role in God's far-reaching plan to educate the Jewish nation and, ultimately, the world, just as God consistently employs human and imperfect means for wise and beneficial purposes.

[pg 264]

The importance of some knowledge of Apocalyptic to the student of John's Revelation cannot well be overestimated, for it is only in the light of Apocalyptic Literature that it can be rightly interpreted. It reproduces the author's native horizon, and reveals the sources of his mode of thought; it provides the key to the method of vision and symbol and dream-movement; and it makes clear the inevitable limitations as well as the recognized possibilities of this unique style when it becomes the vehicle of a true instead of an assumed revelation. For although the source of much of the imagery of the Apocalypse is to be found in the Old Testament, yet it is often materially changed by passing through the medium of later Jewish thought as reflected in the Pseudepigrapha; and although New Testament ideas everywhere prevail in, through, and above, those of the Old, yet the whole spirit and movement of the Apocalypse is moulded by certain underlying pre-Christian conceptions that belong to Jewish Apocalyptic. We find, for example, that the divine method in history is uniformly viewed as in the Apocalyptic Literature, and contrary to general experience, as chiefly one of crisis and catastrophe rather than of gradual development—the sudden and striking hiding from view the continued and ordinary. And we cannot but inquire how far this conception is with John the result of literary form and spiritual mood, rather than intended to set forth the intimate nature of the divine method; and how far it is designed to portray vividly the effects to be accomplished, rather than to signify the manner of their accomplishment. We find, too, that John, in common with the apocalyptists, dwells more upon the future hopes of the kingdom than upon its present possibilities, keeping his eye ever fixed above the conflict upon the far future of promise. And we cannot but inquire how far this aspect of his world-view was divinely designed as a message of comfort to a people in distress, rather than as a comprehensive presentation of the progressive world-plan of the ages; and how far it is given only as one point of view, rather than as designed to express the fulness of the divine purpose. To these inquiries there can properly be but one answer, the view-point is characteristic of and peculiar to Apocalyptic. It does not present the normal aspect of [pg 265] life; it is the product of adverse conditions and breathes the spirit of pain; its vision is forever saddened by the overwhelming world-sorrow that darkens the horizon of thought. And while all Hebrew literature is essentially grave, and devoid of the element of humor, yet Apocalyptic is abidingly overshadowed by a weight of world-woe from which men seek to escape into another sphere and into new and better conditions of life.

The significance of understanding Apocalyptic concepts for students of John's Revelation is crucial, since it can only be properly interpreted through the lens of Apocalyptic Literature. This literature reflects the author's cultural background and highlights the influences on his way of thinking; it provides insight into his use of vision, symbols, and dreams; and it clarifies both the limitations and possibilities of this unique style when it serves as a medium for genuine rather than assumed revelation. Although much of the imagery in the Apocalypse comes from the Old Testament, it is frequently transformed by later Jewish thought as seen in the Pseudepigrapha. While New Testament ideas are prominent throughout, the overall spirit and direction of the Apocalypse are shaped by certain pre-Christian beliefs inherent in Jewish Apocalyptic. For instance, the divine method in history is perceived similarly to Apocalyptic Literature, highlighting moments of crisis and catastrophe rather than gradual change—where sudden, dramatic events overshadow the ordinary. We must consider how much of this viewpoint is influenced by John's literary style and spiritual state, rather than meant to convey the true nature of the divine method; and how much is intended to vividly illustrate the outcomes to be achieved rather than the processes through which they will occur. Additionally, John, like other apocalyptic writers, focuses more on the future hopes of the kingdom than on its current realities, always looking beyond the present conflict toward a promised future. We should also question whether this perspective was divinely intended as comfort for a troubled people, rather than a complete representation of a progressive divine plan throughout history; and whether it offers just one viewpoint rather than an expression of the fullness of divine intention. The answer to these questions points to the fact that this perspective is unique to Apocalyptic literature. It does not reflect the usual experience of life; it arises from challenging conditions and carries a tone of sorrow; its vision is constantly tinged with the overwhelming grief of a world in distress. While all Hebrew literature is inherently serious and lacks humor, Apocalyptic literature is persistently overshadowed by a burden of global suffering, driving people to seek escape into a different realm and improved life conditions.

The larger study of Apocalyptic Literature must continue to have its effect upon the interpretation of the Apocalypse which is indisputably its greatest masterpiece. For by attentive consideration of the peculiarities of this form of composition we are gradually led to perceive that only in so far as we invest ourselves with the atmosphere which produced so strange a coloring of thought, can we hope to interpret aright that peculiar view of the world, growing out of the conditions of Jewish depression, which regards it as the arena of an all-pervasive conflict, and involved in prevailing sin and suffering, in order that through these seemingly adverse experiences it may by sovereign control be divinely made ready for the future glory of the Messiah's kingdom. And we are thus amply assured that a correct apprehension of the form and fashion of Apocalyptic thought will undoubtedly guide us in all that pertains to the material framework of the Apocalypse, though certainly we should not forget that we must always go to the Old Testament and to the New when we would reach its inner heart. The present general consensus of opinion among modern scholars, therefore, seems to be, that having measurably exhausted inquiry concerning the Old Testament references, whatever progress we are to make in the immediate future in unfolding the thought of the Revelation must be through a further study of the thought-forms of the century that gave it birth, which so richly abound in the Apocalyptic writings, but which so long escaped the scholarly and attentive consideration of Christian thought.

The larger study of Apocalyptic Literature must continue to influence how we interpret the Apocalypse, which is undeniably its greatest masterpiece. By carefully examining the unique aspects of this genre, we gradually come to realize that only by immersing ourselves in the environment that produced such a peculiar mindset can we hope to correctly interpret that distinctive worldview. This perspective, rooted in the conditions of Jewish despair, sees the world as a battleground of widespread conflict, filled with sin and suffering, so that through these seemingly negative experiences, it can be divinely prepared for the future glory of the Messiah's kingdom. We can be confident that understanding the structure and style of Apocalyptic thought will guide us in all matters concerning the material framework of the Apocalypse. However, we should not forget to consult the Old Testament and the New Testament when we seek to understand its deeper meaning. The current general agreement among modern scholars, then, seems to be that, having largely explored the Old Testament references, any future progress in uncovering the ideas of the Revelation must come through further examining the thought patterns of the century that produced it—richly represented in the Apocalyptic writings but historically overlooked by scholarly Christian thought.

[Transcriber's Note: Obvious printer's errors have been corrected.]

[Transcriber's Note: Obvious printing mistakes have been fixed.]


References

1.
The principal thought in each quotation has been italicized for the sake of emphasis.
2.
"Claiming to have found an answer to every question posed by the Apocalypse goes against the principles of science." Jülicher, Introduction to New Testament, p. 291; also cf. Warfield, art. “Revelation,” Schaff-Herzog Encyclopedia
3.
That meaning for the most part, as Farrar has forcibly said concerning the portion of the book which relates to the earthly and historic future, “is permanently lost to us, and in fact has never been known to any era of the church—not even to the earliest times, not even, as far as our records show, to Irenæus, who listened to Polycarp, or to Polycarp, who listened to St. John.” Early Days of Christianity, p. 528.
4.
Moulton, Mod. Read. Bib., vol. Rev., notes, p. 192; also cf. Rev. ch. 19. 10, "The testimony of Jesus is the essence of prophecy."
5.
In interpreting symbolism, just like with all higher forms of allegory, the first important rule is to exercise restraint. Even with a poet like Spenser, it's a rough interpretation to link a specific character to a particular idea. In the more mystical symbolism of this poem (Revelation), it's against good literary taste to try to find a meaning for every intricate detail. Moulton, Modern Reading Bible Rev., p. 192, notes.
6.
Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 2.
7.
Moulton, Mod. Read. Bib., Rev., Intr. p. xx.
8.
Cf. Davidson, art. "Prediction", Hastings' Biblical Dictionary; also see Scott, on the distinction between "Prediction" and "Apocalyptic" New Century. Bible., Intr. to Rev., p. 26.
9.
The term "apocalypse" primarily refers to the act of revealing and making visible what was previously hidden, which means a revelation. An apocalypse is therefore mainly about the act of revelation; secondly, it refers to the content that is revealed; and thirdly, it can be a book or literary work that describes a revelation, whether it's real or claimed. The term "apocalypse" is sometimes used more precisely to signify the vivid depiction of the future as envisioned by the seer. (In this sense, it describes the literary style in which the writing is presented.) Therefore, an apocalypse becomes a form of literature in the same way as a letter. Zenos, art. “Apocalypse. Lit.” Hastings' Dictionary of Christianity and Gospel
10.
Chs. 1.4; 4.8; and 22.8. We may omit ch. 21.2 (following the Revisers) as without sufficient authority.
11.
“The Divine” as a title for St. John ... is certainly as old as Eusebius: (Praep. Evan. xi 18), Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 1.
12.
So Lücke, Bleek, Düsterdieck, Jülicher, and others.
13.
Dods' Intro to New Test., pp. 244-47: Salmon's Intr., p. 2O3f; Bacon's Introduction to New Testament, p. 23Of; Swete, Revelation of John, Intr., p. clxxf; and Milligan's Discuss on Apoc., ch's. II and IV. Also, see Simcox on Rev., Cambr. Gr. Test., "Excursion III," for a brief analysis of the theories of composite authorship advanced by Vischer and Volter; Warfield, Presbyterian Review, Ap. '84, p. 228, in reply to Volter; Moffatt, Expositor, Mar. '09, “Wellhausen and Others on Apoc”; and same author, “Intro to Rev.”, Exp. Gr. Test., vol. V. pp. 292-94:.
14.
The theory current among modern critics of two Johns in Asia, or else of identifying the traditional John of Ephesus with the hypothetical John the Presbyter, has a very slender foundation. "The existence of this second John, the Presbyter, if he actually existed, is based on just one line from an excerpt by Papias, a second-century writer." Sanday's Critique of the Fourth Gospel, p. 16. "Either John (the Apostle) wrote the Revelation, or John was never in Ephesus." Holtzman, quoted in “Intro to Rev.”, New Testament. Bible., p. 36. For an interesting discussion of “the two Johns,” see "Excursion XIV" in Farrar's The Beginning of Christianity; also Smith, “Introduction to Epistles of John”, Exp. Gr. Test., vol. V, pp. 158-62; and Strong, art. "John, the Apostle," Hastings' Bible Dictionary
15.
This view that the Apocalypse is pseudonymous is now, however, for the most part being given up. With the revival of prophecy under the influence of the life and teachings of Christ, “It’s exactly what we would expect when the early Christian prophet, like John or Hermas, looks down on the false identities of his Jewish competitors.” Bacon's Intro to New Testament, p. 234; also see New Central Bible, Rev., Intr., p. 32.
16.
Charles points out the many Hebraisms of the Apocalypse, and says of the author, "Even though he writes in Greek, he thinks in Hebrew, and this naturally influences how he expresses his thoughts. He never fully mastered Greek idiomatically; many of its nuances seem to be unfamiliar to him." Studies in Apoc., p. 82.
17.
Bp. Wescott, “Intro to John's Gospel”, Bib. Com., pp. lxxxiv-vii; cf. Swete's discussion of this view, Revelation of St. John, "Authorship", pp. clxxviii-i.
18.
Prof. M. B. Riddle, unpublished Classroom Lectures on Revelation.
19.
Reynolds, “Intro to the Gospel of John,” Pulp. Com., p. lxvii.
20.
See Bacon's Intro to New Testament, pp. 136-38; Briggs' Apostles' Messiah, p. 301; and tentatively, Swete, Book of Revelation, “Authoring,” pp. clxxx-xxxi.
21.
Cf. Jülicher's Introduction to New Testament, chapter on the “Johannine Issue.”
22.
"More than any other type of writing, they show evidence of having been edited and changed." Zenos, art. "Apoc. Lit." Hastings' Dictionary of Christianity and Gospel
23.
Holtzmann, quoted in New Testament.; “It clearly shows signs of being written by one person; the mix of original writing and editorial adjustments doesn’t take away from the feeling of literary unity.” Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., Intr., p. 288.
24.
As by Vischer, Harnack, and others.
25.
As by Volter, Spitta, Pfleiderer, Briggs, and others.
26.
As by Weizsäcker, Jülicher, Bousset, Moffatt, and others. For a short consensus of modern theories see Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., Intr., pp. 292-94, which affords a good illustration of wide and extravagant guessing.
27.
This objection to the modern critical view is one of evident force, and deserves thoughtful consideration, Cf. Swete's Revelation of John, Intr., pp. xlix and cliii, which maintains the literary unity of the book.
28.
As Porter, Scott, and others.
29.
See Porter's article "Revelation," Hastings' Bible Dictionary; and Scott's Intr. to Rev., New Testament. Bible.
30.
Cf. Reynolds, Intr. to John's Gosp., Pulpit Comm., p. lxvii; Riddle, S. S. Times, Jun. 1, 1901; and Burton, in Records and Letters of the Apostolic Age, notes, p. 229.
31.
"The prevailing belief has gone back to the traditional date, the final years of Domitian's reign (81-96)." Votaw, "Revelation of John," Bible World, Nov. 1908.
32.
See Weizsäcker's Apostolic Era, vol. ii. pp. 173-205; also Moffatt's History of the New Testament, p. 45f.
33.
Cf. Farrar, Early Days of Christianity, pp. 510-13f.
34.
"Nero's massacre was an act of extreme personal violence," and "had nothing at all to do with the imperial cult." Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., Intr., p. 310. Mommsen's view (Prov. Rom. Emp., vol. ii, pp. 214-17 note) is that the historical situation reflected in the Apocalypse indicates that it was written after Nero's fall, and the destruction of Jerusalem; and that the references to persecution imply a regular judicial procedure on account of refusal to worship the emperor's image, a feature quite different from the Neronian period in which the executions on the ground of alleged incendiarism &c., do not formally belong to the class of religious processes at all. He would not, however, date it so late as Domitian, preferring a date somewhere between A. D. 69 and 79, toward the end of the reign of Vespasian. Bartlett puts the probable date about A. D. 75-80 (see his Apost. Era, p. 404). Such views of the date are interesting but exceptional.
35.
The book seems to mark a transition in the Roman Empire from tolerance to hostility, when it began to insist upon idolatrous worship, and that more properly belongs to a period later than the time of Nero. Cf. Mommsen's view in the preceding note.
36.
See “Rev. and Johan. Ep.” by A. Ramsay, Westmin. New Test., p. 8.
37.
See map at the beginning of this volume.
38.
Cf. Dean Stanley's “East Coast Sermons,” p. 230, quoted in Bib. Com., Intr., sec. 4.
39.
“The intense skepticism that even denies the Apostle's presence in Ephesus (like Keim and others) is purely modern. The tradition that ‘the beloved disciple’ survived in Ephesus ‘up to the times of Trajan’ is widespread, unchallenged, and well-supported... the opposing evidence is minimal.” (Bacon's Introduction to New Testament, p. 231). "The evidence provided by Irenaeus from Polycarp ... is more than just tradition; it is direct documentary proof." (Weizsäcker, Apost. Age, vol. ii, p. 168).
40.
Cf. Reynolds, art. “John’s Gospel”, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible; also Lee Intr. to Rev., Bib. Com.
41.
For a discussion of this literature see App'x G, also art. “Apocalyptic Literature” by Charles, Hastings' Bible Dictionary; Drummond, The Jewish Messiah, pp. 3-132; Schürer, The Jewish People During the Time of Christ, Div. II, vol. iii, p. 44 sqq; Stuart Comment on Rev., Intr. pp. 20-98; Driver, "Book of Daniel", in Camb. Bib., Intr., pp. lxxvi-lxxxv; Scott, New Century. Bib., Rev., Intr., pp. 13-34; also art. "End of the world" in Jewish Encyclopedia
42.
For a good statement of the present use of the term, see art. "Apocalyptic" Jewish Encyclopedia, vol. I; also art. "Apocalyptic Literature", Hastings' Dictionary of Christianity and Gospel
43.
See König, art. "Symbol" in Hastings' Bib. Dictionary, vol. v, p. 169f., who says, "What a metaphor is in the realm of speech, a symbol is in the realm of objects." Also see remarks by Milligan in Lectures on Apocalypse, ch. I, under the head of "Visions and Symbols," p. 13f. For a fine discriminative view of the place of symbols in Oriental poetry, see Moulton's Mod. Read. Bib., “Biblical Idyls,” Intr., pp. xx-xxif.
44.
It is not meant by this to imply that symbols as a class can ordinarily be presented to the eye, or effectively depicted upon canvas. In fact no symbol in the Apocalypse can be reproduced in scenic form without doing manifest injustice to the thought and purpose of the writer.
45.
Milligan identifies the Apocalypse of John too closely with that discourse, making it mainly a development of its principal ideas. See his Lectures on Apocalypse, p. 42f.
46.
Moulton uses the term “rhapsody” in a technical sense to describe the literary form of Hebrew dramatic prophecy, which affords a helpful and convenient nomenclature. See Mod. Read. Bib., vol. John, notes, p. 191, also vol. Isa., Intr., pp. vii-xii.
47.
The Greek words μυστήριον and ἀποκάλυψις are commonly used in the New Testament as correlative terms, signifying the once secret or hidden in contrast with the now discovered or partially revealed. See art. “Enigma,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
48.
Moulton's Intro to Lit of Bib., p. 326.
49.
See Append. G, on Apocalyptic Literature.
50.
It belongs to the innermost purpose of Jewish Apocalyptic "to try to answer the question of how and when the world, long ruled by pagan nations, will ultimately be given to the people of God.", Hilgenfeld, quoted by Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comment on Rev., p. 34.
51.
As Renan, and others.
52.
Purves, art. "Rev.", Davis' Bible Dictionary; Milligan, Lecture on Revelation, p. 153f.; and Lee, Bib. Com., Intr. to Rev., pp. 491-2.
53.
With correct insight, it has been well said, that The ancient commentators saw the visions of the Apocalypse not as a prophetic history of the Christian church, but more as a symbolic depiction of the struggle between good and evil happening in the world. The main message of the book, the reason it was written (according to the essence of these interpretations), was to reassure the righteous of their eventual victory, despite the seeming or temporary success of the forces of darkness. Todd's "Talks on Prophecy", quoted in T. L. Scott's Paragraph Version of Revelation, opening page.
54.
As Milligan, Plummer, Lee, Riddle, Purves, Warfield, and others.
55.
Dods' Intro to New Test., p. 244.
56.
Harnack, art. “Rev.”, Britannica; also McGiffert, Apos. Age, p. 624; and Porter, art. “Rev.”, Hastings' Bible Dictionary
57.
See "Analysis Overview" by Randell on p. xxvii of vol. on Rev. in Pulp.com
58.
Moulton, vol. St. John, notes, p. 195, Mod. Read. Bib.
59.
“Most of the prophetic books in the Old Testament can be organized in a seven-part structure. This aspect of style implies a strong sense of order, and for the Hebrew mindset, order is represented by the number seven.” (the number of fulness or completeness of quality), Modern Reading Bible, Mat., Intr. p. xi.
60.
See also App'x F., diagram.
61.
See Moulton, Mod. Read. Bib., vol. St. John, Intr. p. xxii.
62.
See Foreword, p. 9.
63.
“The impact of the Book of Enoch on the New Testament has been more significant than that of all the other apocryphal and pseudepigraphical texts combined.” Book of Enoch (Charles). Gen. Intr., p. 41.
64.
Or, gave him to show his servants the things &c.
65.
Gr. slaves.
66.
Or, them.
67.
Or, who's coming.
68.
Many authorities, some ancient, read washed. Heb. 9.14; comp. ch. 7.14.
69.
Gr. in.
70.
Or, God and His Father.
71.
Gr. forever and ever. Many ancient authorities omit of the eras.
72.
Or, he who.
73.
Or, steadfastness.
74.
Gr. lamp stands.
75.
Gr. lampstands.
76.
Gr. turned into.
77.
Gr. forever and ever.
78.
Gr. upon.
79.
Gr. lamp stands.
80.
Gr. lamp holders.
81.
Gr. lamp stands.
82.
Or, steadfastness.
83.
Or, steadfastness.
84.
Gr. lampstand.
85.
Or, garden: as in Gen. 2.8.
86.
Gr. turned into.
87.
Or, criticizing.
88.
Some ancient authorities read and might have.
89.
Gr. a struggle of ten days.
90.
The Greek text here is somewhat uncertain.
91.
Or, steadfastness.
92.
Many authorities, some ancient, read your wife.
93.
Gr. slaves.
94.
Many ancient authorities read their.
95.
Or, disease. Sept., Ex. 5.3, &c.
96.
Or, Non-Jews.
97.
Or, iron; like the potter's vessels, they are shattered.
98.
Many ancient authorities read not found your works.
99.
Gr. given.
100.
The Greek word denotes an act of reverence, whether paid to a creature or to the Creator.
101.
Or, steadfastness.
102.
Or, temptation.
103.
Gr. inhabited planet.
104.
Or, tempt.
105.
Or, safe space.
106.
Or, happen. After these things right away, &c.
107.
Or, smooth sea.
108.
Or, before. See ch. 7.17. comp. 5.6.
109.
Or, who comes.
110.
Gr. forever and ever.
111.
The Greek word denotes an act of reverence, whether paid to a creature or to the Creator.
112.
Gr. forever and ever.
113.
Gr. on.
114.
Or, between the throne with the four living beings and the elders.
115.
Some ancient authorities omit seven.
116.
Gr. has taken.
117.
Gr. forever and ever.
118.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
119.
Some ancient authorities add and check.
120.
Some ancient authorities read *the peace of the earth*.
121.
Or, A choenix (i.e. about a quart,) wheat for a shilling—implying great scarcity. Comp. Ezek. 4.16 f.; 5.16.
122.
See marginal note on Mt. 18.28.
123.
Or, disease. Comp. ch. 2.23 marg.
124.
Some ancient authorities read be satisfied in number. II Esdr. 4.36.
125.
Or, military officers. Gr. commanders.
126.
Gr. bondservants.
127.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
128.
Gr. The blessing and the glory, &c.
129.
Gr. forever and ever.
130.
Gr. have said.
131.
Or, safe space.
132.
Or, prior. See ch. 4.6; comp. 5.6.
133.
Or, at.
134.
Gr. give.
135.
Or, for.
136.
Gr. has taken.
137.
Or, into.
138.
Gr. one eagle.
139.
Gr. images.
140.
That is, Destroyer.
141.
Gr. one voice.
142.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
143.
Gr. forever and ever.
144.
Some ancient authorities omit and the sea and everything in it.
145.
Or, time.
146.
Gr. workers.
147.
Or, about. Comp. Jn. 12.16.
148.
Gr. saying.
149.
Or, safe haven.
150.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
151.
Or, safe space.
152.
Gr. cast away.
153.
Or, Non-Jews.
154.
Gr. lamp stands.
155.
Gr. carcass.
156.
Gr. names of men, 7,000. Comp. ch. 3-4.
157.
Gr. forever and ever.
158.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
159.
Gr. servants.
160.
Or, safe space.
161.
Or, safe space.
162.
Or, Non-Jews.
163.
Gr. occupied planet.
164.
Or, Now is the time of salvation, power, and the kingdom; these belong to our God, and the authority has become His Christ's..
165.
Gr. tent of meeting.
166.
Some ancient authorities read I stood, &c. connecting the clause with what follows.
167.
Gr. killed.
168.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
169.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
170.
Or, to-do his works during. See Dan. 11.28.
171.
Gr. place of worship.
172.
Some ancient authorities omit And it was given ... to overcome them.
173.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
174.
Or, written in the book ... killed from the foundation of the world.
175.
The Greek text in this verse is somewhat uncertain.
176.
Or, leads to captivity.
177.
Or, steadfastness.
178.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
179.
Some ancient authorities read that even the image of the beast could speak; and he will cause &c.
180.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
181.
Some ancient authorities read 616.
182.
Or, an eternal gospel.
183.
Gr. sit.
184.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
185.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
186.
Gr. mixed.
187.
Gr. forever.
188.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
189.
Or, steadfastness.
190.
Or, in the Lord. From this point forward, yes, says the Spirit.
191.
Or, safe space.
192.
Gr. get dry.
193.
Or, safe space.
194.
Gr. vine.
195.
Or, glassy sea.
196.
Or, upon.
197.
Or, smooth sea.
198.
Gr. slave.
199.
Many ancient authorities read nations. Jer. 10.7.
200.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
201.
Or, refuge.
202.
Or, refuge.
203.
Many ancient authorities read in linen, ch. 19.8.
204.
Gr. forever and ever.
205.
Or, refuge.
206.
Or, safe space.
207.
Or, safe space.
208.
Or, there came.
209.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
210.
Gr. essence of life.
211.
Some ancient authorities read and they turned into.
212.
Or, judge. Because they ... prophets, you have also given them blood to drink.
213.
Or, him.
214.
Or, upon.
215.
Gr. inhabited planet.
216.
Or, Armageddon.
217.
Or, refuge.
218.
Some ancient authorities read there was a guy.
219.
Or, Non-Jews.
220.
Or, names full of profanity.
221.
Gr. gold-plated.
222.
Or, and of the unclean things.
223.
Or, a mystery, Babylon the Great.
224.
Or, witnesses. See ch. 2.13.
225.
Some ancient authorities read and he goes.
226.
Gr. on.
227.
Gr. will be present.
228.
Or, meaning.
229.
Or, there are.
230.
Gr. has a kingdom.
231.
Or, jail.
232.
Some authorities read of the wine ... have had drinks.
233.
Some ancient authorities omit the wine of.
234.
Or, luxury.
235.
Or, stick together.
236.
Or, luxurious.
237.
Some ancient authorities omit the Lord.
238.
Or, lavishly.
239.
Gr. cargo.
240.
Gr. amomum.
241.
Gr. bodies. Gen. 36.6 (Sept.).
242.
Or, lives.
243.
Gr. gold-plated.
244.
Gr. work the ocean.
245.
Gr. one.
246.
Some ancient authorities omit of any craft.
247.
Gr. servants.
248.
Gr. have said.
249.
Gr. forever and ever.
250.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
251.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
252.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
253.
Some ancient authorities omit called.
254.
Some ancient authorities read dipped in.
255.
Gr. winepress of the wine of the intensity.
256.
Gr. one.
257.
Or, military officers Gr. military leaders.
258.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
259.
Gr. upon.
260.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
261.
Or, authority.
262.
Some ancient authorities read the.
263.
Some ancient authorities insert from God.
264.
Gr. forever and ever.
265.
Or, the the holy city of Jerusalem coming down new from heaven.
266.
Gr. tent of meeting.
267.
Some ancient authorities omit, and be their God.
268.
Or, Write, these words are trustworthy and genuine.
269.
Gr. influencer.
270.
Gr. gateways.
271.
Gr. portals.
272.
Or, lapis lazuli.
273.
Or, sapphire.
274.
Or, clear as glass.
275.
Or, safe space.
276.
Or, safe space.
277.
Or, and the Lamb, the light of it.
278.
Or, by.
279.
Gr. usual.
280.
Or, does.
281.
Or, the Lamb. In the middle of the street and on both sides of the river was the tree of life, &c.
282.
Or, a tree.
283.
Or, fruit crops.
284.
Or, no more anything cursed.
285.
Gr. slaves.
286.
Gr. forever and ever.
287.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
288.
See marginal note on ch. 3.9.
289.
Or, yet more.
290.
Or, income.
291.
Or, the control over Comp. ch. 6.8.
292.
Gr. portals.
293.
Or, does Comp. ch. 21.27.
294.
Gr. over.
295.
Or, Both.
296.
Gr. upon.
297.
Or, even from the things that are written.
298.
Some ancient authorities add Christ.
299.
Two ancient authorities read with all.
300.
Bacon, Intro to New Test., p. 235; and New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 160.
301.
As held by Seiss and others, following Heinrich, who make the topic of the Revelation Christ in his Second Advent, contrary to the generally accepted exegesis.
302.
Alford, Plummer, Lee, Milligan, and others, as against Düsterdieck, Stuart, and the preterists generally.
303.
“It refers to the revelation that Jesus provides, not the one that reveals him.... The word revelation ἀποκάλυψις is specifically used for the Gospel; no prophecy in the Old Testament is referred to as a revelation.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 1; also cf. Düsterdieck, Meyer's Com. on Rev., pp. 94-95.
304.
“The testimony of Jesus Christ, like the revelation of Jesus Christ, refers to what he personally gave, not what is said about him.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 2.
305.
Simcox, Cambridge University Test., Rev., p. 41; Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 2; also cf. Moulton, Intro to Literature of Bib., p. 312, who says, "A careful reading will reveal that these words should be understood not as part of the revelation, but as the writer's (or editor's) comment on the book." This view, it will be seen, does not affect the sense of the verses, but only their origin.
306.
“Understanding can only grasp what is, has been, or will be. It’s impossible for anything to exist for understanding in any way other than as a matter of fact in those three time relationships.” (Kant, Critique of Pure Reason, Watson's "Choices," p. 186; or, in a slightly different translation, Edition of Meiklejohn, p. 307). It is important for us to note that God is thus presented as comprehending in himself all the possibilities of existence in human understanding.
307.
For the view that the origin of this conception is to be found in the later Jewish literature rather than in the Old Testament, see Scott in New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 126. Swete interprets, "The spirits are seven here because there are seven churches where they operate." Revelation of St. John, p. 6.
308.
R. V. “freed us from our sins through his blood.” The addition or removal of just one letter in the Greek word changes the meaning between the A. V. ‘washed’ and the R. V. ‘loosed.’ The manuscript evidence for both options is quite balanced; the other supporting evidence is similar. Overall, the older reading, ‘washed,’ appears to align better with the themes of the book and with the general style of Johannine writing. *New Century Bible*, Rev., p. 127.
309.
“The ongoing return (the arrival of the Lord with the power of the Spirit) that precedes and announces the complete display of his strength and glory is the main theme of the Apocalypse.” Reynolds, Pulp. Com., John's Gospel, Intr., p. lxxxvi.
310.
This title, Παντοκράτωρ “the Almighty,” is used nine times in Revelation, and only once elsewhere in the New Testament (II Cor. 6:18).
311.
Tribulation is the pervading undertone of the whole book. "The driving force behind the vision in the Apocalypse is the suffering of the church." (Ramsay, The Church in the Roman Empire, p. 295). “Patience is the ethical key” (New Century Bible, Rev., p. 129).
312.
See notes on “The Spot” in the Introduction to this volume.
313.
"The earliest use of the name (the Lord's day) is in this passage," Scott, New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 130; Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 5.
314.
See Scott, art. "Rev." Hastings' Dictionary of Christ and Gospel
315.
"The vision of the Divine Christ in Rev. 1 influences every following paragraph in the Apocalypse." Reynolds, art. "Book of John" Hastings' Bible Dictionary
316.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 7; also see Thayer's Gr. Lex. of New Test.
317.
"The connection between angels and stars was a common idea among Semitic people." (Moulton). Each star was conceived of by the Jews as having its angel, as also every force and phenomenon of nature had its separate angel. It is not strange, therefore, that John grouped them in his thought.
318.
Milligan, International Commission., vol. iv, Rev., p. 36; also Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev. p. 8. For the other view see Faussett, J. F. & B. Comments on Rev., p. 589; Stuart, Commentary on Apocalypse, pp. 460-1; and Trench, Ep's to Seven Ch's, p. 75f.
319.
“This final image isn’t as unusual as it seems at first glance, because the short Roman sword had a tongue-like shape.” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, art. "Sword."
320.
An indication of divine power as well as victory; for "It was taught in the Rabbinic schools that the key to death was one of four keys (the keys to life, the grave, food, and rain) that were held solely by God." New Century Bible, Rev., p. 133.
321.
The word "mystery" is not used in the Bible in the modern sense of ‘something that cannot be fathomed or understood,’ but rather it refers to something that is waiting to be revealed or something that, when explained, provides understanding. In this latter sense, it is similar to our word ‘Symbol.’ This is the meaning to be understood here and in chapter xxii. 7. (New Century Bible, Rev., pp. 133-4). In the general and broader sense, however, In the New Testament, the term μυστήριον refers to truths that were once hidden but are now revealed and understood by everyone, and are inherently clear. Bruce, Exp. Gr. Test., vol. I, p. 196.
322.
See art. “Rev.”, Hastings' Biblical Dictionary; also New Test. Doctr. of Rev. in the same work, vol. V. p. 334e.
323.
Milligan, Lect. on Revelation, p. 16.
324.
Asia in the New Testament (with the possible exception of Acts 2:9) always means the Roman province of that name, which embraced only the western part of what we now call Asia Minor, and consisted of Mysia, Lydia, Caria, and part of Phrygia, with the islands of the coast,—see the map in the beginning of this volume. “Asia was one of the wealthiest, most populated, and intellectually vibrant of the Roman provinces.” Ramsay, art. “Asia.” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
325.
Ramsay, Letters to Seven Chapters, p. 35.
326.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 3; Swete, Revelation of St. John, Intr., p. liv, and p. 4.
327.
Milligan, Lecture on Apocalypse, p. 38; Stuart, Comments on Apocalypse, pp. 101-16, and Excur. II, p. 747 in same volume; also see App'x E in this volume on the "Meaning of Numbers."
328.
Sayce, Hibbert Lect's on *Origin and Growth of Religion*, p. 82.
329.
So Milligan, Plummer, and others—see notes in Ch. 20:2f.
330.
"One of the most notable aspects of the Seven Letters is the tone of unwavering and absolute authority that runs through them from start to finish." Ramsay, Messages to Seven Churches, p. 75.
331.
See Ramsay's Messages to the Seven Churches, where there will be found much accurate information concerning the seven cities that is based upon an extended residence in those cities, and careful personal investigation. A more concise account by the same author is given in Hastings' Bible Dictionary, in the separate articles upon each city.
332.
Moulton's Modern Read. Book., Rev., p. 196.
333.
The exhortation to “Listen to what the Spirit says to the churches” applies not only to what is contained in the seven epistles, but to the entire Apocalypse which follows. See Ramsay's Letters to Seven Chapters, p. 38.
334.
Paradise is the word used in the Septuagint for Eden. It occurs but three times in the New Testament. It originally signified a park or garden such as was used by Oriental monarchs for a pleasure-ground, but in Christian usage it becomes a name for the scene of rest and recompense for the righteous after death. See art. “Paradise” by Salmond, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
335.
Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., pp. 59-60.
336.
Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 30.
337.
Pergamus, though a rarer form, is preferable to Pergamos (A. V.), or Pergamum (R. V.) as the designation of the city, owing to its softer sound for the English ear, though the form is otherwise indifferent. See Ramsay's art. "Pergamum," Hastings' Biblical Dictionary "Ἡ Πέργαμος is mentioned in Xenophon, Pausanius, and Dion Cassius, but τὸ Πέργαμον is used in Strabo, Polybius, and most other writers, as well as in the inscriptions; the ending is unclear in Apoc. i.11 and ii.12." Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 33.
338.
"Pergamum was the first location in Asia where, as early as the reign of Augustus, a temple was built to honor Rome and the Emperor." Salmon, History. Introduction to New Testament., p. 239. "An reference to the widespread paganism of Pergamum... but mostly, perhaps, to the new worship of Caesar, in which Pergamum was a leader, and which posed a greater threat to the survival of the Church than any other pagan practices." Swete, Revelation of St. John, p. 34.
339.
"The name Balaam doesn't refer to a sect, but rather to a set of principles." Briggs, Gospel Chaos, p. 451; also see New Central Bible, Rev., p. 143.
340.
This identification is suggested by the present author as a probable one, for jade is the most notable white stone that was in use in ancient times, and it is still highly prized for seals, charms, and kindred purposes in China and the Far East. Dr. Schlieman found implements made from the coarser kinds of it in the immediate region of Pergamus among the relics of the oldest of the cities in the excavations at Hissarlik, the mound of ancient Ilium, near Troas; and a jade celt engraved with Gnostic formulæ in Greek characters is preserved in the Christy collection. See art. “Jade,” Encyclopedia Britannica
341.
Trench, Epistles to Seven Churches, pp. 178-80. Trench's view, however, that the Urim and Thummim consisted of a single stone is not correct, though his interpretation of this passage is as usual very suggestive. See art. "Urim and Thummim" in Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
342.
See Trench, Stuart, Plummer, Lee, Scott, and others. Lange says concisely, "There were two meanings associated with the white stone among the Greeks: one was acquittal in judgment, and the other was the granting of a rank or dignity." Lange's (Commentary on Revelation, p. 121). Swete says “The white stone symbolizes the promise of divine favor, bringing with it a deep understanding of God and Christ that only the holder can truly grasp.” (Book of Revelation, p. 40).
343.
See art. “Signet,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
344.
Hilprecht, S. S. Times, Sept. 10, 1904, art. "Life in Babylon during the Time of Ezra and Nehemiah."
345.
Weizsäcker thinks the new name is “the Logos of John's Gospel” (Apost. Age, vol. II p. 171); but by “new” is more likely meant a hitherto unknown name. Stevens interprets it as "a symbol for the Messiah," (Theology of the New Testament, p. 540). On the other hand Scott says, “A new name represents a new identity.” (New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 143); and Ramsay regards it as "maybe a reference to the practice of taking new and secret baptismal names," (art. “Pergamum,” Hastings' Bible Dictionary); also Düsterdieck thinks that the name applies to the Christian (Com. on Rev., p. 148); and Swete holds the same view (Book of Revelation, p. 40). “White” and "new" as Trench points out, are "keywords" in the Apocalypse (Episodes to Seven Chapters, p. 172).
346.
Ramsay explains, "There was a Jewish community established in Thyatira, and a mixed form of worship emerged, combining Jewish and pagan elements, referred to in Revelation as the woman Jezebel." (Paul the Traveler and Roman Citizen, p. 215). Scott thinks it "It’s most likely that the reference is to a well-known and influential woman within the church at Thyatira, whose impact on the Christian community was similar to Jezebel's influence on Ahab—a self-proclaimed prophetess, whose teachings and example were both harmful to Christian morality." (New Century Bible, Rev., p. 147). Schürer also holds that Jezebel denoted a definite woman, (Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, art. “Thyatira”). Plummer finds in the name a unity of symbolism with other parts of the book, thus, "Jezebel foreshadows the prostitute in chapter 17, just as Balaam foreshadows the false prophet in chapter 13." (Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 66).
347.
Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 42.
348.
"To get to know ‘the depths,’ (meaning the profound aspects of divinity, as they would refer to them—referred to here as ‘the deep things of Satan’ in an ironic sense) was a crucial facade for the Gnostics." Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comm. on Rev., p. 152.
349.
"I will allow him to see the Morning Star.". Moffatt, New Translation of New Testament.
350.
“The term used is κλέπτης a ‘thief,’ and not ληστὴς a ‘robber,’ indicating that secrecy, rather than violence, is the focus of the comparison.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 108.
351.
"The word ‘white’ (λευκὸς), except for Mat. 5.36 and Jn. 4.35, is always used in the New Testament to refer to heavenly purity and brightness." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 109.
352.
The "Book of Life" is mentioned seven times in the Revelation, an indication of the place it occupied in the writer's thought.
353.
Ramsay, Letters to Seven Ch's, pp. 377-78.
354.
Milligan, Internet Commerce, Rev., p. 48.
355.
Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 136.
356.
Ramsay, art. “Sardis,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
357.
Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 53; and Ramsay, art. “Philly,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
358.
Bousset's inference is scarcely justifiable:—"It has the feeling of an imminent conclusion; the final, major conflict across the entire world is approaching; the storm is coming closer; the seer already sees the flash of lightning.". (New Testament. Bible., Rev., pp. 153-4). Swete also interprets similarly, as referring to "the difficult times that come before the Parousia," and adds, "This final sorting of humanity was about to happen." (Book of Revelation, p. 55).
359.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 113; Wordsworth, quoted in Bib. Com., Rev., p. 547.
360.
Ramsay, art. "Philly," Hastings' Bible Dictionary; and his Letters to Seven Churches., p. 400.
361.
“The word ‘Amen’ is used here as a proper name for our Lord, and this is the only instance of such usage. The ‘faithful and true witness’ is an elaboration on the Amen.”. Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 114-15.
362.
“The origin of God's creation.” Moffatt, *New Translation of New Testament*.
363.
“Laodicea was the well-known medical center in Phrygia. The description of the medicine mentioned here is unclear due to a mistranslation. It wasn't an ointment, but a kollyrium, which came in the form of small cylinders made from various ingredients. It could be used either by direct application or by grinding it into a powder to be smeared on the affected area.” Ramsay, Letters to Seven Churches., p. 429.
364.
See art. “Laodicea” by Ramsay, Hastings' Bible Dictionary; and Swete, Revelation of St. John, pp. 61-2.
365.
See App'x F, “The Literary Structure of the Apocalypse.”
366.
See Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, art. "Precious stones;" also the separate arts. in the same work on the names of precious stones which we find in the Revelation. Plummer regards the jasper, which is further described in ch. 21:11 as being “clear as day,” to be the modern diamond, while Cheyne thinks it the opal, and Scott identifies the sardius with our carnelian.
367.
The A. V. reads, “there was a sea of glass”; the R. V. renders, "like a smooth sea"; and the Am. R. V. gives, "like a sea of glass." The Revisers evidently regarded the phrase as a figurative way of describing the quiet of the sea. Alford, however, and Swete interpret literally as “a glassy sea.”
368.
Cf. Faussett, J. F. & B. Comm. on Rev., p. 625.
369.
See New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 164.
370.
Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 145; Swete, Revelation of St. John, p. 68.
371.
"Throughout the vision, no past tense is used. The vision depicts the worship of heaven (as much as it can be understood by humans) as it goes on forever." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 145.
372.
Bleek, Lecture on Apoc., p. 199; Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 145.
373.
New Century Bible, Rev., p. 163.
374.
New Central Bible, Rev., p. 163.
375.
For Bleek's view of the arrangement see notes on "The Lamb in the Center of the Throne," under ch. 5:6-8a.
376.
“No one can definitively say that created beings lower than humans won't, in some way, be part of the afterlife.” A. A. Hodge, unpublished Classroom Lectures.
377.
See in Am. R. V., I Sam. 4:4; II Sam. 6:2; II Ki. 1:9-15; I Chr. 13:6; Ps. 80:1, 99:1; Isa. 37:16; Ezek. 10:1-20.
378.
Fairbairn regards the cherubim as typifying "All living creatures on Earth, especially humans, who are its rational and immortal leaders.". See his Type, vol. 1, pp. 125-208. Plummer similarly interprets the living beings as symbolical of all animal life, and suggests that the human face of the cherubim represents "Humanity, unlike the church (represented by the twenty-four elders), seems to show God's power to use those parts of humanity that haven't been accepted into the church for His purposes and glory." Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 146. Also see art. “Cherubs,” Hastings' Dict. of Bib.; and for an apocalyptic description of the cherubim, Book of Enoch (ed. Charles), 14:11, 18; 20:7; 61:10; 76:7.
379.
Stuart, Commentary on Apocalypse, p. 515; also cf. Düsterdieck, and Plummer. Other definitions, though differing in statement, have a general similarity. For example, “The Book of Destiny” (Bacon, Intro to New Testament, p. 284); “The Book of Doom” (Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev. p. 382); "The History Book" (Temple Bib., Intr. to Rev., p. xxxvii); or, better still, "God's Guidance Book" (Lee, Bib. Com., Rev., p. 563). Faussett, following De Burgh, makes the book “The Title Deed to Humanity’s Inheritance Redeemed by Christ” (J. F. & B. Comment on Rev., p. 602). Seiss accepts this interpretation and explains further by reference to Jewish customs of land tenure (Lectures on Revelation, vol. i, p. 266f.). The definition preferred in the present volume is “The Book of God's Plan for the Ages.”
380.
"A Roman will, when written, needed to be sealed seven times to verify its authenticity, and some say this explains the symbolism used here." (Experience Group Test., Rev. p. 383); but this suggestion is of doubtful value when the Hebrew use of seven was so well established.
381.
See Düsterdieck, Meyer's Com. on Rev., p. 207.
382.
"The ability to open was a result of a previous victory, namely the redemption." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 164.
383.
“The kingship of Christ is explained more clearly in Revelation than in any other part of the New Testament, not in a single verse but through the overall imagery in the book.” Riddle, unpublished Classroom Lectures on Revelations. Also see Pfleiderer, Paul's Impact on Christianity (Hibbert Lect., 1885), p. 130.
384.
"John went looking for a lion and saw a Lamb instead," the change of symbol seeming to indicate that "The strength of Christ is the power of love." See Stevens, New Test. Theology., p. 542. "The name that best conveys what Christ means to Christians is the ‘Lamb.’ "This appears twenty-nine times in the book." Porter, art. Rev., Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible "This is a powerful way of expressing the truth that the key element in history is kindness." Dean, Revelation, p. 103.
385.
See Bleek's Lect. on Apoc., p. 200f.
386.
Cf. Bisping, quoted by Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 167.
387.
"This description of the exalted Lord, wonderful as an entirely mental idea, becomes unbearable if we try to give it physical form and expression." (Trench, Ep's to Seven Ch's, p. 64). In fact, “No scene in the great Christian Apocalypse can be accurately recreated on canvas; the imagery is symbolic, not pictorial.” (Swete, Book of Revelation, Intr., p. cxxxiv.) "Symbolism doesn't appeal to our visual sense at all; instead, it engages some analytical ability or conventional associations of ideas." (Moulton, Bible. Idyls, Intr. p. xx). The incongruity of many of their symbols from the aesthetic point of view does not seem to have occurred to the Hebrew mind, for with them the religious idea was predominant. Many of the events recorded in the Revelation are manifestly impossible except in a vision.
388.
Here, we find the ideas from chapter 1, verse 5 reiterated (specifically, the love and redemption of Christ), along with the additional thought that the kind of love shown in Christ's sacrifice for humanity's redemption deserves not only full praise, but also the commitment of the future to its stewardship. It’s essentially a vivid way of expressing that redeeming love is the ultimate truth in the universe that deserves all admiration and to which everything else must be secondary. Denney, Death of Christ, p. 246.
389.
Moulton's Modern Reading. Bible., Psa. vol. i, Intr., p. xxxiif.
390.
The call is most naturally understood as a call for the vision to appear. Simcox so interprets: "Each living creature takes turns calling one of the horsemen." (Cambridge Grammar Test., Rev., p. 85); Scott, also, holds the same view (New Century Bible, Rev., p. 176); and Moffatt, prefers it (New Translation. New Testament., footnote). Plummer, however, says the call is addressed to John,—perhaps a more common view; on the other hand Alford, Milligan, and Swete, say the call is to Christ to come. The view that the call is addressed to the rider is more likely correct, though the interpretation of the seals is not materially affected by the view we may take of this part of the symbolism. In any case, "Every living being draws attention to the unfolding future of the creation they all represent." Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 185.
391.
To conquer, and so he may conquer. This is the core of the entire vision. Only Christ and his kingdom can truly be said to conquer... only Christ's kingdom will have no end.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 184.
392.
New Century Bible, Rev., p. 179; also see Mommsen's Provinces of the Roman Empire, vol. ii, p. 1 (note), Swete regards the first seal as “a picture of victorious militarism.” Book of Revelation, p. 84.
393.
“White is always characteristic in the Revelation of heavenly things,” Plummer, (Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 183). "If anyone other than our Lord is the one who goes out conquering and to conquer, then even if the following interpretation sometimes touches on the truth... the real key to the book is lost." (Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 249).
394.
Plummer, Pulp.Com, Rev., p. 185. For a different interpretation see Milligan, Exhibits. Bibliography., Rev., p. 91.
395.
A choenix of wheat for a denarius &c. The choenix seems to have been the daily food ration for one person, while the denarius was the daily wage for a soldier or a common worker.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 185.
396.
The oil and the wine are interpreted by some (as Wordsworth, and Milligan) to mean spiritual food which will not be lacking in time of famine; but this opinion is not sustained by anything in the text. Swete understands the vision to forbid famine prices, and to refer only to relative hardships—an unusual view.
397.
It is doubtless true, as pointed out by Ramsay, that according to the usual custom in celebrating a triumph “the Roman generals were carried in a four-horse chariot” (Letters to 7 Churches, p. 58). This, however, does not seem to have been necessarily or always the case, and even when so, the horses were white. Cf. Swete, Revelation of St. John, p. 84; and Scott, New Century Bible, Rev., p. 177.
398.
It is interesting to note that God is here described (v. 10) as ὁ δεσπότης an absolute ruler, a word implying the divine might and authority, which occurs but once in the Apocalypse, and which is translated “Sir” in the A. V., and "Master" in the R. V. This term, it should be understood, is “strictly the counterpart of slave, δοῦλος, and therefore signifies complete ownership and unchecked power.” (Thayer's Gr.-Eng. Lex. New Test.) In its present use "It seems to express the concept of a personal relationship, as Paul refers to himself as the slave of Christ (δοῦλος)." (Strong, art. "John, Apostle," Hastings' Bible Dictionary)
399.
For an interesting parallel passage in Apocalyptic literature see Ascension of Isaiah, 9.7-18, where the saints, as here, receive a preliminary reward; also, Bk of Enoch, 22:5f, where the voice of the spirits of the children of men who were dead “broke through to heaven and complained.”
400.
"Lord's Day" is a notable phrase in the New Testament, and should receive our careful attention, though it only occurs twice in the Apocalypse (ch. 6:14; 16:14). As Davidson interprets it, “The day of the Lord is an end-times concept; the phrase shouldn't be interpreted as ‘a day of the Lord,’ as if it referred to any significant disaster or judgment that might be anticipated: this day signifies the ultimate and worldwide judgment.” (See art. “Eschatology of the Old Testament”; Hastings' Bible Dictionary). This view, however, must not be applied too strictly; for while it is clear that the final day is usually the thought in mind, yet through long and continuous use the phrase "the Lord's Day" seems to have acquired a wider application, and to have been applied to any striking crisis in the history of the world, each day of the Lord being, however, a type of the final and great day. (See Rawlinson, Pulp. Com., Isa., p. 228).
401.
Cf. New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 124.
402.
See App'x G, "Apoc. Lit."
403.
The view here given, limiting the contents of the seventh seal to the first verse of the eighth chapter, is upon the whole the preferable one (Plummer, Pulp.Com, Rev., p. 229; Wordsworth, The Apoc., p. 155; and Vaughan, Lecture on Revelation, pp. 204-5), though it is disputed on exegetical grounds by Düsterdieck and others (Meyer's Comments on Revision. p. 261f.). It will be found, however, that it is amply sustained by a broad view of the context. This verse (ch. 8:1) might well have been included in chapter seven, at the close of the episode of the sealed ones where it properly belongs.
404.
Lee, Bib. Com., Rev., p. 595.
405.
Riddle, unpublished Classroom Lecture on Review.
406.
"Three types of significance are associated with sealing in the Scriptures: (1) to authenticate; (2) to assert ownership; and (3) to ensure safety. The meaning of sealing in Revelation appears to merge the latter two concepts." (New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 191). Possibly all senses of the term may be here included, which gives a very forcible meaning. In Charles' view the sealing in Revelation is to secure the servants of God against the attacks of demonic powers, or against the Antichrist. See his Studies in Apoc., p. 130.
407.
The omission of the tribe of Dan in the enumeration of the twelve tribes of Israel has been accounted for in various ways; but most likely it occurred as suggested by Ewald by an error of transcription, MAN, (the abbreviated form of Manasses) being substituted for ΔΑΝ, the correct reading. In favor of this suggestion is the fact that the correct order of birth of the sons of Jacob would thereby be followed, except that Joseph is placed before Reuben because of the prominent place he occupies as the ancestor of our Lord. See Plummer, Pulp.Com, Rev., pp. 207-8.
408.
Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., vol. V, pp. 394-6; Jülicher, New Test., Intro., pp. 287-8; and Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 192.
409.
"Maybe no part of the Apocalypse has impacted popular beliefs about the end times as much." Swete, Revelation of John, p. 98.
410.
For a like passage where the sealed wear white garments, see 2 Esdras 2.34-42.
411.
As Trench, followed by Milligan.
412.
Faussett, J. F. & B. Comm. on Rev., p. 605; also Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comment on Rev., pp. 242-50, who aptly says, “The number 144,000 mentioned there (v. 1-8) is not literal but symbolic, representing the idea of numerability, while here (v. 9) the innumerability of the large multitude is particularly highlighted.”
413.
As Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev. p. 207, who says, "Here, as in other places, it represents the spiritual Israel."
414.
“Saved by our God, who sits on the throne, and by the Lamb!” Moffatt, New Translation of the New Testament
415.
"When visions related to the church are explained, the elders play an active role, while angels present visions whose meanings are not explained." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 209.
416.
“These verses (v. 16, 17) are filled with memories of the Old Testament. There might not be any passage in all of literature that combines such simplicity of language with such profound thought as these two verses.” Dean, Revelation, p. 119.
417.
Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 100; Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 195.
418.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 230.
419.
For the first view see Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 238; for the second view see Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comm. on Rev., pp. 264-5; also Lange, Com. on Rev., p. 204.
420.
Vaughan, Lecture on Revelation, p. 207; and Stuart, Comm. on Rev., p. 564, where they are described as “presence angels;” also cf. Tobit, 12:15, "I am Raphael, one of the seven holy angels who bring the prayers of the saints and who enter and leave in the presence of the Holy One."; and Book of Enoch, 91:21, "And the Lord called those first seven white ones, etc." These instances serve to show how the Apocalypse of John reflects the current usage of Apocalyptic literature in his time.
421.
Cf. I Thess. 4:16; I Cor. 15:52; and II Esdr. 6.20, 25.
422.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 398; also compare with ch. 14:7, where these terms are apparently used as the sum of creation.
423.
Cf. Alford, Gr. Test., vol. 4, Rev., p. 638.
424.
Cf. Hos. 8:1; Hab. 1:8; and Apocalypse of Baruch 77.19-22.
425.
Cf. ch. 20:1-2; also see arts. “Depths”, and "Pit", Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible; and Book of Enoch, 21:10; and 18:11.
426.
Some find in this name a reference to Apollo, the pagan deity, and point out that the locust was one of the symbols of his cult, certainly a curious coincidence, but apparently not anything more than a coincidence. See New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 208.
427.
“The balance of authority appears to support keeping τεσσάρων ‘four,’ even though the Revisers leave it out. The altar of incense had four horns extending from the corners.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 265.
428.
Light is thrown upon these perplexing figures by a passage in the Ezra's Apocalypse quoted by Bousset: "A voice was heard: let these four kings be released who are bound near the great river Euphrates, and they will destroy a third of humanity. They were released, and there was a great disturbance." Also in the Book of Enoch (56:5), "The angels come together and turn east towards the Parthians and Medes, rousing their kings," as the four angels do here. John's conception is thus seen to be a reflection of existing apocalyptic material. See New Century Bible, Rev., p. 208.
429.
See Bible.com, Rev., p. 617.
430.
"The master contemplated the entire Revelation." Moulton, Modern Reading Bible., Rev., Intr. p. xxvi. "The fulfillment of the kingdom of God is the ultimate goal through which we should understand God's purpose in Christ." Orr, art. "Kingdom of God". Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
431.
Scott, New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 226; also cf. II Macc., 2.1-8; and Apocalypse Bar., 6.7-10.
432.
“The episodes are included to provide us with a look into the internal life of the church during times of persecution and hardship.” Ballentine, Mod. Am. Bib., Rev., p. 275.
433.
Cf. Plummer and Alford.
434.
New Central Bible, Rev., p. 216.
435.
Some, as Milligan, take this angel for Christ himself; but "Throughout the book, angels are clearly separate from the divine beings.", (Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 649)—a general rule that is never deviated from and should not be forgotten. "At no point in the book is our Lord depicted as an angel.", (Plummer, Pulp.Com, Rev., p. 231).
436.
"The Jews used to refer to thunder as the seven voices and believed it to be the voice of the Lord." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 274; also cf. Ps. 29:3f; 77:18; and 104:7.
437.
Humphries, accepting the modern composite view, says, “The consumption of the little book mentioned in chapter x. 10 indicates that we should expect references to earlier sources in what comes next.” St John and Other New Testament Teachers, p. 96.
438.
See commentaries of Westcott, Reynolds, and others on the Gospel of John.
439.
See Thayer's Lex. New Testament. Greek for the distinction between the use of ναὸς and ἱερὸν; also art. "Temple", Hastings' Biblical Dictionary, at the beginning. The word ἱερὸν, it will be noticed, is never used in the Apocalypse.
440.
Plummer thinks that the heavenly temple is indicated, because "Nowhere else in the book do Jerusalem and the temple represent earthly places.",—a view that deserves weighty consideration.
441.
"The outer court of the temple was built by Herod. Gentiles were allowed to enter this area, but they could not go into the part that was specifically for the Israelites and considered sacred. This area symbolizes all the outer-court worshippers, those mixed groups found alongside God's true people everywhere—some are associated with them, but they don't truly belong to them." Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 300-01.
442.
Stuart, Commentary on Apoc., p. 590; and Lange, Comments on Rev., p. 223, who somewhat differently regards this as a picture of “the inner and outer church”, a thought that may perhaps be included; also see Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 288, who says, "The temple is used here as a metaphor for the faithful part of the church of Christ, in contrast to the outer court, which represents the unfaithful part of the visible church that is handed over to the Gentiles—the embodiment of everything worldly." Scott, Paraphrase Version of Revelation, p. 33 says, "The inner shrine of God's house is truly His and lasts forever."; and Ballentine, Mod. Am. Bib., following Bp. Carpenter, says, “Just like Jerusalem and Babylon ... here the Temple and the courtyard of the Temple represent symbols. The gospel has transformed the history and locations of the past into a powerful allegory. It has infused their old names with the vitality of ongoing symbolism.”
443.
See Mommsen's Province of Rome Empire, vol. ii, pp. 214-17, note.
444.
On the return of the Jews to Palestine, expected by many as a fulfilment of prophecy, see the very satisfactory remarks of Davidson, art. End times theology, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, vol. i, pp. 737-8.
445.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 289; Faussett, J. F. & B., Comm. on Rev., p. 613; Wordsworth, The Apocalypse, lect. viii; and others.
446.
Cf. ch. 1:12f, where the seven candlesticks are the seven churches.
447.
See Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 289f, who is remarkably clear on this passage.
448.
“The two martyrs symbolize the martyr church participating in the royal priesthood of the Messiah and are gifted with the abilities of prophecy and performing miracles, just like the prophets of the past,” Briggs, Mess. of Apost., p. 318.
449.
Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 291; Bib. Com., Rev., p. 639; Vincent, Word Study in New Testament., 1 c.; also Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 661.
450.
Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 234.
451.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 310.
452.
In a footnote of the Revised Douay Version, however, the interpretation there given is, "The church of God. It can also, by association, refer to our blessed Lady."—an interpretation to which no objection can properly be made.
453.
“This three-part description (i.e. ‘the Old Serpent, he that is called the Devil, and Satan’) combines the early, the prophetic, and the New Testament understanding of the ultimate Power of Evil.” New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 230.
454.
See Thayer's Greek Lexicon of the New Testament
455.
See Farrar, Beginnings of Christianity, p. 527; and Stuart, Commentary on Apocalypse, pp. 627-8.
456.
Faussett, J. F. & B. Comment on Rev., p. 619; and Maurice, The Apoc., p. 181.
457.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 312; Wordsworth, Lecture on Apocalypse, p. 200, “St John is now going back to an earlier time.”
458.
Lee says, "Verses ten and eleven celebrate the future victory of believers." Bib. Com., Rev., p. 662; Plummer, favoring a similar view, suggests that, "The song of the heavenly voices might be meant to conclude with the word ‘Christ’ (v. 10), and the subsequent passages could be the words of the writer of the Apocalypse, possibly referring to the earthly martyrs." Pulp.com, Rev., p. 312.
459.
Bleek, Lect. on Apoc., p. 268; Stuart, Commentary on Apoc., p. 623.
460.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 312.
461.
Charles, art. “Book of Secrets of Enoch”, Hastings' Biblical Dictionary The basic idea here is likely that the Dragon and his angels tried to attack the highest heaven, but in the end, they were completely thrown out of heaven. New Century Bible, Rev., p. 230.
462.
Sayce, Hibbert Lectures., (1887), p. 102.
463.
Gunkel, Creation and Chaos, 1895.
464.
Porter, art. "Rev, Book of", Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
465.
"Reading the ideas of Rev. xii into the scattered Babylonian references to form the Marduk myth is too fragmented to be trusted as a foundation for such a theory;" Moffatt, *The Expositor*, Mar., '09, art. "Wellhausen and Others on the Apoc." For a statement of Gunkel's tradition-historical view see art. “Rev.” in Hastings' Bible Dictionary; also art. “Apocalypse and Recent Criticism”, Barton, American Journal of Theology, Oct. '98. Delitzsch in his first lecture on Babel and the Bible (1902) regards all references to the Dragon in Scriptures as echoes of Babylonian mythology. Davidson in art. “Angel”, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, regards such passages containing accounts of conflicts between God and other powerful beings as "memories of Cosmic or Creation myths."
466.
Moffatt supports the reading, "I was standing" (A. V.), and in this view he is supported by Ramsay.
467.
See Apocalypse of Baruch, 29.4 and II Esdr. 6.49.
468.
Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 221.
469.
Düsterdieck, Plummer, Faussett, and many others. Milligan is especially clear in his exposition of this passage, International Commercial, vol. iv, p. 105.
470.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 331.
471.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 331-2.
472.
Scott makes the sea out of which the first Beast emerges to be "the Mediterranean, from where the Roman Empire appeared before the eyes of the Jews"; and the earth to be the domain of "the Roman Empire, which gave rise to the priests of Caesar worship—a priesthood that originated locally", which constituted the second Beast. (New Testament. Bible., Rev., pp. 235 and 239). Plummer says, “The sea represents instability, confusion, and chaos, often symbolizing the unmanageable nations of the world in contrast to the church of God.... The other beast relates to the earth, thus splitting the entire world between them.” (Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 330 and 334).
473.
Cf. Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 341-43; Faussett, J. F. & B. Comments on Revision, pp. 621; and Vaughan, Lecture on Revelation, p. 342; also Bp. of Ripon's "Excursion on Revenue.", Pulp. Com., Rev., pp. 582-85.
474.
The identity of the Second Beast with the False Prophet of chs. 16:13, and 19:20, can scarcely be doubted when both contexts are considered, though some historical interpreters have identified the False Prophet with Mohammed, the false prophet of Islam, apparently without any special reason except that Mohammed is the most noted of all the false prophets of history, whereas the False Prophet in Revelation is the representative of all false religions in all time, an admirable symbol.
475.
We should not forget the great lesson of history here emphasized, that the natural religions of men are always intertwined with the civil power in heathen lands; and, also, how often in the past, even in Christian nations, the professed faith in Christ has been inwrought to its great undoing with the authority of the nation.
476.
Salmond, Intro to New Testament, p. 245; Bousset, Bible Encyclopedia, art. “Apocalypse”.; also Scott, New Central Bible, Rev., p. 239.
477.
The first is Alford's view, Grad. Test., vol. iv, pp. 675-79; the second is Moulton's Mod. Read. Bible., Rev., pp. 207-09.
478.
For a further discussion of the symbolism of the Second Beast see notes on ch 17.
479.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 336.
480.
“Philo criticized Jewish converts for letting themselves be marked with the symbols of idols.” (New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 191), an allusion evidently to the same practice as that referred to here in Revelation, and showing that the language used is something more than merely a figure of speech.
481.
“In apocalyptic writings, any interpretation that is added is just a clearer version of the mystery, not a solution to it.”. Schürer, History of the Jewish People, part II, vol. iii, p. 47.
482.
"It’s hard to see why there’s all this mystery surrounding the name of a dead emperor who wasn’t favored by either Jews or Romans, or why the name should be written in Hebrew for the Christians in Asia, or how such a significant name could be forgotten so quickly, especially considering the long-standing expectation of his return." (Dean, Revelation, p. 151.).
483.

See Salmon, Hist. Intr. to New Test., p. 23Of.; also Milligan, Expos. Bib., Rev., p. 235; and Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 337. Farrar's interpretation (following Reuss, Hitzig, and others) is Neron Kesar, using Hebrew letters in the spelling and omitting most of the vowels, as follows (see Early Days of Christianity, p. 540), viz:—

See Salmon, History. Introduction to New Testament., p. 23Of.; also Milligan, Exhibitions. Bibliography., Rev., p. 235; and Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 337. Farrar's interpretation (following Reuss, Hitzig, and others) is Neron Kesar, using Hebrew letters in the spelling and omitting most of the vowels, as follows (see Early Days of Christianity, p. 540), viz:—

N=50
R=200
O=6
N=50

N(E)RON=306
K=100
S=60
R=200

K(E)S(A)R=360

N=50
R=200
O=6
N=50

N(E)RON=306
K=100
S=60
R=200

K(E)S(A)R=360

This interpretation is the one now generally accepted by the advanced school of commentators in the present day. On the other hand if the last letter of the name (N) be dropped we have the value of 616, which is the alternate reading in some manuscripts. Moulton, however, says the number contains “probably a temporary allusion of which the point is now lost” that gave a clue to the general significance, viz. “world-religion and superstition in contradistinction to world-force.” (Mod. Read. Bib., Rev., p. 209). “The non-identification of Nero with the 666 by any early writer is significant.” (Cowan, art. “Nero”, Hastings' Dict. of Bib.). “Surely not ‘Nero Kaisar,’ but ‘Ashhur-Ramman’!” Cheyne, Fresh Voyages on Unfrequented Waters, p. 171—1914).

This interpretation is now widely accepted by the modern group of commentators today. Conversely, if we drop the last letter of the name (N), we get the value of 616, which is an alternate reading found in some manuscripts. However, Moulton suggests that the number includes "likely a temporary reference whose importance is now forgotten" that provided insight into its general meaning, namely, “world religion and superstition compared to world force.” (Mod. Read. Bib., Rev., p. 209). "It's noteworthy that no early writer linked Nero to the 666." (Cowan, art. “Nero”, Hastings' Biblical Dictionary). “Surely not ‘Nero Caesar,’ but ‘Ashhur-Ramman’!” Cheyne, New Adventures on Unexplored Waters, p. 171—1914).

484.
Porter, art. “Rev., Book of,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
485.
Following the Hebrew custom of offering the first fruits to God, the term is probably used in this figure as the symbol of that which is given to God, though it may possibly refer to those who share in the first resurrection.
486.
“Virgins, is a term that can refer to both men and women.” Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 347; also Swete regards the word “virgins” as a metaphor for purity, as most interpreters; cf. Thayer's Greek Lexicon of the New Testament, for the secondary use of the term. It is evident that the phrase "These are the ones who were not corrupted by women."—or "among women"—may properly be interpreted as applying to men who were not so defiled, though it here apparently represents a class, whether men or women, who are declared to be free from impurity, a phrase that in such a book as the Apocalypse is more likely to refer to that which is spiritual than to that which is physical. Alford, however, (Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 685), and Moffatt, also, (Exp. Gr. Test., vol. v, p. 436), both interpret literally as “virgins.”
487.
“The writer is challenging the fear that when the Messiah arrives, those who are still alive on earth will have some advantage over those who have already died. However, John disagrees with the prevailing negative belief that death is better than life. Instead, he asserts that if death occurs while fulfilling religious duty, it does not entail any loss.” Moffatt, Example Grade. Test., Rev., pp. 439-40.
488.
"In Jewish apocalyptic writings since Daniel, a Son of Man has been mentioned who will come to judge the world in the clouds of heaven." (Pfleiderer, Hibbert Lecture (1885), p. 34. An early messianic interpretation was given to the term, apparently because of its fitness, though in Daniel's vision "the Son of Man," a figure in human form, is understood by most late interpreters to be used as a symbol of Israel, whose higher qualities are set in contrast with the four beasts, and its messianic use is believed to have arisen later, though, perhaps, soon after that period. For an instructive discussion of this familiar title, “the Son of Man”, so difficult to adequately interpret, see Charles' edition of the Book of Enoch, app'x B; also art. "Son of Man" in Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible; and Sanday's art. “Jesus Christ” in the same; together with art. "Son of Man" in Hastings' Dictionary of Christ and Gospel
489.
"Another angel; meaning in addition to those already mentioned, and it does not imply that the one who sat on the cloud was an angel.", Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 350.
490.
For the first view see Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 350; Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 691f; and Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 187. For the second view see Scott, New Century Bible., Rev., p. 250; and Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., pp. 441-42.
491.
Cf. Book of Enoch, 100.3.
492.
Moulton's Modern Reading. Bible., Rev., p. 210.
493.
See Intr. to Johan. B'ks., Temple Bib.
494.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 3.
495.
"The entirety of God's anger in the final judgment is not fully expressed by these vials; it only represents all of His anger in sending plagues on the earth before the judgment." Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 693.
496.
Moulton, Mod. Read. Bib., Rev., p. 198. Lange suggests that "The crystal sea looks like it's lit up and glowing red from the intense light of the Anger Vials." (Comment on Rev., p. 290); Alford thinks the fire in the sea is significant of judgment, (Gr. Test., vol iv, p. 693); and Swete says, “The red glow of the sea revealed the fire the martyrs had endured, and even more the anger that was soon to be unleashed on the world that had judged them.” (Book of Revelation, p. 191).
497.
So Düsterdieck, Faussett, Plummer, Alford, and others; for the Greek preposition ἐπὶ with the accusative, see Thayer's *Gr. Lex. of New Test.* Swete, however, regarding the sea to be of glass, interprets "on the sea itself, which creates the solid ground for the final approach to the throne," (Book of Revelation, p. 192), a view which scarcely accords with our idea of a sea.
498.
Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., pp. 253-4. Also see Westcott and Hort in App'x to Gr. Test., “Notes on Selected Readings,” p. 139, who favor the Revisers' view (λίθον); and Swete, Revelation of St. John, p. 195, who supports the former reading (λίνον).
499.
Scott, New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 254; Plummer says, "The reason for using the term ‘vial,’ or ‘bowl,’ is probably based on the phrase ‘cup of God's anger,’ found in chapter 14, verse 10." Pulp.com, Rev., p. 392.
500.
The term “the angel of the waters” reflects the apocalyptic style of thought, for it is not unusual in apocalyptic writings to assign a presiding spirit to natural phenomena. Cf. Book of Enoch (ed. Charles), 60.16-21; also Intr. to same, p. 34. In the Apocalypse of John, just as in other writings of the same class, we find that "Angels are linked to cosmic or elemental forces like fire and water, which they guide." Davidson, art. "Angel," Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible Also cf. chs. 7:1; 9:11; and 14:18; in connection with 16:5.
501.
"A figure that may be inspired by Cyrus's act of redirecting the river's waters when he conquered the city of Babylon." Bib. Com., Rev., p. 721.
502.
Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comment on Rev., p. 419; also Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 700. For a different view see Milligan, International Com., Rev., p. 122; and Plummer, Pulp. Com., p. 395.
503.
“All is over”. Moffatt, New Translation of New Testament
504.
See Ascension of Isaiah, ch. 7, where the firmament is the abode of evil spirits; also cf. Eph. 2:2, in which Satan is called "the prince of the power of the air," apparently reflecting the thought of the time, which regarded the air as the abiding place of evil spirits.
505.
"Every apocalyptic writer envisioned the end of the world based on the disasters of their time, just on a larger scale and with more intensity." Harnack, art. "Rev." Encyclopedia Britannica; also see Moses' Assumption, 10.8.
506.
20th Century New Testament in Modern English, ch. 15.1; the Am. R. V. reads, “In them is completed the anger of God.”.
507.
Frogs which were unclean to the Hebrews become here a fitting type of unclean spirits.
508.
See art. “Armageddon,” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
509.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 396. “The final world battle.” Moulton, Modern. Read. Bible., Rev., p. 212. See note on ch. 19:11-21, where this same event is again referred to.
510.
See division made by Purvis in art. “Rev.”, Davis' Dictionary of the Bible; also the analysis given in the introductory part of 20th Century New Testament, vol. iii, Rev., “Contents.”
511.
"The comparison of Rome to Babylon is a key theme in much of Jewish apocalyptic literature." Chase, art. “Babylon in the New Testament.”, Hastings' Bible Dictionary
512.
Plummer gives a different idea of Babylon, interpreting it as "The corrupted part of the church of God ... all the unfaithful members of God's church throughout history.", an interpretation that is not accepted by most commentators. Pulp.Com, Rev., p. 413.
513.
See App'x A, Division V; also "Excursion on Review" by Bp. of Ripon, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 582.
514.
“This practice was common among prostitutes.” (Juv., "Saturday.", vi. 123; Seneca, “Controversy.”, 1, 2). Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 415.
515.
“The City of the World, the perfect embodiment of all this world's beauty, riches, and power.... The Evil-World-Metropolis.” Scott, Paragraph. Version of Revelation., pp. 1-2. For a convincing presentation of this view, see Lee, Bib. Com., Rev., pp. 734-45. "The Anti-Church",—i. e. the world in antithesis to the church, Seiss, Lecture on Apocalypse, vol. iii, p. 112. "By Babylon, the entire godless, anti-Christian world is meant... an ideal city that includes all of anti-Christianity." Lange, Comment on Rev., pp. 278-303. "Under this one name (Babylon), the entire opposing force is concentrated." Moulton, Modern. Read. Bible., Rev., p. 212. In this view of the interpretation which is adopted in the present volume, the Harlot is the anti-christian world, the perpetual Babylon.
516.
For other views see Pulp. Com., J. F. & B., Comm. on Rev., and Internat. Com. on site.
517.
As with Milligan and others.
518.
This description of the Woman as “the great Harlot who sits on many waters” is evidently taken from the Prophecy of Jeremiah (Jer. 51:13), where the many waters refer to the many canals of Babylon. Here the phrase is used figuratively, referring to the “many people” (v. 15) that are subject to Babylon in the Apocalypse, and affords a good example of the Apocalyptic use of Old Testament symbols in a sense that is somewhat different from their original meaning.
519.
Plummer, Pulp.Com, Rev., p. 417; Faussett, J. F. & B., Comment on Rev., p. 630; and many others. This is the common view with the symbolist interpreters. It should be remembered that the identification of the particular kings or kingdoms that were first in mind in this symbolism,—for there probably were such,—is not important; the special thought is that of *all kingdoms throughout history*.
520.
"The lack of an article before ὃγδοος ‘eighth,’ indicates that this is not the eighth in a consecutive series, where the previously mentioned kings make up the first seven." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 417.
521.
“The Beast is the totality of what has been described as five kings, then one king, and then one king again.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 416f. "This eighth is the Beast himself in physical form. He is ἐκ τῶν ἑπτᾶ—not ‘one of the seven’, but the successor and result of the seven, emerging from them." Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv. p. 711. Also, see Milligan, International Com., Rev., pp. 127-8. To regard the Beast that is “an eighth,” and, of the seven, as a reference to Nero is an anomalous interpretation that is without parallel in the book, and cannot, therefore, be sustained.
522.
"One hour refers to ‘a short time’ (meaning a time that is relatively brief in the context of eternity). The Bible consistently describes the duration of the world's existence this way, especially the time between when the writer was alive and judgment day (see Rom. 16:20; I Cor. 7:29; and Rev. 6:11; 12:12; 22:20, etc.)." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 417.
523.
Plummer, Pulp. com., Rev., p. 417.
524.
See art. “Rev.”, Hastings' Bible Dictionary vol. iv. pp. 257-8.
525.
Cf. Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 333.
526.
Moulton, Modern. Read. Bib., Rev., p. 212.
527.
"Rome has never been, and given its location, could never be a major commercial city." Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 718. By the universal nature of the figures employed it is evident to most readers, that "the entire passage refers not to any one city at a specific time, but to the World-City across all time." Lee, Bib. Com., Rev., p. 770.
528.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 432.
529.
See Chase, art. “Peter (Simon)”, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
530.
It is to be regretted that the Hebrew word "Hallelujah" is not used in our Revised Version of the Old Testament as it is used in the New, instead of the translation “Praise the Lord,” especially as it occurs in the Book of Psalms where its use is so fitting. It is now a well-known English word, and is entitled to a place in our Scriptures, like the Hebrew word “God” which is recognized by all.
531.
"Some people believe that we see in this incident (which is mentioned again in ch. 22.8) a protest against the growing worship of angels that was starting to enter the church." Scott, New Century Bible., Rev., p. 275.
532.
“The book is filled with echoes of prophecy—mystical words that reveal memories of the past—that only achieve their full meaning through the more complete teachings of Christ.” Moulton, Mod. Read. Bible.
533.
"The testimony of Jesus is the complete revelation given by him, which is frequently in this book the hallmark of the saints. This collection of truths is what Christians were willing to die for rather than deny. Therefore, the testimony of Jesus becomes the core of his servants' testimony." Scott, New Testament. Bible., Rev., p. 275f.
534.
Davidson, Hastings' Bible Dictionary, art. Eschatology.
535.
"The Word" as a name for Jesus here introduced, though it occurs but once in the book, is used elsewhere in the New Testament only by John (Jn. 1:1 and 1:14; I Jn. 1:1), and seems to point to the Johannine authorship of the Apocalypse. The Jews in the time of Christ used the Greek term λόγος “The Word”, as a name for a class of phantasmal beings whom they regarded as existing between God and man, and through whom God was supposed to speak; for to their thought, God was so exalted and transcendent that he could not speak directly to men. But John uses "The Word" as a personal name for Jesus who is both God and man, and through whom God has indeed spoken, thus bringing God near to men and revealing his truth and love. John took their own term and gave it a new application and a real meaning, and thereby furnished a new thought of Christ as the revealer of God. Cf. Thayer's Greek Lexicon of the New Testament; and Burton and Mathews' The Life of Jesus, pp. 17-18.
536.
"John brings us to the hidden and heavenly aspects of life, where we see God's hosts gathering to protect His vulnerable and persecuted people, with God Himself standing in the shadows, ‘Keeping watch above His own’." Humphries, *St. John and Other Educators*, p. 105.
537.
"The words from the Messiah's mouth are the only weapon for his victory." Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., p. 468.
538.
Bib. Com., p. 607.
539.
For a strong confirmation of this opinion see Stevens, New Test. Theology., p. 555; also, supporting the same view, R. D. Wilson in unpublished *Princeton Classroom Lectures*.
540.
The fact of the resurrection is constantly emphasized in the New Testament, but it is entirely unnecessary for us to inquire into the manner of the resurrection for that is nowhere revealed. It is quite enough for us to know that there will be a resurrection, and that the new body will be a spiritual body.
541.
"People who dismiss the concept of a physical resurrection must consider a resurrection from hades to heaven, occurring at the end of the martyr age, and bringing those who are specifically honored into a state of heavenly bliss that lasts until the end of human history." Brown, art. "Millennium", Hastings' Bible Dictionary, referring to Briggs' view in Mess. of Apost., p. 357.
542.
For the use of μετᾶ with the genitive, see Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament
543.
"If the twelve hundred and sixty days represent the period during which paganism prevails, then the thousand years clearly symbolize the period during which Christianity prevails.", Swete, Revelation of St. John, p. 263.
544.
A. A. Hodge in unpublished Classroom Lectures.
545.
For a more complete statement of the premillennial view see Faussett, J. F. & B. Comment on Rev.; Seiss, Lecture on Revelation; and Alford's Gr. Test., on site.
546.
The City of God, xx, 7-9. For the prevalent symbolist view see Milligan, Expositions. Bibliography., and International Company; Plummer, Pulp. Com.; and Lee, Bib. Com. Against this view it is ably contended that "The interpretation of a symbolic resurrection (like that of Israel in Ezekiel) or a spiritual resurrection (like in regeneration) is made untenable by the explicit mention of the martyrs (see ch. 6.9-11 and 19.9)." Brown art. “2000s,” Hastings' Biblical Dictionary
547.
A careful study of this view, even when presented by so eminent a commentator as Plummer, will convince most readers that it fails to properly satisfy the statements of the text.
548.
See Düsterdieck, Meyer's Com. on Rev., pp. 463-4; and Brown art. "2000s", Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible; also, most late authorities.
549.
Purves, art. “Rev.”, Davis' Dictionary of the Bible
550.
Salmond, art. "New Testament Eschatology", Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
551.
Cf. II Esdr. 7.28-32; and Book of Enoch, 91-104; also the Slavonic Enoch, "in which the first mention of the millennium appears", (Charles).
552.
The Talmud doesn't have a fixed stance on this topic, but the most commonly expressed view is that the messianic kingdom will last for a thousand years. For example, ‘In six days God created the world, on the seventh he rested. But the day of God is equal to a thousand years (Ps. 90:4). Therefore, the world will last for six thousand years of work and struggle; after that, there will be a thousand years of Sabbath rest for God's people in the kingdom of the Messiah.’ This concept must have been quite widespread in the first century before Christ. Harnack, art. "Millennium", Encyclopedia Britannica
553.
Fairbairn On Prophecy, p. 45Of.; also Gloag's Intro to Johan. Writings, ch. on "Millennium"; Stuart, Commentary on Apocalypse, pp. 702-03; and many other authorities.
554.
"The idea that the world's history will end in the peak of evil has been a constant factor in Jewish Apocalyptic since the time of Daniel." Charles, Eschatology, p. 121.
555.
"Jewish tradition uses these names to refer to the nations that are anticipated to fight against Jerusalem in the end times and be defeated by the Messiah." Plummer, , p. 473. "In later Apocalyptic literature, these are common symbols representing a world that is hostile to Israel or to the people of God." New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 284.
556.
"The entire depiction is symbolic and represents spiritual truths through material symbols." Plumptre, Pulp. Com., Ezek., vol. ii, p. 306. “The Invasion of Gog, a unique discourse by Ezekiel, shouldn’t be interpreted as a specific prediction of a historical event, nor should it be seen simply as a parable. Instead, the names Gog, Meshech, and Tubal—representing the vaguely known edges of the earth—imply hostile forces that, after many days of a distant future, may gather against a purified people, only to be defeated in the holy land through destruction from above, leaving Israel with nothing more than a significant burial.” Moulton, Mod. Read. Bib., Ezek., Intr., p. xiii. Also cf. Plumptre, Pulp. Com., Ezek., chs. 38-39; and Fairbairn, Ezekiel and the Book of His Prophecy.
557.
See Bleek, Lect. on Apocalypse, p. 339: also Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, Rev., p. 732, who is very clear and convincing as to the literal nature of both resurrections; and Stuart, Commentary on Revelation, pp. 704-10, with Excur. vi in same volume.
558.
See Salmond, art. “Eschatology of the New Testament.”; Hastings' Bib. Dictionary; and Bernard, art. "Rise Again" in same work.
559.
Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 282. In fact this view, in some form, finds a place with many modern interpreters who do not accept the usual symbolic interpretation of the book. Alford with his accustomed vigor has well said, “If in such a context the first resurrection can be interpreted as a spiritual rising with Christ, while the second refers to a literal rising from the grave, then there is a loss of all meaning in language, and Scripture is rendered meaningless as a clear testimony to anything.” Gr. Test., vol. iv. p. 732.
560.
"No aspect of the New Testament's teachings has been as poorly developed by the church as the one related to Eschatology." A. A. Hodge in unpublished Classroom Lectures.
561.
"The entire description has a serious simplicity, and it includes just enough visual detail to make the passage morally thought-provoking." Moffatt, Experience Group Test., Rev., p. 477. For Apocalyptic conceptions of the judgment, see Book of Enoch, 51.1f.; 91.15f.; II Esdr. 7.32f.; and Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs, Judah 25, Benjamin 10.
562.
See Düsterdieck, Meyer's Commentary on Rev., p. 165; also Scott, New Testament., Rev., p. 151, who says, "The concept of a book kept in heaven is significant in Jewish Apocalyptic literature, where it is expanded to include both the actions and names of God's people in the heavenly record." The passage before us, however, evidently keeps the two separate, for the book of life is distinguished from the books of record, and is mentioned seven times in the Revelation, indicating that it held an important place in the Apocalyptist's thought.
563.
The time of the End is God's secret, but the fact of the End is clearly revealed as the point toward which all history tends.
564.
Alford places ch. 21:1-22:5 subsequent to the millennium and the final judgment, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 736; and Faussett, who also holds the premillennial view, aptly says, “Right now is the church; during the millennium will be the kingdom; and after that will come the new world where God will be everything to everyone.”. J. F. & B. Comm. on Rev., p. 640.
565.
"The biblical teaching on salvation culminates in the idea of the redemption of the universe." Brown, art. "Salvation," Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible "The new heavens and earth mentioned here don't mean that they are being created for the first time. They could be the old heavens and the old earth, but they have a fresh appearance and a new essence suited for a different purpose." Milligan, Expos. Bib., Rev., p. 362; also Internet.com, Rev., p. 151.
566.
“The description of the heavenly city is likely the most beautiful part of all Apocalyptic literature.... It paints an ideal, symbolically illustrating a brighter future envisioned in prophecy, and held onto with enduring hope and trust.” Stevens, New Test. Theology., p. 562. "The Revelator used a restored city to represent heaven—the Kingdom completely arrived." Strong, *City Challenge*, p. 199. That heaven as an actual city is, of course, only a dream of the baldest realism.
567.
Moulton, Modern Reading. Bible., Rev., p. 215.
568.
“The plural ‘peoples’ appears to highlight the inclusive nature of the New Jerusalem, which encompasses many nations (cf. v. 24).” Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 510.
569.
The idea of a New Jerusalem coming down from heaven is a familiar one in Jewish Apocalypses. Cf. Book of Enoch, 90.28, and 29, note by Charles; also II Esdr. 7.26; and Apocalypse of Baruch 32.2.
570.
As Milligan, Expositions. Bibliography., Rev., p. 368; Scott, however, says, “Even though it's called a city, it actually represents the essence of its people and the ‘condition localized’ in which they live.” New Century Bible., Rev., p. 287.
571.
The one who conquers will receive these things (v. 6), meaning the promises just mentioned. These words explain the significance of verse 6; they can be considered the foundation of the Apocalypse. Although the exact words may not be repeated often, their essence is always present.” Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 511.
572.
See Reynolds, art. “John the Apostle.” Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, who says, "The speaker is now, likely for the first time in the book, God himself;" also see Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 275.
573.
Verses 11-21 describe the outside, and verses 22-27 describe the indoor of the city, while verse 22f.-ch. 22:5 further describe the life of the city.
574.
"These stones aren't arranged like they are on the high priest's breastplate. Instead, St. John has cleverly organized them by the different shades of the same color... demonstrating a technical understanding and a detailed familiarity with the subtle variations in color of precious stones that only those with practical knowledge of them would have." King's Nat. Hist. of Precious Stones, quoted in Biblio. Com., Rev., p. 832.
575.
"12,000 furlongs or stadia equal 1,378 English miles.". Dean, Book of Revelation, p. 185.
576.
For the first view see Alford, Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 741, for the second view Milligan, Internet Company., Rev., p. 154.
577.
"A cube represented perfection to a Jew just as a circle does for us." Moffatt, Expos. Gr. Test., Rev., p. 483.
578.
See Smith's Dictionary of the Bible, art. “Babylon”; and Swete, Book of Revelation, p. 285.
579.
"Life in each case is ζωή, the vital principle that humanity shares with God, not Βίος, the life that we share with other people." Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 52.
580.
"In the original Paradise, there was only one such tree; in the new one, there are many." New Century Bible, Rev., p. 297. For a similar idea, not of twelve crops of fruit but of twelve trees with divers fruits for Israel, see II Esdr. 2.18.
581.
"According to Eastern custom, no condemned or criminal person was allowed to look at the king's face." (Esth. 7:8). Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., p. 488.
582.
"The true meaning and value of the New Jerusalem comes from the assurance of God's presence with people." Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., p. 480.
583.
Düsterdieck, Meyer's Comments on Rev., p. 490; and Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 546. “The Revelation begins (ch. 1.17-20) and ends (ch. 22.16) with Christ himself; however, the main part is delivered through his angel.” Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 2.
584.
"In the seventh verse, with the statement Behold, I come quickly, the narrative shifts to the words of Christ himself, just as in verse 12 and chapter 11, verse 3." Plummer, Pulp.com, Rev., p. 546.
585.
"The current time, described as ‘a day of salvation’, is almost over, leaving little chance for change.... The principle behind the entire verse (v. 11) only applies to the moment right before Judgment begins, the moment when the Bridegroom arrives and the door is closed, sealing choices and ending opportunities." Scott, New Century. Bible., Rev., p. 300f.
586.
"All of history, from a redemptive perspective, can be summed up in three sentences: He is coming, He has come, He will come again." Ottley, art. "Incarnation." Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
587.
"When Christ claims this title for himself, it clearly states that the revelation of God through Christ, in what he was and what he did, is essential to understanding human life. Christianity is definitive." Ross, art. “First and Last.” Hastings' Dictionary of Christianity and Gospel “The first title is symbolic; the second is taken from the Old Testament; the third is philosophical. The meaning is, ‘I am He from whom all Being has come, and to whom it will return;—the original Cause and ultimate Purpose of all history;—Who created the world, and Who will complete it.’ ” Lee, Bib. Com. Rev., p. 840. Also cf. the view of Bacon, art. "Beginning and End," Hastings' Dictionary of Christ and Gospel
588.
“The Apocalypse ends as it started (ch. 1.5-6), with a strong emphasis on the everlasting importance of Christ in the divine plan and purpose.” Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., p. 491.
589.
Alford says, "The speech transitions into the words of Christ as reported by the angel." (Gr. Test., vol. iv, p. 746). Scott however, may be right in his comment on verse sixteen (New Central Bible, Rev., p. 302), when he says, “The figure that has been behind the angel since the start of the visions (ch. 1.13-17) ... now comes forward, so to speak, to confirm the angel's message.” Swete says, "Finally, Christ speaks in His human personal name." (Book of Revelation, p. 305). Plummer's comment is made with apparent reserve, "The words are spoken as if by Christ himself." (Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 547), though elsewhere he says more definitely, "The Revelation starts and ends with Christ himself." (Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 2).
590.
Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 547.
591.
Plummer says, "These words are best understood as spoken by the writer." Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 547; in Swete's opinion “It is the church's response to John's voice in verse twelve.” Revelation of St. John., p. 306; Milligan suggests that the first clause is the answer of the church moved by the Spirit, the second is the words of John, and the latter half is Christ himself speaking—"a exchange of ideas and emotions between Jesus and his church" Internet. Community., Rev., pp. 160-161. There is, however, nothing in the context that implies a change of speaker.
592.
"This is the completion of the responsibility given to St. John in chapter 1, verse 1, not an announcement of our Lord himself.", Plummer, Pulp. Com., Rev., p. 548. Swete, however, regards these as the words of Jesus himself, Revelation of St. John, p. 307.
593.
“It becomes a serious issue when St. John's strong confidence and certainty about the quick fulfillment of all these things is twisted into a statement about the immediate return of the Lord and the end of the world. Time was not a factor in his expectation. He was looking at the eternal, where time does not exist.” Ramsay, Messages to Seven Churches, p. 113.
594.
New Century Bible., Rev., p. 304.
595.
For a list of authorities on Apocalyptic see note under heading of “The Form,” in the Introduction to this volume. At this point the author feels constrained to say that the account of Apocalyptic Literature here given reflects so largely the opinions of others that it must be regarded, like much else in the book, as an effort to present concisely and in his own way the best that has been said upon the subject by many others who are more qualified to speak.
596.
Bacon, Intro to New Test., p. 232.
597.
"It has been too easily assumed that these books are completely lacking in ‘evidences of the Divine Spirit leading on to Christ.’" Fairweather, art. "Development of Doctrine in the Apocalyptic Period." Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, vol. 5.
598.
Jülicher, Introduction to New Testament, p. 52.
599.
"The core idea is a moral one... the foundation of the religious is ethical." See art. "Eschatol." by Davidson. Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
600.
"If we could understand the core beliefs that have taken on these unusual forms—belief in God's sovereignty, the inevitable victory of good over evil, and the heavenly rewards for those who stay true to God despite shame, abuse, and the threat of death—if we could connect with the unique imagery and complex symbolism in these books and feel the influence of the unseen world while gaining a new appreciation for its reality, then using these books in this way, whether for literary or devotional purposes, would be the greatest and most fitting way to honor the true intention and spirit of their authors." Porter, Apoc. Writers, Pref., p. xiii.
601.
"In this strange world of fantasy, filled with a vibrant Oriental imagination featuring ghostly forms and bizarre figures, where angels glide, eagles and altars communicate, and monsters emerge from the sea and land—in such a world, many Asiatic Christians of that time clearly felt at ease, and it was here that the prophet's message needed to reach them." Moffatt, Exp. Gr. Test., Rev., Intr., p. 301.
602.
See art. "Development of Doctrine in the Apocryphal Period," Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible, vol. 5; also art. Zoroastrianism by Moulton, Hastings' Dictionary of the Bible
603.
Zenos, art. “Apocalyptic Literature,” Hastings' Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels.
604.
“The deus ex machina, an unusual and effective intervention by God, is a crucial aspect of an apocalypse.” Humphries, *St John and Other Educators*, p. 92.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!